As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 2018

1933 Act Registration No. 333-185659

1940 Act Registration No. 811-22781

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

   UNDER   
   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.   
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 83   

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940   
   Amendment No. 85   

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 902-1000

 

 

CAROLINE L. KRAUS, ESQ.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

STEPHEN H. BIER, ESQ.

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering : As soon as practicable after the effective date of the registration statement

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

on December 28, 2018 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

Title of Securities Being Registered:

Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares of the Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio.

 

 

 


Prospectus

 

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE PORTFOLIOS

 

December 28, 2018

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTAHX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIHX

   

Service Shares: GTVHX

   

Investor Shares: GTMHX

   

Class R Shares: GTRHX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZHX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTADX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIFX

   

Service Shares: GTVFX

   

Investor Shares: GTMFX

   

Class R Shares: GTRDX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZFX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTAJX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIJX

   

Service Shares: GTVJX

   

Investor Shares: GTMJX

   

Class R Shares: GTRJX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZJX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTALX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIOX

   

Service Shares: GTVOX

   

Investor Shares: GTMPX

   

Class R Shares: GTROX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZLX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTAMX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIMX

   

Service Shares: GTVMX

   

Investor Shares: GTMMX

   

Class R Shares: GTRMX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZMX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTAQX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIQX

   

Service Shares: GTVEX

   

Investor Shares: GTMQX

   

Class R Shares: GTREX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZQX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTASX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIPX

   

Service Shares: GTVSX

   

Investor Shares: GTMAX

   

Class R Shares: GTRSX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZSX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTANX

   

Institutional Shares: GTIWX

   

Service Shares: GTVIX

   

Investor Shares: GTMWX

   

Class R Shares: GTRZX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTZWX

 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio

 

   

Class A Shares: GTBAX

   

Institutional Shares: GTBCX

   

Service Shares: GTBSX

   

Investor Shares: GTBIX

   

Class R Shares: GTBRX

   

Class R6 Shares: GTBBX

 

THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAVE NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

AN INVESTMENT IN A PORTFOLIO IS NOT A BANK DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY. AN INVESTMENT IN A PORTFOLIO INVOLVES INVESTMENT RISKS, AND YOU MAY LOSE MONEY IN THE PORTFOLIO.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio – Summary        1  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio – Summary        8  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio – Summary        15  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio – Summary        23  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio – Summary        30  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio – Summary        38  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio – Summary        45  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio – Summary        53  
Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio – Summary        61  
Investment Management Approach        69  
Risk of the Portfolios        72  
Risks of the Underlying Funds        76  
Service Providers        80  
Distributions        84  
Shareholder Guide        85  

How To Buy Shares

     85    

How To Sell Shares

     93    
Taxation        100  
Appendix A
Additional Information on Portfolio Risks, Securities and Techniques
       102  
Appendix B
Financial Highlights
       117  
Appendix C
Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts
       134  


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    0.85%       0.71%       0.96%       0.85%       0.85%       0.70%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    0.85     0.71     0.71     0.85     0.85     0.70

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.14%       0.14%       0.14%       0.14%       0.14%       0.14%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    1.49%       1.10%       1.60%       1.24%       1.74%       1.09%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (0.81)%       (0.81)%       (0.81)%       (0.81)%       (0.81)%       (0.81)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.68%       0.29%       0.79%       0.43%       0.93%       0.28%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

1


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 616      $ 920      $ 1,246      $ 2,166  

Institutional Shares

   $ 30      $ 269      $ 528      $ 1,267  

Service Shares

   $ 81      $ 426      $ 794      $ 1,832  

Investor Shares

   $ 44      $ 313      $ 603      $ 1,428  

Class R Shares

   $ 95      $ 469      $ 868      $ 1,984  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 29      $ 266      $ 522      $ 1,256  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [200]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2020 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

2


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk.   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so

 

3


that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds.   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund ( i.e. , one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the

 

4


market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and

 

5


“prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

Effective August 22, 2016, the Madison Target Retirement 2020 Fund, a series of Madison Funds (the “Predecessor Fund”), was reorganized into the Portfolio. As accounting successor to the Predecessor Fund, the Portfolio has assumed the Predecessor Fund’s historical performance. Therefore, the performance information shown below for periods prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. The returns presented for the Portfolio for periods prior to August 29, 2014 reflect the performance of the Madison Target Retirement 2020 Fund’s Class I Shares, a series of Ultra Series Fund (the “Ultra Predecessor Fund”). As of August 29, 2014, the inception date of the Predecessor Fund, the Ultra Predecessor Fund exchanged in kind substantially all of its portfolio holdings for Class R6 shares of the Predecessor Fund. As a result, the Predecessor Fund assumed the performance of the Ultra Predecessor Fund.

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. The Portfolio has different fees and expenses from those of the Predecessor Fund and would, therefore, have had different performance results. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[Q2 ‘09          +15.29%]

 

Worst Quarter

[Q4 ‘08          –19.67%]

   LOGO

 

6


 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      5 Years      10 Years      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 10/1/07)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     5.76%        6.59%        [    ]%        2.44%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     3.98%        6.23%        [    ]%        2.25%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     4.05%        5.09%        [    ]%        1.86%  

S&P Target Date To 2020 Index (reflects no deduction for sales charges, account fees, expenses or taxes)

     6.50%        6.49%        [    ]%        3.69%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

7


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    2.62%       2.48%       2.73%       2.62%       2.62%       2.47%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    2.62     2.48     2.48     2.62     2.62     2.47

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.16%       0.16%       0.16%       0.16%       0.16%       0.16%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    3.28%       2.89%       3.39%       3.03%       3.53%       2.88%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.68%       0.29%       0.79%       0.43%       0.93%       0.28%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.014]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

8


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 616      $ 1,274      $ 1,954      $ 3,761  

Institutional Shares

   $ 30      $ 648      $ 1,292      $ 3,026  

Service Shares

   $ 81      $ 799      $ 1,540      $ 3,500  

Investor Shares

   $ 44      $ 690      $ 1,362      $ 3,161  

Class R Shares

   $ 95      $ 840      $ 1,608      $ 3,628  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 29      $ 645      $ 1,287      $ 3,016  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [177]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2025 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

9


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk.   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with

 

10


investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

 

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds.   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and

 

11


policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk .  The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

 

12


 

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[    ]

 

Worst Quarter

[    ]

   LOGO

 

13


 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     
For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2025 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

14


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    0.67%       0.53%       0.78%       0.67%       0.67%       0.52%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    0.67     0.53     0.53     0.67     0.67     0.52

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.18%       0.18%       0.18%       0.18%       0.18%       0.18%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    1.35%       0.96%       1.46%       1.10%       1.60%       0.95%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (0.67)%       (0.67)%       (0.67)%       (0.67)%       (0.67)%       (0.67)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.68%       0.29%       0.79%       0.43%       0.93%       0.28%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

15


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 616      $ 892      $ 1,188      $ 2,029  

Institutional Shares

   $ 30      $ 239      $ 465      $ 1,117  

Service Shares

   $ 81      $ 396      $ 734      $ 1,689  

Investor Shares

   $ 44      $ 283      $ 541      $ 1,280  

Class R Shares

   $ 95      $ 439      $ 808      $ 1,844  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 29      $ 236      $ 460      $ 1,105  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [156]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2030 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market

 

16


conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range. Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

 

17


 

Derivatives Risk.   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds.   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk .  The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk .  A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

 

18


 

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk .  An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk .  Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk .  If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk .  The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

19


 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

Effective August 22, 2016, the Madison Target Retirement 2030 Fund, a series of Madison Funds (the “Predecessor Fund”), was reorganized into the Portfolio. As accounting successor to the Predecessor Fund, the Portfolio has assumed the Predecessor Fund’s historical performance. Therefore, the performance information shown below for periods prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. The returns presented for the Portfolio for periods prior to August 29, 2014 reflect the performance of the Madison Target Retirement 2030 Fund’s Class I Shares, a series of Ultra Series Fund (the “Ultra Predecessor Fund”). As of August 29, 2014, the inception date of the Predecessor Fund, the Ultra Predecessor Fund exchanged in kind substantially all of its portfolio holdings for Class R6 shares of the Predecessor Fund. As a result, the Predecessor Fund assumed the performance of the Ultra Predecessor Fund.

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. The Portfolio has different fees and expenses from those of the Predecessor Fund and would, therefore, have had different performance results. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

 

20


 

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[Q2 ‘09          +16.77%]

 

Worst Quarter

[Q4 ‘08          –21.65%]

   LOGO

 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      5 Years      10 Years      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 10/1/07)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     7.51%        8.30%        [    ]%        2.87%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     5.89%        7.97%        [    ]%        2.70%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     5.03%        6.49%        [    ]%        2.21%  

S&P Target Date To 2030 Index (reflects no deduction for sales charges, account fees, expenses or taxes)

     7.73%        7.95%        [    ]%        3.62%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers: Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

 

21


 

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

22


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    2.59%       2.45%       2.70%       2.59%       2.59%       2.44%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    2.59     2.45     2.45     2.59     2.59     2.44

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    3.28%       2.89%       3.39%       3.03%       3.53%       2.88%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%       (2.60)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.68%       0.29%       0.79%       0.43%       0.93%       0.28%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.014]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

23


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 616      $ 1,274      $ 1,954      $ 3,761  

Institutional Shares

   $ 30      $ 648      $ 1,292      $ 3,026  

Service Shares

   $ 81      $ 799      $ 1,540      $ 3,500  

Investor Shares

   $ 44      $ 690      $ 1,362      $ 3,161  

Class R Shares

   $ 95      $ 840      $ 1,608      $ 3,628  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 29      $ 645      $ 1,287      $ 3,016  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [139]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2035 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

 

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

24


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk .   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so

 

25


that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds .   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and

 

26


policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

 

27


 

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[    ]

 

Worst Quarter

[    ]

   LOGO

 

28


 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2035 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

29


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    0.77%       0.63%       0.88%       0.77%       0.77%       0.62%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    0.77     0.63     0.63     0.77     0.77     0.62

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%       0.19%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    1.46%       1.07%       1.57%       1.21%       1.71%       1.06%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (0.80)%       (0.80)%       (0.80)%       (0.80)%       (0.80)%       (0.80)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.66%       0.27%       0.77%       0.41%       0.91%       0.26%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

30


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 614      $ 912      $ 1,232      $ 2,135  

Institutional Shares

   $ 28      $ 261      $ 512      $ 1,233  

Service Shares

   $ 79      $ 417      $ 779      $ 1,800  

Investor Shares

   $ 42      $ 305      $ 588      $ 1,395  

Class R Shares

   $ 93      $ 461      $ 853      $ 1,953  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 27      $ 257      $ 507      $ 1,222  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [143]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2040 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

 

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

31


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     25       20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk .   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with

 

32


investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds .   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an

 

33


investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

34


 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

Effective August 22, 2016, the Madison Target Retirement 2040 Fund, a series of Madison Funds (the “Predecessor Fund”), was reorganized into the Portfolio. As accounting successor to the Predecessor Fund, the Portfolio has assumed the Predecessor Fund’s historical performance. Therefore, the performance information shown below for periods prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. The returns presented for the Portfolio for periods prior to August 29, 2014 reflect the performance of the Madison Target Retirement 2040 Fund’s Class I Shares, a series of Ultra Series Fund (the “Ultra Predecessor Fund”). As of August 29, 2014, the inception date of the Predecessor Fund, the Ultra Predecessor Fund exchanged in kind substantially all of its portfolio holdings for Class R6 shares of the Predecessor Fund. As a result, the Predecessor Fund assumed the performance of the Ultra Predecessor Fund.

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. The Portfolio has different fees and expenses from those of the Predecessor Fund and would, therefore, have had different performance results. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

 

35


 

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[Q2 ‘09          +18.13%]

 

Worst Quarter

[Q4 ‘08          –23.55%]

   LOGO

 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      5 Years      10 Years      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 10/1/07)

  

Returns Before Taxes

     8.45%        9.15%        [    ]%        2.68%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     6.43%        8.74%        [    ]%        2.47%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     5.80%        7.17%        [    ]%        2.05%  

S&P Target Date To 2040 Index (reflects no deduction for sales charges, account fees, expenses or taxes)

     8.75%        9.09%        [    ]%        3.64%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

 

36


 

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

37


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    2.56%       2.42%       2.67%       2.56%       2.56%       2.41%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    2.56     2.42     2.42     2.56     2.56     2.41

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    3.26%       2.87%       3.37%       3.01%       3.51%       2.86%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (2.59)%       (2.59)%       (2.59)%       (2.59)%       (2.59)%       (2.59)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.67%       0.28%       0.78%       0.42%       0.92%       0.27%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.014]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

38


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 615      $ 1,269      $ 1,946      $ 3,744  

Institutional Shares

   $ 29      $ 643      $ 1,283      $ 3,007  

Service Shares

   $ 80      $ 794      $ 1,531      $ 3,482  

Investor Shares

   $ 43      $ 685      $ 1,353      $ 3,143  

Class R Shares

   $ 94      $ 835      $ 1,599      $ 3,611  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 28      $ 640      $ 1,278      $ 2,997  
           

 

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [145]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2045 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

39


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     30       25       20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

 

40


 

Derivatives Risk.   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds.   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

 

41


 

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

42


 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [     ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[    ]

 

Worst Quarter

[    ]

   LOGO

 

43


 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017   

1 Year

     Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2045 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

44


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    1.49%       1.35%       1.60%       1.49%       1.49%       1.34%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    1.49     1.35     1.35     1.49     1.49     1.34

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    2.19%       1.80%       2.30%       1.94%       2.44%       1.79%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (1.53)%       (1.53)%       (1.53)%       (1.53)%       (1.53)%       (1.53)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.66%       0.27%       0.77%       0.41%       0.91%       0.26%  

 

1

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

45


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 614      $ 1,058      $ 1,527      $ 2,821  

Institutional Shares

   $ 28      $ 417      $ 831      $ 1,989  

Service Shares

   $ 79      $ 571      $ 1,091      $ 2,517  

Investor Shares

   $ 42      $ 460      $ 905      $ 2,140  

Class R Shares

   $ 93      $ 614      $ 1,162      $ 2,660  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 27      $ 414      $ 826      $ 1,978  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [155]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2050 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

 

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

46


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     35       30       25       20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (the “Index”).

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

 

47


 

Derivatives Risk .   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds .   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

 

48


 

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

 

49


 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

Effective August 22, 2016, the Madison Target Retirement 2050 Fund, a series of Madison Funds (the “Predecessor Fund”), was reorganized into the Portfolio. As accounting successor to the Predecessor Fund, the Portfolio has assumed the Predecessor Fund’s historical performance. Therefore, the performance information shown below for periods prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. The returns presented for the Portfolio for periods prior to August 29, 2014 reflect the performance of the Madison Target Retirement 2050 Fund’s Class I Shares, a series of Ultra Series Fund (the “Ultra Predecessor Fund”). As of August 29, 2014, the inception date of the Predecessor Fund, the Ultra Predecessor Fund exchanged in kind substantially all of its portfolio holdings for Class R6 shares of the Predecessor Fund. As a result, the Predecessor Fund assumed the performance of the Ultra Predecessor Fund.

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. The Portfolio has different fees and expenses from those of the Predecessor Fund and would, therefore, have had different performance results. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

 

50


 

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018 was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[Q1 ‘12          +8.01%]

 

Worst Quarter

[Q3 ‘15          –6.47%]

   LOGO

 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year      5 Years      Since
Inception
 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        N/A        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 1/3/11)

        

Returns Before Taxes

     9.41%        10.08%        8.14%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     7.51%        9.69%        7.82%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     6.28%        7.93%        6.41%  

S&P Target Date To 2050 Index (reflects no deduction for sales charges, account fees, expenses or taxes)

     9.41%        9.98%        7.53%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

 

51


 

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

52


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    2.77%       2.63%       2.88%       2.77%       2.77%       2.62%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    2.77     2.63     2.63     2.77     2.77     2.62

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 2

    3.47%       3.08%       3.58%       3.22%       3.72%       3.07%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 3

    (2.82)%       (2.82)%       (2.82)%       (2.82)%       (2.82)%       (2.82)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    0.65%       0.26%       0.76%       0.40%       0.90%       0.25%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been restated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

2  

The Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of the net and total expenses to average net assets provided in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Portfolio and do not include Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses.

3  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.014]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

53


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 613      $ 1,308      $ 2,024      $ 3,913  

Institutional Shares

   $ 27      $ 684      $ 1,367      $ 3,193  

Service Shares

   $ 78      $ 835      $ 1,613      $ 3,659  

Investor Shares

   $ 41      $ 727      $ 1,437      $ 3,326  

Class R Shares

   $ 92      $ 876      $ 1,681      $ 3,785  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 26      $ 681      $ 1,362      $ 3,184  
           

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was [177]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2055 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

 

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

54


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     40+       35       30       25       20       15       10       5       0       -5       -10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (the “Index”).

 

55


 

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk .   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds .   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio

 

56


securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market

 

57


conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

The bar chart and table below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing: (a) changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R6 Shares from year to year; and (b) how the average annual total returns of the Portfolio’s Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolio was sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC and certain of its strategies differed. Performance information set forth below prior to November 30, 2018 reflects the Portfolio’s former strategies as managed by Madison Asset Management, LLC. Past performance of the Portfolio, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Portfolio will perform in the future. Performance information for the Portfolio is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the appropriate phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus.

 

58


 

Performance reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the periods shown.

 

TOTAL RETURN    CALENDAR YEAR (CLASS R6)
 

The total return for Class R6 Shares for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2018
was [    ]%.

 

Best Quarter

[    ]

 

Worst Quarter

[    ]

   LOGO

 

  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS     

 

For the period ended December 31, 2017    1 Year     

Since

Inception

 

Class A (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Institutional (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Service (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Investor (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Class R6 (Inception 8/22/16)

     

Returns Before Taxes

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

S&P Target Date To 2055 Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses)

     [    ]%        [    ]%  

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

 

59


The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

60


LOGO

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio—Summary

Investment Objective

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on purchases of Class A Shares if you invest at least $50,000 in Goldman Sachs Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares” beginning on page [    ] and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts on page [    ] of the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” beginning on page B-[    ] of the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Shareholder Fees

           
(fees paid directly from your investment)            

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

    5.50%       None       None       None       None       None  
     Class A     Institutional     Service     Investor     Class R     Class R6  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

           
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)            

Management Fees

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

    0.25%       None       0.25%       None       0.50%       None  

Other Expenses 1

    2.52%       2.38%       2.63%       2.52%       2.52%       2.37%  

Shareholder Administration Fees

    Non     Non     0.25     Non     Non     Non

All Other Expenses

    2.52     2.38     2.38     2.52     2.52     2.37

Acquired (Underlying) Fund Fees and Expenses

    0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

    3.22%       2.83%       3.33%       2.97%       3.47%       2.82%  

Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation 2

    (2.58)%       (2.58)%       (2.58)%       (2.58)%       (2.58)%       (2.58)%  

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and Expense Limitation

    0.64%       0.25%       0.75%       0.39%       0.89%       0.24%  

 

1  

The Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” have been estimated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the first fiscal year.

2  

The Investment Adviser has agreed to (i) waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective net management fee rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, (ii) waive a portion of its management fee in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds, and (iii) reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.014]% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Additionally, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), the Portfolio’s transfer agent, has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs (as applicable) may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

Expense Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares of the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and/or Class R6 Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s

 

61


operating expenses remain the same (except that the Example incorporates the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      1 Year      3 Years  

Class A Shares

   $ 612      $ 1,258  

Institutional Shares

   $ 26      $ 631  

Service Shares

   $ 77      $ 783  

Investor Shares

   $ 40      $ 674  

Class R Shares

   $ 91      $ 824  

Class R6 Shares

   $ 25      $ 628  
     

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may pay transaction costs when it buys and sells securities or instruments ( i.e. , “turns over” its portfolio). A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains for taxable shareholders. These costs are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, but are reflected in the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate for the period since the commencement of operations on April 30, 2018 through the period ended August 31, 2018 was [56]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategy

The Portfolio employs an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately 2060 (the “Target Date”). The Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around the Target Date.

The Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, the Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

 

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range.

 

62


Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     40+       35       30       25       20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of the Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, the Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio may invest and the Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolio’s Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of the Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

Additional Information

The Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2060+ Index (the “Index”).

 

63


 

Principal Risks of the Portfolio

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any government agency. The Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. Stated allocations may be subject to change. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Investments in the Portfolio involve substantial risks which prospective investors should consider carefully before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation.

Asset Allocation Risk.   The Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

Derivatives Risk .   The Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Expenses.   By investing in the Underlying Funds indirectly through the Portfolio, the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

Inadequate Retirement Income.   An investment in the Portfolio is not guaranteed, and the Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

Investing in the Underlying Funds.   The investments of the Portfolio may be concentrated in one or more Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or exemptive relief thereunder. The Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The Portfolio is subject to the risk factors associated with the investments of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets allocated to each. If the Portfolio has a relative concentration of its portfolio in a single Underlying Fund, it may be more susceptible to adverse developments affecting that Underlying Fund, and may be more susceptible to losses because of these developments.

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds .   The Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolio and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory and/or principal underwriting services provided. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by Underlying Funds differ and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolio to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolio, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolio, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

Investments of the Underlying Funds.   Because the Portfolio invests in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio’s shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolio allocates to those Underlying Funds. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results.

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk.   The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio

 

64


securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

Management Risk.   A strategy used by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk.   A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

Underlying ETF Risk.   The Portfolio may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; however, the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and the Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF.

Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds

Credit/Default Risk.   An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. Additionally, the credit quality of securities may deteriorate rapidly, which may impair an Underlying Fund’s liquidity and cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

Derivatives Risk.   An Underlying Fund’s use of options, forwards, futures, swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Foreign and Emerging Countries Risk.   Foreign securities may be subject to risk of loss because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio invests. The imposition of exchange controls, sanctions, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs) and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, may also result in losses. Foreign risk also involves the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which an Underlying Fund has exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with the Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries.

Geographic Risk.   If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in issuers located in a particular country or region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

Interest Rate Risk.   When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Leverage Risk.   Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which its investment portfolio may be subject.

Liquidity Risk.   An Underlying Fund may make investments that are illiquid or that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value. Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that an Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market

 

65


conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests or other reasons. To meet redemption requests, an Underlying Fund may be forced to sell securities, at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities or the lack of an active market. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. These risks may be more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

Market Risk.   The value of the securities in which an Underlying Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make investments mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.   Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private insurers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Stock Risk.   Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future.

U.S. Government Securities Risk.   The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Performance

As the Portfolio has not operated for a full calendar year as of the date of the Prospectus, there is no performance information quoted for the Portfolio. Updated performance information is available at no cost at www.gsamfunds.com/performance or by calling the phone number on the back of the Prospectus.

Portfolio Management

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. is the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Investment Adviser” or “GSAM”).

Portfolio Managers:   Raymond Chan, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018 and Christopher Lvoff, CFA, Managing Director, has managed the Portfolio since 2018.

Buying and Selling Portfolio Shares

The minimum initial investment for Class A Shares is, generally, $1,000. The minimum initial investment for Institutional Shares is, generally, $1,000,000 for individual or institutional investors or certain wrap account sponsors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. There is no minimum for initial purchases of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares, except for certain institutional investors who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Portfolio’s transfer agent for which the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000. Those share classes with a minimum initial investment

 

66


requirement do not impose it on certain employee benefit plans, and Institutional Shares do not impose it on certain investment advisers investing on behalf of other accounts.

The minimum subsequent investment for Class A shareholders is $50, except for certain employee benefit plans, for which there is no minimum. There is no minimum subsequent investment for Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 shareholders.

The Portfolio does not impose minimum purchase requirements for initial or subsequent investments in Service Shares, although an Intermediary (as defined below) may impose such minimums and/or establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance.

You may purchase and redeem (sell) shares of the Portfolio on any business day through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”).

Tax Information

For important tax information, please see “Tax Information” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

For important information about financial intermediary compensation, please see “Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries” on page [    ] of the Prospectus.

 

67


 

Target Date Portfolios – Additional Summary Information

 

Tax Information

The Portfolios’ distributions are taxable, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Investments made through tax-deferred arrangements may become taxable upon withdrawal from such arrangements.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase a Portfolio through an Intermediary, the Portfolio and/or its related companies may pay the Intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the Intermediary and your salesperson to recommend a Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your Intermediary’s website for more information.

 

68


 

Investment Management Approach

 

  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES     

Each Portfolio seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income consistent with its current asset allocation. Each Portfolio’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval upon 60 days’ notice.

 

  PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES     

All Portfolios

The Portfolios employ an asset allocation strategy designed for investors who plan to retire and withdraw their investment from the Portfolio beginning in approximately the Target Date year for such Portfolio. Each Portfolio is managed for an investor planning to retire at the age of 65 on or around that Portfolio’s Target Date.

Each Portfolio generally seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) for which Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter, and may also invest in mutual funds for which GSAM or an affiliate now or in the future acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter as well as unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”), without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated funds available. Under normal conditions, each Portfolio will invest in Underlying Funds according to the Investment Adviser’s asset allocation strategy such that over time the asset allocation will generally become more conservative through the reduction of allocation to equity funds and increased allocation to fixed income funds in accordance with the glide path’s strategic allocation, as illustrated in the graph below.

LOGO

The Investment Adviser evaluates and develops global macro investment views across a broad range of asset classes, regions and sectors to establish the strategic asset allocation. The Investment Adviser will seek to incorporate macroeconomic data and valuation analysis to assess market dislocations that may produce alpha opportunities or manage risk. In order to adapt to changing market conditions, the Investment Adviser has established a dynamic asset allocation process that allows the flexibility to increase

 

69


or decrease asset class exposures relative to the glide path based on macro and market views and managed within a set tactical allocation range. Although the actual allocations may vary, the chart below illustrates the expected strategic asset allocation of the glide path and the tactical allocation ranges of the asset classes.

 

  YEARS TO TARGET DATE     40+       35       30       25       20       15       10       5       0       –5       –10  
 

U.S. Equity

    49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       49.5%       41.4%       35.0%       30.1%       25.8%       20.5%       20.5%       20.5%  
 

Non-U.S. Developed Equity

    32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       32.0%       26.8%       22.6%       19.5%       16.7%       13.2%       13.2%       13.2%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       10.5%       8.8%       7.4%       6.4%       5.5%       4.3%       4.3%       4.3%  
 

Total Strategic Equity Allocation

    92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       92.0%       77.0%       65.0%       56.0%       48.0%       38.0%       38.0%       38.0%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       7.3%       21.0%       32.0%       40.2%       47.5%       56.7%       56.7%       56.7%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       0.5%       1.5%       2.3%       2.9%       3.4%       4.0%       4.0%       4.0%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.2%       0.5%       0.7%       0.9%       1.1%       1.3%       1.3%       1.3%  
 

Total Strategic Fixed Income Allocation

    8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       8.0%       23.0%       35.0%       44.0%       52.0%       62.0%       62.0%       62.0%  
  EQUITY TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       75%-100%       60%-90%       50%-80%       40%-70%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       20%-50%  
 

US Equity

    35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       35%-65%       25%-55%       20%-50%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-30%       10%-30%       10%-30%  
 

Non-US Developed Equity

    15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       15%-45%       10%-40%       10%-40%       10%-40%       5%-35%       5%-30%       5%-30%       5%-30%  
 

Emerging Markets Equity

    0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-20%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

US REITs

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Commodities

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
 

Other Alternatives

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  
  FIXED INCOME TACTICAL ALLOCATION RANGES     0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       0%-25%       10%-40%       20%-50%       30%-60%       35%-65%       45%-75%       50%-80%       50%-80%  
 

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income

    0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%       0%-15%  
 

Emerging Markets Debt (Local)

    0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%       0%-10%  

Note: Above allocations may not sum to total due to rounding.

The percentage of each Portfolio exposed to any asset class or geographic region will vary from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s macro and market views. At times, a Portfolio may be heavily invested in certain asset classes or geographic regions, depending on the asset allocation strategy. Unless otherwise stated herein, a Portfolio’s investment in any of the Underlying Funds may exceed 25% of its assets. Each Portfolio may also invest in derivatives (including (i) futures contracts, including futures based on equity or fixed income indices and interest rate futures; (ii) options, including long and short positions in call options and put options on indices, individual securities or currencies and options on futures contracts; and (iii) currency forwards and non-deliverable forwards) to gain exposure to securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. A Portfolio may invest in derivatives for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The particular Underlying Funds in which each Portfolio may invest and each Portfolio’s targets and ranges will change from time to time without shareholder approval or notice.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2020 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2025 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2030 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2035 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2040 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2045 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2050 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2055 Index.

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio’s benchmark index is the S&P Target Date To 2060+ Index.

 

70


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT APPROACH

 

The S&P Target Date Index Series comprises twelve multi-asset class indices, each corresponding to a particular target retirement date, e.g. , 2020, 2025, 2030, etc. The asset allocation for each index in the series is determined once a year through a survey of large fund management companies that offer target date products. Each index is fully investable, with varying levels of exposure to equities, fixed income and commodities.

The S&P Target Date Index Series is a component of the S&P Target Allocation Index Family. The index series reflects the market consensus for asset allocations for different target date horizons.

The S&P Target Date “To” Series is meant to capture the asset allocation glide paths of representative “To” target date series.

For each Portfolio, the corresponding reporting benchmark aligns to the same S&P Target Date To Index of a given vintage year.

References in the Prospectus to a Portfolio’s benchmark are for informational purposes only, and unless otherwise noted are not an indication of how a particular Portfolio is managed.

Management Process

The Investment Adviser and each Portfolio have received an exemptive order from the SEC. Under the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Portfolios’ Board of Trustees, to oversee any sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The initial shareholder of each Portfolio approved the Portfolio’s operation in this manner and reliance by the Portfolio on this exemptive order.

 

  ADDITIONAL FEES AND EXPENSES INFORMATION     

“Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” reflect the expenses (including the management fees) borne by each Portfolio through its ownership of shares in the Underlying Funds.

Differences in the “Expense Limitation” ratios across a Portfolio’s share classes are the result of, among other things, the effect of mathematical rounding on the daily accrual of expense reimbursement, particularly, in respect to share classes with small amounts of assets.

Differences in the “Other Expenses” ratios across a Portfolio’s share classes are the result of, among other things, contractual differences in transfer agency fees and/or the effect of mathematical rounding on the daily accrual of certain expenses, particularly, in respect to share classes with small amounts of assets.

 

71


 

Risks of the Portfolios

 

Loss of money is a risk of investing in each Portfolio. The principal risks of each Portfolio are discussed in the Summary section of the Prospectus. The following section provides additional information on the risks that apply to each Portfolio, which may result in a loss of your investment. An investment in a Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency. Investors should carefully consider these risks before investing. Investors should also consider, in addition to his or her age or retirement date, other factors, including the investor’s risk tolerance, personal circumstances, and complete financial situation. A Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

 

  Principal Risk
  Additional Risk

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                     
     Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2020
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2025
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2030
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2035
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2040
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2045
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2050
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2055
Portfolio
  Goldman
Sachs
Target
Date 2060
Portfolio

Asset Allocation

                 

Derivatives

                 

Expenses

                 

Inadequate Retirement Income

                 

Index/Tracking Error

                 

Investing in the Underlying Funds

                 

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds

                 

Investments of the Underlying Funds

                 

Large Shareholder Transactions

                 

Management

                 

NAV

                 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

                 

Regulatory (Volcker Rule)

                 

Temporary Investments

                 

Underlying ETF

                 
                 

 

 

Asset Allocation Risk— A Portfolio’s allocations to various asset classes and to the Underlying Funds may cause the Portfolio to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

 

Derivatives Risk— A Portfolio’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other investments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to the Portfolio. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations, liquidity risk and risks arising from margin requirements, which include the risk that the Portfolio will be required to pay additional margin or set aside additional collateral to maintain open derivative positions. Derivatives may be used for both hedging and non-hedging purposes.

The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments, and there is no guarantee that the use of derivatives will achieve their intended result. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of the timing or level of fluctuation in securities prices, interest rates, currency prices or other variables, the use of derivatives could result in losses, which in some cases may be significant.

A lack of correlation between changes in the value of derivatives and the value of the portfolio assets (if any) being hedged could also result in losses. In addition, there is a risk that the performance of the derivatives or other instruments used by the Investment Adviser to replicate the performance of a particular asset class may not accurately track the performance of that asset class.

 

72


RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS

 

As investment companies registered with the SEC, the Portfolios must identify on their books (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other SEC or SEC-staff approved or other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivative instruments. For more information about these practices, see Appendix A to the Prospectus.

 

Expenses Risk —By investing in pooled investment vehicles (including investment companies and ETFs), partnerships and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), the investor will incur not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the other pooled investment vehicles, partnerships and REITs held by the Portfolio (including operating costs and investment management fees), but also expenses of the Portfolio.

 

Inadequate Retirement Income —An investment in a Portfolio is not guaranteed, and a Portfolio may experience losses, including losses near, at, or after the Target Date. There is no guarantee that a Portfolio will achieve sufficient capital appreciation to provide adequate income at and through retirement. Moreover, there is no guarantee that a Portfolio’s performance will keep pace with or exceed the rate of inflation, which may reduce the value of your investment over time.

 

Index/Tracking Error Risk —To the extent that an index-tracking strategy or implementation of a sub-strategy by a transition manager is used with respect to a portion of a Portfolio’s assets, including through investment in an Underlying ETF that seeks to track an index, the Portfolio will be negatively affected by general declines in the securities and asset classes represented in the relevant index. There is no guarantee that a Portfolio, or any relevant portion of the Portfolio, will achieve a high degree of correlation to the relevant index. Market disruptions and regulatory restrictions could have an adverse effect on a Portfolio’s ability, or the ability of an Underlying ETF in which the Portfolio invests, to adjust its exposure to the required levels in order for the relevant portion of the Portfolio to track the relevant index. In addition, because that portion of the Portfolio is not “actively” managed, unless a specific security is removed from the relevant index, the Portfolio or an Underlying ETF in which it invests generally would not sell a security because the security’s issuer was in financial trouble. At times when an index-tracking strategy is used with respect to a portion of a Portfolio’s assets, the Portfolio’s performance could be lower than funds that may actively shift all of their portfolio assets to take advantage of market opportunities or to lessen the impact of a market decline or a decline in the value of one or more issuers.

 

Investing in the Underlying Funds —The investments of each Portfolio are concentrated in the Underlying Funds (including ETFs and other registered investment companies) subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. Each Portfolio’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Funds it holds. The ability of each Portfolio to meet its investment objective is directly related to the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their objectives as well as the allocation among those Underlying Funds by the Investment Adviser. The value of the Underlying Funds’ investments, and the net asset values (“NAV”) of the shares of both the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds, will fluctuate in response to various market and economic factors related to the equity and fixed income markets, as well as the financial condition and prospects of issuers in which the Underlying Funds invest. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of any Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved.

 

Investments in Affiliated Underlying Funds —In managing the Portfolios, the Investment Adviser will have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating Portfolio assets among certain Underlying Funds both because the fees payable to it and/or its affiliates by some Underlying Funds are higher than the fees payable by other Underlying Funds and because the Investment Adviser and its affiliates are also responsible for managing the Underlying Funds. The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates are compensated by the Portfolios and by certain Underlying Funds for advisory, transfer agency and/or principal underwriting services provided. The portfolio managers may also be subject to conflicts of interest in allocating a Portfolio’s assets among the various Underlying Funds because the Portfolio’s portfolio management team may also manage some of the Underlying Funds. The Board of Trustees and officers of the Goldman Sachs Trust II may also have conflicting interests in fulfilling their fiduciary duties to both the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds for which GSAM or its affiliates now or in the future serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter. Other funds with similar investment strategies may perform better or worse than the Underlying Funds. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s authority to allocate investments among affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies creates conflicts of interest. For example, investing in affiliated investment companies could cause the Portfolios to incur higher fees and may cause the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates to receive greater compensation, increase assets under management or support particular investment strategies or affiliated investment companies. In selecting Underlying Funds, the Investment Adviser generally expects to select affiliated investment companies without considering or canvassing the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available even though there may (or may not) be one or more unaffiliated investment companies that may be a more appropriate addition to the Portfolios, that investors may regard as a more attractive investment for the Portfolios, or that may have higher returns. To the extent that an investment in an affiliated investment company is not available, including as the result of capacity constraints, only then will the Investment Adviser consider unaffiliated investment companies.

 

73


 

 

Investments of the Underlying Funds —Because the Portfolios invest in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolios’ shareholders will be affected by the investment policies and practices of the Underlying Funds in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Portfolios allocate to those Underlying Funds. Each Portfolio may invest in Underlying Funds that in turn invest in small-capitalization companies and foreign issuers and thus are subject to additional risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and political risk. Foreign investments may include securities of issuers located in emerging countries in Asia, Central and South America, Eastern Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Each Portfolio may also invest in Underlying Funds that in turn invest in investment grade fixed income securities, emerging market debt securities, inflation protected securities and non-investment grade fixed income securities (“junk bonds”) (which are considered speculative). In addition, the Underlying Funds may purchase derivative securities including structured notes; enter into forward currency and options on currency transactions; lend their portfolio securities; enter into futures contracts and options transactions; purchase zero coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds; purchase securities issued by REITs and other issuers in the real estate industry; purchase restricted and illiquid securities; purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis; enter into repurchase agreements; borrow money; and engage in various other investment practices. Certain Portfolios may invest in an Underlying Fund that in turn has exposure to the commodities markets and be subject to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. A strategy used by the Underlying Funds may fail to produce the intended results. The risks presented by these investment practices are discussed in Appendix A to the Prospectus and in the SAI.

 

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk —A Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders, such as other funds, institutional investors (including those trading by use of non-discretionary mathematical formulas), financial intermediaries (who may make investment decisions on behalf of underlying clients and/or include a Portfolio in their investment model), individuals, accounts and Goldman Sachs affiliates, purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of a Portfolio. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact a Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large Portfolio share purchases may adversely affect a Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in a Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.

 

Management —A strategy implemented by the Investment Adviser may fail to produce the intended results.

 

NAV Risk —The NAV of each Portfolio and the value of your investment will fluctuate.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk —The Portfolios may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve their principal investment strategies. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Portfolios and their shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

 

Regulatory Risk (Volcker Rule) —Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules issued thereunder (also known as the “Volcker Rule”) prohibit banking entities, such as The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman”) and its affiliates, including the Investment Adviser, from engaging in certain trading activities involving their own capital (also known as “proprietary trading”). These prohibitions may include certain restrictions on the extent to which Goldman and/or its affiliates may own shares of a Portfolio. If Goldman or its affiliates own 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Portfolio longer than three years from the Portfolio’s launch date, the Portfolio may be subject to these proprietary trading restrictions, which include restrictions on the ability to purchase and sell securities on a short term basis. As of the date of the Prospectus, Goldman and/or its affiliates own more than 25% of the outstanding shares of the Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio. Reducing the seed capital in a Portfolio to address these trading restrictions may prevent the Portfolio from pursuing its investment objective, may restrict the Portfolio’s activities and may prevent the Portfolio from retaining enough capital to engage in certain investment strategies, which could have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s performance. In addition, if Goldman or its affiliates reduce their interest in a Portfolio, the Portfolio may be subject to transaction costs, losses and adverse tax consequences and may be forced to liquidate prematurely, among other things.

 

Temporary Investments —Although the Portfolios normally seek to primarily invest in the Underlying Funds, a Portfolio may invest its assets in money market instruments to maintain liquidity, to meet shareholder redemptions and for other short-term cash needs. Also, there may be times when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, abnormal market or economic conditions warrant that, for temporary defensive purposes, a Portfolio may invest without limitation in money market instruments. When a Portfolio’s assets are invested in such investments, the Portfolio may not be achieving its investment objective.

 

Underlying ETF Risk —The Portfolios may invest in Underlying ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. The use of Underlying ETFs is intended to help a Portfolio match the total

 

74


RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS

 

  return of the particular market segments or indices represented by those Underlying ETFs, although that may not be the result. Most ETFs are passively managed investment companies whose shares are purchased and sold on a securities exchange. An investment in an Underlying ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund ( i.e. , one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an Underlying ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective. The price of an Underlying ETF can fluctuate, and a Portfolio could lose money investing in an Underlying ETF. Moreover, Underlying ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional funds: (i) the market price of the Underlying ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an Underlying ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; and (iii) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of an Underlying ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged.

More information about the Portfolios’ portfolio securities and investment techniques, and their associated risks, is provided in Appendix A. You should consider the investment risks discussed in this section and in Appendix A. Both are important to your investment choice.

 

75


 

Risks of the Underlying Funds

 

 

Credit/Default Risk —An issuer or guarantor of fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund (which may have low credit ratings) may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal or default on any other obligation. The credit quality of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities or instruments may meet the Underlying Fund’s credit quality requirements at the time of purchase but then deteriorate thereafter, and such a deterioration can occur rapidly. In certain instances, the downgrading or default of a single holding or guarantor of an Underlying Fund’s holding may impair the Underlying Fund’s liquidity and have the potential to cause significant deterioration in NAV. These risks are more pronounced in connection with an Underlying Fund’s investments in non-investment grade fixed income securities.

 

Derivatives Risk —An Underlying Fund’s use of options, futures, forwards, swaps, options on swaps, structured securities and other derivative instruments may result in losses. These instruments, which may pose risks in addition to and greater than those associated with investing directly in securities, currencies or other instruments, may be illiquid or less liquid, volatile, difficult to price and leveraged so that small changes in the value of the underlying instruments may produce disproportionate losses to an Underlying Fund. Certain derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations, liquidity risk and risks arising from margin requirements, which include the risk that an Underlying Fund will be required to pay additional margin or set aside additional collateral to maintain open derivative positions. Derivatives may be used for both hedging and non-hedging purposes.

The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments, and there is no guarantee that the use of derivatives will achieve their intended result. If an investment adviser is incorrect in its expectation of the timing or level of fluctuation in securities prices, interest rates, currency prices or other variables, the use of derivatives could result in losses, which in some cases may be significant. A lack of correlation between changes in the value of derivatives and the value of the portfolio assets (if any) being hedged could also result in losses. In addition, there is a risk that the performance of the derivatives or other instruments used by an Underlying Fund to replicate the performance of a particular asset class may not accurately track the performance of that asset class. Derivatives are also subject to liquidity risk and risks arising from margin requirements. There is also risk of loss if an Underlying Fund is incorrect in its expectation of the timing or level of fluctuation in securities prices, interest rates, currency prices or other variables.

Certain Underlying Funds may use derivatives, including futures and swaps, to implement short positions. Taking short positions involves leverage of an Underlying Fund’s assets and presents various risks. If the value of the instrument or market in which an Underlying Fund has taken a short position increases, then that Underlying Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in value from the time that the short position was entered into plus any premiums and interest paid to a counterparty. Therefore, taking short positions involves the risk that losses may be exaggerated, potentially losing more money than the actual cost of the investment.

As investment companies registered with the SEC, the Underlying Funds must identify on their books (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other SEC or SEC-staff approved or other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivative instruments. For more information about these practices, see Appendix A.

 

 

Emerging Countries Risk —Investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries are subject to the risks associated with investments in foreign securities. In addition, the securities markets of most emerging countries are less liquid, developed and efficient, are subject to greater price volatility, have smaller market capitalizations, have more or less government regulation and are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements as the securities markets of more developed countries. Further, investments in securities of issuers located in emerging countries involve the risk of loss resulting from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, substantial economic, political and social disruptions and the imposition of exchange controls (including repatriation restrictions). These risks are not normally associated with investments in more developed countries. For more information about these risks, see Appendix A.

 

Extension Risk —An issuer could exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation held by an Underlying Fund (such as a mortgage-backed security) later than expected. This may happen when there is a rise in interest rates. Under these circumstances, the value of the obligation will decrease, and an Underlying Fund will also suffer from the inability to reinvest in higher yielding securities.

 

Foreign Risk —When an Underlying Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to risk of loss with respect to their foreign investments that are not typically associated with U.S. issuers. Loss may result because of more or less foreign government regulation, less public information, less liquid, developed or efficient trading markets, greater volatility and less economic, political and

 

76


RISKS OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

 

  social stability in the countries in which an Underlying Fund invests. Loss may also result from, among other things, deteriorating economic and business conditions in other countries, including the United States, regional and global conflicts, the imposition of exchange controls (including repatriation restrictions), sanctions, foreign taxes, confiscations, trade restrictions (including tariffs), expropriations and other government restrictions by the United States and other governments, higher transaction costs, difficulty enforcing contractual obligations or from problems in share registration, settlement or custody. The Underlying Funds will also be subject to the risk of negative foreign currency rate fluctuations, which may cause the value of securities denominated in such foreign currency (or other instruments through which the Underlying Fund may have exposure to foreign currencies) to decline in value. Foreign risks will normally be greatest when an Underlying Fund invests in securities of issuers located in emerging countries. For more information about these risks, see Appendix A.
 

Geographic Risk —If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in securities of issuers located in a particular country or geographic region, the Underlying Fund may be subjected, to a greater extent than if its investments were less focused, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that country or region, such as: adverse securities markets; adverse exchange rates; adverse social, political, regulatory, economic, business, environmental or other developments; or natural disasters.

 

Interest Rate Risk —When interest rates increase, fixed income securities or instruments held by an Underlying Fund (which may include inflation protected securities) will generally decline in value. Long-term fixed income securities or instruments will normally have more price volatility because of this risk than short-term fixed income securities or instruments. A wide variety of market factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policy, rising inflation and changes in general economic conditions. The risks associated with changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

 

Investment Style Risk —Different investment styles ( e.g. , “growth,” “value,” or “quantitative”) tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. An Underlying Fund may outperform or underperform other funds that employ a different investment style. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Growth companies are often expected by investors to increase their earnings at a certain rate. When these expectations are not met, investors can punish the stocks inordinately even if earnings showed an absolute increase. Also, because growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of some value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor. Value stocks are those that are undervalued in comparison to their peers due to adverse business developments or other factors.

 

Leverage Risk —Leverage creates exposure to potential gains and losses in excess of the initial amount invested. Borrowing and the use of derivatives may result in leverage and may make an Underlying Fund more volatile. When an Underlying Fund uses leverage the sum of the Underlying Fund’s investment exposure may significantly exceed the amount of assets invested in the Underlying Fund, although these exposures may vary over time. Relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a leveraged investment. An Underlying Fund will identify liquid assets on its books or otherwise cover transactions that may give rise to such risk, to the extent required by applicable law. The use of leverage may cause an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. The use of leverage by an Underlying Fund can substantially increase the adverse impact to which the Underlying Fund’s investment portfolio may be subject.

 

Liquidity Risk —An Underlying Fund may invest to a greater degree in securities or instruments that trade in lower volumes and may make investments that are less liquid than other investments. Also, an Underlying Fund may make investments that may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Investments that are illiquid or that trade in lower volumes may be more difficult to value. When there is no willing buyer and investments cannot be readily sold at the desired time or price, an Underlying Fund may have to accept a lower price or may not be able to sell the security or instrument at all. An inability to sell one or more portfolio positions can adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s value or prevent an Underlying Fund from being able to take advantage of other investment opportunities.

To the extent that the traditional dealer counterparties that engage in fixed income trading do not maintain inventories of corporate bonds (which provide an important indication of their ability to “make markets”) that keep pace with the growth of the bond markets overtime, relatively low levels of dealer inventories could lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets. Additionally, market participants other than an Underlying Fund may attempt to sell fixed income holdings at the same time as an Underlying Fund, which could cause downward pricing pressure and contribute to illiquidity.

 

77


 

Because an Underlying Fund may invest in non-investment grade fixed income securities, small- and mid-capitalization stocks, REITs and emerging country issuers, it may be especially subject to the risk that during certain periods, the liquidity of particular issuers or industries, or all securities within a particular investment category, may shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic, market or political events, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate.

Liquidity risk may also refer to the risk that the Underlying Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the allowable time period because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, or other reasons. While an Underlying Fund reserves the right to meet redemption requests through in-kind distributions, an Underlying Fund may instead choose to raise cash to meet redemption requests through sales of portfolio securities or permissible borrowings. If an Underlying Fund is forced to sell securities at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions, such sales may adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s NAV.

Certain shareholders, including clients or affiliates of the Investment Adviser and/or other funds managed by the Investment Adviser, may from time to time own or control a significant percentage of an Underlying Fund’s shares. Redemptions by these shareholders of their shares of an Underlying Fund may further increase an Underlying Fund’s liquidity risk and may ultimately impact the Portfolio’s NAV. These shareholders may include, for example, institutional investors, funds of funds, discretionary advisory clients and other shareholders whose buy-sell decisions are controlled by a single decision-maker.

 

Loan-Related Investments Risk —In addition to risks generally associated with debt investments, loan-related investments such as loan participations and assignments are subject to other risks. Although a loan obligation may be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment. Many loan investments are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale and may be relatively illiquid and difficult to value. There is less readily available, reliable information about most loan investments than is the case for many other types of securities. Substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan obligation defaults. The market for loan obligations may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because transactions in many loans are subject to extended trade settlement periods, an Underlying Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a period after the sale. As a result, sale proceeds related to the sale of loans may not be available to make additional investments or to meet an Underlying Fund’s redemption obligations for a period after the sale of the loans, and, as a result, the Underlying Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions, such as borrowing from its credit facility, if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. An Underlying Fund may also hold a larger position in cash and cash items to limit the impact of extended trade settlement periods, which may adversely impact the Underlying Fund’s performance. In addition, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan obligation defaults.

Affiliates of the Investment Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of such affiliates in the loan markets may restrict the Underlying Fund’s ability to acquire certain loans, affect the timing of such acquisition, or affect the price at which the loan is acquired.

With respect to loan participations, an Underlying Fund may not always have direct recourse against a borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and/or interest; may be subject to greater delays, expenses and risks than if the Underlying Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the borrower; and may be regarded as the creditor of the agent lender (rather than the borrower), subjecting the Underlying Fund to the creditworthiness of that lender as well and the ability of the lender to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. Investors in loans, such as an Underlying Fund, may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws, although they may be entitled to certain contractual remedies.

Senior loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity, and are typically secured with specific collateral, but are nevertheless usually rated below investment grade. Because second lien loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to senior loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second lien loans generally have greater price volatility than senior loans and may be less liquid.

 

Market Risk —The market value of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies, particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world. Price changes may be temporary or last for extended periods. A Portfolio’s investments may be over-weighted from time to time in one or more sectors or countries, which will increase the Portfolio’s exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those sectors or countries.

Global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions and events in one country, region or financial market may adversely impact issuers in a different country, region or financial market. In addition, governmental and quasi-governmental organizations have taken a number of unprecedented actions designed to support the markets. Such conditions, events and actions may result in greater market risk.

 

78


RISKS OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

 

 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Risk —The securities of mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable an Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. Both mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks become.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk —Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks, including “extension risk” ( i.e. , in periods of rising interest rates, issuers may pay principal later than expected) and “prepayment risk” ( i.e. , in periods of declining interest rates, issuers may pay principal more quickly than expected, causing an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds at lower prevailing interest rates). Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers are subject to other risks as well, including failures of private issuers to meet their obligations and unexpectedly high rates of default on the mortgages backing the securities. Other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with Mortgage-backed securities, as well as risks associated with the nature and servicing of the assets backing the securities. Asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral comparable to that of mortgage assets, resulting in additional credit risk.

 

Non-Investment Grade Investments Risk —Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative and are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. These securities may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate Risk —A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by the Underlying Funds and their shareholders, and is also likely to result in short-term capital gains taxable to shareholders.

 

Sector Risk —To the extent an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in securities of issuers in one or more sectors (such as the financial services or telecommunications sectors), the Underlying Fund will be subject, to a greater extent than if its investments were diversified across different sectors, to the risks of volatile economic cycles and/or conditions and developments that may be particular to that sector, such as: adverse economic, business, political, environmental or other developments.

 

Stock Risk —Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. U.S. and foreign stock markets have experienced periods of substantial price volatility in the past and may do so again in the future. Stock prices may fluctuate from time to time in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments, and the stock prices of such companies may suffer a decline in response.

 

U.S. Government Securities Risk —The U.S. government may not provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so bylaw. U.S. Government Securities issued by those agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises, including those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are neither issued nor guaranteed by the United States Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by a Portfolio may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that issuers of U.S. Government Securities will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continued support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the value of their securities and the securities which they guarantee. Additionally, the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market values of their securities, which may fluctuate.

 

79


 

Service Providers

 

  INVESTMENT ADVISER     

 

Investment Adviser   Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”)

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020

200 West Street

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025

New York, NY 10282

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030

   

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060

 

GSAM has been registered as an investment adviser with the SEC since 1990 and is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. Founded in 1869, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is a publicly-held financial holding company and a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm. As of December 31, 2018, GSAM, including its investment advisory affiliates, had assets under supervision of approximately $[1.29] trillion.

Pursuant to its Management Agreement with the Portfolios, the Investment Adviser, directly or through a sub-adviser, is responsible for overseeing the Portfolios’ investment program. In overseeing the Portfolios’ investment program, the Investment Adviser may impose investment, risk or other parameters that are more restrictive than those described in the Prospectus.

The Investment Adviser also performs the following additional services for the Portfolios (to the extent not performed by others pursuant to agreements with the Portfolios):

   

Supervises non-advisory operations of the Portfolios

   

Provides personnel to perform such executive, administrative and clerical services as are reasonably necessary to provide effective administration of the Portfolios

   

Arranges for the preparation of all required tax returns, reports to shareholders, prospectuses and statements of additional information and other reports filed with the SEC and other regulatory authorities

   

Maintains the Portfolios’ records

   

Provides office space and necessary office equipment and services

An investment in the Portfolios may be negatively impacted because of the operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. The use of certain investment strategies that involve manual or additional processing, such as over-the-counter derivatives, increases these risks. Although the Portfolios attempt to minimize such failures through controls and oversight, it is not possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect a Portfolio or to develop processes and controls that completely eliminate or mitigate the occurrence of such failures. Each Portfolio and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

From time to time, Goldman Sachs or its affiliates may invest “seed” capital in a Portfolio. These investments are generally intended to enable a Portfolio to commence investment operations and achieve sufficient scale. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates may hedge the exposure of the seed capital invested in a Portfolio by, among other things, taking an offsetting position in the benchmark of the Portfolio.

 

80


SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

 

  MANAGEMENT FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES     

As compensation for its services and its assumption of certain expenses, the Investment Adviser is entitled to the following fees, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rates listed below (as a percentage of each respective Portfolio’s average daily net assets).

 

                                                                                                                       
Portfolios   Contractual
Management Fee
Annual Rate
  Average Daily
Net Assets
 

Actual Rate For the
Fiscal Year Ended

August 31, 2018*

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio

  0.25%

0.23%

0.21%

  First $2 Billion

Next $3 Billion

Over $5 Billion

  [0.25]%**
     

 

*

The Actual Rate may not correlate to the Contractual Management Fee Annual Rate as a result of management fee waivers that may be in effect from time to time.

**

The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

The Investment Adviser has agreed to waive a portion of its management fee in order to achieve an effective rate of [0.19]% as an annual percentage of average daily net assets of each Portfolio. The Investment Adviser has also agreed to waive a portion of its management fee for each Portfolio in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests based on the Portfolio’s investment in such affiliated funds. These arrangements will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees. These management fee waivers may be modified or terminated by the Investment Adviser at its discretion and without shareholder approval after such date, although the Investment Adviser does not presently intend to do so.

In addition to the management fee waivers described above, the Investment Adviser may waive an additional portion of its management fee from time to time and may discontinue or modify any such waivers in the future, consistent with the terms of any fee waiver arrangements in place.

The Investment Adviser has agreed to reduce or limit “Other Expenses” (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees and shareholder administration fees (as applicable), taxes, dividends and interest payments on securities sold short, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of each of Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio’s, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio’s, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio’s and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio’s average daily net assets and [0.014]% of each of Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio’s, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio’s, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio’s, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio’s and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio’s average daily net assets through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not

 

81


terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees. The expense limitations may be modified or terminated by the Investment Adviser at its discretion and without shareholder approval after such date, although the Investment Adviser does not presently intend to do so. A Portfolio’s “Other Expenses” may be further reduced by any custody and transfer agency fee credits received by the Portfolio.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Management Agreement for the Portfolios is available in the Portfolios’ annual report for the period ended August 31, 2018.

 

  PORTFOLIO MANAGERS     

Portfolio managers Raymond Chan, CFA and Christopher Lvoff, CFA have day-to-day management responsibility of the Portfolios.

 

Name and Title   Fund Responsibility  

Years

Primarily
Responsible

  Five Year Employment History

Raymond Chan, CFA

Managing Director

 

Portfolio Manager—

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio

  Since
2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

  Mr. Chan is a portfolio manager within the Global Portfolio Solutions (“GPS”) Group in GSAM. He serves on the GPS Investing Core (“IC”). He joined the Investment Adviser in 2004.

Christopher Lvoff, CFA

Managing Director

 

Portfolio Manager—

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio

  Since
2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

  Mr. Lvoff is a portfolio manager within the GPS Group in GSAM. He joined the Investment Adviser in 2007.
     

 

  DISTRIBUTOR AND TRANSFER AGENT     

Goldman Sachs, 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282, serves as the exclusive distributor (the “Distributor”) of each Portfolio’s shares. Goldman Sachs, 71 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606, also serves as the Portfolios’ transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) and, as such, performs various shareholder servicing functions.

For its transfer agency services, Goldman Sachs is entitled to receive a transfer agency fee equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.04% of average daily net assets with respect to the Institutional and Service Shares, 0.18% of average daily net assets with respect to Class A, Investor and Class R Shares and 0.03% of average daily net assets with respect to Class R6 Shares.

Goldman Sachs has agreed to waive a portion of its transfer agency fee (a component of “Other Expenses”) equal to [0.01]% as an annual percentage rate of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R6 Shares of each Portfolio through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, Goldman Sachs may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

From time to time, Goldman Sachs or any of its affiliates may purchase and hold shares of the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates reserve the right to redeem at any time some or all of the shares acquired for their own accounts.

 

  ACTIVITIES OF GOLDMAN SACHS AND ITS AFFILIATES AND OTHER
ACCOUNTS MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS
    

The involvement of the Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates in the management of, or their interest in, other accounts and other activities of Goldman Sachs may present conflicts of interest with respect to a Portfolio or limit a Portfolio’s investment activities. Goldman Sachs is a worldwide, full service investment banking, broker dealer, asset management and financial services organization and a major participant in global financial markets that provides a wide range of financial services to a

 

82


SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, financier, adviser, market maker, trader, prime broker, lender, agent and principal. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs advises clients in all markets and transactions and purchases, sells, holds and recommends a broad array of investments, including securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products for its own account or for the accounts of its customers and has other direct and indirect interests, in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equities, bank loans and other markets in which the Portfolios may directly and indirectly invest. Thus, it is likely that the Portfolios will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which Goldman Sachs performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. The Investment Adviser and/or certain of its affiliates are the managers of the Goldman Sachs Funds. The Investment Adviser and its affiliates earn fees from this and other relationships with the Portfolios. Although these fees are generally based on asset levels, the fees are not directly contingent on Portfolio performance, and Goldman Sachs would still receive significant compensation from the Portfolios even if shareholders lose money. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates engage in proprietary trading and advise accounts and funds which have investment objectives similar to those of the Portfolios and/or which engage in and compete for transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Portfolios. The results of a Portfolio’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and other accounts managed by Goldman Sachs, and it is possible that a Portfolio could sustain losses during periods in which Goldman Sachs and its affiliates and other accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. In addition, the Portfolios may enter into transactions in which Goldman Sachs or its other clients have an adverse interest. For example, a Portfolio may take a long position in a security at the same time that Goldman Sachs or other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser takes a short position in the same security (or vice versa). These and other transactions undertaken by Goldman Sachs, its affiliates or Goldman Sachs-advised clients may, individually or in the aggregate, adversely impact the Portfolios. Transactions by one or more Goldman Sachs-advised clients or the Investment Advisers may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Portfolios. A Portfolio’s activities may be limited because of regulatory restrictions applicable to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a global financial services firm, Goldman Sachs also provides a wide range of investment banking and financial services to issuers of securities and investors in securities. Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and others associated with it may create markets or specialize in, have positions in and effect transactions in, securities of issuers held by the Portfolios, and may also perform or seek to perform investment banking and financial services for those issuers. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates may have business relationships with and purchase or distribute or sell services or products from or to distributors, consultants or others who recommend the Portfolios or who engage in transactions with or for the Portfolios. For more information about conflicts of interest, see the SAI.

 

83


 

Distributions

 

Each Portfolio pays distributions from its investment income and from net realized capital gains. You may choose to have distributions paid in:

   

Cash

   

Additional shares of the same class of the same Portfolio

   

Shares of the same or an equivalent class of another Goldman Sachs Fund. Special restrictions may apply. See the SAI.

You may indicate your election on your account application. Any changes may be submitted in writing, or via telephone, in some instances, to the Transfer Agent (either directly or through your Intermediary) at any time before the record date for a particular distribution. If you do not indicate any choice, your distributions will be reinvested automatically in the Portfolio. Distributions from net investment income and from net capital gains, if any, are declared and paid annually. If cash distributions are elected with respect to each Portfolio’s annual distributions from net investment income, then cash distributions must also be elected with respect to the net short-term capital gains component, if any, of the Portfolio’s annual distributions.

The election to reinvest distributions in additional shares will not affect the tax treatment of such distributions, which will be treated as received by you and then used to purchase the shares.

From time to time, a portion of a Portfolio’s distributions may constitute a return of capital for tax purposes, and/or may include amounts in excess of the Portfolio’s net investment income for the period calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

When you purchase shares of a Portfolio, part of the NAV per share may be represented by undistributed income and/or realized gains that have previously been earned by the Portfolio. Therefore, subsequent distributions on such shares from such income and/or realized gains may be taxable to you even if the NAV of the shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the cost of such shares and the distributions (or portions thereof) represent a return of a portion of the purchase price.

 

84


 

Shareholder Guide

 

The following section will provide you with answers to some of the most frequently asked questions regarding buying and selling the Portfolios’ shares.

 

  HOW TO BUY SHARES     

Shares Offering

Shares of the Portfolios are continuously offered through the Distributor. The Portfolios and the Distributor will have the sole right to accept orders to purchase shares and reserve the right to reject any purchase order in whole or in part.

How Can I Purchase Shares Of The Portfolios?

You may purchase shares of the Portfolios through certain intermediaries that have a relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions (“Intermediaries”). Certain Intermediaries have been authorized by Goldman Sachs Trust II (the “Trust”) to accept purchase, redemption or exchange orders on behalf of the Portfolios for their customers (“Authorized Institutions”), and if approved by the Portfolios, may designate other financial intermediaries to accept such orders. You should contact your Intermediary to learn whether it is authorized to accept orders on behalf of the Portfolios ( i.e. , an Authorized Institution). In order to make an initial investment in a Portfolio you must furnish to your Intermediary the information in the account application.

The decision as to which class to purchase depends on the amount you invest, the intended length of the investment and your personal situation. You should contact your Intermediary to discuss which share class option is right for you.

Note: Intermediaries may receive different compensation for selling different share classes.

To open an account, contact your Intermediary. Customers of an Intermediary will normally give their order instructions to the Intermediary, and the Intermediary will, in turn, place the order with the Transfer Agent. Intermediaries are responsible for transmitting accepted orders and payments to the Transfer Agent within the time period agreed upon by them and will set times by which orders and payments must be received by them from their customers. The Trust, Transfer Agent, Investment Adviser and their affiliates will not be responsible for any loss in connection with orders that are not transmitted to the Transfer Agent by an Intermediary on a timely basis.

A Portfolio will be deemed to have received an order for purchase, redemption or exchange of Portfolio shares when the order is accepted in “proper form” by the Transfer Agent (or, if applicable, by an Authorized Institution) on a business day, and the order will be priced at the Portfolio’s current NAV per share (adjusted for any applicable sales charge) next determined after acceptance by the Transfer Agent (or, if applicable, by an Authorized Institution). For shareholders that place trades directly with a Portfolio’s Transfer Agent, proper form generally means that specific trade details and customer identifying information must be received by the Transfer Agent at the time an order is submitted. Intermediaries of the Portfolios may have different requirements regarding what constitutes proper form for trade instructions. Please contact your Intermediary for more information.

For purchases by check, the Portfolios will not accept checks drawn on foreign banks, third party checks, temporary checks, cash or cash equivalents; e.g. , cashier’s checks, official bank checks, money orders, traveler’s cheques or credit card checks. In limited situations involving the transfer of retirement assets, a Portfolio may accept cashier’s checks or official bank checks.

Investor and Class R Shares are not sold directly to the public. Instead, Investor and Class R Shares generally are available only to Section 401(k), 403(b), 457, profit sharing, money purchase pension, tax-sheltered annuity, defined benefit pension, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and non-qualified pension plans or other employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) or SIMPLE plans that are sponsored by one or more employers (including governmental or church employers) or employee organizations (“Employee Benefit Plans”). Investor Shares may also be sold to accounts established under a fee-based program that is sponsored and maintained by an Intermediary that has entered into a contractual relationship with Goldman Sachs to offer such shares through such programs (“Eligible Fee-Based Program”). Investor and Class R Shares are not available to traditional and Roth Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), SEPs and SARSEPs; except that Investor Shares are available to such accounts or plans to the extent they are purchased through an Eligible Fee-Based Program. Employee Benefit Plans and Eligible Fee-Based Programs must purchase Investor or Class R Shares through an Intermediary using a plan level or omnibus account.

Employee Benefit Plans generally may open an account and purchase Investor and/or Class R Shares through Intermediaries, financial planners, Employee Benefit Plan administrators and other financial intermediaries. Investor and/or Class R Shares may not be available through certain Intermediaries.

 

85


 

Class R6 Shares are generally available to the following investors who purchase shares of the Portfolios through certain Intermediaries that have a contractual relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions, using a plan level or omnibus account, unless otherwise noted below.

   

Investors who purchase Class R6 Shares through an Eligible Fee-Based Program;

   

Employee Benefit Plans;

   

Registered investment companies or bank collective trusts investing directly with the Transfer Agent;

   

Institutional investors, including companies, foundations, endowments, municipalities, trusts and other entities, investing at least $5,000,000 directly with the Transfer Agent; and

   

Other investors at the discretion of the Trust’s officers.

Class R6 Shares may not be available through certain Intermediaries. For the purposes of Class R6 Shares eligibility, the term “Intermediary” does not include Goldman Sachs or its affiliates and Class R6 Shares will not be available to clients of Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management, The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, N.A., The Goldman Sachs Trust Company of Delaware or The Ayco Company, L.P.

What Is My Minimum Investment In The Portfolios?

For each of your accounts investing in Class A Shares, the following investment minimums must be met:

 

                                                                                                                                                           
     Initial   Additional *

Regular Accounts

  $1,000   $50

Employee Benefit Plans

  No Minimum   No Minimum

Uniform Gift/Transfer to Minors Accounts (UGMA/UTMA)

  $250   $50

Individual Retirement Accounts and Coverdell ESAS

  $250   $50

Automatic Investment Plan Accounts

  $250   $50
   

 

*

No minimum additional investment requirements are imposed with respect to investors trading through Intermediaries who aggregate shares in omnibus or similar accounts (e.g., employee benefit plan accounts, wrap program accounts or traditional brokerage house accounts).

For Institutional Shares, the minimum initial investment is $1,000,000 for individual or Institutional Investors, alone or in combination with other assets under the management of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, except that no initial minimum will be imposed on (i) Employee Benefit Plans that hold their Institutional Shares through plan-level or omnibus accounts; or (ii) investment advisers investing for accounts for which they receive asset-based fees where the investment adviser or its Intermediary purchases Institutional Shares through an omnibus account. For this purpose, “Institutional Investors” shall include “wrap” account sponsors (provided they have an agreement covering the arrangement with the Distributor); corporations; qualified non-profit organizations, charitable trusts, foundations and endowments; any state, county or city, or any instrumentality, department, authority or agency thereof; and banks, trust companies or other depository institutions investing for their own account or on behalf of their clients.

No minimum amount is required for initial purchases in Investor, Class R and Class R6 (except as provided below) Shares or additional investments in Institutional, Investor, Class R or Class R6 Shares.

For Class R6 Shares, the minimum initial investment is $5,000,000 for institutional investors, including companies, foundations, endowments, municipalities, trusts and other entities who purchase Class R6 Shares directly with the Transfer Agent.

There are no minimum purchase or account (minimum) requirements with respect to Service Shares. An Intermediary may, however, impose a minimum amount for initial and additional investments in Service Shares, and may establish other requirements such as a minimum account balance. An Intermediary may redeem Service Shares held by non-complying accounts, and may impose a charge for any special services.

The minimum investment requirement for Class A and Institutional Shares may be waived for: (i) Goldman Sachs, its affiliates (including the Trust) or their respective Trustees, officers, partners, directors or employees (including retired employees and former partners), as well as certain individuals related to such investors, including spouses or domestic partners, minor children including those of their domestic partners, other family members residing in the same household, and/or financial dependents, provided that all of the above are designated as such with an Intermediary or the Portfolios’ Transfer Agent; (ii) advisory clients of Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management and accounts for which The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, N.A. acts in a fiduciary capacity ( i.e. , as agent or trustee); (iii) certain mutual fund “wrap” programs at the discretion of the Trust’s officers; and (iv) other investors at the discretion of the Trust’s officers. No minimum amount is required for additional investments in such accounts.

 

86


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

What Should I Know When I Purchase Shares Through An Intermediary?

If shares of a Portfolio are held in an account maintained and serviced by your Intermediary, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to your account will be performed by your Intermediary, and not by a Portfolio and its Transfer Agent. Since the Portfolios will have no record of your transactions, you should contact your Intermediary to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning your account or to obtain information about your account. The transfer of shares from an account with one Intermediary to an account with another Intermediary involves special procedures and may require you to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from your Intermediary. If your Intermediary’s relationship with Goldman Sachs is terminated, and you do not transfer your account to another Intermediary, the Trust reserves the right to redeem your shares. The Trust will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account or tax liability resulting from a redemption.

Certain Intermediaries may provide the following services in connection with their customers’ investments in Service Shares:

   

Personal and account maintenance services

   

Provide facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence

   

Act as liaison between the Intermediary’s customers and the Trust

   

Assist customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other options, and similar services

   

Shareholder administration services

   

Act, directly or through an agent, as the sole shareholder of record

   

Maintain account records for customers

   

Process orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares for customers

   

Process payments for customers

Intermediaries that invest in shares on behalf of their customers may charge fees directly to their customer accounts in connection with their investments. You should contact your Intermediary for information regarding such charges, as these fees, if any, may affect the return such customers realize with respect to their investments.

The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make payments or provide services to Intermediaries to promote the sale, distribution and/or servicing of shares of the Portfolios and other Goldman Sachs Funds, except that the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates do not make such payments on behalf of Class R6 Shares. These payments are made out of the Investment Adviser’s, Distributor’s and/or their affiliates’ own assets, and are not an additional charge to the Portfolios. The payments are in addition to the distribution and service fees, service fees and shareholder administration fees and sales charges described in the Prospectus. Such payments are intended to compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing shares of the Portfolios and other Goldman Sachs Funds, which may consist of payments relating to the Portfolios’ inclusion on preferred or recommended fund lists or in certain sales programs sponsored by the Intermediaries; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; marketing support; the provision of analytical or other data to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates relating to sales of shares of the Portfolios and other Goldman Sachs Funds and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Portfolios and other Goldman Sachs Funds, including provision of consultative services to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates relating to marketing and/or sale of shares of the Portfolios and other Goldman Sachs Funds. The payments may also, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The payments by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates, which are in addition to the fees paid for these services by the Portfolios, may also compensate Intermediaries for sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency, administrative and/or shareholder processing services. These additional payments may exceed amounts earned on these assets by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates for the performance of these or similar services. The amount of these additional payments is normally not expected to exceed 0.50% (annualized) of the amount sold or invested through the Intermediaries. In addition, certain Intermediaries may have access to certain services from the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates, including research reports and economic analysis, and portfolio analysis tools. In certain cases, the Intermediaries may not pay for these services. Please refer to the “Payments to Intermediaries” section of the SAI for more information about these payments and services.

The payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates and the services provided by an Intermediary may differ for different Intermediaries. The presence of these payments, receipt of these services and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend Portfolios based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. You should contact your Intermediary for more information about the payments it receives and any potential conflicts of interest.

 

87


 

What Else Should I Know About Share Purchases?

The Trust reserves the right to:

   

Refuse to open an account or require an Intermediary to refuse to open an account if you fail to (i) provide a taxpayer identification number, a Social Security Number or other government-issued identification ( e.g. , for an individual, a driver’s license or passport); or (ii) certify that such number or other information is correct (if required to do so under applicable law).

   

Reject or restrict any purchase or exchange order by a particular purchaser (or group of related purchasers) for any reason in its discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trust may reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders by a particular purchaser (or group of related purchasers) when a pattern of frequent purchases, sales or exchanges of shares of a Portfolio is evident, or if purchases, sales or exchanges are, or a subsequent redemption might be, of a size that would disrupt the management of a Portfolio.

   

Close a Portfolio to new investors from time to time and reopen any such Portfolio whenever it is deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser.

   

Provide for, modify or waive the minimum investment requirements.

   

Modify the manner in which shares are offered.

   

Modify the sales charge rate applicable to future purchases of shares.

Shares of the Portfolios are only registered for sale in the United States and certain of its territories. Generally, shares of the Portfolios will only be offered or sold to “U.S. persons” and all offerings or other solicitation activities will be conducted within the United States, in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”).

A Portfolio may allow you to purchase shares through an Intermediary with securities instead of cash if consistent with the Portfolio’s investment policies and operations and approved by the Investment Adviser.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust and Goldman Sachs reserve the right to reject or restrict purchase or exchange requests from any investor. The Trust and Goldman Sachs will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase or exchange orders.

Please be advised that abandoned or unclaimed property laws for certain states (to which your account may be subject) require financial organizations to transfer (escheat) unclaimed property (including shares of a Portfolio) to the appropriate state if no activity occurs in an account for a period of time specified by state law.

Customer Identification Program.   Federal law requires the Portfolios to obtain, verify and record identifying information for certain investors, which will be reviewed solely for customer identification purposes, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), Social Security Number or taxpayer identification number or other information for each investor who opens an account directly with the Portfolios. Applications without the required information may not be accepted by the Portfolios. Throughout the life of your account, the Portfolios may request updated identifying information in accordance with their Customer Identification Program. After accepting an application, to the extent permitted by applicable law or their Customer Identification Program, the Portfolios reserve the right to: (i) place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; (ii) refuse an investment in the Portfolios; or (iii) involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that the Portfolios are unable to verify an investor’s identity or are unable to obtain all required information. The Portfolios and their agents will not be responsible for any loss or tax liability in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s shares pursuant to their Customer Identification Program.

How Are Shares Priced?

The price you pay when you buy shares is a Portfolio’s next-determined NAV per share (as adjusted for any applicable sales charge) after the Transfer Agent (or, if applicable, an Authorized Institution) has received and accepted your order in proper form. The price you receive when you sell shares is a Portfolio’s next-determined NAV per share (adjusted for any applicable CDSCs) after the Transfer Agent (or, if applicable, an Authorized Institution) has received and accepted your order in proper form, with the redemption proceeds reduced by any applicable charges ( e.g. , CDSCs). Each class generally calculates its NAV as follows:

 

NAV =  

(Value of Assets of the Class)

– (Liabilities of the Class)

  Number of Outstanding Shares of the Class

A Portfolio’s investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at market value on the basis of quotations provided by pricing services or securities dealers. If accurate quotations are not readily available, if the Portfolios’ fund accounting

 

88


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

agent is unable for other reasons to facilitate pricing of individual securities or calculate a Portfolio’s NAV, or if the Investment Adviser believes that such quotations do not accurately reflect fair value, the fair value of the Portfolios’ investments may be determined in good faith under valuation procedures established by the Board of Trustees. Thus, such pricing may be based on subjective judgments and it is possible that the prices resulting from such valuation procedures may differ materially from the value realized on a sale. Cases where there is no clear indication of the value of a Portfolio’s investments include, among others, situations where a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source or a price is unavailable.

Equity securities listed on an exchange are generally valued at the last available sale price on the exchange on which they are principally traded. To the extent a Portfolio invests in foreign equity securities, “fair value” prices will be provided by an independent third-party pricing (fair value) service in accordance with the fair value procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. Fair value prices are used because many foreign markets operate at times that do not coincide with those of the major U.S. markets. Events that could affect the values of foreign portfolio holdings may occur between the close of the foreign market and the time of determining the NAV, and would not otherwise be reflected in the NAV.

Fixed income securities are generally valued on the basis of prices (including evaluated prices) and quotations provided by pricing services or securities dealers. Pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models, which utilize certain inputs and assumptions, including, but not limited to, yield or price with respect to comparable fixed income securities, to determine current value.

Investments in other open-end registered investment companies, such as the Underlying Funds, excluding investments in ETFs, are valued based on the NAV of those open-end registered investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in ETFs will generally be valued at the last sale price or official closing price on the exchange on which they are principally traded.

In addition, the Investment Adviser, consistent with its procedures and applicable regulatory guidance, may (but need not) determine to make an adjustment to the previous closing prices of either domestic or foreign securities in light of significant events, to reflect what it believes to be the fair value of the securities at the time of determining a Portfolio’s NAV. Significant events that could affect a large number of securities in a particular market may include, but are not limited to: situations relating to one or more single issuers in a market sector; significant fluctuations in U.S. or foreign markets; market dislocations; market disruptions or unscheduled market closings; equipment failures; natural or man made disasters or acts of God; armed conflicts; governmental actions or other developments; as well as the same or similar events which may affect specific issuers or the securities markets even though not tied directly to the securities markets. Other significant events that could relate to a single issuer may include, but are not limited to: corporate actions such as reorganizations, mergers and buy-outs; corporate announcements, including those relating to earnings, products and regulatory news; significant litigation; ratings downgrades; bankruptcies; and trading limits or suspensions.

One effect of using an independent third-party pricing (fair value) service and fair valuation may be to reduce stale pricing arbitrage opportunities presented by the pricing of Portfolio shares. However, it involves the risk that the values used by a Portfolio to price its investments may be different from those used by other investment companies and investors to price the same

investments.

Please note the following with respect to the price at which your transactions are processed:

   

NAV per share of each share class is generally calculated by the Portfolios’ fund accounting agent on each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) or such other times as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ market may officially close. Portfolio shares will generally not be priced on any day the New York Stock Exchange is closed, although Portfolio shares may be priced on such days if the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) recommends that the bond markets remain open for all or part of the day.

   

On any business day when the SIFMA recommends that the bond markets close early, each Portfolio reserves the right to close at or prior to the SIFMA recommended closing time. If a Portfolio does so, it will cease granting same business day credit for purchase and redemption orders received after the Portfolio’s closing time and credit will be given on the next business day.

   

The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase (including dividend reinvestments), redemption and exchange transactions that were processed at a NAV that is subsequently adjusted, and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders accordingly based on the official closing NAV, as adjusted.

   

The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC.

Consistent with industry practice, investment transactions not settling on the same day are recorded and factored into a Portfolio’s NAV on the business day following trade date (T+1). The use of T+1 accounting generally does not, but may, result in a NAV that differs materially from the NAV that would result if all transactions were reflected on their trade dates.

 

89


 

Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange and/or the bond markets is stopped at a time other than their regularly scheduled closing time. In the event the New York Stock Exchange and/or the bond markets do not open for business, the Trust may, but is not required to, open one or more Portfolios for purchase, redemption and exchange transactions if the Federal Reserve wire payment system is open. To learn whether a Portfolio is open for business during this situation, please call the appropriate phone number located on the back cover of the Prospectus.

Foreign securities may trade in their local markets on days a Portfolio is closed. As a result, if a Portfolio holds an Underlying Fund that holds foreign securities, its NAV may be impacted on days when investors may not purchase or redeem Portfolio shares.

Each Portfolio relies on various sources to calculate its NAV. The ability of the Portfolios’ fund accounting agent to calculate the NAV per share of each share class of the Portfolios is subject to operational risks associated with processing or human errors, systems or technology failures, cyber attacks and errors caused by third party service providers, data sources, or trading counterparties. Such failures may result in delays in the calculation of a Portfolio’s NAV and/or the inability to calculate NAV over extended time periods. The Portfolios may be unable to recover any losses associated with such failures. In addition, if the third party service providers and/or data sources upon which a Portfolio directly or indirectly relies to calculate its NAV or price individual securities are unavailable or otherwise unable to calculate the NAV correctly, it may be necessary for alternative procedures to be utilized to price the securities at the time of determining the Portfolio’s NAV.

 

  COMMON QUESTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PURCHASE OF CLASS A SHARES     

What Is The Offering Price Of Class A Shares?

The offering price of Class A Shares of each Portfolio is the next determined NAV per share plus an initial sales charge paid to Goldman Sachs at the time of purchase of shares.   The sales charge varies depending upon the amount you purchase. In some cases, described below, the initial sales charge may be eliminated altogether, and the offering price will be the NAV per share. The current sales charges and commissions paid to Intermediaries for Class A Shares of the Portfolios are as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase
(including sales charge, if any)
  Sales Charge as
Percentage of
Offering Price
    Sales Charge
as Percentage
of Net Amount
Invested
    Maximum Dealer
Allowance as
Percentage of
Offering Price
*
 

Less than $50,000

    5.50     5.82     5.00

$50,000 up to (but less than) $100,000

    4.75       4.99       4.00  

$100,000 up to (but less than) $250,000

    3.75       3.90       3.00  

$250,000 up to (but less than) $500,000

    2.75       2.83       2.25  

$500,000 up to (but less than) $1 million

    2.00       2.04       1.75  

$1 million or more

    0.00 * *       0.00 * *       0.00 * *  
     

 

  *

Dealer’s allowance may be changed periodically. During special promotions, the entire sales charge may be reallowed to Intermediaries. Intermediaries to whom substantially the entire sales charge is reallowed may be deemed to be “underwriters” under the Securities Act.

**

No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase of Class A Shares of $1 million or more.

Different Intermediaries may impose different sales charges. These variations are described in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts.

You should note that the actual sales charge that appears in your mutual fund transaction confirmation may differ slightly from the rate disclosed above in the Prospectus due to rounding calculations.

As indicated in the preceding chart, and as discussed further below and in the section titled “How Can The Sales Charge On Class A Shares Be Reduced?” and in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts, you may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to pay reduced sales charges on your purchases of Class A Shares or have those charges waived entirely. To take advantage of these discounts, your Intermediary must notify the Portfolios’ Transfer Agent at the time of your purchase order that a discount may apply to your current purchases. You may also be required to provide appropriate documentation to receive these discounts, including:

 

  (i)

Information or records regarding shares of the Portfolios or other Goldman Sachs Funds held in all accounts ( e.g. , retirement accounts) of the shareholder at all Intermediaries; or

 

  (ii)

Information or records regarding shares of the Portfolios or other Goldman Sachs Funds held at any Intermediary by related parties of the shareholder, such as members of the same family or household.

 

90


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

When Are Class A Shares Not Subject To A Sales Load?

Class A Shares of the Portfolios may be sold at NAV without payment of any sales charge to the following individuals and entities:

   

Goldman Sachs, its affiliates or their respective officers, partners, directors or employees (including retired employees and former partners), any partnership of which Goldman Sachs is a general partner, any Trustee or officer of the Trust and designated family members of any of these individuals;

   

Qualified employee benefit plans of Goldman Sachs;

   

Trustees or directors of investment companies for which Goldman Sachs or an affiliate acts as sponsor;

   

Any employee or registered representative of any Intermediary (or such Intermediaries’ affiliates and subsidiaries) or their respective spouses or domestic partners, children and parents;

   

Banks, trust companies or other types of depository institutions;

   

Any state, county or city, or any instrumentality, department, authority or agency thereof, which is prohibited by applicable investment laws from paying a sales charge or commission in connection with the purchase of shares of a Portfolio;

   

Employee Benefit Plans, other than Employee Benefit Plans that purchase Class A Shares through brokerage relationships in which sales charges are customarily imposed. Under such circumstances, Plans will be assessed sales charges as described further in “Shareholder Guide—Common Questions Applicable to the Purchase of Class A Shares;”

   

Investors who purchase Class A Shares through an omnibus account sponsored by an Intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor covering such investors to offer Class A Shares without charging an initial sales charge;

   

Insurance company separate accounts that make the Portfolios available as underlying investments in certain group annuity contracts;

   

“Wrap” accounts for the benefit of clients of broker-dealers, financial institutions or financial planners, provided they have entered into an agreement with GSAM specifying aggregate minimums and certain operating policies and standards;

   

Investment advisers investing for accounts for which they receive asset-based fees;

   

Accounts over which GSAM or its advisory affiliates have investment discretion;

   

Shareholders who roll over distributions from any tax-qualified Employee Benefit Plan or tax-sheltered annuity to an IRA which invests in the Goldman Sachs Funds if the tax-qualified Employee Benefit Plan or tax-sheltered annuity receives administrative services provided by certain third party administrators that have entered into a special service arrangement with Goldman Sachs relating to such plan or annuity;

   

State sponsored 529 college savings plans;

   

Investors that purchase Class A Shares through the GS Retirement Plan Plus and Goldman Sachs 401(k) Programs; or

   

Former shareholders of certain funds who (i) received shares of a Goldman Sachs Fund in connection with a reorganization of an acquired fund into a Goldman Sachs Fund, (ii) had previously qualified for purchases of Class A Shares of the acquired funds without the imposition of a sales load under the guidelines of the applicable acquired fund family, and (iii) as of August 24, 2012 held their Goldman Sachs Fund shares directly with the Goldman Sachs Funds’ Transfer Agent, as long as they continue to hold the shares directly at the Transfer Agent.

You must certify eligibility for any of the above exemptions on your account application and notify your Intermediary and the Portfolios if you no longer are eligible for the exemption. You may be eligible for different or additional exemptions based on your Intermediary; see Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts.

A Portfolio will grant you an exemption subject to confirmation of your eligibility by your Intermediary. You may be charged a fee by your Intermediary.

How Can The Sales Charge On Class A Shares Be Reduced?

   

Right of Accumulation:   When buying Class A Shares in Goldman Sachs Funds, your current aggregate investment determines the initial sales load you pay. You may qualify for reduced sales charges when the current market value of holdings across Class A and/or Class C Shares, plus new purchases, reaches $50,000 or more. Class A and/or Class C Shares of any of the Goldman Sachs Funds may be combined under the Right of Accumulation. If the Portfolios’ Transfer Agent is properly notified, the “Amount of Purchase” in the chart in the section “What Is The Offering Price of Class A Shares?” will be deemed to include all Class A and/or Class C Shares of the Goldman Sachs Funds that were held at the time of purchase by any of the following persons: (i) you, your spouse or domestic partner, your parents and your children; and (ii) any trustee, guardian or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account. This includes, for example, any Class A and/or Class C Shares held at an Intermediary other than the one handling your current purchase. For purposes of applying the Right of Accumulation, shares of the Portfolios and any other Goldman Sachs Funds purchased by an existing client of Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management or GS Ayco Holding LLC will be combined with Class A and/or Class C Shares and other assets

 

91


 

 

held by all other Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management accounts or accounts of GS Ayco Holding LLC, respectively. In addition, under some circumstances, Class A Shares of the Portfolios and Class A and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by partners, directors, officers or employees of certain organizations may be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for the Right of Accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. To qualify for a reduced sales load, you or your Intermediary must notify the Portfolios’ Transfer Agent at the time of investment that a quantity discount is applicable. If you do not notify your Intermediary at the time of your current purchase or a future purchase that you qualify for a quantity discount, you may not receive the benefit of a reduced sales charge that might otherwise apply. Use of this option is subject to a check of appropriate records.

In some circumstances, other Class A and/or Class C Shares may be aggregated with your current purchase under the Right of Accumulation as described in the SAI. For purposes of determining the “Amount of Purchase,” all Class A and/or Class C Shares currently held will be valued at their current market value.

   

Statement of Intention:   You may obtain a reduced sales charge by means of a written Statement of Intention which expresses your non-binding commitment to invest (not counting reinvestments of dividends and distributions) in the aggregate $50,000 or more within a period of 13 months in Class A Shares of one or more of the Goldman Sachs Funds. Any investments you make during the period will receive the discounted sales load based on the full amount of your investment commitment. Purchases made during the previous 90 days may be included; however, capital appreciation does not apply toward these combined purchases. If the investment commitment of the Statement of Intention is not met prior to the expiration of the 13-month period, the entire amount will be subject to the higher applicable sales charge unless the failure to meet the investment commitment is due to the death of the investor. By selecting the Statement of Intention, you authorize the Transfer Agent to escrow and redeem Class A Shares in your account to pay this additional charge if the Statement of Intention is not met. You must, however, inform the Transfer Agent (either directly or through your Intermediary) that the Statement of Intention is in effect each time shares are purchased. Each purchase will be made at the public offering price applicable to a single transaction of the dollar amount specified on the Statement of Intention. The SAI has more information about the Statement of Intention, which you should read carefully.

Different Intermediaries may have different policies regarding Rights of Accumulation and Statements of Intention. These variations are described in Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts.

 

  COMMON QUESTIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EXCHANGES OF CLASS A SHARES     

What Else Do I Need To Know About The CDSC On Class A Shares?

   

Class A Shares of the Portfolios are not typically subject to CDSCs; however, if Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund that are subject to a CDSC are exchanged for Class A Shares of a Portfolio, the exchanged shares will be subject to a CDSC. For purposes of determining the amount of CDSC applicable to the shares acquired in the exchange, the length of time you have owned the shares will be measured from the date you acquired the original shares subject to a CDSC, and the amount and terms of the CDSC will be those applicable to the original shares acquired, and will not be affected by a subsequent exchange.

   

The CDSC is based on the lesser of the NAV of the shares at the time of redemption or the original offering price (which is the original NAV).

   

No CDSC is charged on shares acquired from reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions.

   

No CDSC is charged on the per share appreciation of your account over the initial purchase price.

   

When counting the number of months since a purchase of Class A Shares was made, all purchases made during a month will be combined and considered to have been made on the first day of that month.

   

To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to sell shares, the Portfolios will first sell any shares in your account that do not carry a CDSC and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

In What Situations May The CDSC On Class A Shares Be Waived Or Reduced?

The CDSC on Class A Shares that are subject to a CDSC may be waived or reduced if the redemption relates to:

   

Mandatory retirement distributions or loans to participants or beneficiaries from Employee Benefit Plans;

   

Hardship withdrawals by a participant or beneficiary in an Employee Benefit Plan;

   

The separation from service by a participant or beneficiary in an Employee Benefit Plan;

   

Excess contributions distributed from an Employee Benefit Plan;

   

Distributions from a qualified Employee Benefit Plan invested in the Goldman Sachs Funds which are being rolled over to an IRA in the same share class of a Goldman Sachs Fund;

   

The death or disability (as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), of a shareholder, participant or beneficiary in an Employee Benefit Plan;

 

92


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

   

Satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of the Code;

   

Establishing “substantially equal periodic payments” as described under Section 72(t)(2) of the Code;

   

Redemption proceeds which are to be reinvested in accounts or non-registered products over which GSAM or its advisory affiliates have investment discretion;

   

A systematic withdrawal plan. The Portfolios reserve the right to limit such redemptions, on an annual basis, to 10% of the value of your Class A Shares;

   

Redemptions or exchanges of Portfolio shares held through an Employee Benefit Plan using the Portfolio as part of a qualified default investment alternative or “QDIA”; or

   

Other redemptions, at the discretion of the Trust’s officers, relating to shares purchased through Employee Benefit Plans.

You may be eligible for different or additional exemptions based on your Intermediary; see Appendix C—Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts.

 

  HOW TO SELL SHARES     

How Can I Sell Shares Of The Portfolios?

Generally, shares may be sold (redeemed) only through Intermediaries. Customers of an Intermediary will normally give their redemption instructions to the Intermediary, and the Intermediary will, in turn, place the order with the Transfer Agent. On any business day a Portfolio is open, the Portfolio will generally redeem its Shares upon request at their next-determined NAV per share (subject to any applicable CDSC) after the Transfer Agent (or, if applicable, the Authorized Institution) has received and accepted a redemption order in proper form, as described under “How To Buy Shares—How Can I Purchase Shares Of The Portfolios?” above. Redemptions may be requested by electronic trading platform (through your Intermediary), in writing or by telephone (unless the Intermediary opts out of the telephone redemption privilege on the account application). You should contact your Intermediary to discuss redemptions and redemption proceeds. A Portfolio may transfer redemption proceeds to an account with your Intermediary. In the alternative, your Intermediary may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check or wire (if the wire instructions are designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent).

When Do I Need A Medallion Signature Guarantee To Redeem Shares?

Generally, a redemption request must be in writing and signed by an authorized person with a Medallion signature guarantee if:

   

A request is made in writing to redeem Class A, Investor or Class R Shares in an amount over $50,000 via check;

   

You would like the redemption proceeds sent to an address that is not your address of record; or

   

You would like the redemption proceeds sent to a domestic bank account that is not designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent.

A Medallion signature guarantee must be obtained from a bank, brokerage firm or other financial intermediary that is a member of an approved Medallion Guarantee Program or that is otherwise approved by the Trust. A notary public cannot provide a Medallion signature guarantee. The written request may be confirmed by telephone with both the requesting party and the designated Intermediary to verify instructions. Additional documentation may be required.

What Do I Need To Know About Telephone Redemption Requests?

The Trust, the Distributor and the Transfer Agent will not be liable for any loss or tax liability you may incur in the event that the Trust accepts unauthorized telephone redemption requests that the Trust reasonably believes to be genuine. The Trust may accept telephone redemption instructions from any person identifying himself or herself as the owner of an account or the owner’s registered representative where the owner has not declined in writing to use this service. Thus, you risk possible losses if a telephone redemption is not authorized by you.

In an effort to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent redemption and exchange requests by telephone, Goldman Sachs and DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (“DST”) each employ reasonable procedures specified by the Trust to confirm that such instructions are genuine. The following general policies are currently in effect:

   

Telephone requests are recorded.

   

Proceeds of telephone redemption requests will be sent to your address of record or authorized account designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent (unless you provide written instructions and a Medallion signature guarantee indicating another address or account).

   

For the 30-day period following a change of address, telephone redemptions will only be filled by a wire transfer to the authorized account designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent (see immediately preceding bullet point). In order to receive the redemption by check during this time period, the redemption request must be in the form of a written, Medallion signature guaranteed letter.

 

93


 

   

The telephone redemption option does not apply to shares held in an account maintained and serviced by your Intermediary. If your Shares are held in an account with an Intermediary, you should contact your registered representative of record, who may make telephone redemptions on your behalf.

   

The telephone redemption option may be modified or terminated at any time without prior notice.

   

A Portfolio may allow redemptions via check up to $50,000 in Class A, Investor and Class R Shares requested via telephone.

Note: It may be difficult to make telephone redemptions in times of unusual economic or market conditions.

How Are Redemption Proceeds Paid?

By Wire:   You may arrange for your redemption proceeds to be paid as federal funds to an account with your Intermediary or to a domestic bank account designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent. In addition, redemption proceeds may be transmitted through an electronic trading platform to an account with your Intermediary. The following general policies govern wiring redemption proceeds:

   

Redemption proceeds will normally be paid in federal funds, between one and two business days (or such other times in accordance with the requirements of your Intermediary) following receipt of a properly executed wire transfer redemption request. In certain circumstances, however (such as unusual market conditions or in cases of very large redemptions or excessive trading), it may take up to seven days to pay redemption proceeds.

   

Redemption requests may only be postponed or suspended for longer than seven days as permitted under Section 22(e) of the Investment Company Act if (i) the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading or trading is restricted; (ii) an emergency exists which makes the disposal of securities owned by a Portfolio or the fair determination of the value of a Portfolio’s net assets not reasonably practicable; or (iii) the SEC, by order or regulation, permits the suspension of the right of redemption.

   

If you are selling shares you recently paid for by check or purchased by Automated Clearing House (“ACH”), the Portfolio will pay you when your check or ACH has cleared, which may take up to 15 days.

   

If the Federal Reserve Bank is closed on the day that the redemption proceeds would ordinarily be wired, wiring the redemption proceeds may be delayed until the Federal Reserve Bank reopens.

   

To change the bank wiring instructions designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent, you must send written instructions signed by an authorized person designated in the current records of the Transfer Agent. A Medallion signature guarantee may be required if you are requesting a redemption in conjunction with the change.

   

None of the Trust, the Investment Adviser or Goldman Sachs assumes any responsibility for the performance of your bank or Intermediary in the transfer process. If a problem with such performance arises, you should deal directly with your bank or Intermediary.

By Check:   You may elect to receive your redemption proceeds by check. Redemption proceeds paid by check will normally be mailed to the address of record within two business days (or such other times in accordance with the requirements of your Intermediary) following receipt of a properly executed redemption request, except in certain circumstances (such as those set forth above with respect to wire transfer redemption requests). If you are selling shares you recently paid for by check or ACH, the Portfolio will pay you when your check or ACH has cleared, which may take up to 15 days.

What Else Do I Need To Know About Redemptions?

The following generally applies to redemption requests:

   

Additional documentation may be required when deemed appropriate by the Transfer Agent. A redemption request will not be in proper form until such additional documentation has been received.

   

Intermediaries are responsible for the timely transmittal of redemption requests by their customers to the Transfer Agent. In order to facilitate the timely transmittal of redemption requests, Intermediaries may set times by which they must receive redemption requests. Intermediaries may also require additional documentation from you.

The Trust reserves the right to:

   

Redeem your shares in the event your Intermediary’s relationship with Goldman Sachs is terminated, and you do not transfer your account to another Intermediary or in the event that a Portfolio is no longer an option in your Employee Benefit Plan or no longer available through your Eligible Fee-Based Program.

   

Redeem your shares if your account balance is below the required Portfolio minimum. The Portfolios will not redeem your shares on this basis if the value of your account falls below the minimum account balance solely as a result of market conditions. A Portfolio will give you 60 days’ prior written notice to allow you to purchase sufficient additional shares of the Portfolio in order to avoid such redemption. Different rules may apply to investors who have established brokerage accounts with Goldman Sachs in accordance with the terms and conditions of their account agreements.

 

94


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

   

Subject to applicable law, redeem your shares in other circumstances determined by the Board of Trustees to be in the best interest of the Trust.

   

Pay redemptions by a distribution in-kind of securities (instead of cash). If you receive redemption proceeds in-kind, you should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of those securities. In addition, if you receive redemption proceeds in-kind, you will be subject to market gains or losses upon the disposition of those securities.

   

Reinvest any amounts ( e.g. , dividends, distributions or redemption proceeds) which you have elected to receive by check should your check remain uncashed for more than 180 days. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed checks. Your check will be reinvested in your account at the NAV on the day of the reinvestment. When reinvested, those amounts are subject to the risk of loss like any Portfolio investment. If you elect to receive distributions in cash and a check remains uncashed for more than 180 days, your cash election may be changed automatically to reinvest and your future dividend and capital gains distributions will be reinvested in a Portfolio at the NAV as of the date of payment of the distribution. This provision may not apply to certain retirement or qualified accounts, accounts with a non-U.S. address or closed accounts. Your participation in a systematic withdrawal program may be terminated if a check remains uncashed.

   

Charge an additional fee in the event a redemption is made via wire transfer.

Each Portfolio typically expects to meet redemption requests by using holdings of cash or cash equivalents and/or proceeds from the sale of portfolio holdings. In addition, under stressed market conditions, as well as for other temporary or emergency purposes, the Portfolios may distribute redemption proceeds in-kind (instead of cash), access a line of credit or overdraft facility, or borrow through other sources to meet redemption requests.

None of the Trust, the Investment Adviser or Goldman Sachs will be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account or tax liability resulting from an involuntary redemption.

Can I Reinvest Redemption Proceeds In The Same Or Another Goldman Sachs Fund?

You may redeem shares of a Portfolio and reinvest a portion or all of the redemption proceeds in the same share class of another Goldman Sachs Fund at NAV. To be eligible for this privilege, you must have held the shares you want to redeem for at least 30 days and you must reinvest the share proceeds within 90 days after you redeem. You should obtain and read the applicable prospectus before investing in any other Goldman Sachs Fund.

You may reinvest redemption proceeds as follows:

   

As indicated above, Class A Shares of the Portfolios are not typically subject to CDSCs; however, if Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund that are subject to a CDSC are exchanged for Class A Shares of a Portfolio, the exchanged shares will be subject to a CDSC. In this scenario, if you pay a CDSC upon redemption of Class A Shares of a Portfolio and then reinvest in Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund as described above, your account will be credited with the amount of the CDSC you paid. The reinvested shares will, however, continue to be subject to a CDSC. The holding period of the shares acquired through reinvestment will include the holding period of both the exchanged and redeemed shares for purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon a subsequent redemption.

   

The reinvestment privilege may be exercised at any time in connection with transactions in which the proceeds are reinvested at NAV in a tax-sheltered Employee Benefit Plan. In other cases, the reinvestment privilege may be exercised once per year upon receipt of a written request.

   

You may be subject to tax as a result of a redemption. You should consult your tax adviser concerning the tax consequences of a redemption and reinvestment.

Can I Exchange My Investment From One Goldman Sachs Fund To Another Goldman Sachs Fund?

You may exchange shares of a Goldman Sachs Fund at NAV without the imposition of an initial sales charge or CDSC, if applicable, at the time of exchange for certain shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund. Redemption (including by exchange) of certain Goldman Sachs Funds offered in other prospectuses may, however, be subject to a redemption fee for shares that are held for either 30 or 60 days or less, subject to certain exceptions as described in those Goldman Sachs Funds’ prospectuses. The exchange privilege may be materially modified or withdrawn at any time upon 60 days’ written notice. You should contact your Intermediary to arrange for exchanges of shares of a Portfolio for shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund.

You should keep in mind the following factors when making or considering an exchange:

   

You should obtain and carefully read the prospectus of the Goldman Sachs Fund you are acquiring before making an exchange. You should be aware that not all Goldman Sachs Funds may offer all share classes.

   

Currently, the Portfolios do not impose any charge for exchanges, although the Portfolios may impose a charge in the future.

 

95


 

   

The exchanged shares of the new Goldman Sachs Fund may later be exchanged for shares of the same class of the original Fund held at the next determined NAV without the imposition of an initial sales charge or CDSC (but subject to any applicable redemption fee). However, if additional shares of the new Goldman Sachs Fund were purchased after the initial exchange, and that Fund’s shares do not impose a sales charge or CDSC, then the applicable sales charge or CDSC of the original Fund’s shares will be imposed upon the exchange of those shares.

   

When you exchange shares subject to a CDSC, no CDSC will be charged at that time. However, for purposes of determining the amount of CDSC applicable to the shares acquired in the exchange, the length of time you have owned the shares will be measured from the date you acquired the original shares subject to a CDSC, and the amount and terms of the CDSC will be those applicable to the original shares acquired and will not be affected by a subsequent exchange.

   

Eligible investors may exchange certain classes of shares for another class of shares of the same Portfolio. For further information, contact your Intermediary.

   

All exchanges which represent an initial investment in a Goldman Sachs Fund must satisfy the minimum initial investment requirements of that Fund. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Trust. Exchanges into a Fund need not meet the traditional minimum investment requirements for that Fund if the entire balance of the original Fund account is exchanged.

   

Exchanges are available only in states where exchanges may be legally made.

   

It may be difficult to make telephone exchanges in times of unusual economic or market conditions.

   

Goldman Sachs and DST may use reasonable procedures described above in “How To Sell Shares—What Do I Need To Know About Telephone Redemption Requests?” in an effort to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent telephone exchange requests.

   

Normally, a telephone exchange will be made only to an identically registered account.

   

Exchanges into Goldman Sachs Funds or certain share classes of Goldman Sachs Funds that are closed to new investors may be restricted.

   

Exchanges into a Portfolio from another Goldman Sachs Fund may be subject to any redemption fee imposed by the other Goldman Sachs Fund.

Exchanges into a Portfolio from another Goldman Sachs Fund received by the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange will normally begin to accrue dividends on the next business day.

For federal income tax purposes, an exchange from one Goldman Sachs Fund to another is treated as a redemption of the shares surrendered in the exchange, on which you may be subject to tax, followed by a purchase of shares received in the exchange. Exchanges within Employee Benefit Plan accounts will not result in capital gains or loss for federal or state income tax purposes. You should consult your tax adviser concerning the tax consequences of an exchange.

 

  SHAREHOLDER SERVICES     

Can I Arrange To Have Automatic Investments Made On A Regular Basis?

You may be able to make automatic investments in Class A Shares through your bank via ACH transfer or via bank draft or through your Intermediary each month. The minimum dollar amount for this service is $250 for the initial investment and $50 per month for additional investments. Forms for this option are available online at www.gsamfunds.com and from your Intermediary, or you may check the appropriate box on the account application.

Can My Distributions From A Portfolio Be Invested In Other Goldman Sachs Funds?

You may elect to cross-reinvest distributions paid by a Goldman Sachs Fund in shares of the same class of other Goldman Sachs Funds.

   

Shares will be purchased at NAV.

   

You may elect cross-reinvestment into an identically registered account or a similarly registered account provided that at least one name on the account is registered identically.

   

You cannot make cross-reinvestments into a Goldman Sachs Fund unless that Fund’s minimum initial investment requirement is met.

   

You should obtain and read the prospectus of the Goldman Sachs Fund into which distributions are invested.

Can I Arrange To Have Automatic Exchanges Made On A Regular Basis?

You may elect to exchange automatically a specified dollar amount of Class A Shares of a Portfolio for shares of the same class of other Goldman Sachs Funds.

   

Shares will be purchased at NAV if a sales charge had been imposed on the initial purchase.

   

You may elect to exchange into an identically registered account or a similarly registered account provided that at least one name on the account is registered identically.

 

96


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

   

Shares subject to a CDSC acquired under this program may be subject to a CDSC at the time of redemption from the Goldman Sachs Fund into which the exchange is made depending upon the date and value of your original purchase.

   

Automatic exchanges are made monthly on the 15th day of each month or the first business day thereafter.

   

Minimum dollar amount: $50 per month.

   

You cannot make automatic exchanges into a Goldman Sachs Fund unless that Fund’s minimum initial investment requirement is met.

   

You should obtain and read the prospectus of the Goldman Sachs Fund into which automatic exchanges are made.

   

An exchange is considered a redemption and a purchase and therefore may be a taxable transaction.

Can I Have Systematic Withdrawals Made On A Regular Basis?

You may redeem from your Class A Share account systematically via check or ACH transfer or through your Intermediary in any amount of $50 or more.

   

It is normally undesirable to maintain a systematic withdrawal plan at the same time that you are purchasing additional Class A Shares because of the sales charges that are imposed on certain purchases of Class A Shares and because of the CDSCs that are imposed on certain redemptions of Class A Shares.

   

Checks are normally mailed within two business days after your selected systematic withdrawal date of either the 15th or 25th of the month. ACH payments may take up to three business days to post to your account after your selected systematic withdrawal date between, and including, the 3rd and 26th of the month.

   

Each systematic withdrawal is a redemption and therefore may be a taxable transaction.

   

The CDSC applicable to Class A Shares redeemed under the systematic withdrawal plan may be waived.

   

The Portfolios reserve the right to limit such redemptions, on an annual basis, to 10% of the value of your Class A Shares.

What Types Of Reports Will I Be Sent Regarding My Investment?

Intermediaries are responsible for providing any communication from a Portfolio to shareholders, including but not limited to, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, proxy materials and notices regarding the source of dividend payments under Section 19 of the Investment Company Act. They may charge additional fees not described in the Prospectus to their customers for such services.

You will be provided with a printed confirmation of each transaction in your account and a quarterly account statement if you invest in Class A, Investor or Class R Shares and a monthly account statement if you invest in Institutional, Service, or Class R6 Shares. If your account is held through your Intermediary, you will receive this information from your Intermediary.

You will also receive an annual shareholder report containing audited financial statements and a semi-annual shareholder report. If you have consented to the delivery of a single copy of shareholder reports, prospectuses and other information to all shareholders who share the same mailing address with your account, you may revoke your consent at any time by contacting your Intermediary or Goldman Sachs Funds at the appropriate phone number or address found on the back cover of the Prospectus. Each Portfolio will begin sending individual copies to you within 30 days after receipt of your revocation. If your account is held through an Intermediary, please contact the Intermediary to revoke your consent.

 

  DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEES     

What Are The Different Distribution And/Or Service Fees Paid By The Portfolios’ Shares?

The Trust has adopted distribution and service plans (each a “Plan”) under which Class A and Class R Shares bear distribution and/or service fees paid to Goldman Sachs, some of which Goldman Sachs may pay to Intermediaries. Intermediaries seek distribution and/or servicing fee revenues to, among other things, offset the cost of servicing small and medium sized plan investors and providing information about the Portfolios. If the fees received by Goldman Sachs pursuant to the Plans exceed its expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements. Goldman Sachs generally receives and pays the distribution and service fees on a quarterly basis.

Under the Plans, Goldman Sachs is entitled to a monthly fee from each Portfolio for distribution services equal, on an annual basis, to 0.25% and 0.50% of each applicable Portfolio’s average daily net assets attributed to Class A and Class R Shares, respectively. Because these fees are paid out of a Portfolio’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of such charges.

The distribution fees are subject to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, and may be used (among other things) for:

   

Compensation paid to and expenses incurred by Intermediaries, Goldman Sachs and their respective officers, employees and sales representatives;

 

97


 

   

Commissions paid to Intermediaries;

   

Allocable overhead;

   

Telephone and travel expenses;

   

Interest and other costs associated with the financing of such compensation and expenses;

   

Printing of prospectuses for prospective shareholders;

   

Preparation and distribution of sales literature or advertising of any type; and

   

All other expenses incurred in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A and Class R Shares.

Goldman Sachs normally begins accruing the annual 0.25% and 0.50% distribution fees for the Class A Shares and Class R Shares, respectively, as ongoing commissions to Intermediaries immediately. Goldman Sachs generally pays the distribution fee on a quarterly basis.

 

  SERVICE SHARES SERVICE PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN     

The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolios, has adopted a Service Plan and Shareholder Administration Plan for Service Shares, pursuant to which Goldman Sachs and certain Intermediaries are entitled to receive payments for their services from the Trust. These payments are equal to 0.25% (annualized) for personal and account maintenance services, plus an additional 0.25% (annualized) for shareholder administration services of the average daily net assets of Service Shares of the Portfolio that are attributable to or held in the name of Goldman Sachs or an Intermediary for its customers. Fees for personal and account maintenance services are paid pursuant to the Service Shares’ Service Plan and are subject to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. Because these fees are paid out of a Portfolio’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of such charges.

 

  RESTRICTIONS ON EXCESSIVE TRADING PRACTICES     

Policies and Procedures on Excessive Trading Practices.   In accordance with the policy adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Trust discourages frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares and does not permit market timing or other excessive trading practices. Purchases and exchanges should be made with a view to longer-term investment purposes only that are consistent with the investment policies and practices of the respective Portfolio. Excessive, short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Portfolio performance and result in dilution in the value of Portfolio shares held by longer-term shareholders. The Trust and Goldman Sachs reserve the right to reject or restrict purchase or exchange requests from any investor. The Trust and Goldman Sachs will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase or exchange orders. To minimize harm to the Trust and its shareholders (or Goldman Sachs), the Trust (or Goldman Sachs) will exercise this right if, in the Trust’s (or Goldman Sachs’) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Trust (or Goldman Sachs), has been or may be disruptive to a Portfolio. In making this judgment, trades executed in multiple accounts under common ownership or control may be considered together to the extent they can be identified. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Trust or its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Trust or its shareholders to those of Goldman Sachs or any affiliated person or associated person of Goldman Sachs.

To deter excessive shareholder trading, certain Goldman Sachs Funds offered in other prospectuses impose a redemption fee on redemptions made within 30 or 60 days of purchase, subject to certain exceptions as described in those Goldman Sachs Funds’ prospectuses under “What Do I Need To Know About The Redemption Fee?” As a further deterrent to excessive trading, many foreign equity securities held by the Goldman Sachs Funds are priced by an independent pricing service using fair valuation. For more information on fair valuation, please see “How To Buy Shares—How Are Shares Priced?”

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, Goldman Sachs has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. Excessive trading activity in a Portfolio is measured by the number of “round trip” transactions in a shareholder’s account. A “round trip” includes a purchase or exchange into a Portfolio followed or preceded by a redemption or exchange out of the same Portfolio. If a Portfolio detects that a shareholder has completed two or more round trip transactions in a single Portfolio within a rolling 90-day period, the Portfolio may reject or restrict subsequent purchase or exchange orders by that shareholder permanently. In addition, a Portfolio may, in its sole discretion, permanently reject or restrict purchase or exchange orders by a shareholder if the Portfolio detects other trading activity that is deemed to be disruptive to the management of the Portfolio or otherwise harmful to the Portfolio. For purposes of these transaction surveillance procedures, the Portfolios may consider trading activity in multiple accounts under common ownership, control, or influence. A shareholder that has been restricted from participation in a

 

98


SHAREHOLDER GUIDE

 

Portfolio pursuant to this policy will be allowed to apply for re-entry after one year. A shareholder applying for re-entry must provide assurances acceptable to the Portfolio that the shareholder will not engage in excessive trading activities in the future.

Goldman Sachs may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. Goldman Sachs will apply the criteria in a manner that, in Goldman Sachs’ judgment, will be uniform.

Portfolio shares may be held through omnibus arrangements maintained by Intermediaries, such as broker-dealers, investment advisers and insurance companies. In addition, Portfolio shares may be held in omnibus Employee Benefit Plans, Eligible Fee-Based Programs and other group accounts. Omnibus accounts include multiple investors and such accounts typically provide a Portfolio with a net purchase or redemption request on any given day where the purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares by the investors are netted against one another. The identity of individual investors whose purchase and redemption orders are aggregated are ordinarily not tracked by a Portfolio on a regular basis. A number of these Intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply a Portfolio’s market timing policies or any applicable redemption fee. While Goldman Sachs may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a Portfolio’s ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders or apply any applicable redemption fee in these omnibus accounts may be limited in certain circumstances, and certain of these Intermediaries may charge a Portfolio a fee for providing certain shareholder financial information requested as part of the Portfolio’s surveillance process. The netting effect makes it more difficult to identify, locate and eliminate market timing activities. In addition, those investors who engage in market timing and other excessive trading activities may employ a variety of techniques to avoid detection. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio and Goldman Sachs will be able to identify all those who trade excessively or employ a market timing strategy, and curtail their trading in every instance. If necessary, the Trust may prohibit additional purchases of Portfolio shares by an Intermediary or by certain customers of the Intermediary. Intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in a Portfolio. The criteria used by Intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by a Portfolio. If an Intermediary fails to cooperate in the implementation or enforcement of the Trust’s excessive trading policies, the Trust may take certain actions including terminating the relationship.

 

99


 

Taxation [To be updated]

 

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in a Portfolio will be taxed. The tax information below is provided as general information. More tax information is available in the SAI. You should consult your tax adviser about the federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences of your investment in a Portfolio. Except as otherwise noted, the tax information provided assumes that you are a U.S. citizen or resident.

Unless your investment is through an IRA or other tax-advantaged account, you should carefully consider the possible tax consequences of Portfolio distributions and the sale of your Portfolio shares.

 

  DISTRIBUTIONS     

The Portfolios contemplate declaring as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income. Distributions you receive from a Portfolio are generally subject to federal income tax, and may also be subject to state or local taxes. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash. For federal tax purposes, the Portfolios’ distributions attributable to net investment income and short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income while distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares.

Net capital loss carryforwards of a Portfolio may be applied against its realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero. In the event that a Portfolio were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Code, the Portfolio’s loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of the Portfolio, if any, may be subject to limitation.

Under current provisions of the Code, the maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Portfolio distributions to non-corporate shareholders attributable to dividends received by a Portfolio directly or through the Underlying Funds from U.S. and certain qualified foreign corporations will generally be taxed at the long-term capital gain rate, as long as certain other requirements are met. For these lower rates to apply, the non-corporate shareholder must own their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stocks, the holding requirement of 91 days during the 181-day period beginning on the date that is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend). The amount of a Portfolio’s distributions that would otherwise qualify for this favorable tax treatment will be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s or an Underlying Fund’s high portfolio turnover rate. To the extent a Portfolio’s distributions are derived from income on debt securities, certain types of preferred stock treated as debt for federal income tax purposes and short-term capital gains, such distributions will not constitute “qualified dividend income.” In addition, distributions that are derived from securities lending income, such as substitute dividend payments, will not constitute “qualified dividend income.”

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends, taxable annuity payments, capital gain distributions received from a Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

The REIT investments of certain Underlying Funds may not provide complete tax information to the Underlying Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for a Portfolio to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond February 15.

Although distributions are generally treated as taxable to you in the year they are paid, distributions declared in October, November or December but paid in January are taxable as if they were paid in December. A percentage of a Portfolio’s dividends paid to corporate shareholders may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. This percentage may, however, be reduced as a result of a high portfolio turnover rate. Character and tax status of all distributions will be available to shareholders after the close of each calendar year.

Each Underlying Fund may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes on income or gain from certain foreign securities. If more than 50% of the value of an Underlying Fund’s total assets at the end of its taxable year is invested in foreign stocks or securities, the Underlying Fund may elect to pass through to a Portfolio the foreign taxes paid by such Underlying Fund. In general, each Portfolio may deduct these taxes in computing its taxable income. Rather than deducting these foreign taxes, if at

 

100


TAXATION

 

least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year consists of interests in Underlying Funds that are regulated investment companies, the Portfolios may make an election to treat a proportionate amount of those taxes as constituting a distribution to each shareholder, which would generally allow you, subject to certain limitations, either (i) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. Federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit or (ii) to take that amount as an itemized deduction.

The Portfolio’s investments in Underlying Funds could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders, as compared to a fund that directly invests in stocks, securities or other investments.

If you buy shares of a Portfolio before it makes a distribution, the distribution will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. This is known as “buying into a dividend.”

 

  SALES AND EXCHANGES     

Your sale of Portfolio shares is a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes, and may also be subject to state and local taxes. For tax purposes, the exchange of your Portfolio shares for shares of a different Goldman Sachs Fund is the same as a sale. When you sell your shares, you will generally recognize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the shares and the amount received. Generally, this capital gain or loss is long-term or short-term depending on whether your holding period exceeds one year, except that any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale, exchange or redemption of shares of a Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

  OTHER INFORMATION     

When you open your account, you should provide your Social Security Number or tax identification number on your Account Application. By law, the Portfolios must withhold 24% of your taxable distributions and any redemption proceeds if you do not provide your correct taxpayer identification number, or certify that it is correct, or if the IRS instructs the Portfolios to do so.

Non-U.S. investors are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax and may be subject to estate tax with respect to their Portfolios Shares. However, withholding is generally not required on properly designated distributions to non-U.S. investors of long-term capital gains. Under a provision recently made permanent by Congress, non-U.S. investors generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding on certain distributions of interest income and/or short-term capital gains that are designated by the Portfolios. It is expected that the Portfolios will generally make designations of long-term and short-term gains, to the extent permitted, but the Portfolios do not intend to make designations of any distributions attributable to interest income. Therefore, all distributions of interest income will be subject to withholding when paid to non-U.S. investors.

The Portfolios are required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Portfolio to enable the Portfolio to determine whether withholding is required.

The Portfolios are required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B not only the gross proceeds of Portfolio shares you sell or redeem but also their cost basis. Cost basis will be calculated using a Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio to use a different methodology. If you would like to use the average cost method of calculation, no action is required. To elect an alternative method, you should contact Goldman Sachs Funds at the address or phone number on the back cover of the Prospectus. If your account is held with an Intermediary, contact your representative with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolios and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal income tax returns.

 

101


 

Appendix A

Additional Information on the Portfolios and Underlying Funds

 

This Appendix provides further information on certain types of investments and techniques that may be used by the Portfolios and Underlying Funds, including their associated risks. The following description applies generally to the Underlying Funds and to the Portfolios, to the extent that the Portfolios invest in securities and other financial instruments, including derivative instruments (such as swaps, forward currency contracts and futures contracts), other than the Underlying Funds. Additional information is provided in the SAI, which is available upon request, and in the prospectuses of the Underlying Funds. A description of the Portfolios’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of a Portfolio’s portfolio security holdings is available in the SAI. For information regarding the disclosure of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities holdings, see the applicable Underlying Fund’s prospectus.

The Investment Adviser will not consider the portfolio turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions for a Portfolio. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater expenses which must be borne by a Portfolio and its shareholders, and is also likely to result in higher short-term capital gains taxable to certain shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the dollar amount of sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Portfolio’s portfolio securities, excluding securities having a maturity at the date of purchase of one year or less. See “Financial Highlights” in Appendix B for a statement of the Portfolios’ historical portfolio turnover rates.

Certain of the Underlying Funds invest primarily in common stocks and other equity investments, which may include preferred stocks, interests in REITs, convertible debt obligations, convertible preferred stocks, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and similar enterprises, master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), other investment companies (including ETFs), warrants, stock purchase rights and synthetic and derivative instruments (such as swaps and futures contracts) that have economic characteristics similar to equity securities (“equity investments”). Other Underlying Funds invest primarily in fixed income securities, which may include senior and subordinated corporate debt obligations (such as bonds, debentures, notes and commercial paper), convertible and non-convertible corporate debt obligations, loan participations and preferred stock. The Underlying Funds may also make substantial investments in futures contracts, swaps and other derivatives.

 

  A.    General Risks of the Underlying Funds and Securities     

The Underlying Funds that invest primarily in equity investments will be subject to the risks associated with common stocks and other equity investments. In general, the values of equity investments fluctuate in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Accordingly, the values of the equity investments that an Underlying Fund holds may decline over short or extended periods. The stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. In recent years, stock markets have experienced substantial price volatility.

The Underlying Funds that invest primarily in fixed income securities will be subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. These risks include interest rate risk, credit/default risk and call/extension risk. In general, interest rate risk involves the risk that when interest rates decline, the market value of fixed income securities tends to increase (although many mortgage-related securities will have less potential than other debt securities for capital appreciation during periods of declining rates). Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed income securities tends to decline. Credit/default risk involves the risk that the issuer or guarantor could default on its obligations, and an Underlying Fund will not recover its investment. Call risk and extension risk are normally present in adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”), mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. For example, homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages. Therefore, the duration of a security backed by home mortgages can either shorten (call risk) or lengthen (extension risk). In general, if interest rates on new mortgage loans fall sufficiently below the interest rates on existing outstanding mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment would be expected to increase. Conversely, if mortgage loan interest rates rise above the interest rates on existing outstanding mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment would be expected to decrease. In either case, a change in the prepayment rate can result in losses to investors. The same would be true of asset-backed securities, such as securities backed by car loans.

A rising interest rate environment could cause the value of an Underlying Fund’s fixed income securities to decrease, and fixed income markets to experience increased volatility in addition to heightened levels of liquidity risk. Additionally, decreases in the value of fixed income securities could lead to increased shareholder redemptions, which could impair an Underlying Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The risks associated with increasing rates are heightened given that interest rates are near

 

102


APPENDIX A

 

historic lows, but may be expected to increase in the future with unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments.

To the extent an Underlying Fund invests in pooled investment vehicles (including investment companies and ETFs) and partnerships, the Underlying Fund will be affected by the investment policies, practices and performance of such entities in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Underlying Fund invests therein.

Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in non-investment grade fixed income securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”), which are rated below investment grade (or determined to be of comparable credit quality, if not rated) at the time of purchase and are therefore considered speculative. Because non-investment grade fixed income securities are issued by issuers with low credit ratings, they pose a greater risk of default than investment grade securities.

The following sections provide further information on certain types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Portfolios and/or Underlying Funds, including their associated risks. Additional information is provided in the SAI, which is available upon request. Among other things, the SAI describes certain fundamental investment restrictions that cannot be changed without shareholder approval. You should note, however, that all investment objectives and all investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental are non-fundamental, and may be changed without shareholder approval. If there is a change in a Portfolio’s investment objective, you should consider whether that Portfolio remains an appropriate investment in light of your then current financial position and needs.

 

  B.    Other Risks of the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds     

Risks of Investing in Small- and Mid-Capitalization Companies and REITs.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in small- and mid-capitalization companies and REITs. Investments in small- and mid-capitalization companies and REITs involve greater risk and portfolio price volatility than investments in larger capitalization stocks. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these investments are the less certain growth prospects of smaller firms and the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. Small- and mid-capitalization companies may be thinly traded and may have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or in small lots over an extended period of time. In addition, these securities are subject to the risk that during certain periods the liquidity of particular issuers or industries, or all securities in particular investment categories, will shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic or market conditions, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. Because of the lack of sufficient market liquidity, an Underlying Fund may incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and only then at a substantial drop in price. Small- and mid-capitalization companies and REITs include “unseasoned” issuers that do not have an established financial history; often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may depend on or use a few key personnel for management; and may be susceptible to losses and risks of bankruptcy. Small- and mid-capitalization companies may be operating at a loss or have significant variations in operating results; may be engaged in a rapidly changing business with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence; may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive position; and may have substantial borrowings or may otherwise have a weak financial condition. In addition, these companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing, and other capabilities, and a larger number of qualified managerial and technical personnel. Transaction costs for these investments are often higher than those for larger capitalization companies. Investments in small- and mid-capitalization companies and REITs may be more difficult to price precisely than other types of securities because of their characteristics and lower trading volumes.

Credit/Default Risks.   Debt securities purchased by the Underlying Funds may include securities (including zero coupon bonds) issued by the U.S. government (and its agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises), foreign governments, domestic and foreign corporations, banks and other issuers. Some of these fixed income securities are described in the next section below. Further information is provided in the SAI, which is available upon request.

Certain Underlying Funds also have credit rating requirements for the securities they buy, which are applied at the time of purchase. For the purpose of determining compliance with any credit rating requirement, an Underlying Fund assigns a security, at the time of purchase, the highest rating by an NRSRO if the security is rated by more than one NRSRO. For this purpose, an Underlying Fund relies only on the ratings of the following NRSROs: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch, Inc. Unrated securities may be purchased by an Underlying Fund if they are determined by the Investment Adviser to be of a credit quality consistent with the Underlying Fund’s credit rating requirements.

 

103


 

A security satisfies an Underlying Fund’s minimum rating requirement regardless of its relative ranking (for example, plus or minus) within a designated major rating category (for example, BBB- or Baa3). If a security satisfies an Underlying Fund’s minimum rating requirement at the time of purchase and is subsequently downgraded below such rating, the Underlying Fund will not be required to dispose of the security. If a downgrade occurs, the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser will consider what action, including the sale of the security, is in the best interest of the Underlying Fund and its shareholders.

Debt securities rated BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or having a comparable credit rating by another NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser to be of comparable credit quality) are considered “investment grade.” Securities rated BBB- or Baa3 are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics, and adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances may weaken their issuers’ capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities rated BB+ or Ba1 or below (or comparable unrated securities) which are commonly known as “junk bonds.” Junk bonds are considered speculative and may be questionable as to principal and interest payments.

In some cases, junk bonds may be highly speculative, have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standing and be in default. As a result, investment in such bonds will present greater speculative risks than those associated with investment in investment grade bonds. Also, to the extent that the rating assigned to a security in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating organization, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected.

Risks of Foreign Investments.   Certain of the Underlying Funds may make foreign investments. Foreign investments involve special risks that are not typically associated with U.S. dollar denominated or quoted securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign investments may be affected by changes in currency rates, changes in foreign or U.S. laws or restrictions applicable to such investments and changes in exchange control regulations ( e.g. , currency blockage). A decline in the exchange rate of the currency ( i.e. , weakening of the currency against the U.S. dollar) in which a portfolio security is quoted or denominated relative to the U.S. dollar would reduce the value of the portfolio security. In addition, if the currency in which an Underlying Fund receives dividends, interest or other payments declines in value against the U.S. dollar before such income is distributed as dividends to shareholders or converted to U.S. dollars, the Underlying Fund may have to sell portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to pay such dividends.

Certain foreign markets may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. International trade barriers or economic sanctions against foreign countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals may adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s foreign holdings or exposures.

Brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs relating to investment in international securities markets generally are more expensive than in the United States. In addition, clearance and settlement procedures may be different in foreign countries and, in certain markets, such procedures have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, thus making it difficult to conduct such transactions.

Foreign issuers are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. issuers. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer. In addition, there is generally less government regulation of foreign markets, companies and securities dealers than in the United States, and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States. Foreign securities markets may have substantially less volume than U.S. securities markets and securities of many foreign issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. Furthermore, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, imposition of withholding or other taxes on dividend or interest payments (or, in some cases, capital gains distributions), limitations on the removal of funds or other assets from such countries, and risks of political or social instability or diplomatic developments which could adversely affect investments in those countries.

Certain foreign investments may become less liquid in response to social, political or market developments or adverse investor perceptions, or become illiquid after purchase by an Underlying Fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. Certain foreign investments may become illiquid when, for instance, there are few, if any, interested buyers and sellers or when dealers are unwilling to make a market for certain securities. When an Underlying Fund holds illiquid investments, its portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets.

 

104


APPENDIX A

 

If an Underlying Fund focuses its investments in one or a few countries and currencies, the Underlying Fund may be subjected to greater risks than if the Underlying Fund’s assets were not geographically focused.

Investments in foreign securities may take the form of sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Certain Underlying Funds may also invest in European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or other similar instruments representing securities of foreign issuers. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs represent the right to receive securities of foreign issuers deposited in a bank or other depository. ADRs and certain GDRs are traded in the United States. GDRs may be traded in either the United States or in foreign markets. EDRs are traded primarily outside the United States. Prices of ADRs are quoted in U.S. dollars. EDRs and GDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security.

Foreign Custody Risk.   An Underlying Fund that invests in foreign securities may hold such securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Underlying Fund’s custodian (a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on an Underlying Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Risks of Sovereign Debt.   Investment in sovereign debt obligations by an Underlying Fund involves risks not present in debt obligations of corporate issuers. The issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt, and the Underlying Fund may have limited recourse to compel payment in the event of a default. Periods of economic uncertainty may result in the volatility of market prices of sovereign debt, and in turn the Underlying Fund’s NAV, to a greater extent than the volatility inherent in debt obligations of U.S. issuers.

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward international lenders, and the political constraint to which a sovereign debtor may be subject.

Risks of Emerging Countries.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging countries. The risks of foreign investment are heightened when the issuer is located in an emerging country. Emerging countries are generally located in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, Eastern and Central Europe and Central and South America. An Underlying Fund’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities in certain emerging countries may be constrained by limitations relating to daily changes in the prices of listed securities, periodic trading or settlement volume and/or limitations on aggregate holdings of foreign investors. Such limitations may be computed based on the aggregate trading volume by or holdings of an Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser, its affiliates and their respective clients and other service providers. An Underlying Fund may not be able to sell securities in circumstances where price, trading or settlement volume limitations have been reached.

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may limit investment in such countries or increase the administrative costs of such investments. For example, certain Asian countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals. In addition, certain countries may restrict or prohibit investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests. Such restrictions may affect the market price, liquidity and rights of securities that may be purchased by an Underlying Fund. The repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales from certain emerging countries is subject to restrictions such as the need for governmental consents, which may make it difficult for an Underlying Fund to invest in such emerging countries. An Underlying Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for such repatriation. In situations where a country restricts direct investment in securities (which may occur in certain Asian and other countries), an Underlying Fund may invest in such countries through other investment funds in such countries.

Many emerging countries have experienced currency devaluations and substantial (and, in some cases, extremely high) rates of inflation. Other emerging countries have experienced economic recessions. These circumstances have had a negative effect on the economies and securities markets of such emerging countries. Economies in emerging countries generally are dependent heavily upon commodity prices and international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by the

 

105


economies of their trading partners, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

Many emerging countries are subject to a substantial degree of economic, political and social instability. Governments of some emerging countries are authoritarian in nature or have been installed or removed as a result of military coups, while governments in other emerging countries have periodically used force to suppress civil dissent. Disparities of wealth, the pace and success of democratization, and ethnic, religious and racial disaffection, among other factors, have also led to social unrest, violence and/or labor unrest in some emerging countries. Unanticipated political or social developments may result in sudden and significant investment losses. Investing in emerging countries involves greater risk of loss due to expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and on repatriation of capital invested. As an example, in the past some Eastern European governments have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and many claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that similar expropriations will not occur in other countries.

An Underlying Fund’s investment in emerging countries may also be subject to withholding or other taxes, which may be significant and may reduce the return to the Underlying Fund from an investment in issuers in such countries.

Settlement procedures in emerging countries are frequently less developed and reliable than those in the United States and may involve an Underlying Fund’s delivery of securities before receipt of payment for their sale. In addition, significant delays may occur in certain markets in registering the transfer of securities. Settlement or registration problems may make it more difficult for an Underlying Fund to value its portfolio securities and could cause the Underlying Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities, to have a portion of its assets uninvested or to incur losses due to the failure of a counterparty to pay for securities the Underlying Fund has delivered or the Underlying Fund’s inability to complete its contractual obligations because of theft or other reasons.

The creditworthiness of the local securities firms used by an Underlying Fund in emerging countries may not be as sound as the creditworthiness of firms used in more developed countries. As a result, the Underlying Fund may be subject to a greater risk of loss if a securities firm defaults in the performance of its responsibilities.

The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain emerging countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in those countries may make an Underlying Fund’s investments in such countries less liquid and more volatile than investments in countries with more developed securities markets (such as the United States, Japan and most Western European countries). An Underlying Fund’s investments in emerging countries are subject to the risk that the liquidity of a particular investment, or investments generally, in such countries will shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic, market or political conditions, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. Because of the lack of sufficient market liquidity, an Underlying Fund may incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and then only at a substantial drop in price. Investments in emerging countries may be more difficult to value precisely because of the characteristics discussed above and lower trading volumes.

An Underlying Fund’s use of foreign currency management techniques in emerging countries may be limited. The Underlying Funds’ investment advisers anticipate that a significant portion of the Underlying Funds’ currency exposure in emerging countries may not be covered by those techniques.

Risks of Derivative Investments.   The Underlying Funds may invest in derivative instruments, including without limitation, options, futures, options on futures, swaps, interest rate caps, floors and collars, structured securities and forward contracts and other derivatives relating to foreign currency transactions. Derivatives may be used for both hedging and non-hedging purposes (that is, to seek to increase total return), although suitable derivative instruments may not always be available to an investment adviser for these purposes. Losses from derivative instruments can result from a lack of correlation between changes in the value of derivative instruments and the portfolio assets (if any) being hedged, the potential illiquidity of the markets for derivative instruments, the failure of the counterparty to perform its contractual obligations, or the risks related to leverage factors associated with such transactions. Derivatives are also subject to risks arising from margin requirements, which include the risk that an Underlying Fund will be required to pay additional margin or set aside additional collateral to maintain open derivative positions and the risk of loss by an Underlying Fund of margin deposits in the event of the bankruptcy or other similar insolvency with respect to a broker or counterparty with whom an Underlying Fund has an open derivative position. Losses may also arise if the Underlying Funds receive cash collateral under the transactions and some or all of that collateral is invested in the market. To the extent that cash collateral is so invested, such collateral will be subject to market depreciation or appreciation, and an Underlying Fund may be responsible for any loss that might result from its investment of the counterparty’s cash collateral. If cash collateral is not

 

106


APPENDIX A

 

invested, an Underlying Fund may be exposed to additional risk of loss in the event of the insolvency of its custodian holding such collateral. The use of these management techniques also involves the risk of loss if the investment adviser is incorrect in its expectation of the timing or level of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates, currency prices or other variables. Derivative instruments may be harder to value, subject to greater volatility and more likely subject to changes in tax treatment than other investments. For these reasons, an investment adviser’s attempts to hedge portfolio risks through the use of derivative instruments may not be successful, and the investment adviser may choose not to hedge portfolio risks. Using derivatives for nonhedging purposes presents greater risk of loss than derivatives used for hedging purposes.

Derivative mortgage-backed securities (such as principal-only (“POs”), interest-only (“IOs”) or inverse floating rate securities) are particularly exposed to call and extension risks. Small changes in mortgage prepayments can significantly impact the cash flow and the market value of these securities. In general, the risk of faster than anticipated prepayments adversely affects IOs, super floaters and premium priced mortgage-backed securities. The risk of slower than anticipated prepayments generally adversely affects POs, floating-rate securities subject to interest rate caps, support tranches and discount priced mortgage-backed securities. In addition, particular derivative instruments may be leveraged such that their exposure ( i.e. , price sensitivity) to interest rate and/or prepayment risk is magnified.

Some floating-rate derivative debt securities can present more complex types of derivative and interest rate risks. For example, range floaters are subject to the risk that the coupon will be reduced below market rates if a designated interest rate floats outside of a specified interest rate band or collar. Dual index or yield curve floaters are subject to lower prices in the event of an unfavorable change in the spread between two designated interest rates.

Risks of Illiquid Securities.   The Portfolios and the Underlying Funds may invest up to 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities which cannot be disposed of in seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the price at which the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds value the investment. Illiquid securities in which some or all of the Underlying Funds may invest include:

   

Both domestic and foreign securities that are not readily marketable

   

Certain municipal leases and participation interests

   

Certain stripped mortgage-backed securities

   

Repurchase agreements and time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days

   

Certain over-the-counter options

   

Certain structured securities and swap transactions

   

Certain restricted securities, unless it is determined, based upon a review of the trading markets for a specific restricted security, that such restricted security is liquid because it is so-called “4(2) commercial paper” or is otherwise eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“144A Securities”).

Investing in 144A Securities may decrease the liquidity of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities. The purchase price and subsequent valuation of restricted and illiquid securities normally reflect a discount, which may be significant, from the market price of comparable securities for which a liquid market exists.

Investments purchased by an Underlying Fund, particularly debt securities and over-the-counter traded instruments that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer of the securities, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions. Domestic and foreign markets are becoming more and more complex and interrelated, so that events in one sector of the market or the economy, or in one geographical region, can reverberate and have negative consequences for other market, economic or regional sectors in a manner that may not be reasonably foreseen. With respect to over-the-counter traded securities, the continued viability of any over-the-counter secondary market depends on the continued willingness of dealers and other participants to purchase the instruments.

If one or more securities in a Portfolio’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio become illiquid, the Portfolio or Underlying Fund may exceed its 15% limitation in illiquid instruments. In the event that changes in the portfolio or other external events cause the investments in illiquid instruments to exceed 15% of a Portfolio’s or an Underlying Fund’s net assets, the Portfolio or an Underlying Fund must take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the prescribed limitations as soon as reasonably practicable. This requirement would not force a Portfolio or Underlying Fund to liquidate any portfolio instrument where the Portfolio or an Underlying Fund would suffer a loss on the sale of that instrument.

In cases where no clear indication of the value of a Portfolio or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio instruments is available, the portfolio securities will be valued at their fair value according to the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. These cases include, among others, situations where a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source, or the

 

107


secondary markets on which an investment has previously been traded are no longer viable, due to its lack of liquidity. For more information on fair valuation, please see “How To Buy Shares—How Are Shares Priced?”

Temporary Investment Risks.   Each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes (and to the extent that it is permitted to invest in the following), invest a certain percentage of its total assets in:

   

U.S. Government Securities Commercial paper rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s, P-2 by Moody’s or having a comparable credit rating by another NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable credit quality)

   

Certificates of deposit Bankers’ acceptances

   

Repurchase agreements

   

Non-convertible preferred stocks and non-convertible corporate bonds with a remaining maturity of less than one year

   

ETFs

   

Other investment companies

   

Cash items

When a Portfolio’s or an Underlying Fund’s assets are invested in such instruments, the Portfolio or Underlying Fund may not be achieving its investment objective.

 

  C.    Investment Securities and Techniques     

This section provides further information on certain types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Underlying Funds or the Portfolios, including their associated risks.

An Underlying Fund may purchase other types of securities or instruments similar to those described in this section if otherwise consistent with the Underlying Fund’s investment objective and policies. Further information is provided in the SAI, which is available upon request.

The Investment Adviser has claimed temporary relief from registration as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) for the Portfolios and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA.

U.S. Government Securities.   The Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. Government Securities. U.S. Government Securities include U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. U.S. Government Securities may be supported by (i) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; (ii) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (iii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer; or (iv) only the credit of the issuer. U.S. Government Securities also include Treasury receipts, zero coupon bonds and other stripped U.S. Government Securities, where the interest and principal components are traded independently. U.S. Government Securities may also include Treasury inflation-protected securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation.

U.S. Treasury Obligations include, among other things, the separately traded principal and interest components of securities guaranteed or issued by the U.S. Treasury if such components are traded independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program (“STRIPS”).

U.S. Government Securities are deemed to include (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are so guaranteed. Certain of these participations may be regarded as illiquid.

U.S. Government Securities have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will be able or willing to repay the principal or interest when due, or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates.   The Underlying Funds may invest in custodial receipts and trust certificates representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. Government Securities, Municipal Securities or other types of securities in which an Underlying Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. If for tax purposes an Underlying Fund is not considered to be the owner of the underlying securities held in the custodial or trust account, the Underlying Fund may suffer

 

108


APPENDIX A

 

adverse tax consequences. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, an Underlying Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. Each Underlying Fund may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in securities that represent direct or indirect participations in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property (“Mortgage-Backed Securities”). Mortgage-Backed Securities can be backed by either fixed rate mortgage loans or adjustable rate mortgage loans, and may be issued by either a governmental or non-governmental entity. The value of some Mortgage-Backed Securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. The value of these securities may also fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. Early repayment of principal on Mortgage-Backed or asset-backed Securities may expose an Underlying Fund to the risk of earning a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal.

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in privately-issued mortgage pass-through securities that represent interests in pools of mortgage loans that are issued by trusts formed by originators of and institutional investors in mortgage loans (or represent interests in custodial arrangements administered by such institutions). These originators and institutions include commercial banks, savings and loans associations, credit unions, savings banks, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, investment banks or special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The pools underlying privately-issued mortgage pass-through securities consist of mortgage loans secured by mortgages or deeds of trust creating a first lien on commercial, residential, residential multi-family and mixed residential/commercial properties. These mortgage-backed securities typically do not have the same credit standing as U.S. government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.

Privately-issued mortgage pass-through securities generally offer a higher yield than similar securities issued by a government entity because of the absence of any direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. However, timely payment of interest and principal on mortgage loans in these pools may be supported by various other forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, pool and hazard insurance, subordination and letters of credit. Such insurance and guarantees may be issued by private insurers, banks and mortgage poolers. There is no guarantee that private guarantors or insurers, if any, will meet their obligations. Mortgage-backed securities without insurance or guarantees may also be purchased by the Underlying Fund if they have the required rating from an NRSRO. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private organizations may not be readily marketable, may be more difficult to value accurately, and may be more volatile than similar securities issued by a government entity.

Mortgage-backed securities may include multiple class securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”) pass-through or participation certificates. A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments. CMOs provide an investor with a specified interest in the cash flow from a pool of underlying mortgages or of other Mortgage-Backed Securities. CMOs are issued in multiple classes each with a specified fixed or floating interest rate and a final scheduled distribution date. In many cases, payments of principal are applied to the CMO classes in the order of their respective stated maturities, so that no principal payments will be made on a CMO class until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity date are paid in full.

Sometimes, however, CMO classes are “parallel pay,” i.e. , payments of principal are made to two or more classes concurrently. In some cases, CMOs may have the characteristics of a stripped mortgage-backed security whose price can be highly volatile. CMOs may exhibit more or less price volatility and interest rate risk than other types of Mortgage-Backed Securities, and under certain interest rate and payment scenarios, the Underlying Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in certain of these securities regardless of their credit quality.

Mortgage-Backed Securities also include stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”), which are derivative multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities. SMBS are usually structured with two different classes: one that receives substantially all of the interest payments and the other that receives substantially all of the principal payments from a pool of mortgage loans. The market value of SMBS consisting entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on SMBS that receive all or most of the interest from mortgage loans are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other Mortgage-Backed Securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped. Throughout 2008, the market for mortgage-backed securities began experiencing substantially, often dramatically, lower valuations and greatly reduced liquidity. Markets for other asset-backed securities have also been affected. These instruments are increasingly subject to liquidity constraints, price volatility, credit downgrades and unexpected increases in default rates and, therefore, may be more difficult to value and more difficult to dispose of than previously.

 

109


These events may have an adverse effect on the Underlying Funds to the extent they invest in mortgage-backed or other fixed income securities or instruments affected by the volatility in the fixed income markets.

Asset-Backed and Receivables-Backed Securities.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in asset-backed and receivables-backed securities whose principal and interest payments are collateralized by pools of assets such as auto loans, credit card receivables, leases, mortgages, installment contracts and personal property. Asset-backed securities may also include home equity line of credit loans and other second-lien mortgages. Asset-backed and receivables-backed securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset-backed and receivables-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, an Underlying Fund’s ability to maintain positions in such securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments, and its ability to reinvest the returns of principal at comparable yields is subject to generally prevailing interest rates at that time. In addition, securities that are backed by credit card, automobile and similar types of receivables generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable in quality to mortgage assets. Some asset-backed securities have only a subordinated claim or security interest in collateral. If the issuer of an asset-backed security defaults on its payment obligation, there is the possibility that, in some cases, an Underlying Fund will be unable to possess and sell the underlying collateral and that the Underlying Fund’s recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on the securities. In the event of a default, an Underlying Fund may suffer a loss if it cannot sell collateral quickly and receive the amount it is owed. The value of some asset-backed securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in the prevailing interest rates. There is no guarantee that private guarantors or insurers of an asset-backed security, if any, will meet their obligation. Asset-backed securities may also be subject to increased volatility and may become illiquid and more difficult to value even where there is no default or threat of default due to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and market conditions impacting asset-backed securities more generally.

Corporate Debt Obligations; Bank Obligations; Trust Preferred Securities; Convertible Securities.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in corporate debt obligations, trust preferred securities and convertible securities. Corporate debt obligations include bonds, notes, debentures, commercial paper and other obligations of U.S. or foreign corporations to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, certain Underlying Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign banks. Bank obligations, including without limitation, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by governmental regulations. Banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operation of this industry. A trust preferred security is a long dated bond (for example, 30 years) with preferred features. The preferred features are that payment of interest can be deferred for a specified period without initiating a default event. The securities are generally senior in claim to standard preferred stock but junior to other bondholders. Certain Underlying Funds may also invest in other short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, non-U.S. corporations or other entities.

Convertible securities are preferred stock or debt obligations that are convertible into common stock. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. Convertible securities have both equity and fixed income risk characteristics. Like all fixed income securities, the value of convertible securities is susceptible to the risk of market losses attributable to changes in interest rates. Generally, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price of the convertible security, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security, like a fixed income security, tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock.

Duration.   The duration of an Underlying Fund approximates its price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. For example, suppose that interest rates in one day fall by one percent which, in turn, causes yields on every bond in the market to fall by the same amount. In this example, the price of a bond with a duration of three years may be expected to rise approximately three percent and the price of a bond with a five year duration may be expected to rise approximately five percent. The converse is also true. Suppose interest rates in one day rise by one percent which, in turn, causes yields on every bond in the market to rise by the same amount. In this second example, the price of a bond with a duration of three years may be expected to fall approximately three percent and

 

110


APPENDIX A

 

the price of a bond with a five year duration may be expected to fall approximately five percent. The longer the duration of a bond, the more sensitive the bond’s price is to changes in interest rates. Maturity measures the time until final payment is due; it takes no account of the pattern of a security’s cash flows over time. In calculating maturity, an Underlying Fund may determine the maturity of a variable or floating rate obligation according to its interest rate reset date, or the date principal can be recovered on demand, rather than the date of ultimate maturity. Similarly, to the extent that a fixed income obligation has a call, refunding, or redemption provision, the date on which the instrument is expected to be called, refunded or redeemed may be considered to be its maturity date. There is no guarantee that the expected call, refund or redemption will occur, and an Underlying Fund’s average maturity may lengthen beyond the investment adviser’s expectations should the expected call, refund or redemption not occur. In computing portfolio duration, an Underlying Fund will estimate the duration of obligations that are subject to prepayment or redemption by the issuer, taking into account the influence of interest rates on prepayments and coupon flows. This method of computing duration is known as “option-adjusted” duration. The investment adviser of an Underlying Fund may use futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps to manage the Underlying Fund’s target duration. An Underlying Fund will not be limited as to its maximum weighted average portfolio maturity or the maximum stated maturity with respect to individual securities unless otherwise noted. The Investment Adviser may use derivative instruments to manage the duration of an Underlying Fund’s investment portfolio. These derivative instruments may include futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swap transactions, as well as other types of derivatives, and can be used to shorten or lengthen the duration of an Underlying Fund.

The investment adviser of an Underlying Fund may use derivative instruments, among other things, to manage the duration of the Underlying Fund’s investment portfolio. These derivative instruments include financial futures contracts and swap transactions, as well as other types of derivatives, and can be used to shorten and lengthen the duration of an Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund’s investments in derivative instruments, including financial futures contracts and swaps, can be significant. These transactions can result in sizeable realized and unrealized capital gains and losses relative to the gains and losses from an Underlying Fund’s investments in bonds and other securities. Short-term and long-term realized capital gains distributions paid by an Underlying Fund are taxable to its shareholders.

Interest rates, fixed income securities prices, the prices of futures and other derivatives, and currency exchange rates can be volatile, and a variance in the degree of volatility or in the direction of the market from an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser’s expectations may produce significant losses in the Underlying Fund’s investments in derivatives. In addition, a perfect correlation between a derivatives position and a fixed income security position is generally impossible to achieve. As a result, an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser’s use of derivatives may not be effective in fulfilling the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser’s investment strategies and may contribute to losses that would not have been incurred otherwise.

Financial futures contracts used by an Underlying Fund include may interest rate futures contracts including, among others, Eurodollar futures contracts. Eurodollar futures contracts are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts that are based on the implied forward London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) of a three-month deposit. Further information is included in the Prospectus regarding futures contracts, swaps and other derivative instruments used by an Underlying Fund, including information on the risks presented by these instruments and other purposes for which they may be used by an Underlying Fund.

Loan-Related Investments.   The Underlying Funds may invest in loan-related investments such as loan participations and assignments. A loan participation is an interest in a loan to a U.S. or foreign company or other borrower (the “borrower”) which is administered and sold by a financial intermediary. An Underlying Fund may only invest in loans to issuers in whose obligations it may otherwise invest. Loan interests may take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a participation in the seller’s share of the loan. When an Underlying Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a loan interest or when it acquires certain interests, the Underlying Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where an Underlying Fund lacks direct recourse, it will look to an agent for the lenders (the “agent lender”) to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In these cases, an Underlying Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Underlying Fund had purchased a direct obligation (such as commercial paper) of such borrower.

An assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, an Underlying Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the borrower. In purchasing participations, an Underlying Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and the Underlying Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the

 

111


Underlying Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. Investors in loans, such as an Underlying Fund, may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws, although they may be entitled to certain contractual remedies.

The market for loan obligations may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because transactions in many loans are subject to extended trade settlement periods, an Underlying Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a period after the sale. As a result, sale proceeds related to the sale of loans may not be available to make additional investments or to meet an Underlying Fund’s redemption obligations for a period after the sale of the loans, and, as a result, an Underlying Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions, such as borrowing from its credit facility, if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

Senior loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The proceeds of senior loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in an Underlying Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Underlying Fund from its investments in senior loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Underlying Fund from its investments in senior loans should decrease. Second lien loans have the same characteristics as senior loans except that such loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to senior loans. Accordingly, the risks associated with second lien loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a second lien loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Underlying Fund. Second lien loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments.

Floating and Variable Rate Obligations.   Certain Underlying Funds may purchase floating and variable rate obligations. The value of these obligations is generally more stable than that of a fixed rate obligation in response to changes in interest rate levels. The issuers or financial intermediaries providing demand features may support their ability to purchase the obligations by obtaining credit with liquidity supports. These may include lines of credit, which are conditional commitments to lend, and letters of credit, which will ordinarily be irrevocable both of which may be issued by domestic banks or foreign banks. An Underlying Fund may purchase variable or floating rate obligations from the issuers or may purchase certificates of participation, a type of floating or variable rate obligation, which are interests in a pool of debt obligations held by a bank or other financial institutions.

Floating rate and variable rate obligations are debt instruments issued by companies or other entities with interest rates that reset periodically (typically, daily, monthly, quarterly, or semiannually) in response to changes in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate is based. For floating and variable rate obligations, there may be a lag between an actual change in the underlying interest rate benchmark and the reset time for an interest payment of such an obligation, which could harm or benefit the Underlying Funds, depending on the interest rate environment or other circumstances. In a rising interest rate environment, for example, a floating or variable rate obligation that does not reset immediately would prevent the Underlying Funds from taking full advantage of rising interest rates in a timely manner. However, in a declining interest rate environment, an Underlying Fund may benefit from a lag due to an obligation’s interest rate payment not being immediately impacted by a decline in interest rates.

Certain floating and variable rate obligations have an interest rate floor feature, which prevents the interest rate payable by the security from dropping below a specified level as compared to a reference interest rate (the “reference rate”), such as LIBOR. Such a floor protects an Underlying Fund from losses resulting from a decrease in the reference rate below the specified level. However, if the reference rate is below the floor, there will be a lag between a rise in the reference rate and a rise in the interest rate payable by the obligation, and the Underlying Fund may not benefit from increasing interest rates for a significant amount of time.

Foreign Currency Transactions.   Certain Underlying Funds may, to the extent consistent with their investment policies, purchase or sell foreign currencies on a cash basis or through forward contracts. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Certain Underlying Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions for hedging purposes and to seek to protect against anticipated changes in future foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, certain Underlying Funds may enter into foreign currency transactions to seek a closer correlation between the Underlying Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of the Underlying Fund’s performance benchmark. Certain Underlying Funds may also enter into such transactions to seek to increase total return, which presents additional risk.

 

112


APPENDIX A

 

Certain Underlying Funds may also engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in a currency different from that in which the hedged security is denominated or quoted. An Underlying Fund may hold foreign currency received in connection with investments in foreign securities when, in the judgment of the investment adviser, it would be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S. dollars at a later date ( e.g. , the investment adviser may anticipate the foreign currency to appreciate against the U.S. dollar).

An Underlying Fund may, from time to time, engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between an Underlying Fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to pay the other party the amount that it would cost based on current market rates as of the termination date to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed upon future date. If the counterparty defaults, the Underlying Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but the Underlying Fund may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions. Such non-deliverable forward transactions will be settled in cash.

Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time, causing, along with other factors, an Underlying Fund’s NAV to fluctuate. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by the intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.

Certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts and other currency transactions are not exchange traded or cleared. The market in such forward foreign currency exchange contracts, currency swaps and other privately negotiated currency instruments offers less protection against defaults by the other party to such instruments than is available for currency instruments traded on an exchange. Such contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to the contract will default on its obligations. Because these contracts are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on a contract would deprive an Underlying Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs, or the benefits of a currency hedge, or could force the Underlying Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price.

Certain Underlying Funds are not required to post cash collateral with its counterparties in certain foreign currency transactions. Accordingly, an Underlying Fund may remain more fully invested (and more of the Underlying Fund’s assets may be subject to investment and market risk) than if it were required to post cash collateral with its counterparties (which is the case with certain transactions). Where an Underlying Fund’s counterparties are not required to post cash collateral with the Underlying Fund, the Portfolio will be subject to additional counterparty risk.

As an investment company registered with the SEC, an Underlying Fund must identify on its books (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to its transactions in forward contracts. In the case of forward contracts that are not required to cash settle, for example, an Underlying Fund must identify on its books liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the forward contracts while the positions are open. With respect to forward contracts that are required to cash settle, however, an Underlying Fund is permitted to identify liquid assets in an amount equal to the Underlying Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations ( i.e. , the Underlying Fund’s daily net liability) under the forward contracts, if any, rather than their full notional amount. Each Underlying Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future in its discretion. By identifying assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled forward contracts, an Underlying Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Underlying Fund were required to identify assets equal to the full notional amount of the forward contracts.

Non-Investment Grade Fixed Income Securities.   Non-investment grade fixed income securities and unrated securities of comparable credit quality (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative. In some cases, these obligations may be highly speculative and have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standing. Non-investment grade fixed income securities are subject to the increased risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest obligations. These securities, also referred to as high yield securities, may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific issuer developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of the junk bond markets generally and less liquidity.

Non-investment grade fixed income securities are often issued in connection with a corporate reorganization or restructuring or as part of a merger, acquisition, takeover or similar event. They are also issued by less established companies seeking to expand. Such issuers are often highly leveraged and generally less able than more established or less leveraged entities to make scheduled payments of principal and interest in the event of adverse developments or business conditions. Non-investment grade securities are also issued by governmental bodies that may have difficulty in making all scheduled interest and principal payments.

The market value of non-investment grade fixed income securities tends to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than that of higher rated securities which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. As a result, an

 

113


Underlying Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives may depend to a greater extent on the investment adviser’s judgment concerning the creditworthiness of issuers than funds which invest in higher-rated securities. Issuers of non-investment grade fixed income securities may not be able to make use of other methods of financing and their ability to service debt obligations may be affected more adversely than issuers of higher-rated securities by economic downturns, specific corporate or financial developments or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts. Negative publicity about the junk bond market and investor perceptions regarding lower rated securities, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may depress the prices for such securities.

A holder’s risk of loss from default is significantly greater for non-investment grade fixed income securities than is the case for holders of other debt securities because such non-investment grade securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by an Underlying Fund in defaulted securities poses additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by an Underlying Fund of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation is uncertain.

The secondary market for non-investment grade fixed income securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors, including mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher-rated securities. In addition, market trading volume for high yield fixed income securities is generally lower and the secondary market for such securities could shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. The lack of sufficient market liquidity may cause an Underlying Fund to incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and then only at a substantial drop in price. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and an Underlying Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less liquid secondary market also may make it more difficult for an Underlying Fund to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in its portfolio.

Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of non-investment grade securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the conditions of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.

Preferred Stock, Warrants and Stock Purchase Rights.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in preferred stock, warrants and stock purchase rights (or “rights”). Preferred stocks are securities that represent an ownership interest providing the holder with claims on the issuer’s earnings and assets before common stock owners but after bond owners. Unlike debt securities, the obligations of an issuer of preferred stock, including dividend and other payment obligations, may not typically be accelerated by the holders of such preferred stock on the occurrence of an event of default or other non-compliance by the issuer of the preferred stock.

Warrants and other rights are options to buy a stated number of shares of common stock at a specified price at any time during the life of the warrant or right. The holders of warrants and rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

REITs.   Certain Underlying Funds may invest in REITs from time to time. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate related loans. The value of a REIT is affected by changes in the value of the properties owned by the REIT or securing mortgage loans held by the REIT. REITs are dependent upon the ability of the REITs’ managers, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and the qualification of the REITs under applicable regulatory requirements for favorable federal income tax treatment. REITs are also subject to risks generally associated with investments in real estate including possible declines in the value of real estate, general and local economic conditions, environmental problems and changes in interest rates. To the extent that assets underlying a REIT are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, these risks may be heightened. An investment in REITs by an Underlying Fund involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs whose underlying properties are concentrated in a particular industry or geographic region are also subject to risks affecting such industries and regions. The securities of REITs involve greater risks than those associated with larger, more established companies and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements because of interest rate changes, economic conditions and other factors. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable the Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. Each Underlying Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses, including management fees, paid by a REIT in which it invests.

 

114


APPENDIX A

 

Other Investment Companies.   Certain Underlying Funds and the Portfolios may invest in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act, or exemptive relief thereunder. These statutory limitations include in certain circumstances a prohibition on any Underlying Fund acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of an Underlying Fund’s total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of their total assets in securities of all investment companies. Many ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in the ETFs’ shares beyond these statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to a contractual arrangement between the ETFs and the investing funds. An Underlying Fund or a Portfolio may rely on these exemptive orders to invest in unaffiliated ETFs.

The use of ETFs is intended to help an Underlying Fund match the total return of the particular market segments or indices represented by those ETFs, although that may not be the result. Most ETFs are passively managed investment companies whose shares are purchased and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF represents a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. An investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund ( i.e. , one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. In addition, an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective. The price of an ETF can fluctuate, and an Underlying Fund or a Portfolio could lose money investing in an ETF. Moreover, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional funds: (i) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; and (iii) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of an ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged.

Subject to applicable law and/or pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from the SEC or under an exemptive rule adopted by the SEC, an Underlying Fund may invest in certain other investment companies, including ETFs and money market funds, beyond the statutory limits described above or otherwise. Some of those investment companies may be funds for which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser, administrator or distributor.

An Underlying Fund or a Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies, in addition to the fees and expenses borne by the Underlying Fund or a Portfolio. Although the Underlying Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Underlying Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objective, policies and fundamental restrictions as the Underlying Fund.

Repurchase Agreements.   Repurchase agreements involve the purchase of securities subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at a mutually agreed upon date and price. Certain Underlying Funds may enter into repurchase agreements with counterparties approved by the Investment Adviser pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees whether or not the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities from the Underlying Fund is collateralized fully. The collateral may consist of any type of security (government or corporate) of any or no credit rating. Repurchase agreements involving obligations other than U.S. Government Securities may be subject to additional risks.

If the other party or “seller” defaults, an Underlying Fund might suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from the sale of the underlying securities and other collateral held by the Underlying Fund are less than the repurchase price and the Underlying Fund’s costs associated with delay and enforcement of the repurchase agreement. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy of the seller, an Underlying Fund could suffer additional losses if a court determines that the Underlying Fund’s interest in the collateral is not enforceable.

Certain Underlying Funds, together with other registered investment companies having advisory agreements with the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates, may transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Borrowings and Reverse Repurchase Agreements.   Each Underlying Fund can borrow money from banks and other financial institutions, and certain Underlying Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed or received). Investments in reverse repurchase agreements are not subject to this percentage limitation if they are “covered” in accordance with the Investment Company Act.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by an Underlying Fund subject to the Underlying Fund’s agreement to repurchase them at a mutually agreed upon date and price (including interest). These transactions may be entered into as a temporary measure for emergency purposes or to meet redemption requests. Reverse repurchase agreements may also be entered into when the investment adviser expects that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the transaction

 

115


proceeds will be greater than the related interest expense, or to permit the Underlying Fund to borrow for investment (leveraging) purposes.

Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements involve leveraging. If the securities held by an Underlying Fund decline in value while these transactions are outstanding, the NAV of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding shares will decline in value by proportionately more than the decline in value of the securities. In addition, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the investment return earned by an Underlying Fund (from the investment of the proceeds) will be less than the interest expense of the transaction, that the market value of the securities sold by an Underlying Fund will decline below the price the Underlying Fund is obligated to pay to repurchase the securities, and that the securities may not be returned to the Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund must identify on its books liquid assets, or engage in other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to its transactions in reverse repurchase agreements.

Asset Segregation.   As investment companies registered with the SEC, the Underlying Funds must identify on their books (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other SEC or SEC-staff approved or other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivative instruments. In the case of swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that do not cash settle, for example, an Underlying Fund must identify on its books liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument while the positions are open, to the extent there is not a permissible offsetting position or a contractual “netting” agreement with respect to swaps (other than credit default swaps where an Underlying Fund is the protection seller). However, with respect to certain swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that are required to cash settle, an Underlying Fund may identify liquid assets in an amount equal to the Underlying Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Underlying Fund’s daily net liability) under the instrument, if any, rather than its full notional amount. Forwards and futures contracts that do not cash settle may be treated as cash settled for asset segregation purposes when the Underlying Funds have entered into a contractual arrangement with a third party futures commission merchant or other counterparty to off-set the Underlying Funds’ exposure under the contract and, failing that, to assign their delivery obligation under the contract to the counterparty. Each Underlying Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future in its discretion, consistent with the Investment Company Act and SEC or SEC-staff guidance. By identifying assets equal to only its net obligations under certain instruments, an Underlying Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Underlying Fund were required to identify assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument.

 

116


 

Appendix B

Financial Highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand a Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years (or less if the Portfolio has been in operation for less than five years). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Portfolios (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions).

The information for Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio for each Portfolio’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 and fiscal periods ended August 31, 2017 and October 31, 2016 has been audited by [                ], whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the Portfolios’ most recent annual report (available upon request). Each of the Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio, as the accounting successor of a reorganization, has adopted the operating history of its corresponding Predecessor Fund for financial reporting purposes. Therefore, each Predecessor Fund’s operating history for the period prior to August 22, 2016 is shown below. The information prior to August 22, 2016 has been derived from the Predecessor Funds’ financial statements and financial highlights, which have been audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with Predecessor Funds’ financial statements and financial highlights, is included in the Predecessor Funds’ annual report, which is available upon request.

The information for Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio has been audited by [                ], whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the Portfolios’ most recent annual report (available upon request).

Effective August 1, 2017, the Portfolios’ fiscal year end changed from October 31 to August 31.

[to be updated.]

 

117


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2020 PORTFOLIO

 

              From
Investment operations
    Distributions
to shareholders
 
    Year - Share Class       
Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
    Net
investment
income (a)
    Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
    Total from
investment
operations
    From net
investment
income
    From net
realized
gains
    Total
distributions
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  2017 - A   $ 9.90     $ 0.10     $ 0.47     $ 0.57     $ (0.16   $ (0.38   $ (0.54
  2017 - Institutional     9.91       0.13       0.48       0.61       (0.18     (0.38     (0.56
  2017 - Service     9.90       0.09       0.48       0.57       (0.16     (0.38     (0.54
  2017 - IR     9.91       0.09       0.50       0.59       (0.17     (0.38     (0.55
  2017 - R     9.90       0.08       0.47       0.55       (0.15     (0.38     (0.53
  2017 - R6     9.91       0.14       0.47       0.61       (0.18     (0.38     (0.56
               
  FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.05       0.02       (0.17     (0.15                  
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.05       0.03       (0.17     (0.14                  
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.05       0.02       (0.17     (0.15                  
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.05       0.02       (0.16     (0.14                  
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.05       0.01       (0.16     (0.15                  
  2016 - R6     10.07       0.18       0.16       0.34       (0.17     (0.33     (0.50
  2015 - R6     10.00       0.16       0.10       0.26       (0.09     (0.10     (0.19
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2014 - R6 (Commenced August 29, 2014)     10.00       0.03       (0.03                        

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the NAV at the beginning of the period, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the NAV at the end of the period and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized. The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio’s predecessor was the Madison Target Retirement 2020 Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). On August 22, 2016, the Predecessor Fund was reorganized as a new series of Goldman Sachs Trust II. Performance prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. Total return information of the Predecessor Fund is included in the above table because the Predecessor Fund is considered the accounting survivor of the reorganization.

  (c)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

  (d)

Annualized.

 

118


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (c)
 
                         
  $ 9.93         6.06     $ 16         0.72 % (d)         1.26 % (d)         1.21 % (d)         189
    9.96         6.42         10         0.32 (d)          0.96 (d)          1.66 (d)          189  
    9.93         6.02         10         0.82 (d)          1.46 (d)          1.16 (d)          189  
    9.95         6.26         323         0.46 (d)          1.07 (d)          1.08 (d)          189  
    9.92         5.86         10         0.97 (d)          1.61 (d)          1.01 (d)          189  
    9.96         6.42         47,589         0.30 (d)          0.94 (d)          1.69 (d)          189  
                         
                         
    9.90         (1.49       10         0.74 (d)          3.01 (d)          0.94 (d)          204  
    9.91         (1.39       10         0.34 (d)          2.61 (d)          1.34 (d)          204  
    9.90         (1.49       10         0.84 (d)          3.11 (d)          0.84 (d)          204  
    9.91         (1.39       10         0.48 (d)          2.75 (d)          1.19 (d)          204  
    9.90         (1.49       10         0.98 (d)          3.25 (d)          0.69 (d)          204  
    9.91         3.65         53,671         0.31         0.76         1.79         204  
    10.07         2.61         53,619         0.30         0.30         1.46         207  
                         
                         
    10.00                     61,964           0.32 (d)            0.32 (d)            1.82 (d)            48  

 

119


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2025 PORTFOLIO

 

               From
Investment operations
        
    Year - Share Class   Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
     Net
investment
income (a)
     Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
     Total from
investment
operations
     Distributions
to shareholders
from net
investment
income
 
FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  
  2017 - A   $ 9.82      $ 0.12      $ 0.75      $ 0.87      $ (0.08
  2017 - Institutional     9.83        0.14        0.76        0.90        (0.08
  2017 - Service     9.82        0.10        0.76        0.86        (0.06
  2017 - IR     9.83        0.12        0.76        0.88        (0.07
  2017 - R     9.82        0.09        0.76        0.85        (0.06
  2017 - R6     9.83        0.14        0.76        0.90        (0.08
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.20      (0.18       
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.20      (0.17       
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.20      (0.18       
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.19      (0.17       
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.01        (0.19      (0.18       
  2016 - R6 (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.20      (0.17       

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the NAV at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the NAV at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

  (c)

Annualized.

  (d)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

 

120


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets (c)
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (d)
 
                         
  $ 10.61         8.77     $ 75         0.71       4.54       1.39       167
    10.65         9.22         10,687         0.32         3.92         1.69         167  
    10.62         8.83         11         0.81         4.40         1.20         167  
    10.64         9.06         35         0.46         5.20         1.37         167  
    10.61         8.67         11         0.95         4.54         1.06         167  
    10.65         9.22         11         0.31         3.95         1.69         167  
                         
                         
    9.82         (1.70       10         0.75         4.23         1.01         33  
    9.83         (1.70       9,783         0.34         3.85         1.42         33  
    9.82         (1.80       10         0.84         4.32         0.91         33  
    9.83         (1.70       10         0.49         3.97         1.27         33  
    9.82         (1.80       10         0.99         4.47         0.77         33  
    9.83           (1.70         10           0.33           3.92           1.43           33  

 

121


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2030 PORTFOLIO

 

              From
Investment operations
    Distributions
to shareholders
 
    Year - Share Class       
Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
    Net
investment
income (a)
    Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
    Total from
investment
operations
    From net
investment
income
    From net
realized
gains
    Total
distributions
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  2017 - A   $ 9.74     $ 0.08     $ 0.90     $ 0.98     $ (0.18   $ (0.32   $ (0.50
  2017 - Institutional     9.75       0.14       0.88       1.02       (0.19     (0.32     (0.51
  2017 - Service     9.74       0.10       0.88       0.98       (0.17     (0.32     (0.49
  2017 - IR     9.75       0.11       0.90       1.01       (0.19     (0.32     (0.51
  2017 - R     9.74       0.09       0.88       0.97       (0.17     (0.32     (0.49
  2017 - R6     9.75       0.14       0.88       1.02       (0.19     (0.32     (0.51
               
  FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.93       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.93       0.03       (0.21     (0.18                  
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.93       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.93       0.02       (0.20     (0.18                  
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.93       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - R6     9.97       0.19       0.11       0.30       (0.17     (0.35     (0.52
  2015 - R6     9.99       0.15       0.12       0.27       (0.09     (0.20     (0.29
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2014 - R6 (Commenced August 29, 2014)     10.00       0.03       (0.04     (0.01                  

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the net asset value at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the net asset value at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized. The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio’s predecessor was the Madison Target Retirement 2030 Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). On August 22, 2016, the Predecessor Fund was reorganized as a new series of Goldman Sachs Trust II. Performance prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. Total return information of the Predecessor Fund is included in the above table because the Predecessor Fund is considered the accounting survivor of the reorganization.

  (c)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

  (d)

Annualized.

 

122


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (c)
 
                         
  $ 10.22         10.47     $ 205         0.72 % (d)         0.99 % (d)         0.99 % (d)         143
    10.26         10.87         11         0.31 (d)          0.75 (d)          1.69 (d)          143  
    10.23         10.47         11         0.82 (d)          1.26 (d)          1.19 (d)          143  
    10.25         10.71         625         0.46 (d)          0.82 (d)          1.30 (d)          143  
    10.22         10.30         23         0.97 (d)          1.28 (d)          1.04 (d)          143  
    10.26         10.88         75,061         0.30 (d)          0.76 (d)          1.72 (d)          143  
                         
                         
    9.74         (1.91       10         0.74 (d)          2.33 (d)          1.01 (d)          176  
    9.75         (1.81       10         0.34 (d)          1.93 (d)          1.41 (d)          176  
    9.74         (1.91       10         0.83 (d)          2.43 (d)          0.92 (d)          176  
    9.75         (1.81       10         0.48 (d)          2.08 (d)          1.27 (d)          176  
    9.74         (1.91       10         0.98 (d)          2.57 (d)          0.77 (d)          176  
    9.75         3.23         74,224         0.31         0.62         1.91         176  
    9.97         2.76         79,007         0.30         0.30         1.49         156  
                         
                         
    9.99           (0.10         82,852           0.32 (d)            0.32 (d)            1.87 (d)            44  

 

123


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2035 PORTFOLIO

 

           From
Investment operations
        
    Year - Share Class  

Net asset
value,
beginning
of year

     Net
investment
income (a)
     Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
     Total from
investment
operations
    

Distributions
to shareholders

from net
investment
income

 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  2017 - A   $ 9.81      $ 0.10      $ 1.01      $ 1.11      $ (0.07
  2017 - Institutional     9.81        0.15        1.00        1.15        (0.09
  2017 - Service     9.80        0.10        1.01        1.11        (0.07
  2017 - IR     9.81        0.08        1.05        1.13        (0.08
  2017 - R     9.80        0.09        1.00        1.09        (0.06
  2017 - R6     9.81        0.14        1.01        1.15        (0.09
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  
  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.21      (0.19       
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.22      (0.19       
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.22      (0.20       
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.21      (0.19       
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.22      (0.20       
  2016 - R6 (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.22      (0.19       

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the NAV at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the NAV at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

  (c)

Annualized.

  (d)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

 

124


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets (c)
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (d)
 
                         
  $ 10.85         11.39     $ 29         0.71       4.28       1.11       137
    10.87         11.75         10,911         0.32         3.86         1.69         137  
    10.84         11.36         11         0.81         4.34         1.20         137  
    10.86         11.59         152         0.45         7.23         0.89         137  
    10.83         11.20         11         0.98         4.50         1.04         137  
    10.87         11.75         35         0.30         4.22         1.64         137  
                         
                         
    9.81         (1.90       10         0.75         4.23         1.03         29  
    9.81         (1.90       9,765         0.34         3.85         1.44         29  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.84         4.33         0.94         29  
    9.81         (1.90       10         0.49         3.97         1.29         29  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.99         4.47         0.79         29  
    9.81           (1.90         10           0.32           3.93           1.46           29  

 

125


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2040 PORTFOLIO

 

              From
Investment operations
    Distributions
to shareholders
 
    Year - Share Class       
Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
    Net
investment
income (a)
    Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
    Total from
investment
operations
    From net
investment
income
    From net
realized
gains
    Total
distributions
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  2017 - A   $ 9.58     $ 0.10     $ 1.03     $ 1.13     $ (0.19   $ (0.43   $ (0.62
  2017 - Institutional     9.58       0.14       1.03       1.17       (0.20     (0.43     (0.63
  2017 - Service     9.58       0.10       1.01       1.11       (0.18     (0.43     (0.61
  2017 - IR     9.58       0.09       1.06       1.15       (0.19     (0.43     (0.62
  2017 - R     9.57       0.09       1.02       1.11       (0.18     (0.43     (0.61
  2017 - R6     9.59       0.14       1.02       1.16       (0.20     (0.43     (0.63
               
  FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.77       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.77       0.03       (0.22     (0.19                  
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.77       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.77       0.02       (0.21     (0.19                  
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     9.77       0.01       (0.21     (0.20                  
  2016 - R6     9.90       0.19       0.11       0.30       (0.17     (0.44     (0.61
  2015 - R6     9.98       0.15       0.13       0.28       (0.10     (0.26     (0.36
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2014 - R6 (Commenced August 29, 2014)     10.00       0.03       (0.05     (0.02                  

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the net asset value at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the net asset value at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized. The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio’s predecessor was the Madison Target Retirement 2040 Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). On August 22, 2016, the Predecessor Fund was reorganized as a new series of Goldman Sachs Trust II. Performance prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. Total return information of the Predecessor Fund is included in the above table because the Predecessor Fund is considered the accounting survivor of the reorganization.

  (c)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

  (d)

Annualized.

 

126


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (c)
 
                         
  $ 10.09         12.37     $ 13         0.73 % (d)         1.41 % (d)         1.27 % (d)         142
    10.12         12.85         11         0.32 (d)          0.98 (d)          1.70 (d)          142  
    10.08         12.21         11         0.82 (d)          1.48 (d)          1.20 (d)          142  
    10.11         12.68         130         0.46 (d)          0.98 (d)          1.11 (d)          142  
    10.07         12.16         24         0.97 (d)          1.42 (d)          1.05 (d)          142  
    10.12         12.73         48,905         0.30 (d)          0.98 (d)          1.73 (d)          142  
                         
                         
    9.58         (1.94       13         0.74 (d)          3.23 (d)          0.98 (d)          174  
    9.58         (1.94       10         0.34 (d)          2.82 (d)          1.41 (d)          174  
    9.58         (1.94       10         0.83 (d)          3.31 (d)          0.92 (d)          174  
    9.58         (1.94       10         0.48 (d)          2.96 (d)          1.27 (d)          174  
    9.57         (2.05       10         0.98 (d)          3.46 (d)          0.77 (d)          174  
    9.59         3.33         47,340         0.31         0.80         1.97         174  
    9.90         2.86         50,029         0.30         0.30         1.50         160  
                         
                         
    9.98           (0.20         58,903           0.32 (d)            0.32 (d)            1.84 (d)            46  

 

127


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2045 PORTFOLIO

 

               From
Investment operations
        
    Year - Share Class  

Net asset
value,
beginning
of year

     Net
investment
income (a)
     Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
     Total from
investment
operations
     Distributions
to shareholders
from net
investment
income
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  
  2017 - A   $ 9.80      $ 0.08      $ 1.20      $ 1.28      $ (0.07
  2017 - Institutional     9.81        0.15        1.17        1.32        (0.09
  2017 - Service     9.80        0.10        1.17        1.27        (0.07
  2017 - IR     9.80        0.10        1.21        1.31        (0.08
  2017 - R     9.79        0.09        1.17        1.26        (0.06
  2017 - R6     9.81        0.15        1.17        1.32        (0.09
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,              
  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.22      (0.20       
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.22      (0.19       
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.22      (0.20       
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.22      (0.20       
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.01        (0.22      (0.21       
  2016 - R6 (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.22      (0.19       

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the NAV at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the NAV at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

  (c)

Annualized.

  (d)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

 

128


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets (c)
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (d)
 
                         
  $ 11.01         13.17     $ 84         0.71       5.43       0.90       143
    11.04         13.52         11,077         0.32         3.82         1.69         143  
    11.00         13.03         11         0.81         4.30         1.20         143  
    11.03         13.48         97         0.46         6.16         1.13         143  
    10.99         12.98         29         0.95         4.63         1.07         143  
    11.04         13.64         14         0.31         4.00         1.68         143  
                         
                         
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.75         4.23         1.02         29  
    9.81         (1.90       9,756         0.34         3.85         1.43         29  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.84         4.33         0.93         29  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.49         3.97         1.28         29  
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.99         4.48         0.78         29  
    9.81           (2.00         10           0.32           3.93           1.45           29  

 

129


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2050 PORTFOLIO

 

              From
Investment operations
    Distributions
to shareholders
 
    Year - Share Class       
Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
    Net
investment
income (a)
    Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
    Total from
investment
operations
    From net
investment
income
    From net
realized
gains
    Total
distributions
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  2017 - A   $ 9.80     $ 0.12     $ 1.21     $ 1.33     $ (0.19   $ (0.40   $ (0.59
  2017 - Institutional     9.80       0.14       1.22       1.36       (0.20     (0.40     (0.60
  2017 - Service     9.79       0.10       1.22       1.32       (0.18     (0.40     (0.58
  2017 - IR     9.80       0.11       1.24       1.35       (0.20     (0.40     (0.60
  2017 - R     9.79       0.09       1.22       1.31       (0.18     (0.40     (0.58
  2017 - R6     9.80       0.14       1.22       1.36       (0.20     (0.40     (0.60
               
  FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00       0.02       (0.22     (0.20                  
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00       0.03       (0.23     (0.20                  
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00       0.02       (0.23     (0.21                  
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00       0.02       (0.22     (0.20                  
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00       0.02       (0.23     (0.21                  
  2016 - R6     9.95       0.20       0.11       0.31       (0.16     (0.30     (0.46
  2015 - R6     9.98       0.15       0.13       0.28       (0.10     (0.21     (0.31
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,

 

  2014 - R6 (Commenced August 29, 2014)     10.00       0.03       (0.05     (0.02                  

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the net asset value at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the net asset value at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized. The Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio’s predecessor was the Madison Target Retirement 2050 Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). On August 22, 2016, the Predecessor Fund was reorganized as a new series of Goldman Sachs Trust II. Performance prior to August 22, 2016 is that of the Predecessor Fund. Total return information of the Predecessor Fund is included in the above table because the Predecessor Fund is considered the accounting survivor of the reorganization.

  (c)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

  (d)

Annualized.

 

130


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (c)
 
                         
  $ 10.54         14.21     $ 49         0.71 % (d)         1.34 % (d)         1.38 % (d)         139
    10.56         14.58         11         0.32 (d)          1.63 (d)          1.71 (d)          139  
    10.53         14.18         11         0.82 (d)          2.13 (d)          1.21 (d)          139  
    10.55         14.42         156         0.47 (d)          1.45 (d)          1.31 (d)          139  
    10.52         14.02         11         0.98 (d)          2.29 (d)          1.05 (d)          139  
    10.56         14.59         26,154         0.30 (d)          1.58 (d)          1.71 (d)          139  
                         
                         
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.74 (d)          6.30 (d)          1.04 (d)          191  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.34 (d)          5.90 (d)          1.44 (d)          191  
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.83 (d)          6.40 (d)          0.95 (d)          191  
    9.80         (2.00       10         0.48 (d)          6.04 (d)          1.30 (d)          191  
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.98 (d)          6.54 (d)          0.80 (d)          191  
    9.80         3.37         21,657         0.31         1.45         2.07         191  
    9.95         2.87         20,482         0.30         0.30         1.51         204  
                         
                         
    9.98           (0.20         21,266           0.32 (d)            0.32 (d)            1.72 (d)            52  

 

131


GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2055 PORTFOLIO

 

               From
Investment operations
        
    Year - Share Class   Net asset
value,
beginning
of year
     Net
investment
income (a)
     Net realized
and unrealized
gain (loss)
     Total from
investment
operations
     Distributions
to shareholders
from net
investment
income
 
  FOR THE PERIOD NOVEMBER 1, 2016 – AUGUST 31, *

 

  
  2017 - A   $ 9.79      $ 0.09      $ 1.36      $ 1.45      $ (0.08
  2017 - Institutional     9.80        0.15        1.34        1.49        (0.09
  2017 - Service     9.79        0.11        1.33        1.44        (0.07
  2017 - IR     9.79        0.07        1.42        1.49        (0.09
  2017 - R     9.79        0.09        1.34        1.43        (0.07
  2017 - R6     9.80        0.15        1.34        1.49        (0.09
               
  FOR THE PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 31,              
  2016 - A (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.23      (0.21       
  2016 - Institutional (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.23      (0.20       
  2016 - Service (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.23      (0.21       
  2016 - IR (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.02        (0.23      (0.21       
  2016 - R (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.01        (0.22      (0.21       
  2016 - R6 (Commenced August 22, 2016)     10.00        0.03        (0.23      (0.20       

 

   *

The Portfolio changed its fiscal year end from October 31 to August 31.

  (a)

Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.

  (b)

Assumes investment at the NAV at the beginning of the year, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, a complete redemption of the investment at the NAV at the end of the year and no sales or redemption charges. Total returns would be reduced if a sales or redemption charge was taken into account. Returns do not reflect the impact of taxes to shareholders relating to Portfolio distributions or the redemption of Portfolio shares. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

  (c)

Annualized.

  (d)

The Portfolio’s turnover rate is calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements, without regard to transactions involving short term investments. If such transactions were included, the Portfolio’s turnover rate may be higher.

 

132


APPENDIX B

 

                                                                   
    Net asset
value, end
of year
        Total
return (b)
        Net assets,
end of
year
(in 000s)
        Ratio of
net expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
total expenses
to average
net assets (c)
        Ratio of
net investment
income
to average
net assets (c)
        Portfolio
turnover
rate (d)
 
                         
  $ 11.16         14.90     $ 87         0.71       4.43       1.01       182
    11.20         15.32         11,242         0.32         3.78         1.70         182  
    11.16         14.83         11         0.81         4.26         1.20         182  
    11.19         15.16         101         0.46         6.85         0.77         182  
    11.15         14.66         11         0.97         4.42         1.05         182  
    11.20         15.32         27         0.29         3.99         1.68         182  
                         
                         
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.75         4.23         1.02         34  
    9.80         (2.00       9,748         0.34         3.85         1.43         34  
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.84         4.33         0.92         34  
    9.79         (2.00       10         0.49         3.97         1.28         34  
    9.79         (2.10       10         0.99         4.48         0.77         34  
    9.80           (2.00         10           0.32           3.92           1.45           34  

 

133


 

Appendix C

Additional Information About Sales Charge Variations, Waivers and Discounts

 

The availability of certain sales charge variations, waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from a Fund or through an Intermediary. Intermediaries may impose different sales charges and have unique policies and procedures regarding the availability of sales charge waivers and/or discounts (including based on account type), which differ from those described in the Prospectus and are disclosed below. All sales charges and sales charge variations, waivers and discounts available to investors, other than those set forth below, are described in the Prospectus. To the extent an Intermediary notifies the Investment Adviser or Distributor of its intention to impose sales charges or have sales charge waivers and/or discounts that differ from those described in the Prospectus, such information provided by that Intermediary will be disclosed in this Appendix.

In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your Intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts. Please contact your Intermediary with questions regarding your eligibility for applicable sales charge variations, waivers and discounts or for additional information regarding your Intermediary’s policies for implementing particular sales charge variations, waivers and discounts. For waivers and discounts not available through a particular Intermediary, shareholders will have to purchase shares directly from a Fund or through another Intermediary to receive these waivers or discounts.

The information provided below for a particular Intermediary is reproduced based on information provided by that Intermediary. An Intermediary’s administration and implementation of its particular policies with respect to any variations, waivers and/or discounts is neither supervised nor verified by the Funds, the Investment Adviser or the Distributor.

 

  MERRILL LYNCH     

Effective April 10, 2017, shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.

Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Merrill Lynch

   

Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan

   

Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan

   

Shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program

   

Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Merrill Lynch’s platform

   

Shares of funds purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform (if applicable)

   

Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family)

   

Shares exchanged from Class C ( i.e. , level-load) shares of the same fund in the month of or following the 10-year anniversary of the purchase date

   

Employees and registered representatives of Merrill Lynch or its affiliates and their family members

   

Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in the prospectus

   

Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement)

CDSC Waivers on Class A and Class C Shares Available at Merrill Lynch

   

Death or disability of the shareholder

   

Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s prospectus

   

Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account

   

Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching age 70  1 2

 

134


APPENDIX C

 

   

Shares sold to pay Merrill Lynch fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Merrill Lynch

   

Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement

   

Shares held in retirement brokerage accounts, that are exchanged for a lower cost share class due to transfer to certain fee based accounts or platforms (applicable to A and C shares only)

Front-End Load Discounts Available at Merrill Lynch: Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent

   

Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Merrill Lynch. Eligible fund family assets not held at Merrill Lynch may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets

   

Letters of Intent (LOI) which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, through Merrill Lynch, over a 13-month period of time (if applicable)

 

  AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL     

Effective June 30, 2018, shareholders purchasing Fund shares through an Ameriprise Financial platform or account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.

Front-End Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Ameriprise Financial

   

Employer-sponsored retirement plans ( e.g. , 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs.

   

Shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial investment advisory program (if an Advisory or similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).

   

Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Ameriprise Financial’s platform (if an Advisory or similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).

   

Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund (but not any other fund within the same fund family).

   

Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the 10-year anniversary of the purchase date. To the extent that this prospectus elsewhere provides for a waiver with respect to such shares following a shorter holding period, that waiver will apply to exchanges following such shorter period. To the extent that this prospectus elsewhere provides for a waiver with respect to exchanges of Class C shares for load waived shares, that waiver will also apply to such exchanges.

   

Employees and registered representatives of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates and their immediate family members.

   

Shares purchased by or through qualified accounts (including IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, 401(k)s, 403(b) TSCAs subject to ERISA and defined benefit plans) that are held by a covered family member, defined as an Ameriprise financial advisor and/or the advisor’s spouse, advisor’s lineal ascendant (mother, father, grandmother, grandfather, great grandmother, great grandfather), advisor’s lineal descendant (son, step-son, daughter, step-daughter, grandson, granddaughter, great grandson, great granddaughter) or any spouse of a covered family member who is a lineal descendant.

   

Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load ( i.e. , Rights of Reinstatement).

 

  MORGAN STANLEY WEALTH MANAGEMENT     

Effective July 1, 2018, shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Morgan Stanley Wealth Management transactional brokerage account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from and may be more limited than those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s Prospectus or SAI.

Front-End Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Morgan Stanley Wealth Management

   

Employer-sponsored retirement plans ( e.g. , 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans

   

Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules

 

135


 

   

Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund

   

Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account

   

Class C ( i.e. , level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program

   

Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge

 

136


 

 

Goldman Sachs Target Date Portfolios Prospectus

 

  FOR MORE INFORMATION     

Annual/Semi-Annual Report

Additional information about the Portfolios’ investments is available in the Portfolios’ annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Portfolios’ annual reports, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios’ performance during its last fiscal period.

Statement of Additional Information

Additional information about the Portfolios and their policies is also available in the Portfolios’ SAI. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus ( i.e. , is legally considered part of the Prospectus).

The Portfolios’ annual and semi-annual reports and the SAI are available free upon request by calling Goldman Sachs at 1-800-526-7384. You can also access and download the annual and semi-annual reports and the SAI at the Portfolios’ website: http://www.gsamfunds.com/mutualfunds .

From time to time, certain announcements and other information regarding the Portfolios may be found at

http://www.gsamfunds.com/announcements-ind for individual investors or

http://www.gsamfunds.com/announcements for advisers.

To obtain other information and for shareholder inquiries:

 

   Institutional, Service & Class R6    Class A, Investor & R

  By telephone:

   1-800-621-2550    1-800-526-7384

  By mail:

  

Goldman Sachs Funds

P.O. Box 06050

Chicago, IL 60606-6306

  

Goldman Sachs Funds

P.O. Box 219711

Kansas City, MO 64121

  On the Internet:

   SEC EDGAR database – http://www.sec.gov   

Other information about the Portfolios is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

[CODE]   

The Portfolios’ investment company registration number is 811-22781.

GSAM ® is a registered service mark of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  LOGO


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

DATED DECEMBER 28, 2018

 

PORTFOLIO

  

CLASS A

SHARES

  

INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES

   SERVICE
SHARES
   INVESTOR
SHARES
   CLASS R
SHARES
   CLASS R6
SHARES

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2020 PORTFOLIO

   GTAHX    GTIHX    GTVHX    GTMHX    GTRHX    GTZHX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2025 PORTFOLIO

   GTADX    GTIFX    GTVFX    GTMFX    GTRDX    GTZFX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2030 PORTFOLIO

   GTAJX    GTIJX    GTVJX    GTMJX    GTRJX    GTZJX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2035 PORTFOLIO

   GTALX    GTIOX    GTVOX    GTMPX    GTROX    GTZLX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2040 PORTFOLIO

   GTAMX    GTIMX    GTVMX    GTMMX    GTRMX    GTZMX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2045 PORTFOLIO

   GTAQX    GTIQX    GTVEX    GTMQX    GTREX    GTZQX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2050 PORTFOLIO

   GTASX    GTIPX    GTVSX    GTMAX    GTRSX    GTZSX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2055 PORTFOLIO

   GTANX    GTIWX    GTVIX    GTMWX    GTRZX    GTZWX

GOLDMAN SACHS TARGET DATE 2060 PORTFOLIO

   GTBAX    GTBCX    GTBSX    GTBIX    GTBRX    GTBBX

(Portfolios of Goldman Sachs Trust II)

Goldman Sachs Trust II

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282


This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a Prospectus. This SAI should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio (collectively, the “Portfolios” and each individually, a “Portfolio”), dated December 28, 2018, as it may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”). The Prospectus may be obtained without charge from Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC by calling the applicable telephone number or writing to one of the addresses listed below, or from institutions (“Intermediaries”) acting on behalf of their customers.

The Portfolios’ audited financial statements and related report of [ ], independent registered public accounting firm for each Portfolio, contained in the Portfolios’ 2018 Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference in the section titled “FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.” No other portions of the Portfolios’ Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference. The Portfolios’ Annual Report may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC toll free at 1-800-526-7384 (for Class A, Investor and Class R Shareholders) or 1-800-621-2550 (for Institutional, Service and Class R6 Shareholders).

GSAM ® is a registered service mark of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     B-1  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

     B-1  

DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND PRACTICES

     B-2  

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     B-67  

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

     B-68  

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

     B-80  

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     B-91  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     B-106  

NET ASSET VALUE

     B-109  

SHARES OF THE TRUST

     B-112  

TAXATION

     B-115  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     B-122  

PROXY VOTING

     B-123  

PAYMENTS TO INTERMEDIARIES

     B-124  

OTHER INFORMATION

     B-129  

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS

     B-132  

SERVICE PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN

     B-134  

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS

     B-137  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     B-140  

APPENDIX A DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

     1-A  

APPENDIX B STATEMENT OF INTENTION

     1-B  

APPENDIX C GSAM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

     1-C  


GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.

Investment Adviser

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

Distributor

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

Transfer Agent

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Toll-free (in U.S.) 800-526-7384 (for Class A, Investor and Class R Shareholders) or 800-621-2550 (for Institutional, Service and Class R6 Shareholders).


INTRODUCTION

Goldman Sachs Trust II (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company. The Trust is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and was established by a Declaration of Trust dated August 28, 2012. The following series of the Trust are described in this SAI: Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio (“Target Date 2020 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio (“Target Date 2025 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio (“Target Date 2030 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio (“Target Date 2035 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio (“Target Date 2040 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio (“Target Date 2045 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio (“Target Date 2050 Portfolio”), Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio (“Target Date 2055 Portfolio”) and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio (“Target Date 2060 Portfolio”) (each, also a “Portfolio” and, collectively, the “Portfolios”).

The Trustees of the Trust have authority under the Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares into separate series and to classify and reclassify any series or portfolio of shares into one or more classes without further action by shareholders. Pursuant thereto, the Trustees have created the Portfolios and other series. Additional series and classes may be added in the future from time to time. The Portfolio currently offers six classes of shares: Class A Shares, Institutional Shares, Service Shares, Investor Shares, Class R Shares, and Class R6 Shares. See “SHARES OF THE TRUST.”

Each Portfolio is a separately managed, diversified open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act” or the “1940 Act”), with its own investment objectives and policies. Each Portfolio has been constructed as a “fund of funds,” which means that it pursues its investment objective by primarily investing in shares of exchange-traded funds (“Underlying ETFs”) and other registered investment companies (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”).

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”), an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), serves as the Investment Adviser to the Portfolios. In addition, Goldman Sachs serves as the Portfolios’ distributor (the “Distributor”) and transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”). The Portfolios’ custodian and administrator is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”).

The following information relates to and supplements the description of the Portfolios’ investment policies contained in the Prospectus. See the Prospectus for a more complete description of each Portfolio’s investment objective and policies. Investing in the Portfolios entails certain risks, and there is no assurance that the Portfolios will achieve their objective. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meaning as in the Prospectus.

Effective August 1, 2017, the Portfolios’ fiscal year end changed from October 31 to August 31.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Each Portfolio has a distinct investment objective and policies. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio’s objective will be achieved. Each Portfolio is a diversified, open-end management company as defined in the 1940 Act. The investment objective and policies of the Portfolios, and the associated risks of the Portfolios, are discussed in the Portfolios’ Prospectus, which should be read carefully before an investment is made. All investment objectives and investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental may be changed without shareholder approval.

Each Portfolio’s share price will fluctuate with market, economic and, to the extent applicable, foreign exchange conditions, so that an investment in a Portfolio may be worth more or less when redeemed than when purchased. A Portfolio should not be relied upon as a complete investment program.

The Investment Adviser has claimed temporary relief from registration as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) for the Portfolios and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA.

 

B-1


DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND PRACTICES

Asset Segregation

As investment companies registered with the SEC, the Underlying Funds must identify on their books (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other SEC or SEC-staff approved or other appropriate measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivative instruments. In the case of swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that do not cash settle, for example, an Underlying Fund must identify on its books liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument while the positions are open, to the extent there is not a permissible offsetting position or a contractual “netting” agreement with respect to swaps (other than credit default swaps where the Underlying Fund is the protection seller). However, with respect to certain swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that are required to cash settle, an Underlying Fund may identify liquid assets in an amount equal to the Underlying Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Underlying Fund’s daily net liability) under the instrument, if any, rather than its full notional amount. Forwards and futures contracts that do not cash settle may be treated as cash settled for asset segregation purposes when the Underlying Funds have entered into a contractual arrangement with a third party futures commission merchant (“FCM”) or other counterparty to off-set the Underlying Funds’ exposure under the contract and, failing that, to assign their delivery obligation under the contract to the counterparty. The Underlying Funds reserve the right to modify their asset segregation policies in the future in their discretion, consistent with the Investment Company Act and SEC or SEC-staff guidance. By identifying assets equal to only its net obligations under certain instruments, an Underlying Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Underlying Fund were required to identify assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument.

Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present.

Such securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, an Underlying Fund’s ability to maintain positions in such securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments, and its ability to reinvest the returns of principal at comparable yields is subject to generally prevailing interest rates at that time. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in asset-backed securities, the values of the Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities will vary with changes in market interest rates generally and the differentials in yields among various kinds of asset-backed securities.

Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to mortgage assets. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles rather than residential real property. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the asset-backed securities. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in the underlying automobiles. Therefore, if the issuer of an asset-backed security defaults on its payment obligations, there is the possibility that, in some cases, an Underlying Fund will be unable to possess and sell the underlying collateral and that the Underlying Fund’s recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on these securities.

 

B-2


Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain additional risks. Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if an Underlying Fund holds mortgage-backed securities, it may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of an Underlying Fund because the Underlying Fund may have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. An Underlying Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets. Certain Underlying Funds may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by the U.S. Government (see “U.S. Government Securities Risk”). To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, the Underlying Fund may be subject to additional risks. Timely payment of interest and principal of non-governmental issuers are supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased by the issuer. There can be no assurance that the private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to an Underlying Fund. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. Subprime mortgages refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages.

Bank Obligations

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign banks. Bank obligations, including without limitation, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operation of this industry.

Certificates of deposit are certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time at a specified rate. Certificates of deposit are negotiable instruments and are similar to saving deposits but have a definite maturity and are evidenced by a certificate instead of a passbook entry. Banks are required to keep reserves against all certificates of deposit. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), and other similarly structured securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management and other administrative fees.

The cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Because it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CLO securities as a class.

 

 

B-3


The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which an Underlying Fund invests. Normally, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by an Underlying Fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs that qualify under the Rule 144A “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI (e.g., interest rate risk and credit/default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but are not limited to, the risk that: (i) distributions from collateral securities may not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) an Underlying Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Combined Transactions

Certain Underlying Funds may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (as applicable) (including forward currency contracts) and multiple interest rate and other swap transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and swap transactions (“component” transactions) as part of a single or combined strategy. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions may reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objective.

Commodity-Linked Notes

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in commodity-linked notes. Commodity-linked notes are a type of structured note. Commodity-linked notes are privately negotiated structured debt securities indexed to the return of an index such as the Dow Jones-UBS Commodity Index Total Return, which is representative of the commodities market. They are available from a limited number of approved counterparties, and all invested amounts are exposed to the dealer’s credit risk. Commodity-linked notes may be leveraged. For example, if an Underlying Fund invests $100 in a three-times leveraged commodity-linked note, it will exchange $100 principal with the dealer to obtain $300 exposure to the commodities market because the value of the note will change by a magnitude of three for every percentage change (positive or negative) in the value of the underlying index. This means a $100 note would be worth $70 if the commodity index decreased by 10 percent. Structured notes also are subject to counterparty risk.

Commodity-Linked Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of real assets that trade in the commodity markets through investments in commodity-linked derivative securities, which are designed to provide this exposure without direct investment in physical commodities or commodities futures contracts. Real assets are assets such as oil, gas, industrial and precious metals, livestock, and agricultural or meat products, or other items that have tangible properties, as compared to stocks or bonds, which are financial instruments. In choosing investments, an Underlying Fund may seek to provide exposure to various commodities and commodity sectors. The value of commodity-linked derivative securities held by an Underlying Fund may be affected by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, overall market movements and other factors affecting the value of particular industries or commodities, such as weather, disease, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.

The prices of commodity-linked derivative securities may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities when the value of those traditional securities is declining due to adverse economic conditions. As an example, during periods of rising inflation, debt securities have historically tended to decline in value due to the general increase in prevailing interest rates. Conversely, during those same periods of rising inflation, the prices of certain commodities, such as oil and metals, have historically tended to increase. Of course, there cannot

 

B-4


be any guarantee that these investments will perform in that manner in the future, and at certain times the price movements of commodity-linked instruments have been parallel to those of debt and equity securities. Commodities have historically tended to increase and decrease in value during different parts of the business cycle than financial assets. Nevertheless, at various times, commodities prices may move in tandem with the prices of financial assets and thus may not provide overall portfolio diversification benefits. Under favorable economic conditions, an Underlying Fund’s investments may be expected to underperform an investment in traditional securities. Over the long term, the returns on an Underlying Fund’s investments are expected to exhibit low or negative correlation with stocks and bonds.

Because commodity-linked securities are available from a relatively small number of issuers, an Underlying Fund may be particularly subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the issuer of the commodity-linked derivative (which issuer may also serve as counterparty to a substantial number of the Underlying Fund’s commodity-linked and other derivative investments) will not fulfill its contractual obligations.

Convertible Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock (or other securities) of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics, in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value normally declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by an Underlying Fund is called for redemption, the Underlying Fund will be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock, sell it to a third party or permit the issuer to redeem the security. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on an Underlying Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, which, in turn, could result in losses to the Underlying Fund. To the extent that an Underlying Fund holds a convertible security, or a security that is otherwise converted or exchanged for common stock (e.g., as a result of a restructuring), the Underlying Fund may, consistent with its investment objective, hold such common stock in its portfolio.

Corporate Debt Obligations

Certain Underlying Funds may, under normal market conditions, invest in corporate debt obligations, including obligations of industrial, utility and financial issuers. Corporate debt obligations include bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations of corporations to pay interest and repay principal. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

 

B-5


Corporate debt obligations rated BBB or Baa are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics, and adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances may weaken their issuers’ capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Medium to lower rated and comparable non-rated securities tend to offer higher yields than higher rated securities with the same maturities because the historical financial condition of the issuers of such securities may not have been as strong as that of other issuers. The price of corporate debt obligations will generally fluctuate in response to fluctuations in supply and demand for similarly rated securities. In addition, the price of corporate debt obligations will generally fluctuate in response to interest rate levels. Fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in an Underlying Fund’s NAV.

Because medium to lower rated securities generally involve greater risks of loss of income and principal than higher rated securities, investors should consider carefully the relative risks associated with investment in securities which carry medium to lower ratings and in comparable unrated securities. In addition to the risk of default, there are the related costs of recovery on defaulted issues. The Underlying Funds may attempt to reduce these risks through portfolio diversification and by analysis of each issuer and its ability to make timely payments of income and principal, as well as broad economic trends and corporate developments.

Certain Underlying Funds may employ their own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and pay dividends, sensitivity to economic conditions, operating history and current earnings trend. Certain Underlying Funds may monitor their portfolio and evaluate whether to dispose of or to retain corporate debt obligations whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed. If after its purchase, a portfolio security is assigned a lower rating or ceases to be rated, an Underlying Fund may continue to hold the security.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Corporate Obligations . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in commercial paper and other short-term obligations payable in U.S. dollars and issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, non-U.S. corporations or other entities. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies.

Preferred Securities . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in trust preferred securities. A trust preferred or capital security is a long dated bond (for example 30 years) with preferred features. The preferred features are that payment of interest can be deferred for a specified period without initiating a default event. From a bondholder’s viewpoint, the securities are senior in claim to standard preferred but are junior to other bondholders. From the issuer’s viewpoint, the securities are attractive because their interest is deductible for tax purposes like other types of debt instruments.

High Yield Securities . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in bonds rated BB+ or below by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“Standard & Poor’s”) or Ba1 or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) (or comparable rated and unrated securities). The other funds in this SAI may not invest directly in high yield securities, but may hold securities that are subsequently downgraded to below investment grade. These bonds are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative. The ability of issuers of non-investment grade securities to make principal and interest by payments may be questionable because such issuers are often less creditworthy or are highly leveraged. High yield securities are also issued by governmental issuers that may have difficulty in making all scheduled interest and principal payments. In some cases, high yield securities may be highly speculative, have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standing and be in default. As a result, investment in such bonds will entail greater risks than those associated with investment grade bonds ( i.e. , bonds rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moody’s). Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities, and the ability of an Underlying Fund to achieve its investment objective may, to the extent of its investments in high yield securities, be more dependent upon such creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Underlying Fund were investing in higher quality securities. See Appendix A for a description of the corporate bond and preferred stock ratings by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) and Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”).

Risks associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally are greater than is the case with higher rated securities because such issuers are often less creditworthy companies or are highly leveraged and generally less able than more established or less leveraged entities to make scheduled payments of principal and interest. High yield securities are also issued by governmental issuers that may have difficulty in making all scheduled interest and principal payments.

 

B-6


The market values of high yield, fixed income securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do those of higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Issuers of high yield securities are often highly leveraged, and may not be able to make use of more traditional methods of financing. Their ability to service debt obligations may be more adversely affected by economic downturns or their inability to meet specific projected business forecasts than would be the case for issuers of higher-rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the fixed income securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the fixed income securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility. Another factor which causes fluctuations in the prices of high yield, fixed income securities is the supply and demand for similarly rated securities. In addition, the prices of investments fluctuate in response to the general level of interest rates. Fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in an Underlying Fund’s NAV.

The risk of loss from default for the holders of high yield, fixed income securities is significantly greater than is the case for holders of other debt securities because high yield, fixed income securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by an Underlying Fund in already defaulted securities poses an additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by an Underlying Fund of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation is uncertain. In addition, an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery relating to the default in the payment of principal or interest on such securities or otherwise protect its interests. An Underlying Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to satisfy the Underlying Fund’s annual distribution obligations in respect of accrued interest income on securities which are subsequently written off, even though the Underlying Fund has not received any cash payments of such interest.

The secondary market for high yield, fixed income securities is concentrated in relatively few markets and is dominated by institutional investors, including mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities may not be as liquid as and may be more volatile than the secondary market for higher-rated securities. In addition, the trading volume for high-yield, fixed income securities is generally lower than that of higher rated securities and the secondary market for high yield, fixed income securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of an Underlying Fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments when needed to meet their redemption requests or other liquidity needs. An Underlying Fund could find it difficult to sell these investments or may be able to sell the investments only at prices lower than if such investments were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating the NAV of the Underlying Funds. A less liquid secondary market also may make it more difficult for an Underlying Fund to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in its portfolio.

The adoption of new legislation could adversely affect the secondary market for high yield securities and the financial condition of issuers of these securities. The form of any future legislation, and the probability of such legislation being enacted, is uncertain.

Non-investment grade fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. High yield, fixed income securities frequently contain “call” or buy-back features which permit the issuer to call or repurchase the security from its holder. If an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security, an Underlying Fund may have to replace such security with a lower-yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. In addition, if an Underlying Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions of its shares, it may be forced to sell its higher-rated securities, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the Underlying Fund’s portfolio and increasing the exposure of the Underlying Fund to the risks of high-yield securities.

 

B-7


Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of non-investment grade securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the conditions of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in non-investment grade and comparable unrated obligations will be more dependent on the credit analysis of an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations. An Underlying Fund’s investment adviser employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of an issuer’s existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, sensitivity to economic conditions, operating history and current earnings trend. The Underlying Fund’s investment adviser monitors the investments in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio and evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain non-investment grade and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed. If after its purchase, a portfolio security is assigned a lower rating or ceases to be rated, an Underlying Fund may continue to hold the security of the investment adviser believes it is in the best interest of the Underlying Fund and its shareholders.

An economic downtown could severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers of junk bond investments to service their debt obligations upon maturity. Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of junk bonds will have an adverse effect on an Underlying Fund’s NAV to the extent it invests in such investments. In addition, an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in paying of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates

The Underlying Funds may invest in custodial receipts and trust certificates (which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks), representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. Government Securities (as defined below), Municipal Securities or other types of securities in which an Underlying Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities law purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. Government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, an Underlying Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. The Underlying Funds may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

Although under the terms of a custodial receipt or trust certificate an Underlying Fund would typically be authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Underlying Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank or trustee those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, an Underlying Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Underlying Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that have interest rates that reset inversely to changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below or rise above a specified rate. Because some of these instruments represent relatively recent innovations, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also, because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of fixed income instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information and an established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the Internal Revenue Service has not ruled on the tax treatment of the interest or payments received on the derivative instruments and, accordingly, purchases of such instruments are based on the opinion of counsel to the sponsors of the instruments.

 

B-8


Deferred Interest, Pay-in-Kind and Capital Appreciation Bonds

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in deferred interest and capital appreciation bonds and pay-in-kind (“PIK”) securities. Deferred interest and capital appreciation bonds are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value and which do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date. The original issue discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. These securities also may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves or receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons.

PIK securities may be debt obligations or preferred shares that provide the issuer with the option of paying interest or dividends on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional securities rather than cash. Similar to zero coupon bonds and deferred interest bonds, PIK securities are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK securities that are debt securities can either be senior or subordinated debt and generally trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest). The trading price of PIK debt securities generally reflects the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last interest payment.

The market prices of deferred interested, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of interest bearing securities and are likely to respond to a greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest bearing securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Moreover, deferred interest, capital appreciation and PIK securities involve the additional risk that, unlike securities that periodically pay interest to maturity, an Underlying Fund will realize no cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, an Underlying Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. The valuation of such investments requires judgment regarding the collection of future payments. In addition, even though such securities do not provide for the payment of current interest in cash, an Underlying Fund is nonetheless required to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year and generally are required to distribute such accrued amounts (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax. Because no cash is generally received at the time of the accrual, an Underlying Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy federal tax distribution requirements applicable to an Underlying Fund. A portion of the discount with respect to stripped tax-exempt securities or their coupons may be taxable.

Distressed Debt

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in the securities and other obligations of financially troubled companies, including stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers and debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. In addition, investments of an Underlying Fund may become distressed or bankrupt following the Underlying Fund’s initial acquisition of the security. Historically, economic downturns or increases in interest rates have, under certain circumstances, resulted in a higher occurrence of default by the issuers of these instruments. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative.

In any investment involving stressed and distressed debt obligations, there exists the risk that the transaction involving such debt obligations will be unsuccessful, take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security or obligation in exchange for the stressed and distressed debt obligations, the value of which may be less than an Underlying Fund’s purchase price of such debt obligations. Furthermore, if an anticipated transaction does not occur, the Underlying Fund may be required to sell its investment at a loss. Distressed investments may require active participation by the Investment Adviser in the restructuring of an Underlying Fund’s investment or other actions intended to protect the Underlying Fund’s investment; however, there may be situations where the Investment Adviser may determine to not so participate due to regulatory, tax or other considerations. In addition, an Underlying Fund may participate on creditors’ committees to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by the Underlying Fund. Such participation may subject an Underlying Fund to additional expenses (including legal fees) and may make an Underlying Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws. This may result in increased litigation risks to an Underlying Fund or may restrict the Investment Adviser’s ability to dispose of the security.

 

B-9


There are a number of significant risks inherent in the bankruptcy process. Many events in a bankruptcy are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer, and if the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, there exists the risk that an Underlying Fund’s influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations it owns can be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

Equity-Linked Structured Notes

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in equity-linked structured notes. Equity-linked structured notes are derivatives that are specifically designed to combine the characteristics of one or more underlying securities and their equity derivatives in a single note form. The return and/or yield or income component may be based on the performance of the underlying equity securities, an equity index, and/or option positions. Equity-linked structured notes are typically offered in limited transactions by financial institutions in either registered or non-registered form. An investment in equity-linked notes creates exposure to the credit risk of the issuing financial institution, as well as to the market risk of the underlying securities. There is no guaranteed return of principal with these securities and the appreciation potential of these securities may be limited by a maximum payment or call right. In certain cases, equity-linked notes may be more volatile and less liquid than less complex securities or other types of fixed-income securities. Such securities may exhibit price behavior that does not correlate with other fixed-income securities.

Events Relating to the Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Markets and the Overall Economy

The unprecedented disruption in the residential mortgage-backed securities market (and in particular, the “subprime” residential mortgage market), the broader mortgage-backed securities market and the asset-backed securities market in 2008-2009 resulted in downward price pressures and increasing foreclosures and defaults in residential and commercial real estate. Concerns over inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the mortgage market and a depressed real estate market contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and markets going forward, and contributed to dramatic declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, and significant asset write-downs by financial institutions. These conditions prompted a number of financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with other institutions and, in some cases, to fail or seek bankruptcy protection. Between 2008-2009, the market for Mortgage-Backed Securities (as well as other asset-backed securities) was particularly adversely impacted by, among other factors, the failure and subsequent sale of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. to J.P. Morgan Chase, the merger of Bank of America Corporation and Merrill Lynch & Co., the insolvency of Washington Mutual Inc., the failure and subsequent bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., the extension of approximately $152 billion in emergency credit by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) to American International Group Inc., and, as described below, the conservatorship and the control by the U.S. Government of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The global markets also saw an increase in volatility due to uncertainty surrounding the level and sustainability of sovereign debt of certain countries that are part of the European Union (“EU”), including Greece, Spain, Portugal, Ireland and Italy, as well as the sustainability of the EU itself. Concerns over the level and sustainability of the sovereign debt of the United States have aggravated this volatility. No assurance can be made that this uncertainty will not lead to further disruption of the credit markets in the United States or around the globe. These events, coupled with the general global economic downturn, have resulted in a substantial level of uncertainty in the financial markets, particularly with respect to mortgage-related investments.

 

B-10


These events may lead to further declines in income from, or the value of, real estate, including the real estate which secures the Mortgage-Backed Securities which may be held by certain Underlying Funds. Additionally, a lack of credit liquidity, adjustments of mortgages to higher rates and decreases in the value of real property have occurred and may reoccur, and potentially prevent borrowers from refinancing their mortgages, which may increase the likelihood of default on their mortgage loans. These economic conditions, coupled with high levels of real estate inventory and elevated incidence of underwater mortgages, may also adversely affect the amount of proceeds the holder of a mortgage loan or mortgage-backed securities (including the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest) would realize in the event of a foreclosure or other exercise of remedies. Moreover, even if such Mortgage-Backed Securities are performing as anticipated, the value of such securities in the secondary market may nevertheless fall or continue to fall as a result of deterioration in general market conditions for such Mortgage-Backed Securities or other asset-backed or structured products. Trading activity associated with market indices may also drive spreads on those indices wider than spreads on Mortgage-Backed Securities, thereby resulting in a decrease in value of such Mortgage-Backed Securities, including the Mortgage-Backed Securities which may be owned by an Underlying Fund.

The U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, the U.S. Treasury, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken or are considering taking actions to address the financial crisis. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment by the U.S. Congress of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry and the consumer credit markets in general, and the promulgation of additional regulations in this area which could affect these securities. Given the broad scope, sweeping nature, and relatively recent enactment of some of these regulatory measures, the potential impact they could have on any of the asset-backed or Mortgage-Backed Securities which may be held by the Underlying Funds is unknown. There can be no assurance that these measures will not have an adverse effect on the value or marketability of any asset-backed or Mortgage-Backed Securities which may be held by the Underlying Funds. Furthermore, no assurance can be made that the U.S. Government or any U.S. regulatory body (or other authority or regulatory body) will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action in response to the economic crisis or otherwise, and the effect of such actions, if taken, cannot be known.

Among its other provisions, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a liquidation framework under which the FDIC, may be appointed as receiver following a “systemic risk determination” by the Secretary of Treasury (in consultation with the President) for the resolution of certain nonbank financial companies and other entities, defined as “covered financial companies”, and commonly referred to as “systemically important entities”, in the event such a company is in default or in danger of default and the resolution of such a company under other applicable law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, and also for the resolution of certain of their subsidiaries. No assurances can be given that this new liquidation framework would not apply to the originators of asset-backed securities, including Mortgage-Backed Securities, or their respective subsidiaries, including the issuers and depositors of such securities, although the expectation embedded in the Dodd-Frank Act is that the framework will be invoked only very rarely. Guidance from the FDIC indicates that such new framework will largely be exercised in a manner consistent with the existing bankruptcy laws, which is the insolvency regime that would otherwise apply to the sponsors, depositors and issuing entities with respect to asset-backed securities, including Mortgage-Backed Securities. The application of such liquidation framework to such entities could result in decreases or delays in amounts paid on, and hence the market value of, the Mortgage-Backed or asset-backed securities that may be owned by an Underlying Fund.

Delinquencies, defaults and losses on residential mortgage loans may increase substantially over certain periods, which may affect the performance of the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest. Mortgage loans backing non-agency Mortgage-Backed Securities are more sensitive to economic factors that could affect the ability of borrowers to pay their obligations under the mortgage loans backing these securities. In addition, housing prices and appraisal values in many states and localities over certain periods have declined or stopped appreciating. A continued decline or an extended flattening of those values may result in additional increases in delinquencies and losses on Mortgage-Backed Securities generally (including the Mortgage-Backed Securities that the Underlying Funds may invest in as described above).

 

B-11


The foregoing adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate may reduce the cash flow which an Underlying Fund, to the extent it invests in Mortgage-Backed Securities or other asset-backed securities, receives from such securities and increase the incidence and severity of credit events and losses in respect of such securities. In addition, interest rate spreads for Mortgage-Backed Securities and other asset-backed securities are subject to widening and increased volatility due to these adverse changes in market conditions. In the event that interest rate spreads for Mortgage-Backed Securities and other asset-backed securities widen following the purchase of such assets by an Underlying Fund, the market value of such securities is likely to decline and, in the case of a substantial spread widening, could decline by a substantial amount. Furthermore, adverse changes in market conditions may result in reduced liquidity in the market for Mortgage-Backed Securities and other asset-backed securities (including the Mortgage-Backed Securities and other asset-backed securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest) and increased unwillingness by banks, financial institutions and investors to extend credit to servicers, originators and other participants in the market for Mortgage-Backed and other asset-backed securities. As a result, the liquidity and/or the market value of any Mortgage-Backed or asset-backed securities that are owned by an Underlying Fund may experience further declines after they are purchased by the Underlying Fund.

Floating Rate Loans and Other Floating Rate Debt Securities

Floating rate loans consist generally of obligations of companies or other entities (e.g., a U.S. or foreign bank, insurance company or finance company) (collectively, “borrowers”) incurred for a variety of purposes. Floating rate loans may be acquired by direct investment as a lender, as a participation interest (which represents a fractional interest in a floating rate loan) issued by a lender or other financial institution, or as an assignment of the portion of a floating rate loan previously attributable to a different lender.

Floating rate loans may be obligations of borrowers who are highly leveraged. Floating rate loans may be structured to include both term loans, which are generally fully funded at the time of the making of the loan, and revolving credit facilities, which would require additional investments upon the borrower’s demand. A revolving credit facility may require a purchaser to increase its investment in a floating rate loan at a time when it would not otherwise have done so, even if the borrower’s condition makes it unlikely that the amount will ever be repaid.

A floating rate loan offered as part of the original lending syndicate typically is purchased at par value. As part of the original lending syndicate, a purchaser generally earns a yield equal to the stated interest rate. In addition, members of the original syndicate typically are paid a commitment fee. In secondary market trading, floating rate loans may be purchased or sold above, at, or below par, which can result in a yield that is below, equal to, or above the stated interest rate, respectively. At certain times when reduced opportunities exist for investing in new syndicated floating rate loans, floating rate loans may be available only through the secondary market. There can be no assurance that an adequate supply of floating rate loans will be available for purchase.

Historically, floating rate loans have not been registered with the SEC or any state securities commission or listed on any securities exchange. As a result, the amount of public information available about a specific floating rate loan historically has been less extensive than if the floating rate loan were registered or exchange-traded. As a result, no active market may exist for some floating rate loans.

Purchasers of floating rate loans and other forms of debt obligations depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of interest and repayment of principal. If scheduled interest or principal payments are not made, the value of the obligation may be adversely affected. Floating rate loans and other debt obligations that are fully secured provide more protections than unsecured obligations in the event of failure to make scheduled interest or principal payments. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Some floating rate loans and other debt obligations are not rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization. In connection with the restructuring of a floating rate loan or other debt obligation outside of bankruptcy court in a negotiated work-out or in the context of bankruptcy proceedings, equity securities or junior debt obligations may be received in exchange for all or a portion of an interest in the obligation.

From time to time, Goldman Sachs and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. These banks also may sell floating rate loans to an Underlying Fund or acquire floating rate loans from the Underlying Fund, or may be intermediate participants with respect to floating rate loans owned by the Underlying Fund. These banks also may act as agents for floating rate loans that an Underlying Fund owns.

 

B-12


Agents . Floating rate loans typically are originated, negotiated, and structured by a bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution (the “agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions. The borrower and the lender or lending syndicate enter into a loan agreement. In addition, an institution (typically, but not always, the agent) holds any collateral on behalf of the lenders.

In a typical floating rate loan, the agent administers the terms of the loan agreement and is responsible for the collection of principal and interest and fee payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to all lenders that are parties to the loan agreement. Purchasers will rely on the agent to use appropriate creditor remedies against the borrower. Typically, under loan agreements, the agent is given broad discretion in monitoring the borrower’s performance and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. Upon an event of default, the agent typically will enforce the loan agreement after instruction from the lenders. The borrower compensates the agent for these services. This compensation may include special fees paid on structuring and funding the floating rate loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. The typical practice of an agent or a lender in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower.

If an agent becomes insolvent, or has a receiver, conservator, or similar official appointed for it by the appropriate bank or other regulatory authority, or becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, the agent’s appointment may be terminated, and a successor agent would be appointed. If an appropriate regulator or court determines that assets held by the agent for the benefit of the purchasers of floating rate loans are subject to the claims of the agent’s general or secured creditors, the purchasers might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a floating rate loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. Furthermore, in the event of the borrower’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the borrower’s obligation to repay a floating rate loan may be subject to certain defenses that the borrower can assert as a result of improper conduct by the agent.

Assignments . An Underlying Fund may purchase an assignment of a portion of a floating rate loan from an agent or from another group of investors. The purchase of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the original loan agreement; however, assignments may also be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning agent or investor.

Loan Participation Interests . Purchasers of participation interests do not have any direct contractual relationship with the borrower. Purchasers rely on the lender who sold the participation interest not only for the enforcement of the purchaser’s rights against the borrower but also for the receipt and processing of payments due under the floating rate loan. For additional information, see the section “Loan Participations” below.

Liquidity . Floating rate loans may be transferable among financial institutions, but may not have the liquidity of conventional debt securities and are often subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Floating rate loans are not currently listed on any securities exchange or automatic quotation system. As a result, no active market may exist for some floating rate loans. To the extent a secondary market exists for other floating rate loans, such market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads, and extended trade settlement periods. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market for floating rate loans may have an adverse effect on the value of such loans and may make it more difficult to value the loans for purposes of calculating their respective NAV.

Collateral . Most floating rate loans are secured by specific collateral of the borrower and are senior to most other securities or obligations of the borrower. The collateral typically has a market value, at the time the floating rate loan is made, that equals or exceeds the principal amount of the floating rate loan. The value of the collateral may decline, be insufficient to meet the obligations of the borrower, or be difficult to liquidate. As a result, a floating rate loan may not be fully collateralized and can decline significantly in value.

Floating rate loan collateral may consist of various types of assets or interests, including working capital assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory; tangible or intangible assets; or assets or other types of guarantees of affiliates of the borrower.

Generally, floating rate loans are secured unless (i) the purchaser’s security interest in the collateral is invalidated for any reason by a court, or (ii) the collateral is fully released with the consent of the agent bank and lenders or under the terms of a loan agreement as the creditworthiness of the borrower improves. Collateral impairment

 

B-13


is the risk that the value of the collateral for a floating rate loan will be insufficient in the event that a borrower defaults. Although the terms of a floating rate loan generally require that the collateral at issuance have a value at least equal to 100% of the amount of such floating rate loan, the value of the collateral may decline subsequent to the purchase of a floating rate loan. In most loan agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. There is no guarantee that the sale of collateral would allow a borrower to meet its obligations should the borrower be unable to repay principal or pay interest or that the collateral could be sold quickly or easily.

In addition, most borrowers pay their debts from the cash flow they generate. If the borrower’s cash flow is insufficient to pay its debts as they come due, the borrower may seek to restructure its debts rather than sell collateral. Borrowers may try to restructure their debts by filing for protection under the federal bankruptcy laws or negotiating a work-out. If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, access to the collateral may be limited by bankruptcy and other laws. In the event that a court decides that access to the collateral is limited or void, it is unlikely that purchasers could recover the full amount of the principal and interest due.

There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a floating rate loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the floating rate loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for, or replaced by, other assets.

Some floating rate loans are unsecured. The claims of holders under unsecured loans are subordinated to claims of creditors holding secured indebtedness and possibly also to claims of other creditors holding unsecured debt. Unsecured loans have a greater risk of default than secured loans, particularly during periods of deteriorating economic conditions. If the borrower defaults on an unsecured floating rate loan, there is no specific collateral on which the purchaser can foreclose.

Floating Interest Rates . The rate of interest payable on floating rate loans and other floating or variable rate obligations is the sum of a base lending rate plus a specified spread. Base lending rates are generally the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the Prime Rate of a designated U.S. bank, the Federal Funds Rate, or another base lending rate used by commercial lenders.

A borrower usually has the right to select the base lending rate and to change the base lending rate at specified intervals. The applicable spread may be fixed at time of issuance or may adjust upward or downward to reflect changes in credit quality of the borrower.

The interest rate on LIBOR-based floating rate loans/obligations is reset periodically at intervals ranging from 30 to 180 days, while the interest rate on Prime Rate- or Federal Funds Rate-based floating rate loans/obligations floats daily as those rates change. Investment in floating rate loans/obligations with longer interest rate reset periods can increase fluctuations in the floating rate loans’ values when interest rates change.

The yield on a floating rate loan/obligation will primarily depend on the terms of the underlying floating rate loan/obligation and the base lending rate chosen by the borrower. The relationship between LIBOR, the Prime Rate, and the Federal Funds Rate will vary as market conditions change.

Maturity . Floating rate loans typically will have a stated term of five to nine years. However, because floating rate loans are frequently prepaid, their average maturity is expected to be two to three years. The degree to which borrowers prepay floating rate loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the borrower’s financial condition, and competitive conditions among lenders. Prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Prepayments of principal to the purchaser of a floating rate loan may result in the principal’s being reinvested in floating rate loans with lower yields.

Supply of Floating Rate Loans . The legislation of state or federal regulators that regulate certain financial institutions may impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of such institutions to make loans, particularly with respect to highly leveraged transactions. The supply of floating rate loans may be limited from time to time due to a lack of sellers in the market for existing floating rate loans or the number of new floating rate loans currently being issued. As a result, the floating rate loans available for purchase may be lower quality or higher priced.

 

B-14


Restrictive Covenants . A borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in the loan agreement. In addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, these covenants may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific financial ratios, and limits on total debt. The loan agreement may also contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the floating rate loan with any free cash flow. A breach of a covenant that is not waived by the agent (or by the lenders directly) is normally an event of default, which provides the agent or the lenders the right to call the outstanding floating rate loan.

Fees . Purchasers of floating rate loans may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions, and prepayment penalty fees. When a purchaser buys a floating rate loan, it may receive a facility fee; and when it sells a floating rate loan, it may pay a facility fee. A purchaser may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a floating rate loan or a prepayment penalty fee on the prepayment of a floating rate loan. A purchaser may also receive other fees, including covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

Other Types of Floating Rate Debt Obligations . Floating rate debt obligations include other forms of indebtedness of borrowers such as notes and bonds, obligations with fixed rate interest payments in conjunction with a right to receive floating rate interest payments, and shares of other investment companies. These instruments are generally subject to the same risks as floating rate loans but are often more widely issued and traded.

Foreign Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in foreign issuers, including in fixed income securities quoted or denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign securities may offer potential benefits not available from investments solely in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of domestic issuers. Such benefits may include the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear to offer the potential for better long-term growth of capital and income than investments in U.S. securities, the opportunity to invest in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States and the opportunity to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign securities markets that do not necessarily move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.

Investments in foreign securities may offer potential benefits not available from investments solely in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of domestic issuers. Such benefits may include the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, to offer the potential for better long term growth of capital and income than investments in U.S. securities, the opportunity to invest in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States and the opportunity to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign securities markets that do not necessarily move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets. Investing in the securities of foreign issuers also involves, however, certain special risks, including those discussed in the Portfolios’ Prospectus and those set forth below, which are not typically associated with investing in U.S. dollar-denominated securities or quoted securities of U.S. issuers. Many of these risks are more pronounced for investments in emerging economies.

With respect to investments in certain foreign countries, there exist certain economic, political and social risks, including the risk of adverse political developments, nationalization, military unrest, social instability, war and terrorism, confiscation without fair compensation, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations on the movement of funds and other assets between different countries, or diplomatic developments, any of which could adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s investments in those countries. Governments in certain foreign countries continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies. Action by these governments could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and dividend payments.

Many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. Additionally, many foreign country economies are heavily dependent on international trade and are adversely affected by protective trade barriers and economic conditions of their trading partners. Protectionist trade legislation enacted by those trading partners could have a significant adverse effect on the securities markets of those countries. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

 

B-15


From time to time, certain of the companies in which an Underlying Fund may invest, may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargos imposed by the U.S. Government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. Government as state sponsors of terrorism. For example, the United Nations Security Council has imposed certain sanctions relating to Iran and Sudan and both countries are embargoed countries by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) of the US Department of the Treasury.

In addition, from time to time, certain of the companies in which an Underlying Fund may invest, may engage in, or have dealings with countries or companies that engage in, activities that may not be considered socially and/or environmentally responsible. Such activities may relate to human rights issues (such as patterns of human rights abuses or violations, persecution or discrimination), impacts to local communities in which companies operate and environmental sustainability. For a description of the Investment Adviser’s approach to responsible and sustainable investing, please see GSAM’s Statement on Responsible and Sustainable Investing at https://assetmanagement.gs.com/content/gsam/us/en/advisors/our-firm/citizenship.html.

As a result, a company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is identified as a company which engages in, or has dealings with countries or companies that engage in, the above referenced activities. As an investor in such companies, an Underlying Fund would be indirectly subject to those risks.

The Investment Adviser is committed to complying fully with sanctions in effect as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information and any other applicable sanctions that may be enacted in the future with respect to Sudan or any other country.

Investments in foreign securities often involve currencies of foreign countries. Accordingly, an Underlying Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Certain Underlying Funds may be subject to currency exposure independent of their securities positions. To the extent that an Underlying Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining net currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk.

Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. They generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a portion of an Underlying Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Underlying Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Underlying Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries. An Underlying Fund’s net currency positions may expose it to risks independent of its securities positions.

Because foreign issuers generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets are less than in the United States and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The securities of foreign issuers may be listed on foreign securities exchanges or traded in foreign over-the-counter markets. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although certain Underlying Funds endeavor to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed and unlisted companies than in the United States, and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protections that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Mail service between the United States and foreign countries may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlement of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities.

 

B-16


Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when some of an Underlying Fund’s assets are uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of an Underlying Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Underlying Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Underlying Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities or, if the Underlying Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, in possible liability to the purchaser.

Custodial and/or settlement systems in emerging markets countries may not be fully developed. To the extent an Underlying Fund invests in emerging markets, an Underlying Fund’s assets that are traded in such markets and which have been entrusted to such sub-custodians in those markets may be exposed to risks for which the sub-custodian will have no liability.

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in foreign securities which take the form of sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), and certain Underlying Funds may also invest in European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Taiwan Depositary Receipts (“TDRs”) or other similar instruments representing securities of foreign issuers (together, “Depositary Receipts”). ADRs represent the right to receive securities of foreign issuers deposited in a domestic bank or a correspondent bank. ADRs are traded on domestic exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market and, generally, are in registered form. EDRs, GDRs and TDRs are receipts evidencing an arrangement with a non-U.S. bank similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in the non-U.S. securities markets. EDRs, GDRs and TDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security.

To the extent an Underlying Fund acquires Depositary Receipts through banks which do not have a contractual relationship with the foreign issuer of the security underlying the Depositary Receipts to issue and service such unsponsored Depositary Receipts, there is an increased possibility that the Underlying Fund will not become aware of and be able to respond to corporate actions such as stock splits or rights offerings involving the foreign issuer in a timely manner. In addition, the lack of information may result in inefficiencies in the valuation of such instruments. Investment in Depositary Receipts does not eliminate all the risks inherent in investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers. The market value of Depositary Receipts is dependent upon the market value of the underlying securities and fluctuations in the relative value of the currencies in which the Depositary Receipts and the underlying securities are quoted. However, by investing in Depositary Receipts, such as ADRs, which are quoted in U.S. dollars, an Underlying Fund may avoid currency risks during the settlement period for purchases and sales.

As described more fully below, certain Underlying Funds may invest in countries with emerging economies or securities markets. Political and economic structures in many of such countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of such countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of, or ignored internationally accepted standards of due process against, private companies. In addition, a country may take these and other retaliatory actions against a specific private company, including an Underlying Fund or its investment adviser. There may not be legal recourse against these actions, which could arise in connection with the commercial activities of Goldman Sachs or its affiliates or otherwise, and an Underlying Fund could be subject to substantial losses. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. See “Investing in Emerging Countries” below.

Brady Bonds. Certain foreign debt obligations, customarily referred to as “Brady Bonds,” are created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to foreign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructuring under a plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar denominated). In the event of a default on collateralized Brady Bonds for which obligations are accelerated, the collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. In light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds may be speculative.

 

B-17


Foreign Government Obligations. Foreign government obligations include securities, instruments and obligations issued or guaranteed by a foreign government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. Investment in foreign government obligations can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of foreign government obligations may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their debt. Holders of foreign government obligations (including certain Underlying Funds) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental agencies.

Investing in Asia. Although many countries in Asia have experienced a relatively stable political environment over the last decade, there is no guarantee that such stability will be maintained in the future. As an emerging region, many factors may affect such stability on a country-by-country as well as on a regional basis – increasing gaps between the rich and poor, agrarian unrest, instability of existing coalitions in politically-fractionated countries, hostile relations with neighboring countries, and ethnic, religious and racial disaffection – and may result in adverse consequences to an Underlying Fund. The political history of some Asian countries has been characterized by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres, and political corruption. Such developments, if they continue to occur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers, and could result in significant disruption to securities markets.

The legal infrastructure in each of the countries in Asia is unique and often undeveloped. In most cases, securities laws are evolving and far from adequate for the protection of the public from serious fraud. Investment in Asian securities involves considerations and possible risks not typically involved with investment in other issuers, including changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. The application of tax laws ( e.g. , the imposition of withholding taxes on dividend or interest payments) or confiscatory taxation may also affect investment in Asian securities. Higher expenses may result from investments in Asian securities than would from investments in other securities because of the costs that must be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies and brokerage commissions that may be higher than more established markets. Asian securities markets also may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than elsewhere. Investments in countries in the region could be affected by other factors not present elsewhere, including lack of uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, inadequate settlement procedures and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations.

Some Asian economies have limited natural resources, resulting in dependence on foreign sources for energy and raw materials and economic vulnerability to global fluctuations of price and supply. Certain countries in Asia are especially prone to natural disasters, such as flooding, drought and earthquakes. Combined with the possibility of man-made disasters, the occurrence of such disasters may adversely affect companies in which an Underlying Fund is invested and, as a result, may result in adverse consequences to the Underlying Fund. Many of the countries in Asia periodically have experienced significant inflation. Should the governments and central banks of the countries in Asia fail to control inflation, this may have an adverse effect on the performance of an Underlying Fund’s investments in Asian securities. Several of the countries in Asia remain dependent on the U.S. economy as their largest export customer, and future barriers to entry into the U.S. market or other important markets could adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s performance. Intraregional trade is becoming an increasingly significant percentage of total trade for the countries in Asia. Consequently, the intertwined economies are becoming increasingly dependent on each other, and any barriers to entry to markets in Asia in the future may adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s performance.

 

B-18


Certain Asian countries may have managed currencies which are maintained at artificial levels to the U.S. dollar rather than at levels determined by the market. This type of system can lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency which, in turn, can have a disruptive and negative effect on foreign investors. Certain Asian countries also may restrict the free conversion of their currency into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. There is no significant foreign exchange market for certain currencies, and it would, as a result, be difficult to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of an Underlying Fund’s interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

Although the Underlying Funds will generally attempt to invest in those markets which provide the greatest freedom of movement of foreign capital, there is no assurance that this will be possible or that certain countries in Asia will not restrict the movement of foreign capital in the future. Changes in securities laws and foreign ownership laws may have an adverse effect on an Underlying Fund.

Investing in Greater China. Investing in Greater China (the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong and Taiwan) involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. Such risks may include: (a) greater social, economic and political uncertainty (including the risk of armed conflict); (b) the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (c) dependency on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (d) increasing competition from Asia’s other low-cost emerging economies; (e) greater price volatility and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets; (f) substantially less liquidity, particularly of certain share classes of Chinese securities; (g) currency exchange rate fluctuations and the lack of available currency hedging instruments; (h) higher rates of inflation; (i) controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on an Underlying Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (j) greater governmental involvement in and control over the economy; (k) uncertainty regarding the People’s Republic of China’s commitment to economic reforms; (l) the fact that Chinese companies may be smaller, less seasoned and newly-organized companies; (m) the differences in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; (n) the fact that statistical information regarding the economy of Greater China may be inaccurate or not comparable to statistical information regarding the U.S. or other economies; (o) less extensive, and still developing, legal systems and regulatory frameworks regarding the securities markets, business entities and commercial transactions; (p) the fact that the settlement period of securities transactions in foreign markets may be longer; (q) the fact that it may be more difficult, or impossible, to obtain and/or enforce a judgment than in other countries; and (r) the rapid and erratic nature of growth, particularly in the People’s Republic of China, resulting in inefficiencies and dislocations.

The People’s Republic of China is dominated by the one-party rule of the Communist Party. Investments in China involve the risk of greater control over the economy, political and legal uncertainties and currency fluctuations or blockage. The government of the People’s Republic of China exercises significant control over economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. For over three decades, the government of the People’s Republic of China has been reforming economic and market practices and providing a larger sphere for private ownership of property. While currently contributing to growth and prosperity, the government may decide not to continue to support these economic reform programs and could possibly return to the completely centrally planned economy that existed prior to 1978. China’s ability to develop and sustain a credible legal, regulatory, monetary and socioeconomic system could influence the course of outside investment.

Since the global economic crisis in 2008, the Chinese government has taken unprecedented steps to shore up economic growth. However, the results of these measures are unpredictable. Over the long term, the country’s major challenges include worsening environmental conditions and widening urban and rural income gap.

The willingness and ability of the government of the People’s Republic of China to support Greater China markets is uncertain. Taiwan and Hong Kong do not exercise the same level of control over their economies as does the People’s Republic of China, but changes to their political and economic relationships with the People’s Republic of China could adversely impact an Underlying Fund’s investments in Taiwan and Hong Kong. The relationship

 

B-19


between the People’s Republic of China and Taiwan is a highly problematic issue and is unlikely to be settled in the near future. This situation, and the continuing hostility between the People’s Republic of China and Taiwan, poses a threat to Taiwan’s economy and may have an adverse impact on the value of an Underlying Fund’s investments in Greater China.

Greater China has historically been prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes, droughts, floods and tsunamis and is economically sensitive to environmental events. Any such event could cause a significant impact on the economy of, or investments in, Greater China.

Investing in Australia. The Australian economy is dependent on the economies of Asia, Europe and the U.S. as key trading partners and, in particular, on the price and demand for agricultural products and natural resources. Asia includes countries in all stages of economic development, although most Asian economies are characterized by over-extension of credit, currency devaluations and restrictions, rising unemployment, high inflation, decreased exports and economic recessions. Currency devaluations in any one country can have a significant effect on the entire Asian region. Recently, the economies in the Asian region have suffered significant downturns as well as significant volatility. Increased political and social unrest in any Asian country could cause further economic and market uncertainty in the region. Europe includes both developed and emerging economies. Most developed countries in Western Europe are members of the EU, and many are also members of the European Monetary Union (“EMU”). The EMU requires compliance with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, and debt levels, and the tight fiscal and monetary controls necessary to join the EMU may significantly affect every country in Europe. The U.S. is Australia’s single largest trade and investment partner and is susceptible to sustained increases in energy prices, weakness in the labor market, and rising long-term interest rates.

Australia’s stock exchanges are members of The Australian Stock Exchange. Trading is done by a computerized system that enables all exchanges to quote uniform prices. The exchanges are subject to oversight by both The Australian Stock Exchange and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, which work together to regulate the major aspects of stock exchange operations. Australian reporting, accounting and auditing standards differ substantially from U.S. standards. In general, Australian corporations do not provide all of the disclosure required by U.S. law and accounting practice, and such disclosure may be less timely and less frequent than that required of U.S. companies.

The total market capitalization of the Australian stock market is small relative to the U.S. stock market. Australia’s chief industries are mining, industrial and transportation equipment, food processing, chemicals and steel. Australia’s chief imports consist of machinery and transport equipment, computers and office machines, telecommunications equipment and parts, crude oil, and petroleum products. Australia’s chief exports consist of coal, gold, meat, wool, aluminum, iron ore, wheat, machinery, and transport equipment.

Investing in Central and South American Countries. A significant portion of certain Underlying Funds’ portfolios may be invested in issuers located in Central and South American countries. The economies of Central and South American countries have experienced considerable difficulties in the past decade, including high inflation rates, high interest rates and currency devaluations. As a result, Central and South American securities markets have experienced great volatility. In addition, a number of Central and South American countries are among the largest emerging country debtors. There have been moratoria on, and reschedulings of, repayment with respect to these debts. Such events can restrict the flexibility of these debtor nations in the international markets and result in the imposition of onerous conditions on their economies.

In the past, many Central and South American countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. High inflation rates have also led to high interest rates. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and could, in the future, have very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain Central and South American countries. Many of the currencies of Central and South American countries have experienced steady devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have historically occurred in certain countries. Any devaluations in the currencies in which an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities are denominated may have a detrimental impact on the Underlying Fund. There is also a risk that certain Central and South American countries may restrict the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Some Central and South American countries may have managed currencies which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. This type of system can lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency that, in turn, can have a disruptive and negative effect on foreign investors. Certain Central and South American currencies may not be internationally traded and it would be difficult for an Underlying Fund to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the Underlying Funds’ interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

 

B-20


In addition, substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to an Underlying Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. An Underlying Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Underlying Fund of any restrictions on investments.

The emergence of the Central and South American economies and securities markets will require continued economic and fiscal discipline that has been lacking at times in the past, as well as stable political and social conditions. Governments of many Central and South American countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. The political history of certain Central and South American countries has been characterized by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres and political corruption. Such developments, if they were to recur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization and removal of trade barriers.

International economic conditions, particularly those in the United States, as well as world prices for oil and other commodities may also influence the recovery of the Central and South American economies. Because commodities such as oil, gas, minerals and metals represent a significant percentage of the region’s exports, the economies of Central and South American countries are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. As a result, the economies in many of these countries can experience significant volatility.

Certain Central and South American countries have entered into regional trade agreements that would, among other things, reduce barriers among countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies in certain industries. No assurance can be given that these changes will result in the economic stability intended. There is a possibility that these trade arrangements will not be implemented, will be implemented but not completed or will be completed but then partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including share appreciation or depreciation of participant’s national currencies and a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism, an undermining of confidence in the Central and South American markets, an undermining of Central and South American economic stability, the collapse or slowdown of the drive toward Central and South American economic unity, and/or reversion of the attempts to lower government debt and inflation rates that were introduced in anticipation of such trade agreements. Such developments could have an adverse impact on an Underlying Fund’s investments in Central and South America generally or in specific countries participating in such trade agreements.

Investing in Eastern Europe. Certain Underlying Funds may seek investment opportunities within Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. Any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. In addition, Eastern European markets are particularly sensitive to social, economic and currency events in Western Europe and Russia. Russia may attempt to assert its influence in the region through military measures.

Where an Underlying Fund invests in securities issued by companies incorporated in or whose principal operations are located in Eastern Europe, other risks may also be encountered. Legal, political, economic and fiscal uncertainties in Eastern European markets may affect the value of the Underlying Fund’s investment in such securities. The currencies in which these investments may be denominated may be unstable, may be subject to significant depreciation and may not be freely convertible. Existing laws and regulations may not be consistently applied. The markets of the countries of Eastern Europe are still in the early stages of their development, have less volume, are less

 

B-21


highly regulated, are less liquid and experience greater volatility than more established markets. Settlement of transactions may be subject to delay and administrative uncertainties. Custodians are not able to offer the level of service and safekeeping, settlement and administration services that is customary in more developed markets, and there is a risk that the Underlying Fund will not be recognized as the owner of securities held on its behalf by a sub-custodian.

Investing in Emerging Countries. Certain Underlying Funds may also invest in equity and equity-related securities of foreign issuers, including emerging country issuers, and in debt securities of foreign issuers, including emerging country issuers, and in fixed income securities quoted or denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

The securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities, and the market may be dominated by a few issuers or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development. An Underlying Fund’s investments in emerging countries are subject to the risk that the liquidity of particular instruments, or instruments generally in such countries, will shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic, market or political conditions, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of the securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect an Underlying Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of such securities at the price and times it wishes to do so. The risks associated with reduced liquidity may be particularly acute to the extent that an Underlying Fund needs cash to meet redemption requests, to pay dividends and other distributions or to pay its expenses.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in the United States and other developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Custodial and/or settlement systems in emerging markets countries may not be fully developed. To the extent an Underlying Fund invests in emerging markets, the Underlying Fund’s assets that are traded in such markets and will have been entrusted to such sub-custodians in those markets may be exposed to risks for which the sub-custodian will have no liability.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, antiquated legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Underlying Funds. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder of a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

 

B-22


Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit an Underlying Fund’s investment in certain emerging countries and may increase the expenses of the Underlying Fund. Certain emerging countries require government approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

The repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions which require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time, which may make it difficult for an Underlying Fund to invest in such emerging countries. An Underlying Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for such repatriation. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of an Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before investing in certain emerging countries.

Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than is the case in the United States, Japan and most Western European countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which an Underlying Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Underlying Fund’s assets. An Underlying Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

The economies of emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports.

An Underlying Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates. See “TAXATION.”

Investing in Europe. Certain Underlying Funds may operate in euros and/or may hold euros and/or euro-denominated bonds and other obligations. The euro requires participation of multiple sovereign states forming the Euro zone and is therefore sensitive to the credit, general economic and political position of each such state, including each state’s actual and intended ongoing engagement with and/or support for the other sovereign states then forming the EU, in particular those within the Euro zone. Changes in these factors might materially adversely impact the value of securities that an Underlying Fund has invested in.

European countries can be significantly affected by the tight fiscal and monetary controls that the EMU imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several EU countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

 

B-23


In a June 2016 referendum, citizens of the United Kingdom voted to leave the EU. In March 2017, the United Kingdom formally notified the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the EU (commonly known as “Brexit”) by invoking Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union, which triggers a two-year period of negotiations on the terms of Brexit. During this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom and European economies and the broader global economy could be significant and could, among other outcomes, result in increased volatility and illiquidity, potentially lower economic growth and decreased asset valuations. Brexit may have a negative impact on the economy and currency of the United Kingdom as a result of anticipated or actual changes to the United Kingdom’s economic and political relations with the EU. Brexit may also have a destabilizing impact on the EU to the extent other member states similarly seek to withdraw from the union. Any further exits from the EU, or the possibility of such exits, would likely cause additional market disruption globally and introduce new legal and regulatory uncertainties. Any or all of these challenges may affect the value of an Underlying Fund’s investments economically tied to the United Kingdom or the EU.

Economic challenges facing the region include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European policy makers have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crisis and to boost growth in the region, which has increased the risk that regulatory uncertainty could negatively affect the value of the Underlying Funds’ investments.

Certain countries have applied to become new member countries of the EU, and these candidate countries’ accessions may become more controversial to the existing EU members. Some member states may repudiate certain candidate countries joining the EU upon concerns about the possible economic, immigration and cultural implications. Also, Russia may be opposed to the expansion of the EU to members of the former Soviet bloc and may, at times, take actions that could negatively impact EU economic activity.

Investing in Japan. Japan’s economy grew substantially after World War II. The boom in Japan’s equity and property markets during the expansion of the late 1980’s supported high rates of investment and consumer spending on durable goods, but both of these components of demand subsequently retreated sharply following a decline in asset prices. More recently, Japan’s economic growth has been substantially below the levels of earlier decades. The banking sector has continued to suffer from non-performing loans and the economy generally has been subject to deflationary pressures. Many Japanese banks have required public funds to avert insolvency, and large amounts of bad debt have prevented banks from expanding their loan portfolios despite low discount rates. In 2003, Japan’s Financial Services Agency established the Industrial Revitalization Corporation Japan (“IRCJ”) to assist in cleaning up the non-performing loans of the Japanese banking sector; the IRCJ completed its mandate and was dissolved in 2007.

Like many European countries, Japan is experiencing a deterioration of its competitiveness. Factors contributing to this include high wages, a generous pension and universal health care system, an aging populace and structural rigidities. Japan is reforming its political process and deregulating its economy to address this situation. Among other things, the Japanese labor market is moving from a system of lifetime company employment in response to the need for increased labor mobility, and corporate governance systems are being introduced to new accounting rules, decision-making mechanisms and managerial incentives. Internal conflict over the proper way to reform the financial system will continue as Japan Post’s banking, insurance and delivery service undergoes privatization between 2007 and 2017. Japan’s huge government debt, which currently exceeds 230% of its GDP, is also a major long-run problem.

The conservative Liberal Democratic Party has been in power since 1955, except for a short-lived coalition government formed from opposition parties in 1993 following the economic crisis of 1990-1992. Former Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi focused on stabilizing the Japanese banking system to allow for sustained economic recovery. Current Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, was elected in September 2006 and reelected in December 2012, has placed reformers on the Council of Economic and Fiscal Policy and indicated an interest in foreign policy. After his recent reelection, he has focused on Japan’s economy, undertaking a fiscal stimulus, more aggressive monetary easing from the Bank of Japan, and structural reforms aimed at increasing Japan’s competitiveness. However, these implementations are still in very early stages so the ultimate success of this strategy remains uncertain. Future political developments may lead to changes in policy that might adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s investments.

 

B-24


Japan’s heavy dependence on international trade has been adversely affected by trade tariffs and other protectionist measures as well as the economic condition of its trading partners. While Japan subsidizes its agricultural industry, only a small percentage of its land is suitable for cultivation and the country must import the majority of its requirements for grains (other than rice) and fodder crops. In addition, its export industry, its most important economic sector, depends on imported raw materials and fuels, including iron ore, copper, oil and many forest products. As a result, Japan is sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. Japan’s high volume of exports, such as automobiles, machine tools and semiconductors, has caused trade tensions, particularly with the United States. Some trade agreements, however, have been implemented to reduce these tensions and members of the Council on Economic and Fiscal Policy have indicated an interest in seeking more free trade agreements. The relaxing of official and de facto barriers to imports, or hardships created by any pressures brought by trading partners, could adversely affect Japan’s economy. A substantial rise in world oil or commodity prices could also have a negative effect. The Japanese yen has fluctuated widely during recent periods. A weak yen is disadvantageous to U.S. shareholders investing in yen-denominated securities. A strong yen, however, could be an impediment to strong continued exports and economic recovery, because it makes Japanese goods sold in other countries more expensive and reduces the value of foreign earnings repatriated to Japan. Because the Japanese economy is so dependent on exports, any fall-off in exports may be seen as a sign of economic weakness, which may adversely affect the market.

Reporting, accounting, and auditing practices for the Japanese market are similar to those in the United States, for the most part, with certain exceptions. In particular, the Japanese government does not require companies to provide the same depth and frequency of disclosure required by U.S. law.

Geologically, Japan is located in a volatile area of the world, and has historically been vulnerable to earthquakes, volcanoes and other natural disasters. As demonstrated by the Kobe earthquake in January of 1995, in which 5,000 people were killed and billions of dollars of damage was sustained, these natural disasters can be significant enough to affect the country’s economy. In 2011, Japan was struck by a 9.0 magnitude earthquake and the resulting tsunami, causing major damage along the coast and to the nuclear power plants in the region. This disaster caused enormous economic distress. The risks of these types of natural disasters continue to exist.

Investing in Russia.  In addition to the risks listed above under “Foreign Securities” and “Investing in Emerging Countries,” investing in Russia presents additional risks. Investing in Russian securities is highly speculative and involves significant risks and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities markets of the U.S. and most other developed countries. Over the past century, Russia has experienced political, social and economic turbulence and has endured decades of communist rule under which tens of millions of its citizens were collectivized into state agricultural and industrial enterprises. Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, Russia’s government has been faced with the daunting task of stabilizing its domestic economy, while transforming it into a modern and efficient structure able to compete in international markets and respond to the needs of its citizens. However, to date, many of the country’s economic reform initiatives have floundered as the proceeds of International Monetary Fund and other economic assistance have been squandered or stolen. In this environment, there is always the risk that the nation’s government will abandon the current program of economic reform and replace it with radically different political and economic policies that would be detrimental to the interests of foreign investors. This could entail a return to a centrally planned economy and nationalization of private enterprises similar to what existed under the old Soviet Union.

Many of Russia’s businesses have failed to mobilize the available factors of production because the country’s privatization program virtually ensured the predominance of the old management teams that are largely non-market-oriented in their management approach. Poor accounting standards, inept management, pervasive corruption, insider trading and crime, and inadequate regulatory protection for the rights of investors all pose a significant risk, particularly to foreign investors. In addition, there is the risk that the Russian tax system will not be reformed to prevent inconsistent, retroactive, and/or exorbitant taxation, or, in the alternative, the risk that a reformed tax system may result in the inconsistent and unpredictable enforcement of the new tax laws.

Compared to most national stock markets, the Russian securities market suffers from a variety of problems not encountered in more developed markets. There is little long-term historical data on the Russian securities market because it is relatively new and a substantial proportion of securities transactions in Russia are privately negotiated outside of stock exchanges. The inexperience of the Russian securities market and the limited volume of trading in securities in the market may make obtaining accurate prices on portfolio securities from independent sources more

 

B-25


difficult than in more developed markets. Additionally, because of less stringent auditing and financial reporting standards that apply to U.S. companies, there is little solid corporate information available to investors. As a result, it may be difficult to assess the value or prospects of an investment in Russian companies. Stocks of Russian companies also may experience greater price volatility than stocks of U.S. companies.

Because of the recent formation of the Russian securities market as well as the underdeveloped state of the banking and telecommunications systems, settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to significant risks. Ownership of shares (except where shares are held through depositories that meet the requirements of the Act) is defined according to entries in the company’s share register and normally evidenced by extracts from the register or by formal share certificates. However, these services are carried out by the companies themselves or by registrars located throughout Russia. These registrars are not necessarily subject to effective state supervision nor are they licensed with any governmental entity, and it is possible for an Underlying Fund to lose its registration through fraud, negligence, or even mere oversight. While an Underlying Fund may endeavor to ensure that its interest continues to be appropriately recorded either itself or through a custodian or other agent inspecting the share register and by obtaining extracts of share registers through regular confirmations, these extracts have no legal enforceability and it is possible that subsequent illegal amendment or other fraudulent act may deprive the Underlying Fund of its ownership rights or improperly dilute its interests. In addition, while applicable Russian regulations impose liability on registrars for losses resulting from their errors, it may be difficult for an Underlying Fund to enforce any rights it may have against the registrar or issuer of the securities in the event of loss of share registration. Furthermore, significant delays or problems may occur in registering the transfer of securities, which could cause an Underlying Fund to incur losses due to a counterparty’s failure to pay for securities the Underlying Fund has delivered or the Underlying Fund’s inability to complete its contractual obligations because of theft or other reasons. An Underlying Fund also may experience difficulty in obtaining and/or enforcing judgments in Russia. In 2013, Russia implemented the National Settlement Depository (NSD) as a recognized central securities depository (CSD). Title to Russian equities is now based on the records of the Depository rather than the registrars. The implementation of the NSD is expected to enhance the efficiency and transparency of the Russian securities market and decrease risk of loss in connection with recording and transferring title to securities.

The Russian economy is heavily dependent upon the export of a range of commodities including most industrial metals, forestry products, oil, and gas. Accordingly, it is strongly affected by international commodity prices and is particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products.

Foreign investors also face a high degree of currency risk when investing in Russian securities and a lack of available currency hedging instruments. In a surprise move in August 1998, Russia devalued the ruble, defaulted on short-term domestic bonds, and imposed a moratorium on the repayment of its international debt and the restructuring of the repayment terms. These actions have negatively affected Russian borrowers’ ability to access international capital markets and have had a damaging impact on the Russian economy. In light of these and other government actions, foreign investors face the possibility of further devaluations. In addition, there is the risk that the government may impose capital controls on foreign portfolio investments in the event of extreme financial or political crisis. Such capital controls would prevent the sale of a portfolio of foreign assets and the repatriation of investment income and capital.

Russia’s government has begun to take bolder steps, including use of the military, to re-assert its regional geo-political influence. These steps may increase tensions between its neighbors and Western countries, which may adversely affect its economic growth. These developments may continue for some time and create uncertainty in the region. Russia’s actions have induced the United States and other countries to impose economic sanctions and may result in additional sanctions in the future. Such sanctions, which impact many sectors of the Russian economy, may cause a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities and adversely affect the performance of the Underlying Fund or make it difficult for the Underlying Fund to achieve its investment objectives. In certain instances, sanctions could prohibit an Underlying Fund from buying or selling Russian securities, rendering any such securities held by the Underlying Fund unmarketable for an indefinite period of time. In addition, such sanctions, and the Russian government’s response, could result in a downgrade in Russia’s credit rating, devaluation of its currency and/or increased volatility with respect to Russian securities.

 

B-26


Investing in the United Kingdom. The economies of the United Kingdom may be significantly affected by the economies of other European countries. Europe includes both developed and emerging economies. Most developed countries in Western Europe are members of the EU, and many are also members of the EMU. The EMU requires compliance with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, and debt levels, and the tight fiscal and monetary controls necessary to join the EMU may significantly affect every country in Europe. Many Eastern European countries continue to move toward market economies. However, Eastern European markets remain relatively undeveloped and can be particularly sensitive to political and economic developments.

The United Kingdom is Europe’s largest equity market in terms of aggregate market capitalization. Despite having a great deal of common purpose and common concepts, the accounting principles in the United Kingdom and the U.S. can lead to markedly different financial statements. In the global market for capital, investors may want to know about a company’s results and financial position under their own principles. This is particularly so in the U.S. capital markets. The overriding requirement for a United Kingdom company’s financial statements is that they give a “true and fair” view. Accounting standards are an authoritative source as to what is and is not a true and fair view, but do not define it unequivocally. Ad hoc adaptations to specific circumstances may be required. In the U.S., financial statements are more conformed because they must be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The British economy relies heavily on the export of financial services to the United States and other European countries. As a result, any decline in the financial services sector may have a negative impact on the British economy.

The United Kingdom’s chief industries are machine tools, electric power equipment, automation equipment, railroad equipment, shipbuilding, aircraft, motor vehicles and parts, electronics and communications equipment, metals, chemicals, coal, petroleum, paper and paper products, food processing, textiles, clothing and other consumer goods. The United Kingdom’s chief imports consist of manufactured goods, machinery, fuels and foodstuffs. Chief exports consist of manufactured goods, fuels, chemicals, food, beverages and tobacco.

In the past, the United Kingdom has been the target of acts of terrorism. Any acts of terrorism in the United Kingdom or against British interests abroad may cause uncertainty in the British financial markets and adversely affect the value of the Underlying Funds.

Restrictions on Investment and Repatriation. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investments by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals. Repatriation of investment income and capital from certain emerging countries is subject to certain governmental consents. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect the operation of an Underlying Fund.

Sovereign Debt Obligations. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including an Underlying Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental agencies.

 

B-27


Emerging country governmental issuers are among the largest debtors to commercial banks, foreign governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. Certain emerging country governmental issuers have not been able to make payments of interest on or principal of debt obligations as those payments have come due. Obligations arising from past restructuring agreements may affect the economic performance and political and social stability of those issuers.

The ability of emerging country governmental issuers to make timely payments on their obligations is likely to be influenced strongly by the issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, and its access to international credits and investments. An emerging country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international prices of one or more of those commodities. Increased protectionism on the part of an emerging country’s trading partners could also adversely affect the country’s exports and tarnish its trade account surplus, if any. To the extent that emerging countries receive payment for their exports in currencies other than dollars or non-emerging country currencies, the emerging country issuer’s ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars or non-emerging market currencies could be affected.

To the extent that an emerging country cannot generate a trade surplus, it must depend on continuing loans from foreign governments, multilateral organizations or private commercial banks, aid payments from foreign governments and on inflows of foreign investment. The access of emerging countries to these forms of external funding may not be certain, and a withdrawal of external funding could adversely affect the capacity of emerging country governmental issuers to make payments on their obligations. In addition, the cost of servicing emerging country debt obligations can be affected by a change in international interest rates since the majority of these obligations carry interest rates that are adjusted periodically based upon international rates.

Another factor bearing on the ability of emerging countries to repay debt obligations is the level of international reserves of a country. Fluctuations in the level of these reserves affect the amount of foreign exchange readily available for external debt payments and thus could have a bearing on the capacity of emerging countries to make payments on these debt obligations.

As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, an Underlying Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under the commercial bank loan agreements.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

Certain Underlying Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes and to seek to protect against anticipated changes in future foreign currency exchange rates. Certain Underlying Funds may also enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to seek to increase total return. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades.

At the maturity of a forward contract an Underlying Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing purchase transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing purchase transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

An Underlying Fund may, from time to time, engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between an Underlying Fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to pay the other party the amount that it would have cost based on current market rates as of the termination date to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed upon future date. If the counterparty defaults, the Underlying Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but the Underlying Fund may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions. Such non-deliverable forward transactions will be settled in cash.

 

B-28


An Underlying Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in several circumstances. First, when an Underlying Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated or quoted in a foreign currency, or when an Underlying Fund anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on such a security which it holds, the Underlying Fund may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying transactions, an Underlying Fund may attempt to protect itself against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Additionally, certain Underlying Funds may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures. Using forward contracts to protect the value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which an Underlying Fund can achieve at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of an Underlying Fund’s foreign assets.

Certain Underlying Funds may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency. In addition, certain Underlying Funds may enter into foreign currency transactions to seek a closer correlation between an Underlying Fund’s overall currency exposure and the currency exposure of the Underlying Fund’s performance benchmark. Certain Underlying Funds will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year.

While an Underlying Fund may enter into forward contracts to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain other risks. Thus, while an Underlying Fund may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Underlying Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between an Underlying Fund’s portfolio holdings of securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by such Underlying Fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause an Underlying Fund to sustain losses which will prevent the Underlying Fund from achieving a complete hedge or expose the Underlying Fund to risk of foreign exchange loss.

Certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts and other currency transactions are not exchange traded or cleared. Markets for trading such foreign forward currency contracts offer less protection against defaults than is available when trading in currency instruments on an exchange. Such forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to the contract will default on its obligations. Because these contracts are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on a contract would deprive an Underlying Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Underlying Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. In addition, the institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity.

Forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Because a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on the contract would deprive an Underlying Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Underlying Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. Certain Underlying Funds may not enter into such transactions unless the Underlying Fund considers the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the counterparty to be investment grade. To the extent that a substantial portion of an Underlying Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Underlying Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Underlying Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

 

B-29


Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Certain Underlying Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write options on futures contracts and certain Underlying Funds may only enter into such transactions with respect to a representative index. Certain other Underlying Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities, securities indices, foreign currencies and other financial instruments and indices. An Underlying Fund may engage in futures and related options transactions, in order to seek to increase total return or to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities prices or, to the extent an Underlying Fund invests in foreign securities, currency exchange rates, or to otherwise manage its term structure, sector selection and duration in accordance with its investment objective and policies. Certain Underlying Funds may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to such contracts and options. Certain Underlying Funds may also use futures contracts and options on futures contracts to manage the Underlying Funds’ target duration in accordance with their benchmark or benchmarks.

Futures contracts entered into by an Underlying Fund have historically been traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or, with respect to certain Underlying Funds, on foreign exchanges. More recently, certain futures may also be traded over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as derivatives transaction execution facilities, exempt boards of trade or electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC. Also, certain single stock futures and narrow based security index futures may be traded over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as contract markets, derivatives transaction execution facilities and electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by both the CFTC and the SEC or on foreign exchanges.

Neither the CFTC, National Futures Association (“NFA”), SEC nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign exchange or boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign exchange or board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, an Underlying Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on United States exchanges. In particular, persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. Similarly, these persons may not have the protection of the U.S. securities laws.

Futures Contracts . A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments or currencies for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, an Underlying Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising, an Underlying Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases. Similarly, certain Underlying Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts on a specified currency in order to seek to increase total return or to protect against changes in currency exchange rates. For example, certain Underlying Funds may purchase futures contracts on foreign currency to establish the price in U.S. dollars of a security quoted or denominated in such currency that such Underlying Fund has acquired or expects to acquire. In addition, certain Underlying Funds may enter into futures transactions to seek a closer correlation between the Underlying Funds’ overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of the Underlying Funds’ performance benchmark.

 

B-30


Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While an Underlying Fund may liquidate futures contracts on securities or currency in this manner, an Underlying Fund may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Underlying Fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities or currency are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

Hedging Strategies Using Futures Contracts . When an Underlying Fund uses futures for hedging purposes, the Underlying Fund may seek to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities (or securities that an Underlying Fund proposes to acquire) or the exchange rate of currencies in which portfolio securities are quoted or denominated. An Underlying Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by an Underlying Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities. Similarly, certain Underlying Funds may sell futures contracts on any currency in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated or sell futures contracts on one currency to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies. Certain Underlying Funds may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Underlying Fund may attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having the Underlying Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, an Underlying Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing such futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when an Underlying Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

Options on Futures Contracts . The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give an Underlying Fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, an Underlying Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of an Underlying Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, an Underlying Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. The writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that an Underlying Fund intends to purchase. However, an Underlying Fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by an Underlying Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. An Underlying Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same financial instrument. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An Underlying Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

 

B-31


Other Considerations . An Underlying Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options from transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in certain cases, require an Underlying Fund to identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options. An Underlying Fund may cover its transactions in futures contracts and related options by identifying on its books cash or liquid assets or by other means, in any manner permitted by applicable law. For more information about these practices, see “Description of Investment Securities and Practices – Asset Segregation.”

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance for an Underlying Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. When futures contracts and options are used for hedging purposes, perfect correlation between an Underlying Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions may be impossible to achieve, particularly where futures contracts based on individual equity or corporate fixed income securities are currently not available. In the event of imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and an Underlying Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

In addition, it is not possible for an Underlying Fund to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities quoted or denominated in foreign currencies because the value of such securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of independent factors unrelated to currency fluctuations.

Currency Swaps, Mortgage Swaps, Credit Swaps, Index Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Equity Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars

Certain Underlying Funds may enter currency, mortgage, credit, total return, index, equity, interest rate and other interest rate swap arrangements such as rate caps, floors and collars, for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. Certain Underlying Funds may also purchase and write (sell) options on swaps, commonly referred to as swaptions.

In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns, differentials in rates of return or some other amount earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or security, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Bilateral swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. Cleared swaps are transacted through FCMs that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as a central counterparty similar to transactions in futures contracts. Funds post initial and variation margin by making payments to their clearing member FCMs.

Currency swaps involve the exchange by an Underlying Fund with another party of their respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. Index swaps involve the exchange by an Underlying Fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount of a specified index or indices. Credit swaps (also referred to as credit default swaps) involve the exchange of a floating or fixed rate payments in return for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security, or pool of securities. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, as a total return swap where a counterparty may agree to pay an Underlying Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks (or a group of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In other cases, the counterparty and the Underlying Fund may each agree to pay the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or a group of stocks). Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by an Underlying Fund with another party of commitments to pay or receive interest payments for floating rate payments based on interest rates at specified intervals in the future. Two types of interest rate swaps include “fixed-for-floating rate swaps” and “basis swaps.” Fixed-for-floating rate swaps involve the exchange of payments based on a fixed interest rate for payments based on a floating interest rate index. By contrast, basis swaps involve the exchange of payments based on two different floating interest rate indices.

 

B-32


A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or modify an underlying swap or to modify the terms of an existing swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into or modify an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms, which generally entails a greater risk of loss than incurred in buying a swaption. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Since interest rate, mortgage and currency swaps and interest rate caps, floors and collars are individually negotiated, each Underlying Fund expects to achieve an acceptable degree of correlation between its portfolio investments and its swap, cap, floor and collar positions.

A great deal of flexibility may be possible in the way swap transactions are structured. However, generally an Underlying Fund will enter into interest rate, total return, credit, mortgage, equity and index swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Underlying Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate, total return, credit, index, equity and mortgage swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate, total return, credit, index, equity and mortgage swaps is normally limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Underlying Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an interest rate, total return, credit, index, equity or mortgage swap defaults, the Underlying Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of interest payments that the Underlying Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of a gross payment stream in one designated currency in exchange for the gross payment stream in another designated currency. Therefore, the entire payment stream under a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

A credit swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that may, or may not, be currently held by an Underlying Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. An Underlying Fund may be either the protection buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Underlying Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Underlying Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, an Underlying Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, an Underlying Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, an Underlying Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If a credit event occurs, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the Underlying Fund as seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Underlying Fund.

As a result of recent regulatory developments, certain standardized swaps are currently subject to mandatory central clearing and some of these cleared swaps must be traded on an exchange or swap execution facility (“SEF”). A SEF is a trading platform in which multiple market participants can execute swap transactions by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants on the platform. Transactions executed on a SEF may increase market transparency and liquidity but may cause an Underlying Fund to incur increased expenses to execute swaps. Central clearing should decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to bilateral swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap. However, central clearing does not

 

B-33


eliminate counterparty risk or illiquidity risk entirely. In addition, depending on the size of an Underlying Fund and other factors, the margin required under the rules of a clearinghouse and by a clearing member may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by the Underlying Fund to support its obligations under a similar bilateral swap. However, the CFTC and other applicable regulators have adopted rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps which may result in an Underlying Fund and its counterparties posting higher margin amounts for uncleared swaps. Requiring margin on uncleared swaps may reduce, but not eliminate, counterparty credit risk.

The use of interest rate, total return, mortgage, credit, index and currency swaps, as well as swaptions and interest rate caps, floors and collars is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Investing in swaps may adversely affect the investment performance of an Underlying Fund.

In addition, these transactions can involve greater risks than if an Underlying Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly because, in addition to general market risks, swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and pricing risk. Regulators also may impose limits on an entity’s or group of entities’ positions in certain swaps. However, certain risks are reduced (but not eliminated) if an Underlying Fund invests in cleared swaps. Because bilateral swap agreements are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap transactions these swaps may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, an Underlying Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Swaps and other derivatives may also be subject to pricing or “basis” risk, which exists when the price of a particular derivative diverges from the price of corresponding cash market instruments. Under certain market conditions it may not be economically feasible to imitate a transaction or liquidate a position in time to avoid a loss or take advantage of an opportunity. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

Certain rules also require centralized reporting of detailed information about many types of cleared and uncleared swaps. This information is available to regulators and, to a more limited extent and on an anonymous basis, to the public. Reporting of swap data may result in greater market transparency, which may be beneficial to funds that use swaps to implement trading strategies. However, these rules place potential additional administrative obligations on these funds, and the safeguards established to protect anonymity may not function as expected.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market.

Investment in Unseasoned Companies

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in companies (including predecessors) which have operated less than three years. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their being priced higher or lower than might otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other institutions, including Goldman Sachs. By lending its securities, an Underlying Fund attempts to increase its net investment income.

Securities loans are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, letters of credit or U.S. Government Securities equal to at least 100% of the value of the loaned securities. This collateral must be valued, or “marked to market,” daily. Borrowers are required to furnish additional collateral to the Underlying Fund as necessary to fully cover their obligations.

 

B-34


With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, an Underlying Fund may reinvest that cash in short-term investments and pay the borrower a pre-negotiated fee or “rebate” from any return earned on the investment. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and the Underlying Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment of the borrowed collateral. Cash collateral may be invested in, among other things, other registered or unregistered funds, including private investing funds or money market funds. If an Underlying Fund were to receive non-cash collateral, the Underlying Fund would receive a fee from the borrower equal to a negotiated percentage of the market value of the loaned securities.

For the duration of any securities loan, an Underlying Fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest, dividends or other distributions paid by the issuer on the loaned securities. An Underlying Fund will not have the right to vote its loaned securities during the period of the loan, but the Underlying Fund may attempt to recall a loaned security in anticipation of a material vote if it desires to do so. An Underlying Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions.

Securities lending involves certain risks. An Underlying Fund may lose money on its investment of cash collateral, resulting in a loss of principal, or may fail to earn sufficient income on its investment to cover the fee or rebate it has agreed to pay the borrower. The Underlying Fund may incur losses in connection with its securities lending activities that exceed the value of the interest income and fees received in connection with such transactions. Securities lending subjects an Underlying Fund to the risk of loss resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process, and to additional credit, counterparty and market risk. These risks could be greater with respect to non-U.S. securities. Engaging in securities lending could have a leveraging effect, which may intensify the other risks associated with investments in the Underlying Fund. In addition, an Underlying Fund bears the risk that the price of the securities on loan will increase while they are on loan, or that the price of the collateral will decline in value during the period of the loan, and that the counterparty will not provide, or will delay in providing, additional collateral. An Underlying Fund also bears the risk that a borrower may fail to return securities in a timely manner or at all, either because the borrower fails financially or for other reasons. If a borrower of securities fails financially, an Underlying Fund may also lose its rights in the collateral. An Underlying Fund could experience delays and costs in recovering loaned securities or in gaining access to and liquidating the collateral, which could result in actual financial loss and which could interfere with portfolio management decisions or the exercise of ownership rights in the loaned securities. If an Underlying Fund is not able to recover the securities lent, the Underlying Fund may sell the collateral and purchase replacement securities in the market. However, an Underlying Fund will incur transaction costs on the purchase of replacement securities. These events could trigger adverse tax consequences for an Underlying Fund. In determining whether to lend securities to a particular borrower, and throughout the period of the loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower will be considered and monitored. Loans will only be made to firms deemed to be of good standing, and where the consideration that can be earned currently from securities loans of this type is deemed to justify the attendant risk. It is intended that the value of securities loaned by an Underlying Fund will not exceed one-third of the value of an Underlying Fund’s total assets (including the loan collateral).

An Underlying Fund may consider the loaned securities as assets of the Underlying Fund, but may not consider any collateral as an Underlying Fund asset except when determining total assets for the purpose of the above one-third limitation.

For its services, the securities lending agent may receive a fee from an Underlying Fund, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Underlying Fund’s investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities.

Loan Participations

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in loan participations. A loan participation is an interest in a loan to a U.S. or foreign company or other borrower which is administered and sold by a financial intermediary. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, usually banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan.

 

B-35


Participation interests acquired by an Underlying Fund may take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a participation in the seller’s share of the loan. When an Underlying Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when an Underlying Fund acquires certain participation interests, an Underlying Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where an Underlying Fund lacks direct recourse, it will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In these cases, an Underlying Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if an Underlying Fund had purchased a direct obligation (such as commercial paper) of such borrower. For example, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporate borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the agent bank. Moreover, under the terms of the loan participation, an Underlying Fund may be regarded as a creditor of the agent bank (rather than of the underlying corporate borrower), so that an Underlying Fund may also be subject to the risk that the agent bank may become insolvent. The secondary market, if any, for these loan participations is limited and any loan participations purchased by an Underlying Fund will normally be regarded as illiquid.

Low Exercise Price Options

From time to time, certain Underlying Funds may use non-standard warrants, including low exercise price warrants or low exercise price options (“LEPOs”), to gain exposure to issuers in certain countries. LEPOs are different from standard warrants in that they do not give their holders the right to receive a security of the issuer upon exercise. Rather, LEPOs pay the holder the difference in price of the underlying security between the date the LEPO was purchased and the date it is sold. Additionally, LEPOs entail the same risks as other over-the-counter derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty or issuer of the LEPO may not be able to fulfill its obligations, that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected. Additionally, while LEPOs may be listed on an exchange, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist or that the counterparty or issuer of a LEPO will be willing to repurchase such instrument when the Underlying Fund wishes to sell it.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

Certain Underlying Funds may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which an Underlying Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar, but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, an Underlying Fund loses the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, an Underlying Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. All cash proceeds will be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for the applicable Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund will, until the settlement date, identify cash or liquid assets on its books, as permitted by applicable law, in an amount equal to its forward purchase price. For more information about these practices, see “Description of Investment Securities and Practices – Asset Segregation.”

For financial reporting and tax purposes, the Underlying Funds may treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale.

Mortgage dollar rolls involve certain risks including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom an Underlying Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Underlying Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the mortgage-related securities subject to the mortgage dollar roll may be restricted. Also the instrument which an Underlying Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument which the Underlying Fund originally held. For these reasons, there is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. The use of this technique may diminish the investment performance of an Underlying Fund compared to what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls.

 

B-36


Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in mortgage loans and mortgage pass-through securities and other securities representing an interest in or collateralized by adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans (“Mortgage-Backed Securities”).

Mortgage-Backed Securities are subject to both call risk and extension risk. Because of these risks, these securities can have significantly greater price and yield volatility than traditional fixed income securities.

General Characteristics of Mortgage Backed Securities.

In general, each mortgage pool underlying Mortgage-Backed Securities consists of mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on owner occupied and non-owner occupied one-unit to four-unit residential properties, multi-family (i.e., five-units or more) properties, agricultural properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties (the “Mortgaged Properties”). The Mortgaged Properties may consist of detached individual dwelling units, multi-family dwelling units, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, row houses, individual units in planned unit developments, other attached dwelling units (“Residential Mortgaged Properties”) or commercial properties, such as office properties, retail properties, hospitality properties, industrial properties, healthcare related properties or other types of income producing real property (“Commercial Mortgaged Properties”). Residential Mortgaged Properties may also include residential investment properties and second homes. In addition, the Mortgage-Backed Securities which are residential mortgage-backed securities may also consist of mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured entirely or in part by second priority mortgage liens on Residential Mortgaged Properties.

The investment characteristics of adjustable and fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities differ from those of traditional fixed income securities. The major differences include the payment of interest and principal on Mortgage-Backed Securities on a more frequent (usually monthly) schedule, and the possibility that principal may be prepaid at any time due to prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. These differences can result in significantly greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional fixed income securities. As a result, if an Underlying Fund purchases Mortgage-Backed Securities at a premium, a faster than expected prepayment rate will reduce both the market value and the yield to maturity from their anticipated levels. A prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect, increasing yield to maturity and market value. Conversely, if an Underlying Fund purchases Mortgage-Backed Securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce yield to maturity and market value. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in Mortgage-Backed Securities, Underlying Fund may seek to manage these potential risks by investing in a variety of Mortgage-Backed Securities and by using certain hedging techniques.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors (such as changes in mortgagor housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagor equity in the mortgage properties and servicing decisions). The timing and level of prepayments cannot be predicted. A predominant factor affecting the prepayment rate on a pool of mortgage loans is the difference between the interest rates on outstanding mortgage loans and prevailing mortgage loan interest rates (giving consideration to the cost of any refinancing). Generally, prepayments on mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling mortgage interest rates and decrease during a period of rising mortgage interest rates. Accordingly, the amounts of prepayments available for reinvestment by an Underlying Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining mortgage interest rates. If general interest rates decline, such prepayments are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than an Underlying Fund was earning on the Mortgage-Backed Securities that were prepaid. Due to these factors, Mortgage-Backed Securities may be less effective than U.S. Treasury and other types of debt securities of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Because an Underlying Fund’s investments in Mortgage-Backed Securities are interest-rate sensitive, an Underlying Fund’s performance will depend in part upon the ability of the Underlying Fund to anticipate and respond to fluctuations in market interest rates and to utilize appropriate strategies to maximize returns to the Underlying Fund, while attempting to minimize the associated risks to its investment capital. Prepayments may have a disproportionate effect on certain Mortgage-Backed Securities and other multiple class pass-through securities, which are discussed below.

 

B-37


The rate of interest paid on Mortgage-Backed Securities is normally lower than the rate of interest paid on the mortgages included in the underlying pool due to (among other things) the fees paid to any servicer, special servicer and trustee for the trust fund which holds the mortgage pool, other costs and expenses of such trust fund, fees paid to any guarantor, such as Ginnie Mae (as defined below) or to any credit enhancers, mortgage pool insurers, bond insurers and/or hedge providers, and due to any yield retained by the issuer. Actual yield to the holder may vary from the coupon rate, even if adjustable, if the Mortgage-Backed Securities are purchased or traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount. In addition, there is normally some delay between the time the issuer receives mortgage payments from the servicer and the time the issuer (or the trustee of the trust fund which holds the mortgage pool) makes the payments on the Mortgage-Backed Securities, and this delay reduces the effective yield to the holder of such securities.

The issuers of certain mortgage-backed obligations may elect to have the pool of mortgage loans (or indirect interests in mortgage loans) underlying the securities treated as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”), which is subject to special federal income tax rules. A description of the types of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest is provided below. The descriptions are general and summary in nature, and do not detail every possible variation of the types of securities that are permissible investments for these Underlying Funds.

Certain General Characteristics of Mortgage Loans

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (“ARMs”) . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in ARMs. ARMs generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time. Thereafter, the interest rates (the “Mortgage Interest Rates”) may be subject to periodic adjustment based on changes in the applicable index rate (the “Index Rate”). The adjusted rate would be equal to the Index Rate plus a fixed percentage spread over the Index Rate established for each ARM at the time of its origination. ARMs allow an Underlying Fund to participate in increases in interest rates through periodic increases in the securities coupon rates. During periods of declining interest rates, coupon rates may readjust downward resulting in lower yields to an Underlying Fund.

Adjustable interest rates can cause payment increases that some mortgagors may find difficult to make. However, certain ARMs may provide that the Mortgage Interest Rate may not be adjusted to a rate above an applicable lifetime maximum rate or below an applicable lifetime minimum rate for such ARM. Certain ARMs may also be subject to limitations on the maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate may adjust for any single adjustment period (the “Maximum Adjustment”). Other ARMs (“Negatively Amortizing ARMs”) may provide instead or as well for limitations on changes in the monthly payment on such ARMs. Limitations on monthly payments can result in monthly payments which are greater or less than the amount necessary to amortize a Negatively Amortizing ARM by its maturity at the Mortgage Interest Rate in effect in any particular month. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on a Negatively Amortizing ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the loan, causing negative amortization, and will be repaid through future monthly payments. It may take borrowers under Negatively Amortizing ARMs longer periods of time to build up equity and may increase the likelihood of default by such borrowers. In the event that a monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate and the principal payment which would have been necessary to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess (or “accelerated amortization”) further reduces the principal balance of the ARM. Negatively Amortizing ARMs do not provide for the extension of their original maturity to accommodate changes in their Mortgage Interest Rate. As a result, unless there is a periodic recalculation of the payment amount (which there generally is), the final payment may be substantially larger than the other payments. After the expiration of the initial fixed rate period and upon the periodic recalculation of the payment to cause timely amortization of the related mortgage loan, the monthly payment on such mortgage loan may increase substantially which may, in turn, increase the risk of the borrower defaulting in respect of such mortgage loan. These limitations on periodic increases in interest rates and on changes in monthly payments protect borrowers from unlimited interest rate and payment increases, but may result in increased credit exposure and prepayment risks for lenders. When interest due on a mortgage loan is added to the principal balance of such mortgage loan, the related mortgaged property provides proportionately less security for the repayment of such mortgage loan. Therefore, if the related borrower defaults on such mortgage loan, there is a greater likelihood that a loss will be incurred upon any liquidation of the mortgaged property which secures such mortgage loan.

 

B-38


ARMs also have the risk of prepayment. The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years. The value of Mortgage-Backed Securities collateralized by ARMs is less likely to rise during periods of declining interest rates than the value of fixed-rate securities during such periods. Accordingly, ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal repayments in a declining interest rate environment resulting in lower yields to an Underlying Fund. For example, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates (than if prevailing interest rates remain constant or increase) because the availability of low fixed-rate mortgages may encourage mortgagors to refinance their ARMs to “lock-in” a fixed-rate mortgage. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of ARMs will lag behind changes in the market rate. ARMs are also typically subject to maximum increases and decreases in the interest rate adjustment which can be made on any one adjustment date, in any one year, or during the life of the security. In the event of dramatic increases or decreases in prevailing market interest rates, the value of an Underlying Fund’s investment in ARMs may fluctuate more substantially because these limits may prevent the security from fully adjusting its interest rate to the prevailing market rates. As with fixed-rate mortgages, ARM prepayment rates vary in both stable and changing interest rate environments.

There are two main categories of indices which provide the basis for rate adjustments on ARMs: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Indices commonly used for this purpose include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. The degree of volatility in the market value of ARMs in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio and, therefore, in the NAV of the Underlying Fund’s shares, will be a function of the length of the interest rate reset periods and the degree of volatility in the applicable indices.

Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans . Generally, fixed-rate mortgage loans included in mortgage pools (the “Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans”) will bear simple interest at fixed annual rates and have original terms to maturity ranging from 5 to 40 years. Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans generally provide for monthly payments of principal and interest in substantially equal installments for the term of the mortgage note in sufficient amounts to fully amortize principal by maturity, although certain Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loans provide for a large final “balloon” payment upon maturity.

Certain Legal Considerations of Mortgage Loans . The following is a discussion of certain legal and regulatory aspects of the mortgage loans in which an Underlying Fund may invest. This discussion is not exhaustive, and does not address all of the legal or regulatory aspects affecting mortgage loans. These regulations may impair the ability of a mortgage lender to enforce its rights under the mortgage documents. These regulations may also adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s investments in Mortgage-Backed Securities (including those issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) by delaying the Underlying Fund’s receipt of payments derived from principal or interest on mortgage loans affected by such regulations.

 

1.

Foreclosure . A foreclosure of a defaulted mortgage loan may be delayed due to compliance with statutory notice or service of process provisions, difficulties in locating necessary parties or legal challenges to the mortgagee’s right to foreclose. Depending upon market conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of foreclosed property may not equal the amounts owed on the Mortgage-Backed Securities. Furthermore, courts in some cases have imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure generally designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect of default and have required lenders to undertake affirmative and expensive actions to determine the causes for the default and the likelihood of loan reinstatement.

 

2.

Rights of Redemption . In some states, after foreclosure of a mortgage loan, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory period in which to redeem the property, which right may diminish the mortgagee’s ability to sell the property.

 

B-39


3.

Legislative Limitations . In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured mortgage lender to enforce its security interest. For example, a bankruptcy court may grant the debtor a reasonable time to cure a default on a mortgage loan, including a payment default. The court in certain instances may also reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage loan, change the rate of interest, reduce the principal balance of the loan to the then-current appraised value of the related mortgaged property, alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule and grant priority of certain liens over the lien of the mortgage loan. If a court relieves a borrower’s obligation to repay amounts otherwise due on a mortgage loan, the mortgage loan servicer will not be required to advance such amounts, and any loss may be borne by the holders of securities backed by such loans. In addition, numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose penalties for failure to comply with specific requirements in connection with origination and servicing of mortgage loans.

 

4.

“Due-on-Sale” Provisions . Fixed-rate mortgage loans may contain a so-called “due-on-sale” clause permitting acceleration of the maturity of the mortgage loan if the borrower transfers the property. The Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 sets forth nine specific instances in which no mortgage lender covered by that Act may exercise a “due-on-sale” clause upon a transfer of property. The inability to enforce a “due-on-sale” clause or the lack of such a clause in mortgage loan documents may result in a mortgage loan being assumed by a purchaser of the property that bears an interest rate below the current market rate.

 

5.

Usury Laws . Some states prohibit charging interest on mortgage loans in excess of statutory limits. If such limits are exceeded, substantial penalties may be incurred and, in some cases, enforceability of the obligation to pay principal and interest may be affected.

 

6.

Recent Governmental Action, Legislation and Regulation . The rise in the rate of foreclosures of properties in certain states or localities has resulted in legislative, regulatory and enforcement action in such states or localities seeking to prevent or restrict foreclosures, particularly in respect of residential mortgage loans. Actions have also been brought against issuers and underwriters of residential Mortgage-Backed Securities collateralized by such residential mortgage loans and investors in such residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. Legislative or regulatory initiatives by federal, state or local legislative bodies or administrative agencies, if enacted or adopted, could delay foreclosure or the exercise of other remedies, provide new defenses to foreclosure, or otherwise impair the ability of the loan servicer to foreclose or realize on a defaulted residential mortgage loan included in a pool of residential mortgage loans backing such residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. While the nature or extent of limitations on foreclosure or exercise of other remedies that may be enacted cannot be predicted, any such governmental actions that interfere with the foreclosure process could increase the costs of such foreclosures or exercise of other remedies in respect of residential mortgage loans which collateralize Mortgage-Backed Securities held by an Underlying Fund, delay the timing or reduce the amount of recoveries on defaulted residential mortgage loans which collateralize Mortgage-Backed Securities held by an Underlying Fund, and consequently, could adversely impact the yields and distributions an Underlying Fund may receive in respect of its ownership of Mortgage-Backed Securities collateralized by residential mortgage loans. For example, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009 authorized bankruptcy courts to assist bankrupt borrowers by restructuring residential mortgage loans secured by a lien on the borrower’s primary residence. Bankruptcy judges are permitted to reduce the interest rate of the bankrupt borrower’s residential mortgage loan, extend its term to maturity to up to 40 years or take other actions to reduce the borrower’s monthly payment. As a result, the value of, and the cash flows in respect of, the Mortgage-Backed Securities collateralized by these residential mortgage loans may be adversely impacted, and, as a consequence, an Underlying Fund’s investment in such Mortgage-Backed Securities could be adversely impacted. Other federal legislation, including the Home Affordability Modification Program (“ HAMP ”), encourages servicers to modify residential mortgage loans that are either already in default or are at risk of imminent default. Furthermore, HAMP provides incentives for servicers to modify residential mortgage loans that are contractually current. This program, as well other legislation and/or governmental intervention designed to protect consumers, may have an adverse impact on servicers of residential mortgage loans by increasing costs and expenses of these servicers while at the same time decreasing servicing cash flows. Such increased financial pressures may have a negative effect on the ability of servicers to pursue collection on residential mortgage loans that are experiencing increased delinquencies and defaults and to maximize recoveries on the sale of underlying residential mortgaged properties following foreclosure. Other legislative or regulatory actions include insulation of servicers from

 

B-40


  liability for modification of residential mortgage loans without regard to the terms of the applicable servicing agreements. The foregoing legislation and current and future governmental regulation activities may have the effect of reducing returns to an Underlying Fund to the extent it has invested in Mortgage-Backed Securities collateralized by these residential mortgage loans.

Government Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities . There are several types of government guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities currently available, including guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities, which include guaranteed Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit Certificates (“REMIC Certificates”), other collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. An Underlying Fund is permitted to invest in other types of Mortgage-Backed Securities that may be available in the future to the extent consistent with its investment policies and objective.

An Underlying Fund’s investments in Mortgage-Backed Securities may include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which means that the U.S. Government guarantees that the interest and principal will be paid when due. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, and as a result, they have historically been viewed by the market as high quality securities with low credit risks. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities and the liquidity and value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio.

There is risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. An Underlying Fund may purchase U.S. Government Securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government Securities held by an Underlying Fund may greatly exceed such issuers’ current resources, including such issuers’ legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Below is a general discussion of certain types of guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest.

 

   

Ginnie Mae Certificates . Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. In order to meet its obligations under any guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the United States Treasury in an unlimited amount. The National Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae of amounts due on Ginnie Mae certificates.

 

   

Fannie Mae Certificates . Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an act of the United States Congress. Generally, Fannie Mae Certificates are issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae and represent an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans (a “Pool”) formed by Fannie Mae. A Pool consists of residential mortgage loans either previously owned by Fannie Mae or purchased by it in connection with the formation of the Pool. The mortgage loans may be either conventional mortgage loans (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. Government agency) or mortgage loans that are either insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. However, the mortgage loans in Fannie Mae Pools are primarily conventional mortgage loans. The lenders originating and servicing the mortgage loans are subject to certain eligibility requirements established by Fannie Mae.

 

B-41


 

Fannie Mae has certain contractual responsibilities. With respect to each Pool, Fannie Mae is obligated to distribute scheduled installments of principal and interest after Fannie Mae’s servicing and guaranty fee, whether or not received, to Certificate holders. Fannie Mae also is obligated to distribute to holders of Certificates an amount equal to the full principal balance of any foreclosed mortgage loan, whether or not such principal balance is actually recovered. The obligations of Fannie Mae under its guaranty of the Fannie Mae Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae. See “Certain Additional Information with Respect to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae” below.

 

   

Freddie Mac Certificates . Freddie Mac is a publicly held U.S. Government sponsored enterprise. A principal activity of Freddie Mac currently is the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential and multifamily mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and their resale in the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac Certificates. A Freddie Mac Certificate represents a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans or participations in mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate (whether or not received on the underlying loans). Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered Certificate holder ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guaranty of Freddie Mac Certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac. See “Certain Additional Information with Respect to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae” below.

The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of up to forty years. These mortgage loans are usually secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Conventional Mortgage Loans . The conventional mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans normally with original terms to maturity of between five and thirty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Certain Additional Information with Respect to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae . The volatility and disruption that impacted the capital and credit markets during late 2008 and into 2009 have led to increased market concerns about Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s ability to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees, without the direct support of the federal government. On September 6, 2008, both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). Under the plan of conservatorship, the FHFA has assumed control of, and generally has the power to direct, the operations of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and is empowered to exercise all powers collectively held by their respective shareholders, directors and officers, including the power to (1) take over the assets of and operate Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae with all the powers of the shareholders, the directors, and the officers of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and conduct all business of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (2) collect all obligations and money due to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (3) perform all functions of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae which are consistent with the conservator’s appointment; (4) preserve and conserve the assets and property of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; and (5) contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action or duty of the conservator. In addition, in connection with the actions taken by the FHFA, the U.S. Treasury entered into certain preferred stock purchase agreements with each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae which established the U.S. Treasury

 

B-42


as the holder of a new class of senior preferred stock in each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which stock was issued in connection with financial contributions from the U.S. Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The conditions attached to the financial contribution made by the U.S. Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the issuance of this senior preferred stock placed significant restrictions on the activities of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae must obtain the consent of the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. In addition, significant restrictions were placed on the maximum size of each of Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s respective portfolios of mortgages and Mortgage-Backed Securities, and the purchase agreements entered into by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. On June 16, 2010, FHFA ordered Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s stock de-listed from the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) after the price of common stock in Fannie Mae fell below the NYSE minimum average closing price of $1 for more than 30 days.

The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the U.S. Treasury, market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any Mortgage-Backed Securities guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, including any such Mortgage-Backed Securities held by an Underlying Fund.

Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in privately issued Mortgage-Backed Securities. Privately issued Mortgage-Backed Securities are generally backed by pools of conventional (i.e., non-government guaranteed or insured) mortgage loans. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations will generally make representations and warranties to certificate-holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate-holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer generally will be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate-holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in both government guaranteed and privately issued mortgage pass-through securities (“Mortgage Pass-Throughs”) that are fixed or adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities which provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees or other amounts paid to any guarantor, administrator and/or servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations will generally make representations and warranties to certificate-holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate-holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer generally may be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate-holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer.

 

B-43


The following discussion describes certain aspects of only a few of the wide variety of structures of Mortgage Pass-Throughs that are available or may be issued.

General Description of Certificates . Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be issued in one or more classes of senior certificates and one or more classes of subordinate certificates. Each such class may bear a different pass-through rate. Generally, each certificate will evidence the specified interest of the holder thereof in the payments of principal or interest or both in respect of the mortgage pool comprising part of the trust fund for such certificates.

Any class of certificates may also be divided into subclasses entitled to varying amounts of principal and interest. If a REMIC election has been made, certificates of such subclasses may be entitled to payments on the basis of a stated principal balance and stated interest rate, and payments among different subclasses may be made on a sequential, concurrent, pro rata or disproportionate basis, or any combination thereof. The stated interest rate on any such subclass of certificates may be a fixed rate or one which varies in direct or inverse relationship to an objective interest index.

Generally, each registered holder of a certificate will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of monthly distributions of all or a portion of principal of the underlying mortgage loans or of interest on the principal balances thereof, which accrues at the applicable mortgage pass-through rate, or both. The difference between the mortgage interest rate and the related mortgage pass-through rate (less the amount, if any, of retained yield) with respect to each mortgage loan will generally be paid to the servicer as a servicing fee. Because certain adjustable rate mortgage loans included in a mortgage pool may provide for deferred interest (i.e., negative amortization), the amount of interest actually paid by a mortgagor in any month may be less than the amount of interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage loan during the relevant period at the applicable mortgage interest rate. In such event, the amount of interest that is treated as deferred interest will generally be added to the principal balance of the related mortgage loan and will be distributed pro rata to certificate-holders as principal of such mortgage loan when paid by the mortgagor in subsequent monthly payments or at maturity.

Ratings . The ratings assigned by a rating organization to Mortgage Pass-Throughs generally address the likelihood of the receipt of distributions on the underlying mortgage loans by the related certificate-holders under the agreements pursuant to which such certificates are issued. A rating organization’s ratings normally take into consideration the credit quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required by such certificates. A rating organization’s ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related mortgage loans. In addition, the rating assigned by a rating organization to a certificate may not address the possibility that, in the event of the insolvency of the issuer of certificates where a subordinated interest was retained, the issuance and sale of the senior certificates may be recharacterized as a financing and, as a result of such recharacterization, payments on such certificates may be affected. A rating organization may downgrade or withdraw a rating assigned by it to any Mortgage Pass-Through at any time, and no assurance can be made that any ratings on any Mortgage Pass-Throughs included in an Underlying Fund will be maintained, or that if such ratings are assigned, they will not be downgraded or withdrawn by the assigning rating organization.

In the past, rating agencies have placed on credit watch or downgraded the ratings previously assigned to a large number of mortgage-backed securities (which may include certain of the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which certain Underlying Funds may have invested or may in the future be invested), and may continue to do so in the future. In the event that any Mortgage-Backed Security held by an Underlying Fund is placed on credit watch or downgraded, the value of such Mortgage-Backed Security may decline and the Underlying Fund may consequently experience losses in respect of such Mortgage-Backed Security.

Credit Enhancement . Mortgage pools created by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher yield than government and government-related pools because of the absence of direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, Mortgage Pass-Throughs may contain elements of credit support. Credit support falls generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pools of mortgages, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof, to ensure, subject to certain limitations, that scheduled payments

 

B-44


on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such credit support can be provided by, among other things, payment guarantees, letters of credit, pool insurance, subordination, or any combination thereof.

Subordination; Shifting of Interest; Reserve Fund . In order to achieve ratings on one or more classes of Mortgage Pass-Throughs, one or more classes of certificates may be subordinate certificates which provide that the rights of the subordinate certificate-holders to receive any or a specified portion of distributions with respect to the underlying mortgage loans may be subordinated to the rights of the senior certificate holders. If so structured, the subordination feature may be enhanced by distributing to the senior certificate-holders on certain distribution dates, as payment of principal, a specified percentage (which generally declines over time) of all principal payments received during the preceding prepayment period (“shifting interest credit enhancement”). This will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the senior certificates while increasing the interest in the trust fund evidenced by the subordinate certificates. Increasing the interest of the subordinate certificates relative to that of the senior certificates is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the subordinate certificates. In addition, because the senior certificate-holders in a shifting interest credit enhancement structure are entitled to receive a percentage of principal prepayments which is greater than their proportionate interest in the trust fund, the rate of principal prepayments on the mortgage loans may have an even greater effect on the rate of principal payments and the amount of interest payments on, and the yield to maturity of, the senior certificates.

In addition to providing for a preferential right of the senior certificate-holders to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool, a reserve fund may be established relating to such certificates (the “Reserve Fund”). The Reserve Fund may be created with an initial cash deposit by the originator or servicer and augmented by the retention of distributions otherwise available to the subordinate certificate-holders or by excess servicing fees until the Reserve Fund reaches a specified amount.

The subordination feature, and any Reserve Fund, are intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by senior certificate-holders of the full amount of scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest due to them and will protect the senior certificate-holders against certain losses; however, in certain circumstances the Reserve Fund could be depleted and temporary shortfalls could result. In the event that the Reserve Fund is depleted before the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, senior certificate-holders will nevertheless have a preferential right to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool to the extent of the then outstanding subordinated amount. Unless otherwise specified, until the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, on any distribution date any amount otherwise distributable to the subordinate certificates or, to the extent specified, in the Reserve Fund will generally be used to offset the amount of any losses realized with respect to the mortgage loans (“Realized Losses”). Realized Losses remaining after application of such amounts will generally be applied to reduce the ownership interest of the subordinate certificates in the mortgage pool. If the subordinated amount has been reduced to zero, Realized Losses generally will be allocated pro rata among all certificate-holders in proportion to their respective outstanding interests in the mortgage pool.

Alternative Credit Enhancement . As an alternative, or in addition to the credit enhancement afforded by subordination, credit enhancement for Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be provided through bond insurers, or at the mortgage loan-level through mortgage insurance, hazard insurance, or through the deposit of cash, certificates of deposit, letters of credit, a limited guaranty or by such other methods as are acceptable to a rating agency. In certain circumstances, such as where credit enhancement is provided by bond insurers, guarantees or letters of credit, the security is subject to credit risk because of its exposure to the credit risk of an external credit enhancement provider.

Voluntary Advances . Generally, in the event of delinquencies in payments on the mortgage loans underlying the Mortgage Pass-Throughs, the servicer may agree to make advances of cash for the benefit of certificate-holders, but generally will do so only to the extent that it determines such voluntary advances will be recoverable from future payments and collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise.

Optional Termination . Generally, the servicer may, at its option with respect to any certificates, repurchase all of the underlying mortgage loans remaining outstanding at such time the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loans is less than a specified percentage (generally 5-10%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date specified with respect to such series.

 

B-45


Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in multiple class securities including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and REMIC Certificates. These securities may be issued by U.S. Government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by, and multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities represent direct ownership interests in, a pool of mortgage loans or Mortgage-Backed Securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified level payment, residential mortgages or participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction but the receipt of the required payments may be delayed. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain PCs.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are types of multiple class Mortgage-Backed Securities. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively. See “Certain Additional Information with Respect to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.”

CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the mortgage loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC Certificates. The

 

B-46


scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities . Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) are a type of Mortgage Pass-Through that are primarily backed by a pool of commercial mortgage loans. The commercial mortgage loans are, in turn, generally secured by commercial mortgaged properties (such as office properties, retail properties, hospitality properties, industrial properties, healthcare related properties or other types of income producing real property). CMBS generally entitle the holders thereof to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from a specified pool of commercial or multifamily mortgage loans. CMBS will be affected by payments, defaults, delinquencies and losses on the underlying mortgage loans. The underlying mortgage loans generally are secured by income producing properties such as office properties, retail properties, multifamily properties, manufactured housing, hospitality properties, industrial properties and self-storage properties. Because issuers of CMBS have no significant assets other than the underlying commercial real estate loans and because of the significant credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral, credit risk is a correspondingly important consideration with respect to the related CMBS. Certain of the mortgage loans underlying CMBS constituting part of the collateral interests may be delinquent, in default or in foreclosure.

Commercial real estate lending may expose a lender (and the related Mortgage-Backed Security) to a greater risk of loss than certain other forms of lending because it typically involves making larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, in the case of certain commercial mortgage loans, repayment of loans secured by commercial and multifamily properties depends upon the ability of the related real estate project to generate income sufficient to pay debt service, operating expenses and leasing commissions and to make necessary repairs, tenant improvements and capital improvements, and in the case of loans that do not fully amortize over their terms, to retain sufficient value to permit the borrower to pay off the loan at maturity through a sale or refinancing of the mortgaged property. The net operating income from and value of any commercial property is subject to various risks, including changes in general or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments; declines in real estate values; declines in rental or occupancy rates; increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses; changes in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; acts of God; terrorist threats and attacks and social unrest and civil disturbances. In addition, certain of the mortgaged properties securing the pools of commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS may have a higher degree of geographic concentration in a few states or regions. Any deterioration in the real estate market or economy or adverse events in such states or regions, may increase the rate of delinquency and default experience (and as a consequence, losses) with respect to mortgage loans related to properties in such state or region. Pools of mortgaged properties securing the commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS may also have a higher degree of concentration in certain types of commercial properties. Accordingly, such pools of mortgage loans represent higher exposure to risks particular to those types of commercial properties. Certain pools of commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS consist of a fewer number of mortgage loans with outstanding balances that are larger than average. If a mortgage pool includes mortgage loans with larger than average balances, any realized losses on such mortgage loans could be more severe, relative to the size of the pool, than would be the case if the aggregate balance of the pool were distributed among a larger number of mortgage loans. Certain borrowers or affiliates thereof relating to certain of the commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS may have had a history of bankruptcy. Certain mortgaged properties securing the commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS may have been exposed to environmental conditions or circumstances. The ratings in respect of certain of the CMBS comprising the Mortgage-Backed Securities may have been withdrawn, reduced or placed on credit watch since issuance. In addition, losses and/or appraisal reductions may be allocated to certain of such CMBS and certain of the collateral or the assets underlying such collateral may be delinquent and/or may default from time to time.

CMBS held by an Underlying Fund may be subordinated to one or more other classes of securities of the same series for purposes of, among other things, establishing payment priorities and offsetting losses and other shortfalls with respect to the related underlying mortgage loans. Realized losses in respect of the mortgage loans included in the CMBS pool and trust expenses generally will be allocated to the most subordinated class of securities of the related series. Accordingly, to the extent any CMBS is or becomes the most subordinated class of securities of the related series, any delinquency or default on any underlying mortgage loan may result in shortfalls, realized loss

 

B-47


allocations or extensions of its weighted average life and will have a more immediate and disproportionate effect on the related CMBS than on a related more senior class of CMBS of the same series. Further, even if a class is not the most subordinate class of securities, there can be no assurance that the subordination offered to such class will be sufficient on any date to offset all losses or expenses incurred by the underlying trust. CMBS are typically not guaranteed or insured, and distributions on such CMBS generally will depend solely upon the amount and timing of payments and other collections on the related underlying commercial mortgage loans.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”), which are derivative multiclass mortgage securities, issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or non-governmental originators. SMBS are usually structured with two different classes: one that receives substantially all of the interest payments (the interest-only, or “IO” and/or the high coupon rate with relatively low principal amount, or “IOette”), and the other that receives substantially all of the principal payments (the principal-only, or “PO”), from a pool of mortgage loans.

Certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered illiquid for purposes of an Underlying Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The Investment Adviser may determine that SMBS which are U.S. Government Securities are liquid for purposes of an Underlying Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The market value of POs generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on IOs and IOettes are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other Mortgage-Backed Securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped. An Underlying Fund’s investment in SMBS may require the Underlying Fund to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

Municipal Securities

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in bonds, notes and other instruments issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities (“Municipal Securities”). Dividends paid by the Underlying Funds that are derived from interest paid on both tax-exempt and taxable Municipal Securities will generally be taxable to the Underlying Funds’ shareholders.

Municipal Securities are often issued to obtain funds for various public purposes including refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses, and obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities. Municipal Securities also include certain “private activity bonds” or industrial development bonds, which are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to provide financing aid to acquire sites or construct or equip facilities within a municipality for privately or publicly owned corporations.

Investments in municipal securities are subject to the risk that the issuer could default on its obligations. Such a default could result from the inadequacy of the sources or revenues from which interest and principal payments are to be made, including property tax collections, sales tax revenue, income tax revenue and local, state and federal government funding, or the assets collateralizing such obligations. Municipal securities and issuers of municipal securities may be more susceptible to downgrade, default, and bankruptcy as a result of recent periods of economic stress. In the aftermath of the 2007-2008 financial crisis, several municipalities filed for bankruptcy protection or indicated that they may seek bankruptcy protection in the future. Revenue bonds (as described further below), including private activity bonds, are backed only by specific assets or revenue sources and not by the full faith and credit of the governmental issuer.

The two principal classifications of Municipal Securities are “general obligations” and “revenue obligations.” General obligations are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit for the payment of principal and interest, although the characteristics and enforcement of general obligations may vary according to the law applicable to the particular issuer. Revenue obligations, which include, but are not limited to, private activity bonds, resource recovery bonds, certificates of participation and certain municipal notes, are not backed by the credit and taxing authority of the issuer, and are payable solely from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Nevertheless, the obligations of the issuer of a revenue obligation may be backed by a letter of credit, guarantee or insurance. General obligations and revenue obligations may be issued in a variety of forms, including commercial paper, fixed, variable and floating rate securities, tender option bonds, auction rate bonds, zero coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds and capital appreciation bonds.

 

B-48


In addition to general obligations and revenue obligations, there are a variety of hybrid and special types of Municipal Securities. There are also numerous differences in the security of Municipal Securities both within and between these two principal classifications.

For the purpose of applying an Underlying Fund’s investment restrictions, the identification of the issuer of a Municipal Securities which is not a general obligation is made by the Investment Adviser based on the characteristics of the Municipal Security, the most important of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal and interest on such securities.

An entire issue of Municipal Securities may be purchased by one or a small number of institutional investors, including one or more Underlying Funds. Thus, the issue may not be said to be publicly offered. Unlike some securities that are not publicly offered, a secondary market exists for many Municipal Securities that were not publicly offered initially and such securities may be readily marketable.

The credit rating assigned to Municipal Securities may reflect the existence of guarantees, letters of credit or other credit enhancement features available to the issuers or holders of such Municipal Securities.

The obligations of the issuer to pay the principal of and interest on a Municipal Security are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest or imposing other constraints upon the enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of the issuer to pay when due principal of or interest on a Municipal Security may be materially affected.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Securities. For example, under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s federal alternative minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must include all tax-exempt interest in their federal alternative minimum taxable income. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards the federal income tax status of interest on Municipal Securities or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the liquidity and value of the Municipal Securities in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio.

Municipal Leases, Certificates of Participation and Other Participation Interests . Municipal Securities include leases, certificates of participation and other participation interests. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase which is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations is generally exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Municipal leases frequently involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover an Underlying Fund’s original investment. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

B-49


Certificates of participation represent undivided interests in municipal leases, installment purchase agreements or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a trust or other entity which has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements.

Certain municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation may be deemed to be illiquid for the purpose of an Underlying Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. In determining the liquidity of municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation, an Underlying Fund may consider a variety of factors including: (i) the willingness of dealers to bid for the security; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the obligation and the number of other potential buyers; (iii) the frequency of trades or quotes for the obligation; and (iv) the nature of the marketplace trades. In addition, Underlying Funds may consider factors unique to particular lease obligations and certificates of participation affecting the marketability thereof. These include the general creditworthiness of the issuer, the importance to the issuer of the property covered by the lease and the likelihood that the marketability of the obligation will be maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by an Underlying Fund.

Certain Underlying Funds may purchase participations in Municipal Securities held by a commercial bank or other financial institution. Such participations provide an Underlying Fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying Municipal Securities. In addition, such participations generally provide an Underlying Fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of such Underlying Fund’s participation interest in the underlying Municipal Securities, plus accrued interest.

Auction Rate Securities . Municipal Securities also include auction rate Municipal Securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in Municipal Securities (collectively, “auction rate securities”). Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is some risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. In certain recent market environments, auction failures have been more prevalent, which may adversely affect the liquidity and price of auction rate securities. Moreover, between auctions, there may be no secondary market for these securities, and sales conducted on a secondary market may not be on terms favorable to the seller. Thus, with respect to liquidity and price stability, auction rate securities may differ substantially from cash equivalents, notwithstanding the frequency of auctions and the credit quality of the security.

An Underlying Fund’s investments in auction rate securities of closed-end funds are subject to the limitations prescribed by the Act. An Underlying Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fees payable directly by the Underlying Funds.

Other Types of Municipal Securities . Other types of Municipal Securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest include municipal notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, pre-refunded municipal bonds, industrial development bonds, tender option bonds and insured municipal obligations.

Call Risk and Reinvestment Risk . Municipal Securities may include “call” provisions which permit the issuers of such securities, at any time or after a specified period, to redeem the securities prior to their stated maturity. In the event that Municipal Securities held in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio are called prior to the maturity, the Underlying Fund will be required to reinvest the proceeds on such securities at an earlier date and may be able to do so only at lower yields, thereby reducing the Underlying Fund’s return on its portfolio securities.

Options on Securities, Securities Indices and Foreign Currencies

Writing Options . Certain Underlying Funds may write (sell) call and put options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index consisting of securities in which it may invest. An Underlying Fund may write such options on securities that are listed on national domestic securities exchanges or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. A call option written by an Underlying Fund obligates that Underlying Fund

 

B-50


to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time on or before the expiration date. Depending upon the type of call option, the purchaser of a call option either (i) has the right to any appreciation in the value of the security over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) on a certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or (ii) has the right to any appreciation in the value of the security over the exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. If the purchaser exercises the option, an Underlying Fund pays the purchaser the difference between the price of the security and the exercise price of the option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the security determine the gain or loss realized by an Underlying Fund as the seller of the call option. An Underlying Fund can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation. In this case, the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by the Underlying Fund. All call options written by an Underlying Fund are covered, which means that such Underlying Fund will own the securities subject to the option as long as the option is outstanding or such Underlying Fund will use the other methods described below. An Underlying Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, an Underlying Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

A put option written by an Underlying Fund would obligate such Underlying Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if, depending upon the type of put option, either (i) the option is exercised on or before the expiration date or (ii) the option is exercised on the expiration date. All put options written by an Underlying Fund would be covered, which means that such Underlying Fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option (less any margin on deposit) or will use the other methods described below. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Underlying Fund. However, in return for the option premium, an Underlying Fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

In the case of a call option, the option is “covered” if an Underlying Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are identified on the Underlying Fund’s books) upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held by it. A call option is also covered if an Underlying Fund holds a call on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the option written provided the Underlying Fund identifies liquid assets in the amount of the difference. An Underlying Fund may also cover call options on securities by identifying cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to any margin on deposit that is equal to the market value of the securities in the case of a call option. A put option is also covered if an Underlying Fund holds a put on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the option written provided the Underlying Fund identifies on its books liquid assets in the amount of the difference. Identified cash or liquid assets may be quoted or denominated in any currency.

Each Underlying Fund may also write (sell) call and put options on any securities index comprised of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

An Underlying Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional consideration which has been identified by the Underlying Fund on its books) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. An Underlying Fund may cover call and put options on a securities index by identifying cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value when added to any margin on deposit that is equal to the market value of the underlying securities in the case of a call option or the exercise price in the case of a put option or by owning offsetting options as described above.

An Underlying Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange-traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.”

 

B-51


Purchasing Options . Certain Underlying Funds may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index comprised of securities in which it may invest. An Underlying Fund may also enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

An Underlying Fund may purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease (“protective puts”), in the market value of securities or other instruments of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle an Underlying Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities or other instruments at a specified price during the option period. An Underlying Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Underlying Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

The purchase of a put option would entitle an Underlying Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities or other instruments at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of an Underlying Fund’s securities or other instruments. Put options may also be purchased by an Underlying Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities or other instruments which it does not own. An Underlying Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities or other instruments decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Underlying Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options may be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities or other instruments.

An Underlying Fund would purchase put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it would purchase options on individual securities. For a description of options on securities indices, see “Writing Options” above.

Special Risks Associated with Options on Currency . An exchange traded options position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although an Underlying Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. For some options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that an Underlying Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs pursuant to the exercise of put options. If an Underlying Fund as an option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it may not be able to sell the underlying currency (or security quoted or denominated in that currency) or dispose of the identified assets, until the option expires or it delivers the underlying currency upon exercise.

There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of the facilities of the relevant clearinghouse inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders.

An Underlying Fund may purchase and write over-the-counter options to the extent consistent with its limitation on investments in illiquid securities. Trading in over-the-counter options is subject to the risk that the other party will be unable or unwilling to close out options purchased or written by an Underlying Fund.

The amount of the premiums which an Underlying Fund may pay or receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option purchasing and writing activities.

 

B-52


Writing and Purchasing Currency Call and Put Options . Certain Underlying Funds may, to the extent they invest in foreign securities, write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. As with other kinds of option transactions, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. If an option that an Underlying Fund has written is exercised, the Underlying Fund seeks to close out an option, the Underlying Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to an Underlying Fund’s position, the Underlying Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. Options on foreign currencies may be traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter. Certain Underlying Funds may purchase call options on currency to seek to increase total return.

Options on currency may also be used for cross-hedging purposes, which involves writing or purchasing options on one currency to seek to hedge against changes in exchange rates for a different currency with a pattern of correlation, or to seek to increase total return when an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser anticipates that the currency will appreciate or depreciate in value, but the securities quoted or denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities and are not included in the Underlying Fund’s portfolio.

A currency call option written by an Underlying Fund obligates an Underlying Fund to sell a specified currency to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. A currency put option written by an Underlying Fund obligates the Underlying Fund to purchase a specified currency from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. The writing of currency options involves a risk that an Underlying Fund will, upon exercise of the option, be required to sell currency subject to a call at a price that is less than the currency’s market value or be required to purchase currency subject to a put at a price that exceeds the currency’s market value. Written put and call options on foreign currencies may be covered in a manner similar to written put and call options on securities and securities indices described under “Options on Securities and Securities Indices — Writing Options” above.

An Underlying Fund may terminate its obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” An Underlying Fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options purchased by the Underlying Fund.

An Underlying Fund may purchase call options on foreign currency in anticipation of an increase in the U.S. dollar value of currency in which securities to be acquired by an Underlying Fund are quoted or denominated. The purchase of a call option would entitle the Underlying Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified currency at a specified price during the option period. An Underlying Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Underlying Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

An Underlying Fund may purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which securities in its portfolio are quoted or denominated (“protective puts”). The purchase of a put option would entitle an Underlying Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified currency at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is usually designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities due to currency exchange rate fluctuations. An Underlying Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Underlying Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying currency or portfolio securities.

In addition to using options for the hedging purposes described above, certain Underlying Funds may use options on currency to seek to increase total return. These Underlying Funds may write (sell) put and call options on any currency in an attempt to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing call options for additional income, an Underlying Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying currency. Also, when writing put options, an Underlying Fund accepts, in return for the option premium, the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying currency at a price in excess of the currency’s market value at the time of purchase.

 

B-53


Yield Curve Options . Certain Underlying Funds may enter into options on the yield “spread” or differential between two securities. Such transactions are referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

An Underlying Fund may purchase or write yield curve options for the same purposes as other options on securities. For example, an Underlying Fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities if the Underlying Fund owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, or if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated.

Yield curve options written by an Underlying Fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if an Underlying Fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and identifies on its books cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover the Underlying Fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, an Underlying Fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of the Underlying Fund’s liability under the option written by the Underlying Fund less the value of the option held by the Underlying Fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter, and established trading markets for these options may not exist.

Risks Associated with Options Transactions . There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on a domestic or foreign options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If an Underlying Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, the Underlying Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of the assets identified on its books to cover the position until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if an Underlying Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

There can be no assurance that higher trading activity, order flow or other unforeseen events will not, at times, render certain of the facilities of the Options Clearing Corporation or various exchanges inadequate. Such events have, in the past, resulted in the institution by an exchange of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of order or trading halts or suspensions with respect to one or more options. These special procedures may limit liquidity.

An Underlying Fund may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

 

B-54


Transactions by an Underlying Fund in options will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which an Underlying Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Underlying Fund’s investment advisers. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of options to seek to increase total return involves the risk of loss if an Underlying Fund is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of an Underlying Fund to manage future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. If an Underlying Fund is incorrect in its expectation of changes in securities prices or determination of the correlation between the securities indices on which options are written and purchased and the securities in an Underlying Fund’s investment portfolio, the Underlying Fund may incur losses that it would not otherwise incur. The writing of options could increase an Underlying Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and, therefore, associated brokerage commissions or spreads.

Participation Notes

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in participation notes. Some countries, especially emerging markets countries, do not permit foreigners to participate directly in their securities markets or otherwise present difficulties for efficient foreign investment. The Underlying Funds may use participation notes to establish a position in such markets as a substitute for direct investment. Participation notes are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to track the return of a particular underlying equity or debt security, currency or market. When a participation note matures, the issuer of the participation note will pay to, or receive from, the Underlying Fund the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the time of purchase and that instrument’s value at maturity. Investments in participation notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying security, currency or market that they seek to replicate. In addition, participation notes are generally traded over-the-counter and are subject to counterparty risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that the broker-dealer or bank that issues them will not fulfill its contractual obligation to complete the transaction with an Underlying Fund. Participation notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, and an Underlying Fund would be relying on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and would have no rights under a participation note against the issuer of the underlying assets. In addition, participation notes may trade at a discount to the value of the underlying securities or markets that they seek to replicate.

Pooled Investment Vehicles

An Underlying Fund may invest in securities of pooled investment vehicles, including other investment companies and ETFs. An Underlying Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by pooled investment vehicles in which it invests, in addition to the management fees (and other expenses) paid by the Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund’s investments in other investment companies are subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Act, including in certain circumstances a prohibition on the Underlying Fund acquiring more that 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of the Underlying Fund’s total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of all investment companies. Many ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds (such as the Underlying Funds) to invest in their shares beyond these statutory limits, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. An Underlying Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in ETFs. Moreover, subject to applicable law and/or pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from the SEC or under an exemptive rule adopted by the SEC, the Underlying Funds may invest in investment companies, including ETFs and money market funds, for which an Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor. With respect to an Underlying Fund’s investments in money market funds, to the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in a money market fund for which an Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates acts as investment adviser, the management fees

 

B-55


payable by the Underlying Fund to the Investment Adviser will, to the extent required by the SEC, be reduced by an amount equal to the Underlying Fund’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by such money market fund to its investment adviser. Although the Underlying Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Underlying Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment policies and fundamental restrictions as the Underlying Fund. Additionally, for so long as any Underlying Fund serves as an underlying fund to another Goldman Sachs Fund, including the Portfolios, that Underlying Fund may invest a percentage of its assets in other investment companies only if those instruments are consistent with applicable law and/or exemptive relief obtained from the SEC.

Certain Underlying Funds may purchase shares of investment companies investing primarily in foreign securities, including “country funds.” Country funds have portfolios consisting primarily of securities of issuers located in specified foreign countries or regions.

ETFs are shares of pooled investment vehicles issuing shares which are traded like traditional equity securities on a stock exchange. An ETF represents a portfolio of securities or other assets, which is often designed to track a particular market segment or index. An investment in an ETF, like one in any pooled investment vehicle, carries risks of its underlying securities. An ETF may fail to accurately track the returns of the market segment or index that it is designed to track, and the price of an ETF’s shares may fluctuate or lose money. In addition, because they, unlike other pooled investment vehicles, are traded on an exchange, ETFs are subject to the following risks: (i) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or discount to the ETF’s NAV; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF may not develop or be maintained; and (iii) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting ETFs should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of an Underlying Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected.

Portfolio Maturity

Dollar-weighted average maturity is derived by multiplying the value of each investment by the time remaining to its maturity, adding these calculations, and then dividing the total by the value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio. An obligation’s maturity is typically determined on a stated final maturity basis, although there are some exceptions. For example, if an issuer of an instrument takes advantage of a maturity-shortening device, such as a call, refunding, or redemption provision, the date on which the instrument is expected to be called, refunded, or redeemed may be considered to be its maturity date. There is no guarantee that the expected call, refund or redemption will occur and an Underlying Fund’s average maturity may lengthen beyond an Underlying Fund’s expectations should the expected call refund or redemption not occur. Similarly, in calculating its dollar-weighted average maturity, an Underlying Fund may determine the maturity of a variable or floating rate obligation according to the interest rate reset date, or the date principal can be recovered on demand, rather than the date of ultimate maturity.

Portfolio Turnover

Each Underlying Fund may engage in active short-term trading to benefit from price disparities among different issues of securities or among the markets for equity or fixed income securities, or for other reasons. As a result of active management, it is anticipated that the portfolio turnover rate of each Underlying Fund may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements which enable the Underlying Funds to receive favorable tax treatment. The Underlying Funds are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolio from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate.

Preferred Stock, Warrants and Stock Purchase Rights

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in preferred stock and in warrants and rights (in addition to those acquired in units or attached to other securities). Preferred stocks are securities that represent an ownership interest providing the holder with claims on the issuer’s earnings and assets before common stock owners but after bond owners. Unlike debt securities, the obligations of an issuer of preferred stock, including dividend and other payment obligations, may not typically be accelerated by the holders of such preferred stock on the occurrence of an event of

 

B-56


default (such as a covenant default or filing of a bankruptcy petition) or other non-compliance by the issuer with the terms of the preferred stock. Often, however, on the occurrence of any such event of default or non-compliance by the issuer, preferred stockholders will be entitled to gain representation on the issuer’s board of directors or increase their existing board representation. In addition, preferred stockholders may be granted voting rights with respect to certain issues on the occurrence of any event of default.

Warrants and other rights are options that entitle the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time. An Underlying Fund will invest in warrants and rights only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser for investment by the Underlying Fund. Warrants and rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

Private Investments in Public Equity

Certain Underlying Funds may purchase equity securities in a private placement that are issued by issuers who have outstanding, publicly-traded equity securities of the same class (“private investments in public equity” or “PIPEs”). Shares in PIPEs generally are not registered with the SEC until after a certain time period from the date the private sale is completed. This restricted period can last many months. Until the public registration process is completed, PIPEs are restricted as to resale and the Underlying Fund cannot freely trade the securities. Generally such restrictions cause the PIPEs to be illiquid during this time. PIPEs may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to the holder if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the restricted equity securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will remain in effect.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Like regulated investment companies such as the Underlying Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Code. An Underlying Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by an Underlying Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks.

Repurchase Agreements

Certain Underlying Funds may enter into repurchase agreements with counterparties that furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of the repurchase obligation. Certain Underlying Funds may also enter into repurchase agreements involving obligations other than U.S. Government Securities which may be subject to additional risks. A repurchase agreement is an arrangement under which an Underlying Fund purchases securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the securities within a particular time and at a specified price. Custody of the securities is maintained by an Underlying Fund’s custodian (or sub-custodian). The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to an Underlying Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to an Underlying Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to an Underlying Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security subject to the repurchase agreement.

 

B-57


For purposes of the Act and generally for tax purposes, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from an Underlying Fund to the seller of the underlying security. For other purposes, it is not always clear whether a court would consider the security purchased by an Underlying Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by an Underlying Fund or as being collateral for a loan by an Underlying Fund to the seller. In the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the security before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, an Underlying Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and an Underlying Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, an Underlying Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, the Underlying Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.

Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. However, if the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), an Underlying Fund will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term on seven days or less notice. Such repurchase agreements will be regarded as liquid instruments.

The Underlying Funds, together with other registered investment companies having advisory agreements with the Investment Advisers or their affiliates, may transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

Generally, the Underlying Funds may not invest more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid investments, which include securities (both foreign and domestic) that are not readily marketable, certain SMBS, certain municipal leases and participation interests, certain over-the-counter options, repurchase agreements and time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, and certain restricted securities, unless it is determined, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for the specific instrument, that such instrument is liquid. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in an Underlying Fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these instruments.

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of restricted securities may reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction may make them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the restricted securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

Restructured Investments

Included among the issuers of emerging country debt securities are entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of various securities. These entities are often organized by investment banking firms which receive fees in connection with establishing each entity and arranging for the placement of its securities. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments, such as Brady Bonds, and the issuance by the entity of one or more classes of securities (“Restructured Investments”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued Restructured Investments to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities or investment rate provisions. Because Restructured Investments of the type in which an Underlying Fund may invest typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk will generally be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments.

 

B-58


Certain Underlying Funds are permitted to invest in a class of Restructured Investments that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated Restructured Investments typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated Restructured Investments. Although an Underlying Fund’s purchases of subordinated Restructured Investments would have a similar economic effect to that of borrowing against the underlying securities, such purchases will not be deemed to be borrowing for purposes of the limitations placed on the extent of an Underlying Fund’s assets that may be used for borrowing.

Certain issuers of Restructured Investments may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the Act. As a result, an Underlying Fund’s investments in these Restructured Investments may be limited by the restrictions contained in the Act. Restructured Investments are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for most Restructured Investments.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Certain Underlying Funds may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, an Underlying Fund will sell portfolio securities to banks and other financial institutions, with an agreement to repurchase the security on an agreed date, price and interest payment. Certain of these Underlying Funds may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements involving certain foreign government securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities an Underlying Fund relinquishes may decline below the price the Underlying Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of an Underlying Fund’s outstanding shares.

When an Underlying Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it identifies on its books cash or liquid assets that have a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price. The amount of cash or liquid assets so identified is then monitored continuously by the Underlying Fund to make sure that an appropriate value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Act.

Second Lien Loans

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in Second Lien Loans, which have the same characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are second in lien property rather than first. Second Lien Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with Second Lien Loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a Second Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Underlying Fund.

This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.

Senior Loans

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in Senior Loans. Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

 

B-59


Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in an Underlying Fund’s NAV as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Underlying Funds that may invest in Senior Loans are not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Underlying Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Underlying Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, it is expected that the average life of the Senior Loans in which an Underlying Fund invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.

Senior Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to an Underlying Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the NAV of the Underlying Fund. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Senior Loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, an Underlying Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. The collateral securing a Senior Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Senior Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Senior Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Underlying Funds’ performance.

Many Senior Loans in which an Underlying Fund will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Underlying Fund may consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Many of the Senior Loans in which an Underlying Fund will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by independent rating agencies. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Underlying Fund may believe that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Underlying Fund may not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings. Investors in loans, such as an Underlying Fund, may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws, although they may be entitled to certain contractual remedies. The market for loan obligations may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because transactions in many loans are subject to extended trade settlement periods, an Underlying Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a period after the sale. As a result, sale proceeds related to the sale of loans may not be available to make additional investments or to meet an Underlying Fund’s redemption obligations for a period after the sale of the loans, and, as a result, the Underlying Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions, such as borrowing from its credit facility, if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in an Underlying Fund’s NAV. In addition, an Underlying Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Underlying Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Underlying Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, an Underlying Fund’s yield may be lower.

When interest rates decline, the value of an Underlying Fund invested in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of an Underlying Fund invested in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans only reset periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent an Underlying Fund invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Underlying Fund’s portfolio may be less

 

B-60


volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Underlying Fund invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Underlying Fund’s NAV. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Underlying Fund’s NAV.

An Underlying Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Underlying Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior credit securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.

An Underlying Fund may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis. If an Underlying Fund purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Underlying Fund. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Underlying Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

An Underlying Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Underlying Fund in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Underlying Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Underlying Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. An Underlying Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Underlying Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Underlying Funds intend to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Underlying Funds believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Underlying Fund’s NAV than if that valuation were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the Underlying Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. To the extent a readily available market ceases to exist for a particular investment, such investment may be treated as illiquid for purposes of the Underlying Fund’s limitations on illiquid investments. Investments in loans and loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Underlying Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the Underlying Fund.

Short Sales

Certain Underlying Funds may engage in short sales. Short sales are transactions in which an Underlying Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the Underlying Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. An Underlying Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by an Underlying Fund. Until the security is replaced, an Underlying Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividend which accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, an Underlying Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. There will also be other costs associated with short sales.

 

B-61


An Underlying Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Underlying Fund replaces the borrowed security. An Underlying Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium or amounts in lieu of interest an Underlying Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale, and will be also decreased by any transaction or other costs.

Until an Underlying Fund replaces a borrowed security in connection with a short sale, the Underlying Fund will (a) identify on its books cash or liquid assets at such a level that the identified assets plus any amount deposited as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short or (b) otherwise cover its short position in accordance with applicable law.

There is no guarantee that an Underlying Fund will be able to close out a short position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. During the time that an Underlying Fund is short a security, it is subject to the risk that the lender of the security will terminate the loan at a time when the Underlying Fund is unable to borrow the same security from another lender. If that occurs, an Underlying Fund may be “bought in” at the price required to purchase the security needed to close out the short position, which may be a disadvantageous price.

Short Sales Against the Box

Certain Underlying Funds may engage in short sales against the box. As noted above, a short sale is made by selling a security the seller does not own. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the seller contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. It may be entered into by an Underlying Fund, for example, to lock in a sales price for a security the Underlying Fund does not wish to sell immediately. If an Underlying Fund sells securities short against the box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.

If an Underlying Fund effects a short sale of securities at a time when it has an unrealized gain on the securities, it may be required to recognize that gain as if it had actually sold the securities (as a “constructive sale”) on the date it effects the short sale. However, such constructive sale treatment may not apply if an Underlying Fund closes out the short sale with securities other than the appreciated securities held at the time of the short sale and if certain other conditions are satisfied. Uncertainty regarding the tax consequences of effecting short sales may limit the extent to which an Underlying Fund may effect short sales.

Structured Notes

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes. In one type of structured note in which an Underlying Fund may invest, the issuer of the note will be a highly creditworthy party. The terms of such notes will be in accordance with applicable IRS guidelines. The note will be issued at par value. The amount payable at maturity, early redemption or “knockout” (as defined below) of the note will depend directly on the performance of the S&P GSCI Index. As described more precisely below, the amount payable at maturity will be computed using a formula under which the issue price paid for the note is adjusted to reflect the percentage appreciation or depreciation of the index over the term of the note in excess of a specified interest factor, and an agreed-upon multiple (the “leverage factor”) of three. The note will also bear interest at a floating rate that is pegged to LIBOR. The interest rate will be based generally on the issuer’s funding spread and prevailing interest rates. The interest will be payable at maturity. The issuer of the note will be entitled to an annual fee for issuing the note, which will be payable at maturity, and which may be netted against payments otherwise due under the note. The amount payable at maturity, early redemption or knockout of each note will be calculated by starting with an amount equal to the face amount of the note plus any remaining unpaid interest on the note and minus any accumulated fee amount, and then adding (or subtracting, in the case of a negative number) the amount equal to the product of (i) the percentage increase (or decrease) of the S&P GSCI Index over the applicable period, less a specified interest percentage, multiplied by (ii) the face amount of the note, and by (iii) the leverage factor of three. The holder of the note will have a right to put

 

B-62


the note to the issuer for redemption at any time before maturity. The note will become automatically payable ( i.e ., will “knockout”) if the relevant index declines by 15%. In the event that the index has declined to the knockout level (or below) during any day, the redemption price of the note will be based on the closing index value of the next day. The issuer of the note will receive payment in full of the purchase price of the note substantially contemporaneously with the delivery of the note. An Underlying Fund, while holding the note, will not be required to make any payment to the issuer of the note in addition to the purchase price paid for the note, whether as margin, settlement payment, or otherwise, during the life of the note or at maturity. The issuer of the note will not be subject by the terms of the instrument to mark-to-market margining requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “CEA”). The note will not be marketed as a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract) subject to the CEA.

With respect to a second type of structured note in which certain Underlying Funds intend to invest, the issuer of the note will be a highly creditworthy party. The term of the note will be for six months. The note will be issued at par value. The amount payable at maturity or early redemption of the note will depend directly on the performance of a specified basket of 6-month futures contracts with respect to all of the commodities in the S&P GSCI Index, with weightings of the different commodities similar to the weightings in the S&P GSCI Index. As described more precisely below, the amount payable at maturity will be computed using a formula under which the issue price paid for the note is adjusted to reflect the percentage appreciation or depreciation of the value of the specified basket of commodities futures over the term of the note in excess of a specified interest factor, and the leverage factor of three, but in no event will the amount payable at maturity be less than 51% of the issue price of the note. The note will also bear interest at a floating rate that is pegged to LIBOR. The interest rate will be based generally on the issuer’s funding spread and prevailing interest rates. The interest will be payable at maturity. The issuer of the note will be entitled to a fee for issuing the note, which will be payable at maturity, and which may be netted against payments otherwise due under the note. The amount payable at maturity or early redemption of each note will be the greater of (i) 51% of the issue price of the note and (ii) the amount calculated by starting with an amount equal to the face amount of the note plus any remaining unpaid interest on the note and minus any accumulated fee amount, and then adding (or subtracting, in the case of a negative number) the amount equal to the product of (A) the percentage increase (or decrease) of the specified basket of commodities futures over the applicable period, less a specified interest percentage, multiplied by (B) the face amount of the note, and by (C) the leverage factor of three. The holder of the note will have a right to put the note to the issuer for redemption at any time before maturity. The issuer of the note will receive payment in full of the purchase price of the note substantially contemporaneously with the delivery of the note. An Underlying Fund, while holding the note, will not be required to make any payment to the issuer of the note in addition to the purchase price paid for the note, whether as margin, settlement payment, or otherwise, during the life of the note or at maturity. The issuer of the note will not be subject by the terms of the instrument to mark-to-market margining requirements of the CEA. The note will not be marketed as a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract) subject to the CEA.

Temporary Investments

An Underlying Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes (and to the extent it is permitted to invest in the following), invest up to 100% of its total assets in: U.S. Government Securities; commercial paper rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s, P-2 by Moody’s or having a comparable rating by another NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable credit quality); certificates of deposit; bankers’ acceptances; repurchase agreements; non-convertible preferred stocks and non-convertible corporate bonds with a remaining maturity of less than one year; ETFs; other investment companies; and cash items. When an Underlying Fund’s assets are invested in such instruments, the Underlying Fund may not be achieving its investment objective.

U.S. Government Securities

An Underlying Fund may invest in U.S. Government Securities, which are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises (“U.S. Government Securities”). Some U.S. Government Securities (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others, such as obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, are supported either by (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer or (iii) the credit of the issuer. The U.S. Government

 

B-63


is under no legal obligation, in general, to purchase the obligations of its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to U.S. Government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises in the future, and the U.S. Government may be unable to pay debts when due.

U.S. Government Securities include (to the extent consistent with the Act) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government, or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. U.S. Government Securities may also include (to the extent consistent with the Act) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The secondary market for certain of these participations is extremely limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are regarded as illiquid.

Certain Underlying Funds may also purchase U.S. Government Securities in private placements, subject to the Underlying Funds’ limitation on investment in illiquid securities. The Underlying Funds may also invest in separately traded principal and interest components of securities guaranteed or issued by the U.S. Treasury that are traded independently under the separate trading of registered interest and principal of securities program (“STRIPS”).

Inflation-Protected Securities . Certain Underlying Funds may invest in inflation protected securities (“IPS”), including those issued by the U.S. Treasury (“TIPS”) and other U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies and corporations (“CIPS”) whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on IPS is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation. Although repayment of the greater of the adjusted or original bond principal upon maturity is guaranteed, the market value of IPS is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate.

The values of IPS generally fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates will decline, leading to an increase in the value of IPS. In contrast, if nominal interest rates were to increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates will rise, leading to a decrease in the value of IPS. If inflation is lower than expected during the period an Underlying Fund holds IPS, an Underlying Fund may earn less on the IPS than on a conventional bond. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in the currency exchange rates), investors in IPS may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bonds’ inflation measure. There can be no assurance that the inflation index for IPS will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

Any increase in principal value of IPS caused by an increase in the consumer price index is taxable in the year the increase occurs, even though an Underlying Fund holding IPS will not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, an Underlying Fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements as a regulated investment company.

If an Underlying Fund invests in IPS, it will be required to treat as original issue discount any increase in the principal amount of the securities that occurs during the course of its taxable year. If an Underlying Fund purchases such IPS that are issued in stripped from either as stripped bonds or coupons, it will be treated as if it had purchased a newly issued debt instrument having original issue discount.

Because an Underlying Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income (including accrued original issue discount), an Underlying Fund’s investment in either zero coupon bonds or IPS may require an Underlying Fund to distribute to shareholders an amount greater than the total cash income it actually receives. Accordingly, in order to make the required distributions, an Underlying Fund may be required to borrow or liquidate securities.

 

B-64


Variable and Floating Rate Securities

The interest rates payable on certain securities in which an Underlying Fund may invest are not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. Variable and floating rate obligations are debt instruments issued by companies or other entities with interest rates that reset periodically (typically, daily, monthly, quarterly, or semi-annually) in response to changes in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate is based. Moreover, such obligations may fluctuate in value in response to interest rate changes if there is a delay between changes in market interest rates and the interest resent date for the obligation. The value of these obligations is generally more stable than that of a fixed rate obligation in response to changes in interest rate levels, but they may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline.

Certain Underlying Funds may invest in “leveraged” inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”), including “leveraged inverse floaters.” The interest rate on inverse floaters resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher the degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid securities for purposes of each Underlying Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

Certain Underlying Funds may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis beyond the customary settlement time. These transactions involve a commitment by an Underlying Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date beyond the customary settlement time. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. In addition, recently finalized rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) include mandatory margin requirements that require an Underlying Fund to post collateral in connection with its TBA transactions. There is no similar requirement applicable to an Underlying Fund’s TBA counterparties. The required collateralization of TBA trades could increase the cost of TBA transactions to an Underlying Fund and impose added operational complexity. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. An Underlying Fund will generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, an Underlying Fund may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. An Underlying Fund may also sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Underlying Fund on the settlement date. The Underlying Funds may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions. For purposes of determining an Underlying Fund’s duration, the maturity of when-issued or forward commitment securities for fixed-rate obligations will be calculated from the commitment date. Each Underlying Fund is generally required to identify on its books cash and liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price unless the Underlying Fund’s obligations are otherwise covered. Alternatively, each Underlying Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date or if the value of the security to be sold increases prior to the settlement date.

Zero Coupon Bonds

An Underlying Fund’s investment in fixed income securities may include zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations issued or purchased at a discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds would have accrued and compounded over the period until maturity. A zero coupon bond pays no interest to its holder during its life and its value consists of the difference between its face value at maturity and its cost. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations which provide for regular payments of interest. Moreover, zero coupon bonds involve the additional risk that, unlike securities that periodically pay interest to maturity, the Underlying Fund will realize no cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, the Underlying Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. The valuation of such investments requires judgment regarding the collection of futures payments. An

 

B-65


Underlying Fund will accrue income on such investments for each taxable year which (net of deductible expenses, if any) is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the Underlying Fund’s distribution obligations.

Special Note Regarding Regulatory Changes and Market Events

Federal, state, and foreign governments, regulatory agencies, and self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of a Portfolio or the instruments in which a Portfolio invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Future legislation or regulation or other governmental actions could limit or preclude a Portfolio’s ability to achieve its investment objective or otherwise adversely impact an investment in a Portfolio.

In the aftermath of the 2007-2008 financial crisis, the financial sector experienced reduced liquidity in credit and other fixed income markets, and an unusually high degree of volatility, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets were impacted, issuers that had exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets were particularly affected. The instability in the financial markets led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and certain segments of the financial markets. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which was enacted in 2010, provides for broad regulation of financial institutions, consumer financial products and services, broker-dealers, over-the-counter derivatives, investment advisers, credit rating agencies and mortgage lending.

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such ownership or disposition may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Underlying Funds’ portfolio holdings.

Special Note Regarding Operational, Cyber Security and Litigation Risks

An investment in a Portfolio may be negatively impacted because of the operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. The use of certain investment strategies that involve manual or additional processing, such as over-the-counter derivatives, increases these risks. Although the Portfolios attempt to minimize such failures through controls and oversight, it is not possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Portfolios to develop processes and controls that completely eliminate or mitigate the occurrence of such failures. Each Portfolio and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

The Portfolios are also susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks. In general, cyber-attacks result from deliberate attacks, but other events may have effects similar to those caused by cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include, among others, stealing or corrupting confidential information and other data that is maintained online or digitally for financial gain, denial-of-service attacks on websites causing operational disruption, and the unauthorized release of confidential information and other data. Cyber-attacks affecting a Portfolio or its Investment Adviser, sub-adviser, custodian, Transfer Agent, intermediary or other third-party service provider may adversely impact the Portfolio and its shareholders. These cyber-attacks have the ability to cause significant disruptions and impact business operations; to result in financial losses; to prevent shareholders from transacting business; to interfere with the Portfolio’s calculation of NAV and to lead to violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs and/or additional compliance costs. Similar to operational risk in general, the Portfolio and its service providers, including GSAM, have instituted risk management systems designed to minimize the risks associated with cyber security. However, there is a risk that these systems will not succeed (or that any remediation efforts will not be successful), especially because a Portfolio does not directly control the risk management systems of the service providers to the Portfolio, its trading counterparties or the issuers in which the Portfolio may invest. Moreover, there is a risk that cyber-attacks will not be detected.

 

B-66


The Portfolios may be subject to third-party litigation, which could give rise to legal liability. These matters involving the Portfolios may arise from their activities and investments and could have a materially adverse effect on the Portfolios, including the expense of defending against claims and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments. There can be no guarantee that these matters will not arise in the normal course of business. If the Portfolios were to be found liable in any suit or proceeding, any associated damages and/or penalties could have a materially adverse effect on the Portfolios’ finances, in addition to being materially damaging to their reputation.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The investment restrictions set forth below have been adopted by the Trust as fundamental policies that cannot be changed with respect to the Portfolios without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Portfolios. The investment objective of the Portfolios and all other investment policies or practices of the Portfolios are considered by the Trust not to be fundamental and accordingly may be changed without shareholder approval. For purposes of the Act, a “majority” of the outstanding voting securities means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Trust or the Portfolios present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or the Portfolios are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or the Portfolios.

For purposes of the following limitations (except for the asset coverage requirement with respect to borrowings, which is subject to different requirements under the Act), any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, the Portfolios. In applying fundamental investment restriction number (1) below to derivative transactions or instruments, including, but not limited to, futures, swaps, forwards, options and structured notes, the Portfolios will look to the industry of the reference asset(s) and not to the counterparty or issuer. With respect to the Portfolios’ fundamental investment restriction number (2) below, in the event that asset coverage (as defined in the Act) at any time falls below 300%, the Portfolios, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays) or such longer period as the SEC may prescribe by rules and regulations, will reduce the amount of its borrowings to the extent required so that the asset coverage of such borrowings will be at least 300%.

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

As a matter of fundamental policy, a Portfolio may not:

 

  (1)

Invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding investment companies and the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities). For the purposes of this restriction, the U.S. Government, state and municipal governments and their agencies, authorities and instrumentalities are not deemed to be industries;

 

  (2)

Borrow money, except as permitted by the Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction.

The following interpretation applies to, but is not part of, this fundamental policy: In determining whether a particular investment in portfolio instruments or participation in portfolio transactions is subject to this borrowing policy, the accounting treatment of such instrument or participation shall be considered, but shall not by itself be determinative. Whether a particular instrument or transaction constitutes a borrowing shall be determined by the Trustees, after consideration of all of the relevant circumstances;

 

  (3)

Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations, loan interests and other interests or obligations in accordance with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies; (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions; (c) loans of securities as permitted by applicable law or pursuant to an exemptive order granted under the Act; and (d) loans to affiliates of the Portfolio to the extent permitted by law;

 

B-67


  (4)

Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

  (5)

Purchase, hold or deal in real estate, although the Portfolio may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein or that reflect the return of an index of real estate values, securities of issuers which invest or deal in real estate, securities of real estate investment trusts and mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate it has acquired as a result of the ownership of securities;

 

  (6)

Invest in physical commodities, except that the Portfolio may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts in accordance with its investment objective and policies, including, without limitation, structured notes, futures contracts, swaps, options on commodities, currencies, swaps and futures, ETFs, investment pools and other instruments, regardless of whether such instrument is considered to be a commodity; and

 

  (7)

Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other fundamental investment restriction or policy, each Portfolio may invest some or all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Portfolio. Greater than 25% of a Portfolio’s total assets may be indirectly exposed to a particular industry through its investment in one or more Underlying Funds.

The Underlying Funds in which the Portfolios may invest have adopted certain investment restrictions which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Portfolio to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions and policies listed above. The investment restrictions of these Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective SAIs.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Trust’s Leadership Structure

The business and affairs of the Portfolios are managed under the direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Trustees are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and reviewing the actions of the Trust’s service providers. The officers of the Trust conduct and supervise the Portfolios’ daily business operations. Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Act are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Trustees who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust are referred to as “Interested Trustees.” The Board is currently composed of four Independent Trustees and one Interested Trustee. The Board has selected an Independent Trustee to act as Chair, whose duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and acting as a focal point to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of the Chair’s duties, the Chair will consult with the other Independent Trustees and the Portfolios’ officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chair may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. In addition, the Independent Trustees meet at least annually to review, among other things, investment management agreements, distribution (Rule 12b-1) and/or service plans and related agreements, transfer agency agreements and certain other agreements providing for the compensation of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates by a Portfolio, and to consider such other matters as they deem appropriate.

 

B-68


The Board has established five standing committees – Audit, Governance and Nominating, Compliance, Valuation and Contract Review Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Trustees to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section “Standing Board Committees,” below.

The Trustees have determined that the Trust’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Trustees to effectively perform their oversight responsibilities.

Trustees of the Trust

Information pertaining to the Trustees of the Trust as of December 28, 2018 is set forth below.

Independent Trustees

 

Name, Address

and Age 1

  

Position(s)

Held with the

Trust

  

Term of

Office and

Length of

Time Served 2

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee 3
  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee 4

Cheryl K. Beebe

Age: 63

   Chair of the Board of Trustees    Since 2017 (Trustee since 2015)   

Ms. Beebe is retired. She is Director, Convergys Corporation (2015–Present); Director, Packaging Corporation of America (2008–Present); and was formerly Executive Vice President, (2010–2014); and Chief Financial Officer, Ingredion, Inc. (a leading global ingredient solutions company) (2004–2014).

 

Chair of the Board of Trustees—Goldman Sachs Trust II.

   [19]    Convergys Corporation (a global leader in customer experience outsourcing); Packaging Corporation of America (producer of container board)
Lawrence Hughes Age: 60    Trustee    Since 2016   

Mr. Hughes is retired. Formerly, he held senior management positions with BNY Mellon Wealth Management, a division of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (a financial services company) (1991–2015), most recently as Chief Executive Officer (2010–2015). He serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors, Ellis Memorial and Eldredge House (a not-for-profit organization) (2012–Present). Previously, Mr. Hughes served as an Advisory Board Member of Goldman Sachs Trust II (February 2016 – April 2016).

 

Trustee—Goldman Sachs Trust II.

   [19]    None
John F. Killian Age: 64    Trustee    Since 2015   

Mr. Killian is retired. He is Director, Consolidated Edison, Inc. (2007–Present); Director, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (2011–Present); and formerly held senior management positions with Verizon Communications, Inc., including Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2009–2010); and President, Verizon Business, Verizon Communications, Inc. (2005–2009).

 

Trustee—Goldman Sachs Trust II.

   [19]    Consolidated Edison, Inc. (a utility holding company); Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Steven D. Krichmar

Age: 60

   Trustee    Since 2018    Mr. Krichmar is retired. Formerly, he held senior management and governance positions with Putnam Investments, LLC, a financial services company (2001 – 2016). He was most recently Chief of    [19]    None

 

B-69


Name, Address

and Age 1

  

Position(s)

Held with the

Trust

  

Term of

Office and

Length of

Time Served 2

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee 3
  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee 4

        

Operations and a member of the Operating Committee of Putnam Investments, LLC and Principal Financial Officer of The Putnam Funds. Previously, Mr. Krichmar served as an Audit Partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its predecessor company (1990 – 2001).

 

Trustee—Goldman Sachs Trust II.

     

Interested Trustee

 

Name, Address

and Age 1

  

Position(s)

Held with the

Trust

  

Term of Office and
Length of
Time Served 2

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee 3
  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee 4

James A. McNamara*

Age: 56

   President and Trustee    Since 2012   

Advisory Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2018–Present); Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2000–December 2017); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998–December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993–April 1998).

 

President and Trustee—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

   [154]    None

 

*

Mr. McNamara is considered to be an “Interested Trustee” because he holds positions with Goldman Sachs and owns securities issued by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Mr. McNamara holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

1

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Goldman Sachs, 200 West Street, New York, New York, 10282, Attn: Caroline Kraus.

2

Subject to such policies as may be adopted by the Board from time-to-time, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term, until the earliest of: (a) the election of his or her successor; (b) the date the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Declaration of Trust; or (c) the termination of the Trust. The Board has adopted policies which provide that (a) no Trustee shall hold office for more than 15 years and (b) a Trustee shall retire as of December 31st of the calendar year in which he or she reaches his or her 74th birthday, unless a waiver of such requirement shall have been adopted by a majority of the other Trustees. These policies may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder vote.

3

The Goldman Sachs Fund Complex includes certain other companies listed above for each respective Trustee. As of December 28, 2018, Goldman Sachs Trust II consisted of [19] portfolios ([17] of which offered shares to the public); Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of [89] portfolios ([88] of which offered shares to the public); Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of [13] portfolios; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund, Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund, Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC, Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC each consisted of [one] portfolio; and Goldman Sachs ETF Trust consisted of [28] portfolios ([14] of which offered shares to the public).

 

B-70


4

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the Act.

The significance or relevance of a Trustee’s particular experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills is considered by the Board on an individual basis. Experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills common to all Trustees include the ability to critically review, evaluate and discuss information provided to them and to interact effectively with the other Trustees and with representatives of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, other service providers, legal counsel and the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm, the capacity to address financial and legal issues and exercise reasonable business judgment, and a commitment to the representation of the interests of the Portfolios and their shareholders. The Governance and Nominating Committee’s charter contains certain other factors that are considered by the Governance and Nominating Committee in identifying and evaluating potential nominees to serve as Independent Trustees. Based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills, considered individually and with respect to the experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills of other Trustees, the Board has concluded that each Trustee should serve as Trustee. Below is a brief discussion of the experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills of each individual Trustee as of December 28, 2018 that led the Board to conclude that such individual should serve as Trustee.

Cheryl K. Beebe. Ms. Beebe has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2015 and Chair of the Board of Trustees since 2017. Ms. Beebe is retired. She is a member of the Board of Directors of Convergys Corporation, a global leader in customer experience outsourcing, where she serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. She is also a member of the Board of Directors of Packaging Corporation of America, a producer of container board, where she serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. In addition, Ms. Beebe serves on the Board of Trustees of Fairleigh Dickinson University. Previously, she held several senior management positions at Ingredion, Inc. (formerly Corn Products International, Inc.), a leading global ingredient solutions company. Ms. Beebe worked at Ingredion, Inc. and predecessor companies for 34 years, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In that capacity, she was responsible for overseeing all finance and accounting activities. Based on the foregoing, Ms. Beebe is experienced with financial, accounting and investment matters.

Lawrence Hughes. Mr. Hughes has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2016. Mr. Hughes is retired. Mr. Hughes is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Ellis Memorial and Eldredge House, a not-for-profit organization. Previously, he held several senior management positions at BNY Mellon Wealth Management, a division of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, that provides wealth planning, investment management and banking services to individuals, families, family offices and charitable gift programs through a nationwide network of offices. Mr. Hughes worked at BNY Mellon Wealth Management for 24 years, most recently as Chief Executive Officer. In that capacity, he was ultimately responsible for the division’s operations and played an active role in multiple acquisitions. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Hughes is experienced with financial and investment matters.

John F. Killian. Mr. Killian has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2015. Mr. Killian has been designated as the Board’s “audit committee financial expert” given his extensive accounting and finance experience. Mr. Killian is retired. Mr. Killian is a member of the Board of Directors of Consolidated Edison, Inc., a utility holding company, where he serves as a member of the Audit, Corporate Governance and Nominating, and Management Development and Compensation Committees. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, where he serves as Chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the Compensation Committee. In addition, he serves as Chair of the Board of Trustees for Providence College. Previously, Mr. Killian worked for 31 years at Verizon Communications, Inc. and predecessor companies, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Killian is experienced with accounting, financial and investment matters.

Steven D. Krichmar. Mr. Krichmar has served as a Trustee since 2018. Mr. Krichmar is retired. He previously worked for fifteen years at Putnam Investments, LLC, a financial services company. Most recently, he served as Chief of Operations and a member of the Operating Committee of Putnam Investments, LLC. He was also involved in the governance of The Putnam Funds, serving as Principal Financial Officer. Before joining Putnam, Mr. Krichmar worked for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its predecessor company for 20 years, most recently as Audit Partner and Investment Management Industry Leader (Assurance) for the northeast U.S. region. Currently, Mr.

 

B-71


Krichmar is Chairman of the Board of Directors of the United Way of Massachusetts Bay and Merrimack Valley, a member of the Board of Trustees of Boston Children’s Hospital and the Boys & Girls Clubs of Boston, a member of the Board of Directors of the Combined Jewish Philanthropies, and a member of the Board of Advisors of the University of North Carolina Kenan-Flagler Business School. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Krichmar is experienced with accounting, financial and investment matters.

James A. McNamara. Mr. McNamara has served as a Trustee and President of the Trust since 2012. Mr. McNamara is an Advisory Director to Goldman Sachs. Prior to retiring as Managing Director at Goldman Sachs in 2017, Mr. McNamara was head of Global Third Party Distribution at GSAM and was previously head of U.S. Third Party Distribution. Prior to that role, Mr. McNamara served as Director of Institutional Fund Sales. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. McNamara was Vice President and Manager at Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation. Based on the foregoing, Mr. McNamara is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Officers of the Trust

Information pertaining to the Officers of the Trust as of December 28, 2018 is set forth below.

 

Name, Age and Address

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served 1

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

James A. McNamara

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 56

  

Trustee and

President

   Since 2012   

Advisory Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2018 – Present); Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2000 – December 2017); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998 – December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993 – April 1998).

 

President and Trustee—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Scott M. McHugh

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 47

   Treasurer, Senior Vice President and Principal Financial Officer   

Since 2012

(Principal Financial Officer since 2013)

  

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2016 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (February 2007 – December 2015); Assistant Treasurer of certain mutual funds administered by DWS Scudder (2005 – 2007); and Director (2005 – 2007), Vice President (2000 – 2005), and Assistant Vice President (1998 – 2000), Deutsche Asset Management or its predecessor (1998 – 2007).

 

Treasurer, Senior Vice President and Principal Financial Officer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

 

B-72


Name, Age and Address

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served 1

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Julien Yoo

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 47

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2018   

Vice President, Goldman Sachs (December 2014 – Present); Contingent Worker, Goldman Sachs (September 2013 – May 2014); and Vice President, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2005 – 2010).

 

Chief Compliance Officer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Philip V. Giuca, Jr.

30 Hudson Street Jersey City, NJ

07302

Age: 56

   Assistant Treasurer    Since 2012   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2014 – Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (May 1992 – December 2013).

 

Assistant Treasurer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.; Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC; Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Peter W. Fortner

30 Hudson Street Jersey City, NJ

07302

Age: 60

   Assistant Treasurer    Since 2012   

Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 2000 – Present); and Principal Financial Officer, Commerce Bank Mutual Fund Complex (2008 – Present).

 

Assistant Treasurer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Kenneth G. Curran

30 Hudson Street Jersey City, NJ

07302

Age: 54

   Assistant Treasurer    Since 2012   

Vice President, Goldman Sachs (November 1998 – Present); and Senior Tax Manager, KPMG Peat Marwick (accountants) (August 1995 – October 1998).

 

Assistant Treasurer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.; Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC; Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

 

B-73


Name, Age and Address

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served 1

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Allison Fracchiolla

30 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ

07302

Age: 35

   Assistant Treasurer    Since 2014   

Vice President, Goldman Sachs (January 2013 – Present).

 

Assistant Treasurer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; and Goldman Sachs ETF Trust.

Joseph F. DiMaria

30 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ

07302

Age: 50

   Assistant Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer    Since 2017   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2015 – Present) and Vice President – Mutual Fund Administration, Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (May 2010 – October 2015).

 

Assistant Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Jesse Cole

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL

60606

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2012   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2006 – Present); Vice President, GSAM (June 1998 – Present); and Vice President, AIM Management Group, Inc. (investment adviser) (April 1996 – June 1998).

 

Vice President—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

Miriam L. Cytryn

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2012   

Vice President, GSAM (2008 – Present); Vice President of Divisional Management, Investment Management Division (2007 – 2008); Vice President and Chief of Staff, GSAM US Distribution (2003 – 2007); and Vice President of Employee Relations, Goldman Sachs (1996 – 2003).

 

Vice President—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

Thomas J. Davis

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2015   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (2008 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1995 – 2008); and Associate, Goldman Sachs (1990-1995).

 

Vice President—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; and Goldman Sachs ETF Trust.

 

B-74


Name, Age and Address

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served 1

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Rachel Schnoll

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 2018   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (2014 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2003 – 2013); and Associate, Goldman Sachs (1999 – 2002).

 

Vice President—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Caroline L. Kraus

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 41

   Secretary    Since 2012   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (January 2016 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (August 2006 – December 2015); Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (2012 – Present); Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (August 2006 – December 2011); and Associate, Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP (2002 – 2006).

 

Secretary—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust (previously Assistant Secretary (2012)); Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (previously Assistant Secretary (2012)); Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.; Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC; Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

David A. Fishman

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 54

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2012   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2001 – Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997 – December 2001).

 

Assistant Secretary—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

 

B-75


Name, Age and Address

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served 1

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Robert Griffith

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 44

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2012   

Vice President, Goldman Sachs (August 2011 – Present); Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (December 2014 – Present); Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (August 2011 – December 2014); Vice President and Counsel, Nomura Holding America, Inc. (2010 – 2011); and Associate, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (2005 – 2010).

 

Assistant Secretary—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust; Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund; Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund; Goldman Sachs ETF Trust; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC; Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC; and Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC.

Shaun Cullinan

200 West Street

New York, NY

10282

Age: 39

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2018   

Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (2018 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2009 – 2017); Associate, Goldman Sachs (2006 – 2008); Analyst, Goldman Sachs (2004 – 2005).

 

Assistant Secretary—Goldman Sachs Trust II; Goldman Sachs Trust; and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

 

1  

Officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Each officer holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

Standing Board Committees

The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the Board with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the Board an independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Audit Committee and Mr. Killian serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held [three] meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018.

The Governance and Nominating Committee has been established to: (i) assist the Board in matters involving mutual fund governance, which includes making recommendations to the Board with respect to the effectiveness of the Board in carrying out its responsibilities in governing the Portfolios and overseeing its management; (ii) select and nominate candidates for appointment or election to serve as Independent Trustees; and (iii) advise the Board on ways to improve its effectiveness. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee held [four] meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to the Trust at its mailing address stated in the Portfolios’ Prospectus and should be directed to the attention of the Goldman Sachs Trust Governance and Nominating Committee.

The Compliance Committee has been established for the purpose of overseeing the compliance processes: (i) of the Portfolios; and (ii) insofar as they relate to services provided to the Portfolios, of the Portfolios’ Investment Adviser, Distributor, administrator (if any), and Transfer Agent, except that compliance processes relating to the accounting and financial reporting processes, and certain related matters, are overseen by the Audit Committee. In addition, the Compliance Committee provides assistance to the full Board with respect to compliance matters. The Compliance Committee held [four] meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Compliance Committee.

 

B-76


The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolios in accordance with the Trust’s Valuation Procedures. Messrs. McNamara and McHugh serve on the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee was established by the Board on August 8, 2018.

The Contract Review Committee has been established for the purpose of overseeing the processes of the Board for reviewing and monitoring performance under the Portfolios’ investment management, distribution, transfer agency, and certain other agreements with the Portfolios’ Investment Adviser and its affiliates. The Contract Review Committee is also responsible for overseeing the Board’s processes for considering and reviewing performance under the operation of the Portfolios’ distribution, service, shareholder administration and other plans, and any agreements related to the plans, whether or not such plans and agreements are adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act. The Contract Review Committee also provides appropriate assistance to the Board in connection with the Board’s approval, oversight and review of the Portfolios’ other service providers including, without limitation, the Portfolios’ custodian/fund accounting agent, sub-transfer agents, professional (legal and accounting) firms and printing firms. The Contract Review Committee held [five] meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Contract Review Committee.

Risk Oversight

The Board is responsible for the oversight of the activities of the Portfolios, including oversight of risk management. Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Portfolios is the responsibility of GSAM or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to supervision by GSAM. The risks of the Portfolios include, but are not limited to, investment risk, compliance risk, manager selection risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk. Each of GSAM and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management may differ from a Portfolio and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result, the Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect a Portfolio or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects, and that some risks are simply beyond the control of a Portfolio or GSAM, their respective affiliates or other service providers.

The Board effectuates its oversight role primarily through regular and special meetings of the Board and Board committees. In certain cases, risk management issues are specifically addressed in presentations and discussions. In addition, investment risk is discussed in the context of regular presentations to the Board on Portfolio strategy and performance. Other types of risk are addressed as part of presentations on related topics (e.g. compliance policies) or in the context of presentations focused specifically on one or more risks. The Board also receives reports from GSAM management on operational risks, reputational risks and counterparty risks relating to the Portfolios.

Board oversight of risk management is also performed by various Board committees. For example, the Audit Committee meets with both the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm and GSAM’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support the Portfolios as well as test results, and the Compliance Committee meets with the CCO and representatives of GSAM’s compliance group to review testing results of the Portfolios’ compliance policies and procedures and other compliance issues. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between GSAM and the Board. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Portfolios’ investments or activities.

 

B-77


Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Portfolios and other portfolios of the Goldman Sachs Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in  the
Portfolios 1
     Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
All Portfolios

in Fund Complex
Overseen By

Trustee
 

Cheryl K. Beebe

     [          [    

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 2

     [          [    

James A. McNamara

     [          [    

 

1

Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Portfolios described in this SAI.

2

Mr. Krichmar was elected as Trustee of the Trust on February 6, 2018.

[As of [December 1], 2018, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios.]

Board Compensation

Each Independent Trustee is compensated with a unitary annual fee for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust and as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance Committee, Contract Review Committee, and Audit Committee. The Chair and “audit committee financial expert” receive additional compensation for their services. The Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust may also pay the reasonable incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018:

Trustee Compensation

 

Name of Trustee

   Target Date 2020 Portfolio      Target Date 2025 Portfolio  

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $ [        $ [    

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian 2

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [          [    

James A. McNamara 4

     —          —    

Name of Trustee

   Target Date 2030 Portfolio      Target Date 2035 Portfolio  

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $ [        $ [    

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian 2

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [          [    

James A. McNamara 4

     —          —    

 

B-78


     Target Date
2040
Portfolio
     Target
Date
2045
Portfolio
 

Name of Trustee

     

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $ [        $ [    

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian 2

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [          [    

James A. McNamara 4

     —          —    
     Target Date
2050
Portfolio
     Target
Date
2055
Portfolio
 

Name of Trustee

     

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $
 
[    
 
   $
 
[    
 

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian 2

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [          [    

James A. McNamara 4

     —          —    

 

Name of Trustee

   Target Date 2060 Portfolio*
 

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $ [    

Lawrence Hughes

     [     ]  

John F. Killian 2

     [     ]  

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [      ]  

James A. McNamara 4

     —    

 

Name of Trustee

   Pension or
Retirement

Benefits Accrued
as Part

Of the Trust’s
Expenses
     Total Compensation
From Fund Complex (including the  Portfolios) 5
 

Cheryl K. Beebe 1

   $ [     ]      $ [     ]  

Lawrence Hughes

     [          [    

John F. Killian 2

     [          [    

Steven D. Krichmar 3

     [          [    

James A. McNamara 4

     —          —    

 

B-79


*

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operation on April 30, 2018.

1

Includes compensation as Board Chair.

2

Includes compensation as “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 3 of Form N-CSR.

3

Mr. Krichmar was elected as Trustee of the Trust on February 6, 2018.

4

Mr. McNamara is an Interested Trustee, and as such, receives no compensation from the Portfolios or the Goldman Sachs Fund Complex.

5

Represents fees paid to each Trustee during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 from the Goldman Sachs Fund Complex.

Miscellaneous

Class A Shares of the Portfolios may be sold at NAV without payment of any sales charge to Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors or employees (including retired employees and former partners), any partnership of which Goldman Sachs is a general partner, any Trustee or officer of the Trust and designated family members of any of the above individuals. These and the Portfolios’ other sales load waivers are due to the nature of the investors and/or the reduced sales effort and expense that are needed to obtain such investments.

The Trust, its Investment Adviser and the principal underwriter have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Act that may permit personnel subject to their particular codes of ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

As stated in the Portfolios’ Prospectus, GSAM, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, serves as Investment Adviser to the Portfolios. GSAM is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. See “Service Providers” in the Portfolios’ Prospectus for a description of the Investment Adviser’s duties to the Portfolios.

Founded in 1869, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is a publicly-held financial holding company and a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm. Goldman Sachs is a leader in developing portfolio strategies and in many fields of investing and financing, participating in financial markets worldwide and serving individuals, institutions, corporations and governments. Goldman Sachs is also among the principal market sources for current and thorough information on companies, industrial sectors, markets, economies and currencies, and trades and makes markets in a wide range of equity and debt securities 24 hours a day. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in countries throughout the world. It has trading professionals throughout the United States, as well as in London, Frankfurt, Tokyo, Seoul, Sao Paulo and other major financial centers around the world. The active participation of Goldman Sachs in the world’s financial markets enhances its ability to identify attractive investments. Goldman Sachs has agreed to permit the Portfolios to use the name “Goldman Sachs” or a derivative thereof as part of the Portfolios’ name for as long as the Portfolios’ management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) is in effect.

The Investment Adviser oversees the provision of investment advisory and portfolio management services to the Portfolios, including developing the Portfolios’ investment program.

The Management Agreement provides that GSAM, directly or through a sub-adviser, is responsible for overseeing the Portfolios’ investment program. The Management Agreement provides that GSAM, in its capacity as Investment Adviser, may render similar services to others so long as the services under the Management Agreement are not impaired thereby. The Portfolios’ Management Agreement was most recently approved by the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to such agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Act) of any party thereto (the “non-interested Trustees”), on August 8, 2018. A discussion regarding the Trustees’ basis for approving the Management Agreement is available in the Portfolios’ Annual Report for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2018.

 

B-80


The Management Agreement will remain in effect until August 31, 2019 with respect to all Portfolios except the Target Date 2060 Portfolio and until February 7, 2020 with respect to the Target Date 2060 Portfolio, and will continue in effect with respect to each Portfolio from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of each Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities or a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

The Management Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned (as defined in the Act). The Management Agreement is also terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Portfolio on 60 days’ written notice to the Investment Adviser or by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Investment Adviser is entitled to receive a management fee, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.25% of each Portfolio’s first $2 billion of average daily net assets, 0.23% of average daily net assets of the next $3 billion, and 0.21% of average daily net assets over $5 billion. Included below are the actual management fee rates paid by each Portfolio (after reflection of any management fee waivers, as indicated) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. The management fee waivers will remain in effect through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate these arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees. The management fee waivers may be modified or terminated by the Investment Adviser at its discretion and without shareholder approval after such date, although the Investment Adviser does not presently intend to do so. The Actual Rate may not correlate to the Contractual Rate as a result of these management fee waivers that may be in effect from time to time. The Investment Adviser may waive a portion of its management fee payable by a Portfolio in an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment adviser to any of the affiliated funds in which the Portfolio invests.

 

Portfolio

   Actual Rate for the
Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [0.25 ]% 

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [0.25

Target Date 2060 Portfolio*

     [0.25

 

*

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016, the amount of the fees incurred by each Portfolio under the Management Agreement was as follows:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Period Ended
August 31, 2018
    Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 
   Without
Fee
Waiver
    With Fee
Waivers
    Without
Fee
Waiver
     With Fee
Waivers
     Without
Fee
Waiver
     With Fee
Waivers
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [       $ [       $ 110,711      $ 110,521      $ 159,742      $ 159,742  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [         [         21,553        21,513        4,744        4,744  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [         [         159,526        159,264        226,031        226,031  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [         [         21,844        21,801        4,741        4,741  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [         [         103,785        103,612        147,269        147,269  

 

B-81


Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [         [         22,069        22,025        4,740        4,740  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [         [         51,258        51,163        63,738        63,738  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [         [         22,330        22,285        4,740        4,740  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [         [         N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

In addition to overseeing the Portfolios’ investment program, under the Management Agreement, the Investment Adviser also performs the following additional services for the Portfolios: (i) selects the sub-adviser for the Portfolios, if any, and provides general oversight of any such sub-adviser; (ii) supervises non-advisory operations of the Portfolios, including oversight of vendors hired by the Portfolios, oversight of Portfolio liquidity and risk management, oversight of regulatory inquiries and requests with respect to the Portfolios made to the Investment Adviser, valuation and accounting oversight and oversight of ongoing compliance with federal and state securities laws, tax regulations, and other applicable law; (iii) provides personnel to perform such executive, administrative and clerical services as are reasonably necessary to provide effective administration of the Portfolios; (iv) arranges for, at each Portfolio’s expense: (a) the preparation of all required tax returns, (b) the preparation and submission of reports to existing shareholders, (c) the periodic updating of prospectuses and statements of additional information and (d) the preparation of reports to be filed with the SEC and other regulatory authorities; (v) maintains each Portfolios’ records; (vi) provides office space and necessary office equipment and services for the Investment Adviser; and (vii) markets the Portfolios.

Prior to November 30, 2018, the Portfolios were sub-advised by Madison Asset Management, LLC (“Madison”). Prior to this date, the Investment Adviser (not the Portfolios) paid Madison a fee based on a percentage of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016, the Investment Adviser paid aggregate investment sub-advisory fees to Madison as follows:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
    Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31,
2017
    Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [         [     ]%    $ 71,441        0.15 %**    $ 6,168        0.01 %** 

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [         [         14,047        0.15 **      1,093        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [         [         103,554        0.15 **      8,670        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [         [         14,247        0.15 **      1,092        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [         [         67,490        0.15 **      5,788        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [         [         14,405        0.15 **      1,091        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [         [         33,565        0.15 **      2,546        0.01 ** 

 

B-82


Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
    Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31,
2017
    Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [         [         14,583        0.15 **      1,090        0.01 ** 

Target Date 2060 Portfolio***

     [         [         N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

Represents the aggregate investment sub-advisory fees paid by the Investment Adviser as a percentage of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets.

***

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-83


Portfolio Managers – Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The following table discloses accounts within each type of category listed below for which the portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for day to day portfolio management as of August 31, 2018, unless otherwise indicated.

For each portfolio manager listed below, the total number of accounts managed is a reflection of accounts within the strategy they oversee or manage, as well as accounts which participate in the sector in which they manage. There are multiple portfolio managers involved with each account.

 

     Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type     Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is
Performance Based
 
Name of
Portfolio
Manager
  

Registered

Investment

Companies

   

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

   

Other

Accounts

   

Registered

Investment

Companies

   

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

   

Other

Accounts

 
     Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
    Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
    Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
    Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
    Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
    Number
of
Accounts
    Assets
Managed
 

Raymond Chan

     [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [    

Christopher Lvoff

     [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [         [       $ [    

Assets are preliminary, in billions of USD, unless otherwise noted.

 

B-84


Conflicts of Interest . The portfolio managers may be responsible for managing the Portfolios as well as other registered funds, accounts, including proprietary accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles, such as unregistered private funds. A portfolio manager may manage a separate account or other pooled investment vehicle which may have materially higher fee arrangements than one or more of the Portfolios and may also have a performance-based fee. The side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

The Investment Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. To this end, the Investment Adviser has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. In addition, the Investment Adviser and the Portfolios have adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between the Portfolios and another client account. The Investment Adviser conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies. For more information about conflicts of interests that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the Portfolios’ investments and the investments of other accounts, see “POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.”

Portfolio Managers – Compensation

Compensation for portfolio managers of the Investment Adviser is comprised of a base salary and discretionary variable compensation. The base salary is fixed from year to year. Year-end discretionary variable compensation is primarily a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance; his or her contribution to the overall team performance; the performance of the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs; the team’s net revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees, and for certain accounts, performance-based fees; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms. Portfolio managers may be rewarded in part for their delivery of investment performance, measured on a pre-tax basis, which is reasonably expected to meet or exceed the expectations of clients and fund shareholders in terms of excess return over an applicable benchmark, peer group ranking, risk management and factors specific to certain funds such as yield or regional focus. Performance is judged over 1-, 3- and 5-year time horizons.

For compensation purposes, the benchmarks for the Portfolios are:

 

Portfolio

  

Benchmark

Target Date 2020 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2020 Index
Target Date 2025 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2025 Index
Target Date 2030 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2030 Index
Target Date 2035 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2035 Index
Target Date 2040 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2040 Index
Target Date 2045 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2045 Index
Target Date 2050 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2050 Index
Target Date 2055 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2055 Index
Target Date 2060 Portfolio    S&P Target Date To 2060 Index

 

B-85


The discretionary variable compensation for portfolio managers is also significantly influenced by: (1) effective participation in team research discussions and process; and (2) management of risk in alignment with the targeted risk parameter and investment objective of the Portfolio. Other factors may also be considered, including: (1) general client/shareholder orientation and (2) teamwork and leadership. Portfolio managers may receive equity-based awards as part of their discretionary variable compensation.

Other Compensation. In addition to base salary and discretionary variable compensation, the Investment Adviser has a number of additional benefits in place including: (1) a 401(k) program that enables employees to direct a percentage of their pretax salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified retirement plan; and (2) investment opportunity programs in which certain professionals may participate subject to certain eligibility requirements.

Portfolio Managers — Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities in the Portfolios

The following table shows the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Portfolios as of August 31, 2018:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities Beneficially
Owned by Portfolio
Manager
 

Raymond Chan

     [    

Christopher Lvoff

     [    

Distributor and Transfer Agent

Distributor. Goldman Sachs, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, serves as the exclusive distributor of shares of the Portfolios pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a distribution agreement with the Trust on behalf of the Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are offered and sold on a continuous basis by Goldman Sachs, acting as agent. Pursuant to the distribution agreement, after the Prospectus and periodic reports have been prepared, set in type and mailed to shareholders, Goldman Sachs will pay for the printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering to prospective investors. Goldman Sachs will also pay for other supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. Goldman Sachs may enter into sales agreements with Intermediaries to solicit subscriptions for Class A, Investor, Class R, and Class R6 Shares of the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs receives a portion of the sales charge imposed on the sale, in the case of Class A Shares.

 

B-86


Goldman Sachs retained approximately the following commissions on sales of Class A Shares during the following periods:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31,

2017
     Fiscal Period
Ended October 31,

2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ 0      $ 0  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

Dealer Reallowances. Class A Shares of the Portfolios are sold subject to a front-end sales charge, as described in the Prospectus and in this SAI in the section “Shares of the Trust.” Goldman Sachs may pay commissions to Intermediaries that sell Class A Shares of the Portfolios in the form of a “reallowance” of all or a portion of the sales charge paid on the purchase of those shares. Goldman Sachs reallows the following amounts, expressed as a percentage of each Portfolio’s offering price with respect to purchases of Class A Shares under $50,000:

 

Portfolio

   % of sales charge
re-allowed to
broker/dealers
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [     ]% 

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio

     [    

Dealer allowances may be changed periodically. During special promotions, the entire sales charge may be reallowed to Intermediaries. Intermediaries to whom substantially the entire sales charge is reallowed may be deemed to be “underwriters” under the 1933 Act.

Transfer Agent. Goldman Sachs, 71 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606, serves as the Trust’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Goldman Sachs has undertaken with the Trust with respect to each Portfolio to: (i) record the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares; (ii) provide purchase and redemption confirmations and quarterly statements, as well as certain other statements; (iii) provide certain information to the Trust’s custodian and the relevant sub-custodian in connection with redemptions; (iv) provide dividend crediting and certain disbursing agent services; (v) maintain shareholder accounts; (vi) provide certain state Blue Sky and other information; (vii) provide shareholders and certain regulatory authorities with tax related information; (viii) respond to shareholder inquiries; and (ix) render certain other miscellaneous services. For its transfer agency and dividend disbursing agent services, Goldman Sachs is entitled to receive a fee equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.04% of average daily net assets of the Portfolios’ Institutional and Service Shares, 0.18% of average daily net assets with respect to the Portfolios’ Class A, Investor and Class R Shares, and 0.03% of average daily net assets with respect to the Portfolios’ Class R6 Shares. Goldman Sachs may pay to certain intermediaries who perform transfer agent services to shareholders a networking or sub-transfer agent fee. These payments will be made from the transfer agency fees noted above and in the Portfolios’ Prospectus.

As compensation for the services rendered to the Trust by Goldman Sachs as transfer and dividend disbursing agent and the assumption by Goldman Sachs of the expenses related thereto, Goldman Sachs received fees for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016 from each Portfolio as follows under the fee schedules then in effect:

 

B-87


Portfolio

   Class A**  
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [        $ 19      $ 4  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          79        4  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          250        4  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          37        4  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          21        4  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          43        4  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          37        4  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          77        4  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio***

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

Prior to October 8, 2017, the fee for transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services with respect to Class A, Class R and Investor Shares was 0.19%.

***

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

Portfolio

   Institutional  
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [        $ 3      $ 1  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          3,417        755  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          3,464        755  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          3,501        755  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          3,537        755  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

Portfolio

   Service  
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [        $ 3      $ 1  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-88


Portfolio

   Class R and Investor**  
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [        $ 62      $ 8  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          37        8  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          55        8  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          61        8  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          57        8  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          67        8  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          40        8  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          49        8  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio***

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

Prior to October 8, 2017, the fee for transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services with respect to Class A, Class R and Investor Shares was 0.19%.

***

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

Portfolio

   Class R6*  
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016**
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

     [        $ 8,845      $ 2,158  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          12,727        3,005  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          4        1  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          8,291        1,978  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          4,089        881  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          3        1  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio***

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

Prior to October 8, 2017, the fee for transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services with respect to Class R6 Shares was 0.02%.

**

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

***

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

The Trust’s distribution and transfer agency agreements each provide that Goldman Sachs may render similar services to others so long as the services Goldman Sachs provides thereunder are not impaired thereby. Such agreements also provide that the Trust will indemnify Goldman Sachs against certain liabilities.

Expenses

The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolios, is responsible for the payment of the Portfolios’ expenses. The expenses include, without limitation, the fees payable to the Investment Adviser, service fees and shareholder administration fees paid to Intermediaries, the fees and expenses of the Trust’s custodian and sub-custodians, transfer agent fees and expenses, pricing service fees and expenses, brokerage fees and commissions, filing fees for the registration or qualification of the Trust’s shares under federal or state securities laws, expenses of the organization of the Portfolios, fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations including, but not limited to, the Investment Company Institute, taxes, interest, costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds or indemnification, any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against, the Trust for violation of any law, legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses (including the cost of legal and certain accounting services rendered by employees of Goldman Sachs or its affiliates with respect to the Trust), expenses of preparing and setting in type Prospectuses, SAIs, proxy materials, reports and

 

B-89


notices and the printing and distributing of the same to the Trust’s shareholders and regulatory authorities, any expenses assumed by the Portfolios pursuant to its distribution and service plans, compensation and expenses of its Independent Trustees, the fees and expenses of pricing services, dividend expenses on short sales and extraordinary expenses, if any, incurred by the Trust. Except for fees and expenses under any service plan, shareholder administration plan or distribution and service plan applicable to a particular class and transfer agency fees and expenses, all Portfolio expenses are borne on a non-class specific basis.

The imposition of the Investment Adviser’s fees, as well as other operating expenses, will have the effect of reducing the total return to investors. From time to time, the Investment Adviser may waive receipt of its fees and/or voluntarily assume certain expenses of a Portfolio, which would have the effect of lowering the Portfolio’s overall expense ratio and increasing total return to investors at the time such amounts are waived or assumed, as the case may be.

The Investment Adviser has agreed to reduce or limit certain “Other Expenses” of the Portfolios (excluding acquired (underlying) fund fees and expenses, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, expenses of shareholder meetings, litigation and indemnification, and extraordinary expenses) to [0.024]% of each of Target Date 2020 Portfolio’s, Target Date 2030 Portfolio’s, Target Date 2040 Portfolio’s and Target Date 2050 Portfolio’s average daily net assets and [0.014]% of each of Target Date 2025 Portfolio’s, Target Date 2035 Portfolio’s, Target Date 2045 Portfolio’s, Target Date 2055 Portfolio’s and Target Date 2060 Portfolio’s average daily net assets through at least December 28, 2019, and prior to such date, the Investment Adviser may not terminate the arrangements without the approval of the Board of Trustees. The expense limitation may be modified or terminated by the Investment Adviser at its discretion and without shareholder approval after such date, although the Investment Adviser does not presently intend to do so. The Portfolios’ “Other Expenses” may be further reduced by any custody and transfer agency fee credits received by the Portfolios.

Fees and expenses borne by the Portfolios relating to legal counsel, registering shares of the Portfolios, holding meetings and communicating with shareholders may include an allocable portion of the cost of maintaining an internal legal and compliance department. Each Portfolio may also bear an allocable portion of the Investment Adviser’s costs of performing certain accounting services not being provided by the Portfolios’ custodian.

Reimbursements and Other Expense Reductions

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016, the amount of certain “Other Expenses” of the Portfolios were reduced or otherwise limited by the Investment Adviser as follows under the expense limitations that were then in effect:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period November 1,
2016 through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ 281,583      $ 246,152  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          331,766        93,591  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          288,645        244,151  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          331,163        93,592  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          278,866        245,937  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          330,779        93,592  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          260,827        247,616  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          330,604        93,591  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-90


Custodian, Sub-Custodians and Administrator

State Street, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the custodian and administrator of the Trust’s portfolio securities and cash. The custodian of the Trust may change from time to time. State Street also maintains the Trust’s accounting records. State Street may appoint domestic and foreign sub-custodians and use depositories from time to time to hold securities and other instruments purchased by the Trust in foreign countries and to hold cash and currencies for the Trust.

State Street also serves as administrator pursuant to an administration agreement with the Trust (the “Administration Agreement”) pursuant to which State Street provides certain services, including, among others, (i) preparation of certain shareholder reports and communications; (ii) preparation of certain reports and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iii) certain compliance testing services; and (iv) such other services for the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon between the Trust and State Street. For its services under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator receives such fees as are agreed upon from time to time between the parties. In addition, the Administrator is reimbursed by the Portfolios for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Administration Agreement.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[ ], 101 Seaport Boulevard, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02210, is the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm. The Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm may change from time to time. In addition to audit services, [ ] prepares the Portfolios’ federal and state tax returns and provides assistance on certain non-audit matters.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

General Categories of Conflicts Associated with the Portfolios

Goldman Sachs (which, for purposes of this “POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST” section, shall mean, collectively, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the Investment Adviser and their affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees) is a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization and a major participant in global financial markets. As such, it provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high net-worth individuals. Goldman Sachs acts as an investment banker, research provider, investment adviser, financier, adviser, market maker, prime broker, derivatives dealer, lender, counterparty, agent, principal and investor. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs advises clients in all markets and transactions and purchases, sells, holds and recommends a broad array of investments, including securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products, for its own account and for the accounts of clients and of its personnel, through client accounts and the relationships and products it sponsors, manages and advises. Goldman Sachs has direct and indirect interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equities, bank loan and other markets, and the securities and issuers, in which the Portfolios may directly and indirectly invest. As a result, Goldman Sachs’ activities and dealings may affect the Portfolios in ways that may disadvantage or restrict the Portfolios and/or benefit Goldman Sachs or other Accounts. For purposes of this “POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST” section, “Portfolios” shall mean, collectively, the Portfolios and any of the other Goldman Sachs Funds, and “Accounts” shall mean Goldman Sachs’ own accounts, accounts in which personnel of Goldman Sachs have an interest, accounts of Goldman Sachs’ clients, including separately managed accounts (or separate accounts), and investment vehicles that Goldman Sachs sponsors, manages or advises, including the Portfolios.

The following are descriptions of certain conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest that may be associated with the financial or other interests that the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs may have in transactions effected by, with, or on behalf of the Portfolios. In addition, the Investment Adviser’s activities on behalf of certain other entities that are not investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser may create conflicts of interest between such entities, on the one hand, and Accounts (including the Portfolios), on the other hand, that are

 

B-91


the same as or similar to the conflicts that arise between the Portfolios and other Accounts, as described herein. The conflicts herein do not purport to be a complete list or explanation of the conflicts associated with the financial or other interests the Investment Adviser or Goldman Sachs may have now or in the future. Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs is set forth in the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

The Sale of Portfolio Shares and the Allocation of Investment Opportunities

Sales Incentives and Related Conflicts Arising from Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Relationships with Intermediaries

Goldman Sachs and its personnel, including employees of the Investment Adviser, may receive benefits and earn fees and compensation for services provided to Accounts (including the Portfolios) and in connection with the distribution of the Portfolios. Any such fees and compensation may be paid directly or indirectly out of the fees payable to the Investment Adviser in connection with the management of such Accounts (including the Portfolios). Moreover, Goldman Sachs and its personnel, including employees of the Investment Adviser, may have relationships (both involving and not involving the Portfolios, and including without limitation placement, brokerage, advisory and board relationships) with distributors, consultants and others who recommend, or engage in transactions with or for, the Portfolios. Such distributors, consultants and other parties may receive compensation from Goldman Sachs or the Portfolios in connection with such relationships. As a result of these relationships, distributors, consultants and other parties may have conflicts that create incentives for them to promote the Portfolios.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs and the Portfolios may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries and to salespersons to promote the Portfolios. These payments may be made out of Goldman Sachs’ assets or amounts payable to Goldman Sachs. These payments may create an incentive for such persons to highlight, feature or recommend the Portfolios.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Portfolios and Other Accounts

The Investment Adviser may manage or advise multiple Accounts (including Accounts in which Goldman Sachs and its personnel have an interest) that have investment objectives that are the same or similar to the Portfolios and that may seek to make or sell investments in the same securities or other instruments, sectors or strategies as the Portfolios. This creates potential conflicts, particularly in circumstances where the availability or liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited ( e.g. , in local and emerging markets, high yield securities, fixed income securities, regulated industries, small capitalization, direct or indirect investments in private investment funds, investments in master limited partnerships in the oil and gas industry and initial public offerings/new issues).

The Investment Adviser does not receive performance-based compensation in respect of its investment management activities on behalf of the Portfolios, but may simultaneously manage Accounts for which the Investment Adviser receives greater fees or other compensation (including performance-based fees or allocations) than it receives in respect of the Portfolios. The simultaneous management of Accounts that pay greater fees or other compensation and the Portfolios creates a conflict of interest as the Investment Adviser has an incentive to favor Accounts with the potential to receive greater fees when allocating resources, services, functions or investment opportunities among Accounts. For instance, the Investment Adviser may be faced with a conflict of interest when allocating scarce investment opportunities given the possibly greater fees from Accounts that pay performance-based fees. To address these types of conflicts, the Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures under which it will allocate investment opportunities in a manner that it believes is consistent with its obligations and fiduciary duties as an investment adviser. However, the availability, amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by the Portfolios may differ from, and performance may be lower than, the investments and performance of other Accounts.

 

B-92


To address these potential conflicts, the Investment Adviser has developed allocation policies and procedures that provide that the Investment Adviser’s personnel making portfolio decisions for Accounts will make investment decisions for, and allocate investment opportunities among, such Accounts consistent with the Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations. These policies and procedures may result in the pro rata allocation (on a basis determined by the Investment Adviser) of limited opportunities across eligible Accounts managed by a particular portfolio management team, but in other cases such allocation may not be pro rata.

Allocation-related decisions for the Portfolios and other Accounts may be made by reference to one or more factors. Factors may include: the Account’s portfolio and its investment horizons, objectives, guidelines and restrictions (including legal and regulatory restrictions affecting certain Accounts or affecting holdings across Accounts); client instructions; strategic fit and other portfolio management considerations, including different desired levels of exposure to certain strategies; the expected future capacity of the Portfolios and the applicable Accounts; limits on the Investment Adviser’s brokerage discretion; cash and liquidity needs and other considerations; the availability of other appropriate or substantially similar investment opportunities; and differences in benchmark factors and hedging strategies among Accounts. Suitability considerations, reputational matters and other considerations may also be considered.

In a case in which one or more Accounts are intended to be the Investment Adviser’s primary investment vehicles focused on, or to receive priority with respect to, a particular trading strategy, other Accounts (including the Portfolios) may not have access to such strategy or may have more limited access than would otherwise be the case. To the extent that such Accounts are managed by areas of Goldman Sachs other than the Investment Adviser, such Accounts will not be subject to the Investment Adviser’s allocation policies. Investments by such Accounts may reduce or eliminate the availability of investment opportunities to, or otherwise adversely affect, the Portfolios. Furthermore, in cases in which one or more Accounts are intended to be the Investment Adviser’s primary investment vehicles focused on, or receive priority with respect to, a particular trading strategy or type of investment, such Accounts may have specific policies or guidelines with respect to Accounts or other persons receiving the opportunity to invest alongside such Accounts with respect to one or more investments (“Co-Investment Opportunities”). As a result, certain Accounts or other persons will receive allocations to, or rights to invest in, Co-Investment Opportunities that are not available generally to the Portfolios.

In addition, in some cases the Investment Adviser may make investment recommendations to Accounts that make investment decisions independently of the Investment Adviser. In circumstances in which there is limited availability of an investment opportunity, if such Accounts invest in the investment opportunity at the same time as, or prior to, a Portfolio, the availability of the investment opportunity for the Portfolio will be reduced irrespective of the Investment Adviser’s policies regarding allocations of investments. In certain cases, persons or entities who do not have an Account with the Investment Adviser may receive allocations of opportunities from the Investment Adviser, and be included in the Investment Adviser’s allocation procedures as if they had an Account with the Investment Adviser, even though there is no investment advisory relationship between the Investment Adviser and such persons or entities.

The Investment Adviser may, from time to time, develop and implement new trading strategies or seek to participate in new trading strategies and investment opportunities. These strategies and opportunities may not be employed in all Accounts or employed pro rata among Accounts where they are used, even if the strategy or opportunity is consistent with the objectives of such Accounts. Further, a trading strategy employed for a Portfolio that is similar to, or the same as, that of another Account may be implemented differently, sometimes to a material extent. For example, a Portfolio may invest in different securities or other assets, or invest in the same securities and other assets but in different proportions, than another Account with the same or similar trading strategy. The implementation of the Portfolio’s trading strategy will depend on a variety of factors, including the portfolio managers involved in managing the trading strategy for the Account, the time difference associated with the location of different portfolio management teams, and the factors described above and in Item 6 (“PERFORMANCE-BASED FEES AND SIDE-BY-SIDE MANAGEMENT—Side-by-Side Management of Advisory Accounts; Allocation of Opportunities”) of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV.

 

B-93


During periods of unusual market conditions, the Investment Adviser may deviate from its normal trade allocation practices. For example, this may occur with respect to the management of unlevered and/or long-only Accounts that are typically managed on a side-by-side basis with levered and/or long-short Accounts.

The Investment Adviser and the Portfolios may receive notice of, or offers to participate in, investment opportunities from third parties for various reasons. The Investment Adviser in its sole discretion will determine whether a Portfolio will participate in any such investment opportunities and investors should not expect that the Portfolio will participate in any such investment opportunities unless the opportunities are received pursuant to contractual requirements, such as preemptive rights or rights offerings, under the terms of the Portfolio’s investments. Moreover, Goldman Sachs businesses outside of the Investment Adviser are under no obligation or other duty to provide investment opportunities to the Portfolios, and generally are not expected to do so. Further, opportunities sourced within particular portfolio management teams within the Investment Adviser may not be allocated to Accounts (including the Portfolios) managed by such teams or by other teams. Opportunities not allocated (or not fully allocated) to the Portfolios or other Accounts managed by the Investment Adviser may be undertaken by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser), including for Goldman Sachs Accounts, or made available to other Accounts or third parties, and the Portfolios will not receive any compensation related to such opportunities. Additional information about the Investment Adviser’s allocation policies is set forth in Item 6 (“PERFORMANCE-BASED FEES AND SIDE-BY-SIDE MANAGEMENT—Side-by-Side Management of Advisory Accounts; Allocation of Opportunities”) of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV.

As a result of the various considerations above, there will be cases in which certain Accounts (including Accounts in which Goldman Sachs and personnel of Goldman Sachs have an interest) receive an allocation of an investment opportunity at times that the Portfolios do not, or when the Portfolios receive an allocation of such opportunities but on different terms than other Accounts (which may be less favorable). The application of these considerations may cause differences in the performance of different Accounts that employ strategies the same or similar to those of the Portfolios.

Multiple Accounts (including the Portfolios) may participate in a particular investment or incur expenses applicable in connection with the operation or management of the Accounts, or otherwise may be subject to costs or expenses that are allocable to more than one Account (which may include, without limitation, research expenses, technology expenses, expenses relating to participation in bondholder groups, restructurings, class actions and other litigation, and insurance premiums). The Investment Adviser may allocate investment-related and other expenses on a pro rata or different basis.

Accounts will generally incur expenses with respect to the consideration and pursuit of transactions that are not ultimately consummated (“broken-deal expenses”). Examples of broken-deal expenses include (i) research costs, (ii) fees and expenses of legal, financial, accounting, consulting or other advisers (including the Investment Adviser or its affiliates) in connection with conducting due diligence or otherwise pursuing a particular non-consummated transaction, (iii) fees and expenses in connection with arranging financing for a particular non-consummated transaction, (iv) travel and entertainment costs, (v) deposits or down payments that are forfeited in connection with, or amounts paid as a penalty for, a particular non-consummated transaction and (vi) other expenses incurred in connection with activities related to a particular non-consummated transaction.

The Investment Adviser has adopted a policy relating to the allocation of broken-deal expenses among Accounts (including the Portfolios) and other potential investors. Pursuant to the policy, broken-deal expenses generally will be allocated among Accounts in the manner that the Investment Adviser determines to be fair and equitable, which may be pro rata or on a different basis.

Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Interests May Incentivize Goldman Sachs to Promote the Sale of Portfolio Shares

Goldman Sachs and its personnel have interests in promoting sales of Portfolio shares, and the compensation from such sales may be greater than the compensation relating to sales of interests in other Accounts. Therefore, Goldman Sachs and its personnel may have a financial interest in promoting Portfolio shares over interests in other Accounts.

 

B-94


Management of the Portfolios by the Investment Adviser

Considerations Relating to Information Held by Goldman Sachs

Goldman Sachs has established certain information barriers and other policies to address the sharing of information between different businesses within Goldman Sachs. As a result of information barriers, the Investment Adviser generally will not have access, or will have limited access, to information and personnel in other areas of Goldman Sachs, and generally will not manage the Portfolios with the benefit of information held by such other areas. Goldman Sachs, due to its access to and knowledge of funds, markets and securities based on its prime brokerage and other businesses, may make decisions based on information or take (or refrain from taking) actions with respect to interests in investments of the kind held (directly or indirectly) by the Portfolios in a manner that may be adverse to the Portfolios, and will not have any obligation or other duty to share information with the Investment Adviser.

Information barriers also exist between certain businesses within the Investment Adviser, and the conflicts described herein with respect to information barriers and otherwise with respect to Goldman Sachs and the Investment Adviser will also apply to the businesses within the Investment Adviser. There may also be circumstances in which, as a result of information held by certain portfolio management teams in the Investment Adviser, the Investment Adviser limits an activity or transaction for a Portfolio, including if the Portfolio is managed by a portfolio management team other than the team holding such information.

In addition, regardless of the existence of information barriers, Goldman Sachs will not have any obligation or other duty to make available for the benefit of the Portfolios any information regarding Goldman Sachs’ trading activities, strategies or views, or the activities, strategies or views used for other Accounts. Furthermore, to the extent that the Investment Adviser has access to fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models or other information developed by Goldman Sachs and its personnel, or other parts of the Investment Adviser, the Investment Adviser will not be under any obligation or other duty to effect transactions on behalf of Accounts (including the Portfolios) in accordance with such analysis and models. In the event Goldman Sachs elects not to share certain information with the Investment Adviser or personnel involved in decision-making for Accounts (including the Portfolios), the Portfolios may make investment decisions that differ from those they would have made if Goldman Sachs had provided such information, which may be disadvantageous to the Portfolios.

Different areas of the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs may take views, and make decisions or recommendations, that are different than other areas of the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs. Different portfolio management teams within the Investment Adviser may make decisions based on information or take (or refrain from taking) actions with respect to Accounts they advise in a manner that may be different than or adverse to the Portfolios. Such teams may not share information with the Portfolios’ portfolio management teams, including as a result of certain information barriers and other policies, and will not have any obligation or other duty to do so.

Goldman Sachs operates a business known as Goldman Sachs Securities Services (“GSS”), which provides prime brokerage, administrative and other services to clients which may involve investment funds (including pooled investment vehicles and private funds) in which one or more Accounts invest (“Underlying Funds”) or markets and securities in which Accounts invest. GSS and other parts of Goldman Sachs have broad access to information regarding the current status of certain markets, investments and funds and detailed information about fund operators that is not available to the Investment Adviser. In addition, Goldman Sachs may act as a prime broker to one or more Underlying Funds, in which case Goldman Sachs will have information concerning the investments and transactions of such Underlying Funds that is not available to the Investment Adviser. As a result of these and other activities, parts of Goldman Sachs may be in possession of information in respect of markets, investments, investment advisers that are affiliated or unaffiliated with Goldman Sachs and Underlying Funds, which, if known to the Investment Adviser, might cause the Investment Adviser to seek to dispose of, retain or increase interests in investments held by Accounts or acquire certain positions on behalf of Accounts, or take other actions. Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation or other duty to make any such information available to the Investment Adviser or personnel involved in decision-making for Accounts (including the Portfolios).

 

B-95


Valuation of the Portfolios’ Investments

The Investment Adviser, while not the primary valuation agent of the Portfolios, performs certain valuation services related to securities and assets held in the Portfolios. The Investment Adviser performs such valuation services in accordance with its valuation policies. The Investment Adviser may value an identical asset differently than another division or unit within Goldman Sachs values the asset, including because such other division or unit has information or uses valuation techniques and models that it does not share with, or that are different than those of, the Investment Adviser. This is particularly the case in respect of difficult-to-value assets. The Investment Adviser may also value an identical asset differently in different Accounts, including because different Accounts are subject to different valuation guidelines pursuant to their respective governing agreements ( e.g. , in connection with certain regulatory restrictions applicable to different Accounts), different third -party vendors are hired to perform valuation functions for the Accounts, the Accounts are managed or advised by different portfolio management teams within the Investment Adviser that employ different valuation policies or procedures, or otherwise. The Investment Adviser will face a conflict with respect to valuations generally because of their effect on the Investment Adviser’s fees and other compensation. Furthermore, the application of particular valuation policies with respect to the Portfolios may result in improved performance of the Portfolios.

Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Activities on Behalf of Other Accounts

Goldman Sachs engages in a variety of activities in the global financial markets. The extent of Goldman Sachs’ activities in the global financial markets, including without limitation in its capacity as an investment banker, research provider, investment adviser, financier, adviser, market maker, prime broker, derivatives dealer, lender, counterparty, agent, principal and investor, as well as in other capacities, may have potential adverse effects on the Portfolios.

The Investment Adviser provides advisory services to the Portfolios. The Investment Adviser’s decisions and actions on behalf of the Portfolios may differ from those on behalf of other Accounts. Advice given to, or investment or voting decisions made for, one or more Accounts may compete with, affect, differ from, conflict with, or involve timing different from, advice given to or investment decisions made for the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser), the clients it advises, and its personnel have interests in and advise Accounts that have investment objectives or portfolios similar to, related to or opposed to those of the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs may receive greater fees or other compensation (including performance-based fees) from such Accounts than it does from the Portfolios. In addition, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser), the clients it advises, and its personnel may engage (or consider engaging) in commercial arrangements or transactions with Accounts, and/or may compete for commercial arrangements or transactions in the same types of companies, assets securities and other instruments, as the Portfolios. Decisions and actions of the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Portfolios may differ from those by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) on behalf of other Accounts, including Accounts sponsored, managed or advised by the Investment Adviser. Advice given to, or investment or voting decisions made for, the Portfolios may compete with, affect, differ from, conflict with, or involve timing different from, advice given to, or investment or voting decisions made for, other Accounts, including Accounts sponsored, managed or advised by the Investment Adviser.

Transactions by, advice to and activities of Accounts (including with respect to investment decisions, voting and the enforcement of rights) may involve the same or related companies, securities or other assets or instruments as those in which the Portfolios invest, and such Accounts may engage in a strategy while a Portfolio is undertaking the same or a differing strategy, any of which could directly or indirectly disadvantage the Portfolio (including its ability to engage in a transaction or other activities) or the prices or terms at which the Portfolio’s transactions or other activities may be effected.

For example, Goldman Sachs may be engaged to provide advice to an Account that is considering entering into a transaction with a Portfolio, and Goldman Sachs may advise the Account not to pursue the transaction with the Portfolio, or otherwise in connection with a potential transaction provide advice to the Account that would be adverse to the Portfolio. Additionally, a Portfolio may buy a security and an Account may establish a short position in that same security or in similar securities. This short position may result in the impairment of the price of the security that the Portfolio holds or may be designed to profit from a decline in the price of the security. A Portfolio could similarly be adversely impacted if it establishes a short position, following which an Account takes a long position in the same security or in similar securities. In addition, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may make filings in connection with a shareholder class action lawsuit or similar matter involving a particular security on behalf of an Account (including a Portfolio), but not on behalf of a different Account (including a Portfolio) that holds or held the same security, or that is invested in or has extended credit to different parts of the capital structure of the same issuer.

 

B-96


To the extent a Portfolio engages in transactions in the same or similar types of securities or other investments as other Accounts, the Portfolio and other Accounts may compete for such transactions or investments, and transactions or investments by such other Accounts may negatively affect the transactions of the Portfolio (including the ability of the Portfolio to engage in such a transaction or investment or other activities), or the price or terms at which the Portfolio’s transactions or investments or other activities may be effected. In some cases, such adverse impacts may result from differences in the timing of transactions by Accounts relative to when a Portfolio executes transactions in the same securities. Moreover, a Portfolio, on the one hand, and Goldman Sachs or other Accounts, on the other hand, may vote differently on or take or refrain from taking different actions with respect to the same security, which may be disadvantageous to the Portfolio. Accounts may also have different rights in respect of an investment with the same issuer, or invest in different classes of the same issuer that have different rights, including, without limitation, with respect to liquidity. The determination to exercise such rights by the Investment Adviser on behalf of such other Accounts may have an adverse effect on the Portfolios.

Goldman Sachs (including, as applicable, the Investment Adviser) and its personnel, when acting as an investment banker, research provider, investment adviser, financier, adviser, market maker, prime broker, derivatives dealer, lender, counterparty or investor, or in other capacities, may advise on transactions, make investment decisions or recommendations, provide differing investment views or have views with respect to research or valuations that are inconsistent with, or adverse to, the interests and activities of the Portfolios. Shareholders may be offered access to advisory services through several different Goldman Sachs advisory businesses (including Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and the Investment Adviser). Different advisory businesses within Goldman Sachs manage Accounts according to different strategies and may also apply different criteria to the same or similar strategies and may have differing investment views in respect of an issuer or a security or other investment. Similarly, within the Investment Adviser, certain investment teams or portfolio managers may have differing or opposite investment views in respect of an issuer or a security, and the positions a Portfolio’s investment team or portfolio managers take in respect of the Portfolio may be inconsistent with, or adversely affected by, the interests and activities of the Accounts advised by other investment teams or portfolio managers of the Investment Adviser. Research, analyses or viewpoints may be available to clients or potential clients at different times. Goldman Sachs will not have any obligation or other duty to make available to the Portfolios any research or analysis prior to its public dissemination. The Investment Adviser is responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of the Portfolios, and such investment decisions can differ from investment decisions or recommendations by Goldman Sachs on behalf of other Accounts. Goldman Sachs, on behalf of one or more Accounts, may implement an investment decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously with, or behind similar investment decisions or strategies made for the Portfolios (whether or not the investment decisions emanate from the same research analysis or other information). The relative timing for the implementation of investment decisions or strategies for Accounts (including Accounts sponsored, managed or advised by the Investment Adviser), on the one hand, and the Portfolios, on the other hand, may disadvantage the Portfolios. Certain factors, for example, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other circumstances, could result in the Portfolios receiving less favorable trading results or incurring increased costs associated with implementing such investment decisions or strategies, or being otherwise disadvantaged.

Subject to applicable law, the Investment Adviser may cause the Portfolios to invest in securities, bank loans or other obligations of companies affiliated with or advised by Goldman Sachs or in which Goldman Sachs or Accounts have an equity, debt or other interest, or to engage in investment transactions that may result in other Accounts being relieved of obligations or otherwise divested of investments, which may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or other Accounts’ investment in and activities with respect to such companies. Goldman Sachs may, in its discretion, recommend that the Portfolios have ongoing business dealings, arrangements or agreements with persons who are former employees of Goldman Sachs or are otherwise associated with an investor in an Account or a portfolio company or service provider of Goldman Sachs or an Account. The Portfolios may bear, directly or indirectly, the costs of such dealings, arrangements or agreements. These recommendations, and recommendations relating to continuing any such dealings, arrangements or agreements, may pose conflicts of interest due to Goldman Sachs’ relationships with such former employees or persons otherwise associated with an investor in an Account or a portfolio company or service provider of Goldman Sachs or an Account.

 

B-97


When the Investment Adviser wishes to place an order for different types of Accounts (including the Portfolios) for which aggregation is not practicable, the Investment Adviser may use a trade sequencing and rotation policy to determine which type of Account is to be traded first. Under this policy, each portfolio management team may determine the length of its trade rotation period and the sequencing schedule for different categories of clients within this period provided that the trading periods and these sequencing schedules are designed to be fair and equitable over time. The portfolio management teams currently base their trading periods and rotation schedules on the relative amounts of assets managed for different client categories ( e.g. , unconstrained client accounts, “wrap program” accounts, etc.) and, as a result, the Portfolios may trade behind other Accounts. Within a given trading period, the sequencing schedule establishes when and how frequently a given client category will trade first in the order of rotation. The Investment Adviser may deviate from the predetermined sequencing schedule under certain circumstances, and the Investment Adviser’s trade sequencing and rotation policy may be amended, modified or supplemented at any time without prior notice to clients.

Potential Conflicts Relating to Follow-On Investments

From time to time, the Investment Adviser may provide opportunities to Accounts (including potentially the Portfolios) to make investments in companies in which certain Accounts have already invested. Such follow-on investments can create conflicts of interest, such as the determination of the terms of the new investment and the allocation of such opportunities among Accounts (including the Portfolios). Follow-on investment opportunities may be available to the Portfolios notwithstanding that the Portfolios have no existing investment in the issuer, resulting in the assets of the Portfolios potentially providing value to, or otherwise supporting the investments of, other Accounts. Accounts (including the Portfolios) may also participate in releveraging, recapitalization, and similar transactions involving companies in which other Accounts have invested or will invest. Conflicts of interest in these and other transactions may arise between Accounts (including the Portfolios) with existing investments in a company and Accounts making subsequent investments in the company, which may have opposing interests regarding pricing and other terms. The subsequent investments may dilute or otherwise adversely affect the interests of the previously-invested Accounts (including the Portfolios).

Diverse Interests of Shareholders

The various types of investors in and beneficiaries of the Portfolios, including to the extent applicable the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, may have conflicting investment, tax and other interests with respect to their interests in the Portfolios. When considering a potential investment for a Portfolio, the Investment Adviser will generally consider the investment objectives of the Portfolio, not the investment objectives of any particular investor or beneficiary. The Investment Adviser may make decisions, including with respect to tax matters, from time to time that may be more beneficial to one type of investor or beneficiary than another, or to the Investment Adviser and its affiliates than to investors or beneficiaries unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser. In addition, Goldman Sachs may face certain tax risks based on positions taken by the Portfolios, including as a withholding agent. Goldman Sachs reserves the right on behalf of itself and its affiliates to take actions adverse to the Portfolios or other Accounts in these circumstances, including withholding amounts to cover actual or potential tax liabilities.

Selection of Service Providers

The Portfolios expect to engage service providers (including attorneys and consultants) that may also provide services to Goldman Sachs and other Accounts. The Investment Adviser intends to select these service providers based on a number of factors, including expertise and experience, knowledge of related or similar products, quality of service, reputation in the marketplace, relationships with the Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs or others, and price. These service providers may have business, financial, or other relationships with Goldman Sachs (including its personnel), which may or may not influence the Investment Adviser’s selection of these service providers for the Portfolios. In such circumstances, there may be a conflict of interest between Goldman Sachs (acting on behalf of the Portfolios) and the Portfolios if the Portfolios determine not to engage or continue to engage these service providers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the selection of service providers for the Portfolios will be conducted in accordance with the Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Portfolios. The service providers selected by the Investment

 

B-98


Adviser may charge different rates to different recipients based on the specific services provided, the personnel providing the services, the complexity of the services provided or other factors. As a result, the rates paid with respect to these service providers by a Portfolio, on the one hand, may be more or less favorable than the rates paid by Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, on the other hand. In addition, the rates paid by the Investment Adviser or the Portfolios, on the one hand, may be more or less favorable than the rates paid by other parts of Goldman Sachs or Accounts managed by other parts of Goldman Sachs, on the other hand. Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) and/or Accounts may hold investments in companies that provide services to entities in which the Portfolios invest generally, and, subject to applicable law, the Investment Adviser may refer or introduce such companies’ services to entities that have issued securities held by the Portfolios.

Investments in Goldman Sachs Funds

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Portfolios may invest in money market and other funds sponsored, managed or advised by Goldman Sachs. In connection with any such investments, a Portfolio, to the extent permitted by the Act, will pay all advisory, administrative or Rule 12b-1 fees applicable to the investment, and the fees paid to the Investment Adviser by the Portfolios will not be reduced by any fees payable by the Portfolios to Goldman Sachs as manager of such Portfolios (i.e., there could be “double fees” involved in making any such investment, which would not arise in connection with the direct allocation of assets by investors in the Portfolios to such Portfolios), other than in certain specified cases, including as may be required by applicable law. In such circumstances, as well as in all other circumstances in which Goldman Sachs receives any fees or other compensation in any form relating to the provision of services, no accounting or repayment to the Portfolios will be required.

Goldman Sachs May In-Source or Outsource

Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, may from time to time and without notice to investors in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection with a variety of services that it provides to the Portfolios in its administrative or other capacities. Such in-sourcing or outsourcing may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Distributions of Assets Other Than Cash

With respect to redemptions from the Portfolios, the Portfolios may, in certain circumstances, have discretion to decide whether to permit or limit redemptions and whether to make distributions in connection with redemptions in the form of securities or other assets, and in such case, the composition of such distributions. In making such decisions, the Investment Adviser may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to redeeming investors and remaining investors.

Goldman Sachs May Act in a Capacity Other Than Investment Adviser to the Portfolios

Investments in Different Parts of an Issuer’s Capital Structure

Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or Accounts, on the one hand, and the Portfolios, on the other hand, may invest in or extend credit to different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer. As a result, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or Accounts may take actions that adversely affect the Portfolios. In addition, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may advise Accounts with respect to different parts of the capital structure of the same issuer, or classes of securities that are subordinate or senior to securities, in which the Portfolios invest. Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may pursue rights, provide advice or engage in other activities, or refrain from pursuing rights, providing advice or engaging in other activities, on behalf of itself or other Accounts with respect to an issuer in which the Portfolios have invested, and such actions (or refraining from action) may have a material adverse effect on the Portfolios.

For example, in the event that Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or an Account holds loans, securities or other positions in the capital structure of an issuer that ranks senior in preference to the holdings of a Portfolio in the same issuer, and the issuer experiences financial or operational challenges, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser), acting on behalf of itself or the Account, may seek a liquidation, reorganization or

 

B-99


restructuring of the issuer, or terms in connection with the foregoing, that may have an adverse effect on or otherwise conflict with the interests of the Portfolio’s holdings in the issuer. In connection with any such liquidation, reorganization or restructuring, the Portfolio’s holdings in the issuer may be extinguished or substantially diluted, while Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or another Account may receive a recovery of some or all of the amounts due to them. In addition, in connection with any lending arrangements involving the issuer in which Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or an Account participates, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or the Account may seek to exercise its rights under the applicable loan agreement or other document, which may be detrimental to the Portfolio. In situations in which Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) holds positions in multiple parts of the capital structure of an issuer across Accounts (including the Portfolios), the Investment Adviser may not pursue actions or remedies that may be available to the Portfolio, as a result of legal and regulatory requirements or otherwise.

These potential issues are examples of conflicts that Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) will face in situations in which the Portfolios, and Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or other Accounts, invest in or extend credit to different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer. Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) addresses these issues based on the circumstances of particular situations. For example, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may determine to rely on information barriers between different Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) business units or portfolio management teams. Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may determine to rely on the actions of similarly situated holders of loans or securities rather than, or in connection with, taking such actions itself on behalf of the Portfolios.

As a result of the various conflicts and related issues described above and the fact that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the interests of the Portfolios, the Portfolios could sustain losses during periods in which Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) and other Accounts (including Accounts sponsored, managed or advised by the Investment Adviser) achieve profits generally or with respect to particular holdings in the same issuer, or could achieve lower profits or higher losses than would have been the case had the conflicts described above not existed. The negative effects described above may be more pronounced in connection with transactions in, or the Portfolios’ use of, small capitalization, emerging market, distressed or less liquid strategies.

Principal and Cross Transactions

When permitted by applicable law and the Investment Adviser’s policies, the Investment Adviser, acting on behalf of the Portfolios, may enter into transactions in securities and other instruments with or through Goldman Sachs or in Accounts managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, and may (but is under no obligation or other duty to) cause the Portfolios to engage in transactions in which the Investment Adviser acts as principal on its own behalf (principal transactions), advises both sides of a transaction (cross transactions) and acts as broker for, and receives a commission from, the Portfolios on one side of a transaction and a brokerage account on the other side of the transaction (agency cross transactions). There may be potential conflicts of interest, regulatory issues or restrictions contained in the Investment Adviser’s internal policies relating to these transactions which could limit the Investment Adviser’s determination to engage in these transactions for Accounts (including the Portfolios). In certain circumstances such as when Goldman Sachs is the only or one of a few participants in a particular market or is one of the largest such participants, such limitations may eliminate or reduce the availability of certain investment opportunities to Accounts (including the Portfolios) or impact the price or terms on which transactions relating to such investment opportunities may be effected.

Goldman Sachs will have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. The Investment Adviser has developed policies and procedures in relation to such transactions and conflicts. Cross transactions may disproportionately benefit some Accounts relative to other Accounts, including the Portfolios, due to the relative amount of market savings obtained by the Accounts. Principal, cross or agency cross transactions will be effected in accordance with fiduciary requirements and applicable law (which may include disclosure and consent).

 

B-100


Goldman Sachs May Act in Multiple Commercial Capacities

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs may act as broker, dealer, agent, counterparty, lender or advisor or in other commercial capacities for the Portfolios or issuers of securities held by the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs may be entitled to compensation in connection with the provision of such services and the Portfolios will not be entitled to any such compensation. Goldman Sachs will have an interest in obtaining fees and other compensation in connection with such services that are favorable to Goldman Sachs, and in connection with providing such services may take commercial steps in its own interest, or may advise the parties to which it is providing services, or take other actions, any of which may have an adverse effect on the Portfolios. For example, Goldman Sachs may require repayment of all or part of a loan from a company in which an Account (including a Portfolio) holds an interest, which could cause the company to default or be required to liquidate its assets more rapidly, which could adversely affect the value of the company and the value of the Portfolios invested therein. Goldman Sachs may also advise such a company to make changes to its capital structure the result of which would be a reduction in the value or priority of a security held (directly or indirectly) by one or more Portfolios. Actions taken or advised to be taken by Goldman Sachs in connection with other types of transactions may also result in adverse consequences for the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs may also provide various services to companies in which the Portfolios have an interest, or to the Portfolios, which may result in fees, compensation and remuneration as well as other benefits, to Goldman Sachs. Such fees, compensation and remuneration may be substantial. Providing services to the Portfolios and companies in which the Portfolios invest may enhance Goldman Sachs’ relationships with various parties, facilitate additional business development and enable Goldman Sachs to obtain additional business and generate additional revenue.

Goldman Sachs’ activities on behalf of its clients may also restrict investment opportunities that may be available to the Portfolios. For example, Goldman Sachs is often engaged by companies as a financial advisor, or to provide financing or other services, in connection with commercial transactions that may be potential investment opportunities for the Portfolios. There may be circumstances in which the Portfolios are precluded from participating in such transactions as a result of Goldman Sachs’ engagement by such companies. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to act for these companies in such circumstances, notwithstanding the potential adverse effect on the Portfolios. Goldman Sachs may also represent creditor or debtor companies in proceedings under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (and equivalent non-U.S. bankruptcy laws) or prior to these filings. From time to time, Goldman Sachs may serve on creditor or equity committees. These actions, for which Goldman Sachs may be compensated, may limit or preclude the flexibility that the Portfolios may otherwise have to buy or sell securities issued by those companies, as well as certain other assets. Please also see “—Management of the Portfolios by the Investment Adviser—Considerations Relating to Information Held by Goldman Sachs” above and “—Potential Limitations and Restrictions on Investment Opportunities and Activities of Goldman Sachs and the Portfolios” below.

Subject to applicable law, the Investment Adviser may cause the Portfolios to invest in securities, bank loans or other obligations of companies affiliated with or advised by Goldman Sachs or in which Goldman Sachs or Accounts have an equity, debt or other interest, or to engage in investment transactions that may result in Goldman Sachs or other Accounts being relieved of obligations or otherwise divested of investments. For example, subject to applicable law a Portfolio may acquire securities or indebtedness of a company affiliated with Goldman Sachs directly or indirectly through syndicate or secondary market purchases, or may make a loan to, or purchase securities from, a company that uses the proceeds to repay loans made by Goldman Sachs. These activities by a Portfolio may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs or other Accounts with respect to their investment in and activities relating to such companies. The Portfolio will not be entitled to compensation as a result of this enhanced profitability.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) may create, write, sell, issue, invest in or act as placement agent or distributor of derivative instruments related to the Portfolios, or with respect to underlying securities or assets of the Portfolios, or which may be otherwise based on or seek to replicate or hedge the performance of the Portfolios. Such derivative transactions, and any associated hedging activity, may differ from and be adverse to the interests of the Portfolios.

Goldman Sachs may make loans to, or enter into margin, asset-based or other credit facilities or similar transactions with, clients, companies or individuals that may (or may not) be secured by publicly or privately held securities or other assets, including a client’s Portfolio shares as described above. Some of these borrowers may be public or private companies, or founders, officers or shareholders in companies in which the Portfolios (directly or indirectly) invest, and such loans may be secured by securities of such companies, which may be the same as, pari passu with, or more senior or junior to, interests held (directly or indirectly) by the Portfolios. In connection with its rights as lender, Goldman Sachs may act to protect its own commercial interest and may take actions that adversely affect the borrower, including by liquidating or causing the liquidation of securities on behalf of a borrower or foreclosing and liquidating such securities in Goldman Sachs’ own name. Such actions may adversely affect the

 

B-101


Portfolios ( e.g. , if a large position in a security is liquidated, among the other potential adverse consequences, the value of such security may decline rapidly and the Portfolios may in turn decline in value or may be unable to liquidate their positions in such security at an advantageous price or at all). In addition, Goldman Sachs may make loans to shareholders or enter into similar transactions that are secured by a pledge of, or mortgage over, a shareholder’s Portfolio shares, which would provide Goldman Sachs with the right to redeem such Portfolio shares in the event that such shareholder defaults on its obligations. These transactions and related redemptions may be significant and may be made without notice to the shareholders.

Code of Ethics and Personal Trading

Each of the Portfolios and Goldman Sachs, as each Portfolio’s Investment Adviser and Distributor, has adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Act designed to provide that personnel of the Investment Adviser, and certain additional Goldman Sachs personnel who support the Investment Adviser, comply with applicable federal securities laws and place the interests of clients first in conducting personal securities transactions. The Code of Ethics imposes certain restrictions on securities transactions in the personal accounts of covered persons to help avoid conflicts of interest. Subject to the limitations of the Code of Ethics, covered persons may buy and sell securities or other investments for their personal accounts, including investments in the Portfolios, and may also take positions that are the same as, different from, or made at different times than, positions taken (directly or indirectly) by the Portfolios. The Codes of Ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov. Additionally, all Goldman Sachs personnel, including personnel of the Investment Adviser, are subject to firm-wide policies and procedures regarding confidential and proprietary information, information barriers, private investments, outside business activities and personal trading.

Proxy Voting by the Investment Adviser

The Investment Adviser has implemented processes designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Portfolios, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with its fiduciary obligations to its clients. Notwithstanding such proxy voting processes, proxy voting decisions made by the Investment Adviser in respect of securities held by the Portfolios may benefit the interests of Goldman Sachs and/or Accounts other than the Portfolios. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the section of this SAI entitled “PROXY VOTING.”

Potential Limitations and Restrictions on Investment Opportunities and Activities of Goldman Sachs and the Portfolios

The Investment Adviser may restrict its investment decisions and activities on behalf of the Portfolios in various circumstances, including as a result of applicable regulatory requirements, information held by the Investment Adviser or Goldman Sachs, Goldman Sachs’ roles in connection with other clients and in the capital markets (including in connection with advice it may give to such clients or commercial arrangements or transactions that may be undertaken by such clients or by Goldman Sachs), Goldman Sachs’ internal policies and/or potential reputational risk in connection with Accounts (including the Portfolios). The Investment Adviser might not engage in transactions or other activities for, or enforce certain rights in favor of, one or more Portfolios due to Goldman Sachs’ activities outside the Portfolios ( e.g. , the Investment Adviser may refrain from making investments for the Portfolios that would cause Goldman Sachs to exceed position limits or cause Goldman Sachs to have additional disclosure obligations and may limit purchases or sales of securities in respect of which Goldman Sachs is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution) and regulatory requirements, policies and reputational risk assessments.

In addition, the Investment Adviser may restrict, limit or reduce the amount of a Portfolio’s investment, or restrict the type of governance or voting rights it acquires or exercises, where the Portfolio (potentially together with Goldman Sachs and other Accounts) exceeds a certain ownership interest, or possesses certain degrees of voting or control or has other interests. For example, such limitations may exist if a position or transaction could require a filing or license or other regulatory or corporate consent, which could, among other things, result in additional costs and disclosure obligations for, or impose regulatory restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, or on other Accounts, or where exceeding a threshold is prohibited or may result in regulatory or other restrictions. In certain cases, restrictions and limitations will be applied to avoid approaching such threshold. Circumstances in which

 

B-102


such restrictions or limitations may arise include, without limitation: (i) a prohibition against owning more than a certain percentage of an issuer’s securities; (ii) a “poison pill” that could have a dilutive impact on the holdings of the Portfolio should a threshold be exceeded; (iii) provisions that would cause Goldman Sachs to be considered an “interested stockholder” of an issuer; (iv) provisions that may cause Goldman Sachs to be considered an “affiliate” or “control person” of the issuer; and (v) the imposition by an issuer (through charter amendment, contract or otherwise) or governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization (through law, rule, regulation, interpretation or other guidance) of other restrictions or limitations.

When faced with the foregoing limitations, Goldman Sachs may avoid exceeding the threshold because exceeding the threshold could have an adverse impact on the ability of the Investment Adviser or Goldman Sachs to conduct its business activities. The Investment Adviser may also reduce a Portfolio’s interest in, or restrict a Portfolio from participating in, an investment opportunity that has limited availability or where Goldman Sachs has determined to cap its aggregate investment in consideration of certain regulatory or other requirements so that other Accounts that pursue similar investment strategies may be able to acquire an interest in the investment opportunity. The Investment Adviser may determine not to engage in certain transactions or activities which may be beneficial to the Portfolios because engaging in such transactions or activities in compliance with applicable law would result in significant cost to, or administrative burden on, the Investment Adviser or create the potential risk of trade or other errors.

The Investment Adviser generally is not permitted to use material non-public information in effecting purchases and sales in transactions for the Portfolios that involve public securities. The Investment Adviser may limit an activity or transaction (such as a purchase or sale transaction) which might otherwise be engaged in by the Portfolios, including as a result of information held by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser or its personnel). For example, directors, officers and employees of Goldman Sachs may take seats on the boards of directors of, or have board of directors observer rights with respect to, companies in which Goldman Sachs invests on behalf of the Portfolios. To the extent a director, officer or employee of Goldman Sachs were to take a seat on the board of directors of, or have board of directors observer rights with respect to, a public company, the Investment Adviser (or certain of its investment teams) may be limited and/or restricted in its or their ability to trade in the securities of the company.

Different areas of Goldman Sachs may come into possession of material non-public information regarding an issuer of securities held by an Underlying Fund in which an Account invests. In the absence of information barriers between such different areas of Goldman Sachs, the Account may be prohibited, including by internal policies, from redeeming from such Underlying Fund during the period such material non-public information is held by such other part of Goldman Sachs, which period may be substantial. As a result, the Account may not be permitted to redeem from an Underlying Fund in whole or in part during periods when it otherwise would have been able to do so, which could adversely affect the Account. Other investors in the Underlying Fund that are not subject to such restrictions may be able to redeem from the Underlying Fund during such periods.

The Investment Adviser operates a program reasonably designed to ensure compliance generally with economic and trade sanctions-related obligations applicable directly to its activities (although such obligations are not necessarily the same obligations that the Portfolios may be subject to). Such economic and trade sanctions may prohibit, among other things, transactions with and the provision of services to, directly or indirectly, certain countries, territories, entities and individuals. These economic and trade sanctions, and the application by the Investment Adviser of its compliance program in respect thereof, may restrict or limit the Portfolios’ investment activities.

The Investment Adviser may determine to limit or not engage at all in transactions and activities on behalf of the Portfolios for reputational or other reasons. Examples of when such determinations may be made include, but are not limited to, where Goldman Sachs is providing (or may provide) advice or services to an entity involved in such activity or transaction, where Goldman Sachs or an Account is or may be engaged in the same or a related activity or transaction to that being considered on behalf of the Portfolios, where Goldman Sachs or an Account has an interest in an entity involved in such activity or transaction, where there are political, public relations, or other reputational considerations relating to counterparties or other participants in such activity or transaction or where such activity or transaction on behalf of or in respect of the Portfolios could affect in tangible or intangible ways Goldman Sachs, the Investment Adviser, an Account or their activities.

 

B-103


In order to engage in certain transactions on behalf of a Portfolio, the Investment Adviser will also be subject to (or cause the Portfolio to become subject to) the rules, terms and/or conditions of any venues through which it trades securities, derivatives or other instruments. This includes, but is not limited to, where the Investment Adviser and/or the Portfolio may be required to comply with the rules of certain exchanges, execution platforms, trading facilities, clearinghouses and other venues, or may be required to consent to the jurisdiction of any such venues. The rules, terms and/or conditions of any such venue may result in the Investment Adviser and/or the Portfolio being subject to, among other things, margin requirements, additional fees and other charges, disciplinary procedures, reporting and recordkeeping, position limits and other restrictions on trading, settlement risks and other related conditions on trading set out by such venues.

From time to time, a Portfolio, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates and/or their service providers or agents may be required, or may determine that it is advisable, to disclose certain information about the Portfolio, including, but not limited to, investments held by the Portfolio, and the names and percentage interest of beneficial owners thereof (and the underlying beneficial owners of such beneficial owners), to third parties, including local governmental authorities, regulatory organizations, taxing authorities, markets, exchanges, clearing facilities, custodians, brokers and trading counterparties of, or service providers to, the Investment Adviser or the Portfolio. The Investment Adviser generally expects to comply with requests to disclose such information as it so determines including through electronic delivery platforms; however, the Investment Adviser may determine to cause the sale of certain assets for the Portfolio rather than make certain required disclosures, and such sale may be at a time that is inopportune from a pricing or other standpoint.

Goldman Sachs may become subject to additional restrictions on its business activities that could have an impact on the Portfolios’ activities. In addition, the Investment Adviser may restrict its investment decisions and activities on behalf of the Portfolios and not other Accounts, including Accounts sponsored, managed or advised by the Investment Adviser.

Brokerage Transactions

The Investment Adviser often selects U.S. and non-U.S. broker-dealers (including affiliates of the Investment Adviser) that furnish the Investment Adviser, the Portfolios, Investment Adviser affiliates and other Goldman Sachs personnel with proprietary or third party brokerage and research services (collectively, “brokerage and research services”) that provide, in the Investment Adviser’s view, appropriate assistance to the Investment Adviser in the investment decision-making process. These brokerage and research services may be bundled with the trade execution, clearing or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer and, subject to applicable law, the Investment Adviser may pay for such brokerage and research services with client commissions (or “soft dollars”). There may be instances or situations in which such practices are subject to restrictions under applicable law. For example, the EU’s Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (“MiFID II”) restricts EU domiciled investment advisers from receiving research and other materials that do not qualify as “acceptable minor non-monetary benefits” from broker-dealers unless the research or materials are paid for by the investment advisers from their own resources or from research payment accounts funded by and with the agreement of their clients.

Accounts may differ with regard to whether and to what extent they pay for brokerage and research services through commissions and, subject to applicable law, brokerage and research services may be used to service the Portfolios and any or all other Accounts throughout the Investment Adviser, including Accounts that do not pay commissions to the broker-dealer relating to the brokerage and research service arrangements. As a result, brokerage and research services (including soft dollar benefits) may disproportionately benefit other Accounts relative to the Portfolios based on the relative amount of commissions paid by the Portfolios and in particular those Accounts that do not pay for brokerage and research services or do so to a lesser extent, including in connection with the establishment of maximum budgets for research costs (and switching to execution-only pricing when maximums are met). The Investment Adviser does not attempt to allocate soft dollar benefits proportionately among clients or to track the benefits of brokerage and research services to the commissions associated with a particular Account or group of Accounts.

 

B-104


Aggregation of Orders by the Investment Adviser

The Investment Adviser follows policies and procedures pursuant to which it may combine or aggregate purchase or sale orders for the same security or other instrument for multiple Accounts (including Accounts in which Goldman Sachs or personnel of Goldman Sachs have an interest) (sometimes referred to as “bunching”), so that the orders can be executed at the same time and block trade treatment of any such orders can be elected when available. The Investment Adviser aggregates orders when the Investment Adviser considers doing so appropriate and in the interests of its clients generally and may elect block trade treatment when available. In addition, under certain circumstances orders for the Portfolios may be aggregated with orders for Accounts that contain Goldman Sachs assets.

When a bunched order or block trade is completely filled, or if the order is only partially filled, at the end of the day, the Investment Adviser generally will allocate the securities or other instruments purchased or the proceeds of any sale pro rata among the participating Accounts, based on the Portfolios’ relative sizes. If an order is filled at several different prices, through multiple trades (whether at a particular broker-dealer or among multiple broker-dealers), generally all participating Accounts will receive the average price and pay the average commission, however, this may not always be the case (due to, e.g. , odd lots, rounding, market practice or constraints applicable to particular Accounts).

Although it may do so in certain circumstances, the Investment Adviser does not always bunch or aggregate orders for different Portfolios, elect block trade treatment or net buy and sell orders for the same Portfolio, if portfolio management decisions relating to the orders are made by separate portfolio management teams, if bunching, aggregating, electing block trade treatment or netting is not appropriate or practicable from the Investment Adviser’s operational or other perspective, or if doing so would not be appropriate in light of applicable regulatory considerations. For example, time zone differences, trading instructions, cash flows, separate trading desks or portfolio management processes may, among other factors, result in separate, non-aggregated, non-netted executions, with orders in the same instrument being entered for different Accounts at different times or, in the case of netting, buy and sell trades for the same instrument being entered for the same Account. The Investment Adviser may be able to negotiate a better price and lower commission rate on aggregated orders than on orders for Portfolios that are not aggregated, and incur lower transaction costs on netted orders than orders that are not netted. The Investment Adviser is under no obligation or other duty to aggregate or net for particular orders. Where orders for a Portfolio are not aggregated with other orders, or not netted against orders for the Portfolio or other Accounts, the Portfolio will not benefit from a better price and lower commission rate or lower transaction cost that might have been available had the orders been aggregated or netted. Aggregation and netting of orders may disproportionately benefit some Accounts relative to other Accounts, including a Portfolio, due to the relative amount of market savings obtained by the Accounts. The Investment Adviser may aggregate orders of Accounts that are subject to MiFID II (“MiFID II Advisory Accounts”) with orders of Accounts not subject to MiFID II, including those that generate soft dollar commissions (including the Portfolios) and those that restrict the use of soft dollars. All Accounts included in an aggregated order with MiFID II Advisory Accounts pay (or receive) the same average price for the security and the same execution costs (measured by rate). However, MiFID II Advisory Accounts included in an aggregated order may pay commissions at “execution-only” rates below the total commission rates paid by Accounts included in the aggregated order that are not subject to MiFID II.

 

B-105


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Investment Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Portfolios, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Purchases and sales of securities may be executed internally by a broker-dealer, effected on an agency basis in a block transaction, or routed to competing market centers for execution. The compensation paid to the broker for providing execution services generally is negotiated and reflected in either a commission or a “net” price. Executions provided on a net price basis, with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, usually include a profit to the dealer.

In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

In placing orders for portfolio securities or other financial instruments of the Portfolios, the Investment Adviser is generally required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable execution and net price available. This means that the Investment Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 28(e)”), a Portfolio may pay a broker which provides brokerage and research services to the Portfolio an amount of disclosed commission in excess of the commission which another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. Such practice is subject to a good faith determination that such commission is reasonable in light of the services provided and to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. While the Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, a Portfolio will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available. Within the framework of this policy, the Investment Adviser will consider research and investment services provided by brokers or dealers who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions of the Portfolio, the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, or their other clients. Such research and investment services are those which brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include research reports on particular industries and companies; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; research products including quotation equipment and computer related programs; advice concerning the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities and the availability of securities or the purchasers or sellers of securities; analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and performance of accounts; services relating to effecting securities transactions and functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement); and other lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Adviser in the performance of its decision-making responsibilities.

 

B-106


Such services are used by the Investment Adviser in connection with all of its investment activities, and some of such services obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for a Portfolio may be used in managing other investment accounts. Conversely, brokers furnishing such services may be selected for the execution of transactions of such other accounts, whose aggregate assets may be larger than those of a Portfolio, and the services furnished by such brokers may be used by the Investment Adviser in providing management services for the Trust. The Investment Adviser may also participate in so-called “commission sharing arrangements” and “client commission arrangements” under which the Investment Adviser may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser excludes from use under these arrangements those products and services that are not fully eligible under applicable law and regulatory interpretations—even as to the portion that would be eligible if accounted for separately.

The research services received as part of commission sharing and client commission arrangements will comply with Section 28(e) and may be subject to different legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the Investment Adviser does business. Participating in commission sharing and client commission arrangements may enable the Investment Adviser to consolidate payments for research through one or more channels using accumulated client commissions or credits from transactions executed through a particular broker-dealer to obtain research provided by other firms. Such arrangements also help to ensure the continued receipt of research services while facilitating best execution in the trading process. The Investment Adviser believes such research services are useful in its investment decision-making process by, among other things, ensuring access to a variety of high quality research, access to individual analysts and availability of resources that the Investment Adviser might not be provided access to absent such arrangements.

On occasions when the Investment Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or other financial instrument to be in the best interest of a Portfolio as well as its other customers (including any other fund or other investment company or advisory account for which the Investment Adviser acts as investment adviser or sub-investment adviser), the Investment Adviser , to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for a Portfolio with those to be sold or purchased for such other customers in order to obtain the best net price and most favorable execution under the circumstances. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Adviser in the manner considered to be equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to a Portfolio and such other customers. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price and size of the position obtainable for a Portfolio.

Commission rates in the U.S. are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker in the light of generally prevailing rates. The allocation of orders among brokers and the commission rates paid are reviewed periodically by the Trustees. The amount of brokerage commissions paid by a Portfolio may vary substantially from year to year because of differences in shareholder purchase and redemption activity, portfolio turnover rates and other factors.

However, subject to the above considerations, the Investment Adviser may use Goldman Sachs or an affiliate as a broker for the Portfolios, with respect to any trade it places for the Portfolios. In order for Goldman Sachs or an affiliate acting as agent to effect any portfolio transactions for the Portfolio, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by Goldman Sachs or an affiliate must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures contracts. Furthermore, the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, have adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to Goldman Sachs is consistent with the foregoing standard. Brokerage transactions with Goldman Sachs are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon Goldman Sachs by applicable law.

The Portfolios may participate in a commission recapture program. Under the program, participating broker-dealers rebate a percentage of commissions earned on Portfolio transactions to the particular Portfolio from which the commissions were generated. The rebated commissions are expected to be treated as realized capital gains of the Portfolios.

 

B-107


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the Portfolios paid brokerage commissions as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ended

August 31, 2018*

   Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid to
Goldman
Sachs 1
     Total
Amount of
Transactions
on which
Commissions
Paid 2
     Amount of
Transactions
Effected
through
Brokers
Providing
Research 3
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid for
Research 3
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ [        $ [        $ [        $ [    

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          [          [          [          [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio*

     [          [          [          [          [    

 

*

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

1

Percentages refer to percentage of total commission paid to Goldman Sachs.

2

Percentages refer to total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

3

The information above reflects the full commission amounts paid to brokers that provide research to the Investment Adviser but may or may not reflect amounts paid to brokers that provide research to the Investment Adviser. Only a portion of such commission pays for research and the remainder of such commission is to compensate the broker for execution services, commitment of capital and other services related to the execution of brokerage transactions.

During the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017, the Portfolios paid brokerage commissions as follows:

 

Fiscal Period Fiscal Period

November 1, 2016 through

August 31, 2017

   Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid to
Goldman
Sachs 1
    Total Amount of
Transactions on
which Commissions
Paid 2
    Amount of
Transactions
Effected through
Brokers
Providing
Research 3
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid for
Research 3
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ 48,926      $ 0 (0%)    $ 188,737,875 (0%)    $ 61,092,221      $ 38,657  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     7,709        0 (0%)      31,738,454 (0%)      9,210,147        6,103  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     51,272        0 (0%)      204,207,684 (0%)      64,221,041        40,617  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     6,394        0 (0%)      26,421,420 (0%)      8,073,736        5,090  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     32,810        0 (0%)      132,764,146 (0%)      42,052,964        26,174  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     6,927        0 (0%)      27,949,922 (0%)      8,621,841        5,553  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     18,752        0 (0%)      64,850,916 (0%)      24,241,718        15,523  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     9,559        0 (0%)      36,504,264 (0%)      12,111,474        7,752  

 

1

Percentages refer to percentage of total commission paid to Goldman Sachs.

2

Percentages refer to total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

3

Only a portion of such commission pays for research and the remainder of such commission is to compensate the broker for execution services, commitment of capital and other services related to the execution of brokerage transactions.

 

B-108


During the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016, the Portfolios paid brokerage commissions as follows:

 

Fiscal Period Ended

October 31, 2016*

   Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid to
Goldman
Sachs 1
    Total
Amount of
Transactions
on which
Commissions
Paid 2
    Amount of
Transactions
Effected
through
Brokers
Providing
Research 3
     Total
Brokerage
Commissions
Paid for
Research 3
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ 9,237      $ 0 (0%)    $ 0 (0%)    $ 0      $ 0  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     2,407        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     14,190        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     2,489        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     12,582        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     3,152        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     5,541        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     3,046        0 (0%)      0 (0%)      0        0  

 

*

The Portfolios commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

1

Percentages refer to percentage of total commission paid to Goldman Sachs.

2

Percentages refer to total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

3

The information above reflects the full commission amounts paid to brokers that provide research to the Investment Adviser but may or may not reflect amounts paid to brokers that provide research to the Investment Adviser. Only a portion of such commission pays for research and the remainder of such commission is to compensate the broker for execution services, commitment of capital and other services related to the execution of brokerage transactions.

The Portfolios’ Investments in Regular Broker-Dealers

[As of August 31, 2018, the Portfolios did not own any securities issued by their regular “broker-dealers,” as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or the parent entities of such broker-dealers.]

NET ASSET VALUE

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of each class of each Portfolio is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to each class of that Portfolio and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of that class. All securities are generally valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) or such other time as the New York Stock Exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The New York Stock Exchange is closed on the following observed holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas. Portfolio shares may be priced on such days if the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) recommends that the bond markets remain open for all or part of the day.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than its regularly scheduled closing time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase (including dividend reinvestments), redemption and exchange transactions that were processed at a NAV that is subsequently adjusted, and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders accordingly based on the official closing NAV, as adjusted. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, each Portfolio may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

For the purpose of calculating the NAV per share of the Portfolios, investments are valued under valuation procedures established by the Trustees. Portfolio securities of a Portfolio for which accurate market quotations are readily available are generally valued as follows: (i) equity securities listed on any U.S. or foreign stock exchange or on the NASDAQ will be valued at the last sale price or the official closing price on the exchange or system in which they are principally traded on the valuation date. If there is no sale or official closing price on the valuation date, equity

 

B-109


securities will be valued at the last available bid price for long positions or the last available ask price for short positions at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time. If the relevant exchange or system has not closed by the above-mentioned time for determining a Portfolio’s NAV, the securities will be valued at the last sale price or official closing price, or if not available at the bid price at the time the NAV is determined; (ii) over-the-counter equity securities not quoted on NASDAQ will be valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the last bid price for long positions or the last ask price for short positions, at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time; (iii) equity securities for which no prices are obtained under sections (i) or (ii), including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the Investment Adviser to not represent fair value, will be valued through the use of broker quotes, if possible; (iv) fixed income securities will be valued via electronic feeds from independent pricing services to the administrator using evaluated prices provided by a recognized pricing service and dealer-supplied quotations. Fixed income securities for which a pricing service either does not supply a quotation or supplies a quotation that is believed by the Investment Adviser to not represent fair value, will be valued through the use of broker quotes, if possible; (v) fixed income securities for which accurate market quotations are not readily available will be valued by the Investment Adviser based on Board-approved fair valuation policies that incorporate matrix pricing or valuation models, which utilize certain inputs and assumptions, including, but not limited to, yield or price with respect to comparable fixed income securities and various other factors; (vi) investments in open-end registered investment companies (excluding investments in ETFs) and investments in private funds are valued based on the NAV of those registered investment companies or private funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectus or offering memorandum); (vii) spot foreign exchange rates will be valued using a pricing service at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time, and forward foreign currency contracts will be valued by adding forward points provided by an independent pricing service to the spot foreign exchange rates and interpolating based upon maturity dates of each contract or by using outright forward rates, where available (if quotations are unavailable from a pricing service or, if the quotations by the Investment Adviser are believed to be inaccurate, the contracts will be valued by calculating the mean between the last bid and ask quotations supplied by at least one dealer in such contracts); (viii) exchange-traded futures contracts will be valued at the last published settlement price on the exchange where they are principally traded (or, if a sale occurs after the last published settlement price but before the NAV calculation time, at the last sale price at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time); (ix) exchange-traded options contracts with settlement prices will be valued at the last published settlement price on the exchange where they are principally traded (or, if a sale occurs after the last published settlement price but before the NAV calculation time, at the last sale price at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time); (x) exchange-traded options contracts without settlement prices will be valued at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices on the exchange where they are principally traded (or, in the absence of two-way trading, at the last bid price for long positions and the last ask price for short positions at the time closest to, but no later than, the NAV calculation time); (xi) over-the-counter derivatives, including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps, total return index swaps, put/call option combos, total return basket swaps, index volatility and FX variance swaps, will be valued at their fair market value as determined using counterparty supplied valuations, an independent pricing service or valuation models which use market data inputs supplied by an independent pricing service; and (xii) all other instruments, including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation/price or a quotation that is believed by the Investment Adviser to be inaccurate, will be valued in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. Securities may also be valued at fair value in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Trustees where the Portfolios’ fund accounting agent is unable for other reasons to facilitate pricing of individual securities or calculate the Portfolios’ NAV, or if the Investment Adviser believes that such quotations do not accurately reflect fair value. Fair values determined in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees may be based on subjective judgments and it is possible that the prices resulting from such valuation procedures may differ materially from the value realized on a sale.

The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at current exchange rates of such currencies against U.S. dollars as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith under procedures established by the Board of Trustees.

Generally, trading in securities on European, Asian and Far Eastern securities exchanges and on over-the-counter markets in these regions is substantially completed at various times prior to the close of business on each Business Day in New York (i.e., a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading). In addition, European, Asian or Far Eastern securities trading generally or in a particular country or countries may not take place

 

B-110


on all Business Days in New York. Furthermore, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days which are not Business Days in New York and days on which the Portfolios’ NAVs are not calculated. Such calculation does not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of the majority of the portfolio securities used in such calculation. For investments in foreign equity securities, “fair value” prices will be provided by an independent third-party pricing (fair value) service (if available), in accordance with fair value procedures approved by the Trustees. Fair value prices are used because many foreign markets operate at times that do not coincide with those of the major U.S. markets. Events that could affect the values of foreign portfolio holdings may occur between the close of the foreign market and the time of determining the NAV, and would not otherwise be reflected in the NAV. If the independent third-party pricing (fair value) service does not provide a fair value for a particular security or if the value does not meet the established criteria for the Portfolios, the most recent closing price for such a security on its principal exchange will generally be its fair value on such date.

The Investment Adviser, consistent with its procedures and applicable regulatory guidance, may (but need not) determine to make an adjustment to the previous closing prices of either domestic or foreign securities in light of significant events, to reflect what it believes to be the fair value of the securities at the time of determining a Portfolio’s NAV. Significant events that could affect a large number of securities in a particular market may include, but are not limited to: situations relating to one or more single issuers in a market sector; significant fluctuations in U.S. or foreign markets; market dislocations; market disruptions or unscheduled market closings; equipment failures; natural or man made disasters or acts of God; armed conflicts; governmental actions or other developments; as well as the same or similar events which may affect specific issuers or the securities markets even though not tied directly to the securities markets. Other significant events that could relate to a single issuer may include, but are not limited to: corporate actions such as reorganizations, mergers and buy-outs; corporate announcements, including those relating to earnings, products and regulatory news; significant litigation; ratings downgrades; bankruptcies; and trading limits or suspensions.

In general, fair value represents a good faith approximation of the current value of an asset and may be used when there is no public market or possibly no market at all for an asset. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures or by other investors. The fair value of an asset may not be the price at which that asset is ultimately sold.

The proceeds received by each Portfolio and each other series of the Trust from the issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to such Portfolio or particular series and constitute the underlying assets of that Portfolio or series. The underlying assets of each Portfolio will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect of such Portfolio and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses of the Trust with respect to the Portfolios and the other series of the Trust are generally allocated in proportion to the NAVs of the respective Portfolios or series except where allocations of expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

Each Portfolio relies on various sources to calculate its NAV. The ability of the Portfolios’ fund accounting agent to calculate the NAV per share of each share class of the Portfolios is subject to operational risks associated with processing or human errors, systems or technology failures, cyber attacks and errors caused by third party service providers, data sources, or trading counterparties. Such failures may result in delays in the calculation of a Portfolio’s NAV and/or the inability to calculate NAV over extended time periods. The Portfolios may be unable to recover any losses associated with such failures. In addition, if the third party service providers and/or data sources upon which a Portfolio directly or indirectly relies to calculate its NAV or price individual securities are unavailable or otherwise unable to calculate the NAV correctly, it may be necessary for alternative procedures to be utilized to price the securities at the time of determining the Portfolio’s NAV.

Errors and Corrective Actions

The Investment Adviser will report to the Board of Trustees any material breaches of investment objective, policies or restrictions and any material errors in the calculation of the NAV of a Portfolio or the processing of purchases and redemptions. Depending on the nature and size of an error, corrective action may or may not be required. Corrective action may involve a prospective correction of the NAV only, correction of any erroneous NAV and compensation to the Portfolios, or correction of any erroneous NAV, compensation to the Portfolios and

 

B-111


reprocessing of individual shareholder transactions. The Trust’s policies on errors and corrective action limit or restrict when corrective action will be taken or when compensation to a Portfolio or its shareholders will be paid, and not all mistakes will result in compensable errors. As a result, neither a Portfolio nor its shareholders who purchase or redeem shares during periods in which errors accrue or occur may be compensated in connection with the resolution of an error. Shareholders will generally not be notified of the occurrence of a compensable error or the resolution thereof absent unusual circumstances.

As discussed in more detail under “NET ASSET VALUE,” a Portfolio’s portfolio securities may be priced based on quotations for those securities provided by pricing services. There can be no guarantee that a quotation provided by a pricing service will be accurate.

SHARES OF THE TRUST

The Portfolios are series of Goldman Sachs Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust formed on August 28, 2012. The fiscal year end for the Portfolios is August 31.

The Trustees have authority under the Trust’s Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series, without further action by shareholders. The Trustees also have authority to classify and reclassify any series of shares into one or more classes of shares. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of six classes of shares of each Portfolio: Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares. Additional series and classes may be added in the future.

Each Class A Share, Institutional Share, Service Share, Investor Share, Class R Share and Class R6 Share of each Portfolio represents a proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the applicable class of the Portfolio. All expenses of each Portfolio are borne at the same rate by each class of shares, except that fees under the Service Plan and Shareholder Administration Plan are borne exclusively by Service Shares, fees under the Distribution and Service Plans are borne exclusively by Class A or Class R Shares, respectively, and transfer agency fees and expenses are borne at different rates by different share classes. The Trustees may determine in the future that it is appropriate to allocate other expenses differently among classes of shares and may do so to the extent consistent with the rules of the SEC and positions of the IRS. Each class of shares may have different minimum investment requirements and be entitled to different shareholder services. With limited exceptions, shares of a class may only be exchanged for shares of the same or an equivalent class of another series. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectus and “OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS” below. In addition, the fees and expenses set forth below for each class may be subject to fee waivers or reimbursements, as discussed more fully in the Portfolio’s Prospectus.

Class A Shares are sold, with a maximum initial sales charge of 5.50%, through brokers and dealers who are members of the FINRA and certain other financial service firms that have sales agreements with Goldman Sachs. Class A Shares of a Portfolio bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of such Class A Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Distribution and Services Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by FINRA.

Service Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts held in the name of an institution that, directly or indirectly, provides certain shareholder administration services and shareholder liaison services to its customers, including maintenance of account records and processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares. Service Shares bear the cost of service fees and shareholder administration fees at the annual rate of up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively, of the average daily net assets of a Portfolio attributable to Service Shares.

Institutional Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts in the name of an investor or institution that is not compensated by a Portfolio for services provided to the institution’s customers.

 

B-112


Investor and Class R Shares are sold at NAV without a sales charge. Investor and Class R Shares are not sold directly to the public. Instead, Investor and Class R Shares generally are available only to Section 401(k), 403(b), 457, profit sharing, money purchase pension, tax-sheltered annuity, defined benefit pension, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and non-qualified pension plans or other employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) or SIMPLE plans that are sponsored by one or more employers (including governmental or church employers) or employee organizations (“Employee Benefit Plans”). Investor Shares may also be sold to accounts established under a fee-based program that is sponsored and maintained by an Intermediary that has entered into a contractual relationship with Goldman Sachs to offer such shares through such programs (“Eligible Fee-Based Program”). Investor and Class R Shares are not available to traditional and Roth Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), SEPs and SARSEPs; except that Investor Shares are available to such accounts or plans to the extent they are purchased through an Eligible Fee-Based Program. Employee Benefit Plans and Eligible Fee-Based Programs must purchase Investor or Class R Shares through an Intermediary using a plan level or omnibus account.

Class R6 Shares are sold at NAV without a sales charge. Class R6 Shares are generally available to the following investors who purchase shares of the Portfolios through certain Intermediaries that have a contractual relationship with Goldman Sachs, including banks, trust companies, brokers, registered investment advisers and other financial institutions, using a plan level or omnibus account, unless otherwise noted below.

 

   

Investors who purchase Class R6 Shares through an Eligible Fee-Based Program;

 

   

Employee Benefit Plans;

 

   

Registered investment companies or bank collective trusts investing directly with the Transfer Agent;

 

   

Institutional investors, including companies, foundations, endowments, municipalities, trusts and other entities, investing at least $5,000,000 directly with the Transfer Agent; and

 

   

Other investors at the discretion of the Trust’s officers.

Class R6 Shares may not be available through certain Intermediaries. For the purposes of Class R6 Shares eligibility, the term “Intermediary” does not include Goldman Sachs or its affiliates and Class R6 Shares will not be available to clients of Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management, The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, N.A., The Goldman Sachs Trust Company of Delaware or The Ayco Company, L.P.

Participants in an Employee Benefit Plan should contact their Employee Benefit Plan service provider for information regarding purchases, sales and exchanges of Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares. Class R Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R Shares. With respect to Class R Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Distribution and Service Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by FINRA.

It is possible that an institution or its affiliate may offer different classes of shares (i.e., Class A, Institutional, Service, Investor, Class R and Class R6 Shares) to its customers and thus receive different compensation with respect to different classes of shares of a Portfolio. Dividends paid by a Portfolio, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences caused by the fact that the respective transfer agency and Plan fees relating to a particular class will be borne exclusively by that class. Similarly, the net asset value per share may differ depending upon the class of shares purchased.

Certain aspects of the shares may be altered after advance notice to shareholders if it is deemed necessary in order to satisfy certain tax regulatory requirements.

When issued for the consideration described in the Portfolios’ Prospectus, shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustees may, however, cause shareholders, or shareholders of a particular series or class, to pay certain custodian, transfer agency, servicing or similar charges by setting off the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing share ownership (or by both means). In the event of liquidation, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the applicable class of a Portfolio available for distribution to such shareholders. All shares are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. The Trustees may require Shareholders to redeem Shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

 

B-113


The Act requires that where more than one series of shares exists, each series must be preferred over all other series in respect of assets specifically allocated to such series. In addition, Rule 18f-2 under the Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of the Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each series affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a series shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each series in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of such series. However, Rule 18f-2 exempts the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal distribution contracts and the election of trustees from the separate voting requirements of Rule 18f-2.

The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders and does not intend to hold such meetings. In the event that a meeting of shareholders is held, each share of the Trust will be entitled, as determined by the Trustees without the vote or consent of the shareholders, either to one vote for each share or to one vote for each dollar of net asset value represented by such share on all matters presented to shareholders including the election of Trustees (this method of voting being referred to as “dollar based voting”). However, to the extent required by the Act or otherwise determined by the Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meetings. The Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, if, at any time, less than a majority of Trustees holding office at the time were elected by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Declaration of Trust and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is adjudicated (i) to be liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such person’s actions were in the best interest of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that, if any shareholder or former shareholder of any series is held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason, the shareholder or former shareholder (or the shareholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives or general successors) shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, acting on behalf of any affected series, must, upon request by such shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against such shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the series.

The Declaration of Trust permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine, in their sole discretion, that such action is in the best interest of the Trust, such series, such class or their respective shareholders. The Trustees may consider such factors as they, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate in making such determination, including (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, series or class or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on the business or operations of the Trust or series.

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval, to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a master-feeder structure by investing all or a portion of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to amend the Declaration of Trust without a shareholder vote. However, shareholders of the Trust have the right to vote on any amendment (i) that would adversely affect the voting rights of shareholders; (ii) that is required by law to be approved by shareholders; (iii) that would amend the provisions of the Declaration of Trust regarding amendments and supplements thereto; or (iv) that the Trustees determine to submit to shareholders.

 

B-114


The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). Series Trustees may, but are not required to, serve as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust. To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, the Series Trustees may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustees of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Declaration of Trust with respect to such Series or Class, but may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class.

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

Under Delaware Law, the shareholders of the Portfolios are not generally subject to liability for the debts or obligations of the Trust. Similarly, Delaware law provides that a series of the Trust will not be liable for the debts or obligations of any other series of the Trust. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in other states. As a result, to the extent that a Delaware statutory trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts of such other states, the courts may not apply Delaware law and may thereby subject the Delaware statutory trust shareholders to liability. To guard against this risk, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of a series. Notice of such disclaimer will normally be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by a series of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification by the relevant series for all loss suffered by a shareholder as a result of an obligation of the series. The Declaration of Trust also provides that a series shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon. In view of the above, the risk of personal liability of shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust is remote.

In addition to the requirements under Delaware law, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a series may bring a derivative action on behalf of the series only if the following conditions are met: (a) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the series, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the class to which such action relates, shall join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (b) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the series for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

TAXATION

The following are certain additional U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Portfolios and the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Portfolios that are not described in the Prospectus. The discussions below and in the Prospectus are only summaries and are not intended as substitutes for careful tax planning. They do not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, insurance companies and financial institutions. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Portfolios. The summary is based on the laws in effect on December 28, 2018, which are subject to change. Future changes in tax laws may adversely impact a Portfolio and its shareholders.

 

B-115


Portfolio Taxation

Each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund is a separate taxable entity. Each of the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds has elected to be treated and intends to qualify for each taxable year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. To qualify as such, a Portfolio must satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income, diversification of its assets and distribution of its income to shareholders. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally will not be subject to federal income or excise tax on any net investment income and net realized capital gains that are distributed to its shareholders in accordance with certain timing requirements of the Code.

There are certain tax requirements that each Portfolio and Underlying Fund must follow if it is to avoid federal taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Underlying Funds may have to limit their investment activities in some types of instruments. Qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code requires, among other things, that each Portfolio and Underlying Fund (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or securities or foreign currencies, net income from qualified publicly traded partnerships or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, and forward contracts) derived with respect to the Underlying Fund’s business of investing in stocks, securities or currencies (the “90% gross income test”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that in general, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the fair market value of the Underlying Fund’s total (gross) assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government Securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of such Underlying Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total (gross) assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government Securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), two or more issuers controlled by the Underlying Fund and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or certain publicly traded partnerships.

For purposes of the 90% gross income test, income that a Portfolio or Underlying Fund earns from equity interests in certain entities that are not treated as corporations or as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (e.g., partnerships or trusts) will generally have the same character for the Portfolio or Underlying Fund as in the hands of such an entity; consequently, a Portfolio or Underlying Fund may be required to limit its equity investments in any such entities that earn fee income, rental income, or other nonqualifying income. In addition, future Treasury regulations could provide that qualifying income under the 90% gross income test will not include gains from foreign currency transactions that are not directly related to a Portfolio or Underlying Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. Using foreign currency positions or entering into foreign currency options, futures and forward or swap contracts for purposes other than hedging currency risk with respect to securities held or anticipated to be acquired by a Portfolio or Underlying Fund may not qualify as “directly-related” under these tests.

If a Portfolio or Underlying Fund complies with the foregoing provisions, then in any taxable year in which such Portfolio or Underlying Fund distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable accrued original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, any net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign exchange gains and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain,” as defined below, and is reduced by deductible expenses), plus 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income (if any) over certain disallowed deductions, such Portfolio or Underlying Fund (but not its shareholders) generally will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Portfolio or Underlying Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. If, instead, a Portfolio or Underlying Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. Because there are some uncertainties regarding the computation of the amounts deemed distributed to shareholders for these purposes — including, in particular, uncertainties regarding the portion, if any, of amounts paid in redemption of shares that should be treated as such distributions – there can be no assurance that each Portfolio and Underlying Fund will avoid corporate-level tax in each year.

If a Portfolio or Underlying Fund retains any net capital gain, the Portfolio or Underlying Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Portfolio or Underlying Fund against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim

 

B-116


refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Portfolio or Underlying Fund will be increased by the amount of any such undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Portfolio or Underlying Fund (as applicable) on that amount of net capital gain.

Each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund intends to distribute for each taxable year to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net capital gain and any net tax-exempt interest. Exchange control or other foreign laws, regulations or practices may restrict repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales by foreign investors and may therefore make it more difficult for such an Underlying Fund to satisfy the distribution requirements described above, as well as the excise tax distribution requirements described below. However, each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund generally expects to be able to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy such requirements from new investors, the sale of securities or other sources. If for any taxable year a Portfolio or Underlying Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be taxed on all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain at corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid, and its distributions to shareholders will generally be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits.

In order to avoid a 4% federal excise tax, each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund must generally distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of its taxable ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year, 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on August 31 of such year), and all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for all previous years that were not distributed for those years and on which the Portfolio or Underlying Fund paid no federal income tax. For federal income tax purposes, dividends declared by a Portfolio or Underlying Fund in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and paid during January of the following year are taxable to such shareholders, and deductible by the Portfolio, as if paid on December 31 of the year declared. Each Portfolio and Underlying Fund anticipates that it will generally make timely distributions of income and capital gains in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the excise tax.

For federal income tax purposes, each Portfolio is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any taxable year to offset its own capital gains, if any. These amounts are available to be carried forward to offset future capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations. [As of August 31, 2018, the Portfolios did not have any capital loss carryforwards.]

Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Certain of the futures contracts, forward contracts and options held by an Underlying Fund will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their fair market value on the last day of the Underlying Fund’s taxable year (or, for excise tax purposes, on the last day of the relevant period). These provisions may require an Underlying Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of these futures contracts, forward contracts, or options will (except for certain foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts) be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. As a result of certain hedging transactions entered into by an Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, forward contracts, and options or underlying securities or foreign currencies to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by such Underlying Fund and the characterization of gains or losses as long-term or short-term may be changed. The tax provisions described in this paragraph may affect the amount, timing and character of an Underlying Fund’s distributions to shareholders. Application of certain requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company and/or these tax rules to certain investment practices, such as dollar rolls, or certain derivatives such as interest rate swaps, floors, caps and collars and currency, total return, mortgage or index swaps and options on swaps may be unclear in some respects, and an Underlying Fund may therefore be required to limit its participation in those kinds of transactions. Certain tax elections may be available to an Underlying Fund to mitigate some of the unfavorable consequences described in this paragraph.

 

B-117


Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by an Underlying Fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. If a net foreign exchange loss treated as ordinary loss under Section 988 of the Code were to exceed an Underlying Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting loss would not be deductible by the Underlying Fund or its shareholders in future years. Net loss, if any, from certain foreign currency transactions or instruments could exceed net investment income otherwise calculated for accounting purposes with the result being either no dividends being paid or a portion of an Underlying Fund’s dividends being treated as a return of capital for tax purposes, nontaxable to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his shares and, once such basis is exhausted, generally giving rise to capital gains.

An Underlying Fund’s investment in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, certain structured securities or other securities bearing original issue discount or, if an Underlying Fund elects to include market discount in income currently, market discount, as well as any “marked-to-market” gain from certain options, futures or forward contracts, as described above, will in many cases cause it to realize income or gain before the receipt of cash payments with respect to these securities or contracts. In order to obtain cash to enable it to distribute this income or gain, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and to avoid federal income or excise taxes, the Underlying Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio investments sooner than it might otherwise have done.

Investments in lower-rated securities may present special tax issues for an Underlying Fund to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely with respect to such securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when an Underlying Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income; and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will generally need to be addressed by an Underlying Fund, in the event it invests in such securities, so as to seek to eliminate or minimize any adverse tax consequences.

If an Underlying Fund acquires stock (including, under proposed regulations, an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Underlying Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Underlying Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Underlying Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. In some cases, elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Underlying Fund to include each year certain amounts as income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements described above) without a concurrent receipt of cash. Each Underlying Fund may attempt to limit and/or to manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

A Portfolio will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses in another Underlying Fund in which the Portfolio invests. Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of a Portfolio. A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Portfolio. Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules. As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Portfolios could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. If an Underlying Fund invests in certain REITs or in REMIC residual interests, a portion of the Portfolio’s income may be classified as “excess inclusion income.” A shareholder that is otherwise not subject to tax may be taxable on their share of any such excess inclusion income as “unrelated business taxable income.” In addition, tax may be imposed on the Portfolio on the portion of any excess inclusion income allocable to any shareholders that are classified as disqualified organizations.

 

B-118


Foreign Taxes

If, as may occur for certain of the Underlying Funds, more than 50% of an Underlying Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Underlying Fund may file an election with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Underlying Fund would be required to (i) include in ordinary gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Underlying Fund that are treated as income taxes under U.S. tax regulations (which excludes, for example, stamp taxes, securities transaction taxes, and similar taxes) even though not actually received by such shareholders, and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them.

If an Underlying Fund makes this election, its shareholders (including the Portfolios) may then deduct such pro rata portions of qualified foreign taxes in computing their taxable incomes, or, alternatively, use them as foreign tax credits, subject to holding period and other applicable limitations, against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions for federal income tax purposes will not, however, be able to deduct their pro rata portion of foreign taxes paid by an Underlying Fund, although such shareholders will be required to include their shares of such taxes in gross income if the election is made.

While a Portfolio will be able to deduct the foreign taxes that it will be treated as receiving from an Underlying Fund if the election is made, if at least 50% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Portfolio will itself be able to elect to treat its foreign taxes as paid by its shareholders. If the Portfolio makes this election, the shareholders of the Portfolio will have an option of claiming a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Underlying Funds.

If a shareholder chooses to take credit for the foreign taxes deemed paid by such shareholder as a result of any such election by a Portfolio, the amount of the credit that may be claimed in any year may not exceed the same proportion of the U.S. tax against which such credit is taken which the shareholder’s taxable income from foreign sources (but not in excess of the shareholder’s entire taxable income) bears to his entire taxable income. For this purpose, distributions from long-term and short-term capital gains or foreign currency gains by a Portfolio will generally not be treated as income from foreign sources. This foreign tax credit limitation may also be applied separately to certain specific categories of foreign-source income and the related foreign taxes. As a result of these rules, which have different effects depending upon each shareholder’s particular tax situation, certain shareholders of a Portfolio may not be able to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund even if the election is made by the Portfolio.

Shareholders who are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, including retirement plans, other tax-exempt shareholders and non-U.S. shareholders, will ordinarily not benefit from the foregoing Portfolio election with respect to foreign taxes. Each year, if any, that a Portfolio files the election described above, shareholders will be notified of the amount of (1) each shareholder’s pro rata share of qualified foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and (2) the portion of Portfolio dividends that represents income from foreign sources.

Taxable U.S. Shareholders – Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions by a Portfolio, whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, generally will be taxable to shareholders who are subject to tax. Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of newly issued shares will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash they would have received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received.

In general, distributions from investment company taxable income for the year will be taxable as ordinary income. However, distributions to noncorporate shareholders attributable to dividends received by the Portfolios or the Underlying Funds from U.S. and certain foreign corporations will generally be taxed at the long-term capital gain rate (described below), as long as certain other requirements are met. For these lower rates to apply, the noncorporate shareholders must have owned their Portfolio or Underlying Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s ex-dividend date and the Portfolio or Underlying Fund must also have owned the underlying stock for this same period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date for the stock. The amount of a Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s distributions that otherwise qualify for these lower rates may be reduced as a result of securities lending activities or a high portfolio turnover rate.

 

B-119


Distributions reported to shareholders as derived from a Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s dividend income, if any, that would be eligible for the dividends received deduction if such Portfolio or Underlying Fund were not a regulated investment company may be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders. The dividends received deduction, if available, is reduced to the extent the shares with respect to which the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax law and is eliminated if the shares are deemed to have been held for less than a minimum period, generally 46 days. The dividends received deduction also may be reduced as a result of a Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s securities lending activities or a high portfolio turnover rate. The dividend may, if it is treated as an “extraordinary dividend” under the Code, reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares of a Portfolio or Underlying Fund. Capital gain dividends (i.e., dividends from net capital gain), if reported as such to shareholders, will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of how long shares have been held by shareholders, but are not eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporations. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Distributions, if any, that are in excess of a Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in his shares and, after such basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains to a shareholder who holds his shares as capital assets.

Individuals (and certain other non-corporate entities) are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to taxable ordinary dividends from REITs and certain taxable income from publicly traded partnerships. Currently, there is not a regulatory mechanism for regulated investment companies to pass-through the special character of this income to shareholders.

If a Portfolio receives dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Portfolio is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income and/or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Portfolio meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.

Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers for more information.

Taxable U.S. Shareholders - Sale of Shares

When a shareholder’s shares are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of in a transaction that is treated as a sale for tax purposes, the shareholder will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares and the cash, or fair market value of any property, received. (To aid in computing that tax basis, a shareholder should generally retain its account statements for the period that it holds shares.) If the shareholder holds the shares as a capital asset at the time of sale, the character of the gain or loss should be capital, and treated as long-term if the shareholder’s holding period is more than one year and short-term otherwise, subject to the rules below. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with reference to their particular circumstances to determine whether a redemption (including an exchange) or other disposition of Portfolio shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes, as is assumed in this discussion.

Certain special tax rules may apply to a shareholder’s capital gains or losses on Portfolio shares. If a shareholder receives a capital gain dividend with respect to shares and such shares have a tax holding period of six months or less at the time of a sale or redemption of such shares, then any loss the shareholder realizes on the sale or redemption will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of such capital gain dividend. Additionally, any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of Portfolio shares with a tax holding period of six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of any distributions treated as exempt-interest dividends with respect to such shares. All or a portion of any sales load paid upon the purchase of shares of a Portfolio will generally not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of such shares within 90 days after their purchase to the extent the redemption proceeds are reinvested, or the exchange is effected, on or before January 31 of the calendar year

 

B-120


following the calendar year in which the original stock is disposed of without payment of an additional sales load pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. The load not taken into account will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale or redemption of shares of the Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of such Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

Medicare Tax

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A Portfolio will be required to report to the IRS all taxable distributions, as well as gross proceeds from the redemption or exchange of Portfolio shares, except in the case of certain exempt recipients, i.e., certain corporations and certain other investors distributions to which are exempt from the information reporting provisions of the Code. Under the backup withholding provisions of Section 3406 of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, all such reportable distributions and proceeds may be subject to backup withholding of federal income tax at the current specified rate of 24% in the case of exempt recipients that fail to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to withholding, non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Portfolio with their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and with certain required certifications or if the IRS or a broker notifies the Portfolio that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. The Portfolio may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required taxpayer identification number or certification that the number provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions and proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If a shareholder does not have a TIN, it should apply for one immediately by contacting the local office of the Social Security Administration or the IRS. Backup withholding could apply to payments relating to a shareholder’s account while it is awaiting receipt of a TIN. Special rules apply for certain entities. For example, for an account established under a Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minors Act, the TIN of the minor should be furnished. Investors should consult their tax advisers about the applicability of the backup withholding provisions.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

The discussion above relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as it applies to “U.S. persons” subject to tax under such law.

Except as discussed below, distributions to shareholders who, as to the United States, are not “U.S. persons,” ( i.e. , are nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, fiduciaries of foreign trusts or estates or other non-U.S. investors) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% on distributions treated as ordinary income unless the tax is reduced or eliminated pursuant to a tax treaty or the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder; but distributions of net capital gain (the excess of any net long-term capital gains over any net short-term capital losses) including amounts retained by a Portfolio which are designated as undistributed capital gains, to such a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the distributions are effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Non-U.S. shareholders may also be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on deemed income resulting from any election by the Portfolio to treat qualified foreign taxes it pays as passed through to shareholders (as described above), but may not be able to claim a U.S. tax credit or deduction with respect to such taxes.

 

B-121


Under a provision recently made permanent by Congress, non-U.S. shareholders generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding on certain distributions of interest income and/or short-term capital gains that are designated by a Portfolio. It is expected that the Portfolio will generally make designations of short-term gains, to the extent permitted, but the Portfolio does not intend to make designations of any distributions attributable to interest income. Therefore, all distributions of interest income will be subject to withholding when paid to non-U.S. investors.

Any capital gain realized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale or redemption of shares of a Portfolio will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the U.S., or in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Non-U.S. persons who fail to furnish a Portfolio with the proper IRS Form W-8 ( i.e. , W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI, W-8IMY or W-8EXP), or an acceptable substitute, may be subject to backup withholding at a 24% rate on dividends (including capital gain dividends) and on the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges. Also, non-U.S. shareholders of the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their Portfolio shares.

The Portfolio are required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Portfolio to enable the Portfolio to determine whether withholding is required.

Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consult his or her tax adviser regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, a Portfolio.

State and Local Taxes

Each Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may be subject to state or local taxes in jurisdictions in which the Portfolio or Underlying Fund is deemed to be doing business. In addition, in those states or localities that impose income taxes, the treatment of a Portfolio or Underlying Fund and its shareholders under those jurisdictions’ tax laws may differ from the treatment under federal income tax laws, and investment in a Portfolio or Underlying Fund may have tax consequences for shareholders that are different from those of a direct investment in the Portfolio’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio securities. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning state and local tax matters.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and related report of [ ], independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the Portfolios’ 2018 Annual Report, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The audited financial statements in the Portfolios’ Annual Report have been incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. No other parts of any Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein.

A copy of the Portfolios’ 2018 Annual Report may be obtained upon request and without charge by writing Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, P.O. Box 06050, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or by calling Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, at the telephone number on the back cover of the Portfolios’ Prospectus.

 

B-122


PROXY VOTING

The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolios, has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to the Investment Adviser. For client accounts for which the Investment Adviser has voting discretion, the Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures (the “Proxy Voting Policy”) for the voting of proxies. Under the Proxy Voting Policy, the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that favor proposals that in the Investment Adviser’s view tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value and are not influenced by conflicts of interest. To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities, the Investment Adviser has developed customized proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) that it generally applies when voting on behalf of client accounts. Attached as Appendix C is a summary of the Guidelines. These Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, issues of corporate social responsibility and various shareholder proposals. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors the Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes.

The Proxy Voting Policy, including the Guidelines, is reviewed periodically to ensure that it continues to be consistent with the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles.

The Investment Adviser has retained a third-party proxy voting service (“Proxy Service”), currently Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist in the implementation and administration of certain proxy voting-related functions including, without limitation, operational, recordkeeping and reporting services. The Proxy Service also prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “Recommendation”) of each proxy vote that reflects the Proxy Service’s application of the Guidelines to particular proxy issues. While it is the Investment Adviser’s policy generally to follow the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, the Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams (“Portfolio Management Teams”) may on certain proxy votes seek approval to diverge from the Guidelines or a Recommendation by following an “override” process. Such decisions are subject to a review and approval process, including a determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest. A Portfolio Management Team that receives approval through the override process to cast a proxy vote that diverges from the Guidelines and/or a Recommendation may vote differently than other Portfolio Management Teams that did not seek to override that vote. In forming their views on particular matters, the Portfolio Management Teams are also permitted to consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and Recommendations. The Investment Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement the Proxy Service with respect to any of the services the Investment Adviser currently receives from the Proxy Service.

GSAM conducts periodic due diligence meetings with the Proxy Service which include, but are not limited to, a review of the Proxy Service’s general organizational structure, new developments with respect to research and technology, work flow improvements and internal due diligence with respect to conflicts of interest.

From time to time, the Investment Adviser may face regulatory, compliance, legal or logistical limits with respect to voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts, which can affect the Investment Adviser’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. Among other limits, federal, state and foreign regulatory restrictions or company specific ownership limits, as well as legal matters related to consolidated groups, may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that the Investment Adviser can hold for clients and the nature of the Investment Adviser’s voting in such securities. The Investment Adviser’s ability to vote proxies may also be affected by, among other things: (i) late receipt of meeting notices; (ii) requirements to vote proxies in person: (iii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iv) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (v) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions; and (vi) requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting.

The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing its proxy voting decisions that the Investment Adviser makes on behalf of a client account. These policies and procedures include the Investment Adviser’s use of the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, the override approval process previously discussed, and the establishment of information barriers between the Investment Adviser and other businesses within The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of the Investment Adviser may have the effect of benefitting the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates.

 

B-123


Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by a Portfolio’s managers based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

Information regarding how the Portfolios voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available on or through the Portfolios’ website at www.gsamfunds.com without charge and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

PAYMENTS TO INTERMEDIARIES

The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make payments to Intermediaries from time to time to promote the sale, distribution and/or servicing of shares of the Portfolios, except that the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates do not make such payments on behalf of Class R6 Shares. These payments (“Additional Payments”) are made out of the Investment Adviser’s, Distributor’s and/or their affiliates’ own assets (which may come directly or indirectly from fees paid by the Portfolios), are not an additional charge to the Portfolios or their shareholders, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of the Portfolios’ shares or the amount the Portfolio receives as proceeds from such purchases. Although paid by the Investment Adviser, Distributor, and/or their affiliates, the Additional Payments are in addition to the distribution and service fees paid by the Portfolios to the Intermediaries as described in the Portfolios’ Prospectus and this SAI, and are also in addition to the sales commissions payable to Intermediaries as set forth in the Prospectus. For purposes of this “Payments to Intermediaries” section, “Portfolios” shall mean, collectively, the Portfolios and any of the other Goldman Sachs Funds.

The Additional Payments are intended to compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing shares of the Portfolios, which may consist of payments relating to funds included on preferred or recommended fund lists or in certain sales programs from time to time sponsored by the Intermediaries; “due diligence” examination and/or review of the Portfolios from time to time; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; “finders” or “referral fees” for directing investors to the Portfolios; marketing support fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Portfolio shares (which may include promotions in communications with the Intermediaries’ customers, registered representatives and salespersons); provision of analytical or other data to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates relating to sales of shares of the Portfolios; and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Portfolios, including provision of consultative services to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates relating to marketing of the Portfolios and/or sale of shares of the Portfolios. In addition, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make Additional Payments (including through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the transfer agent, shareholder administration, servicing and processing fees paid by the Portfolios. These Additional Payments may exceed amounts earned on these assets by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates for the performance of these or similar services. The Additional Payments may be a fixed dollar amount; may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by an Intermediary; may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Intermediary involved; or may be calculated on another basis. The Additional Payments are negotiated with each Intermediary based on a range of factors, including but not limited to the Intermediary’s ability to attract and retain assets (including particular classes of Portfolio shares), target markets, customer relationships, quality of service and industry reputation. Although the individual components may be higher or lower and the total amount of Additional Payments made to any Intermediary in any given year will vary, the amount of these Additional Payments (excluding payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements), on average, is normally not expected to exceed 0.50% (annualized) of the amount sold or invested through an Intermediary.

These Additional Payments may be significant to certain Intermediaries, and may be an important factor in an Intermediary’s willingness to support the sale of the Portfolios through its distribution system.

 

B-124


The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may be motivated to make Additional Payments since they promote the sale of Portfolio shares to clients of Intermediaries and the retention of those investments by those clients. To the extent Intermediaries sell more shares of the Portfolios or retain shares of the Portfolios in their clients’ accounts, the Investment Adviser and Distributor benefit from the incremental management and other fees paid by the Portfolios with respect to those assets.

In addition, certain Intermediaries may have access to certain research and investment services from the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates. Such research and investment services (“Additional Services”) may include research reports, economic analysis, portfolio analysis tools, business planning services, certain marketing and investor education materials and strategic asset allocation modeling. The Intermediary may not pay for these products or services. The cost of the Additional Services and the particular services provided may vary from Intermediary to Intermediary.

The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates or the Additional Services received by an Intermediary may vary with respect to the type of fund (e.g., equity, fund, fixed income fund, specialty fund, asset allocation portfolio or money market fund) sold by the Intermediary. In addition, the Additional Payment arrangements may include breakpoints in compensation which provide that the percentage rate of compensation varies as the dollar value of the amount sold or invested through an Intermediary increases.

The presence of these Additional Payments or Additional Services, the varying fee structure and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend funds, including the Portfolios, or other investments based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. Additionally, if one mutual fund sponsor makes greater distribution payments than another, an Intermediary may have an incentive to recommend one fund complex over another. Similarly, if an Intermediary receives more distribution assistance for one share class versus another, that Intermediary may have an incentive to recommend that share class. Because Intermediaries may be paid varying amounts per class for sub-transfer agency and related recordkeeping services, the service requirements of which also may vary by class, this may create an additional incentive for financial firms and their financial advisors to favor one fund complex over another, or one fund class over another. You should consider whether such incentives exist when evaluating any recommendations from an Intermediary to purchase or sell Shares of a Portfolio and when considering which share class is most appropriate for you.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates made Additional Payments out of their own assets to approximately 182 Intermediaries, totaling approximately $159.3 million (excluding payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements and certain other types of payments described below), with respect to the Portfolios, Goldman Sachs Trust, all of the funds in an affiliated investment company, Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, and the Trust. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates had contractual arrangements to make Additional Payments to the Intermediaries listed below (or their affiliates or successors), among others. This list will change over time, and any additions, modifications or deletions thereto that have occurred since December 31, 2017 are not reflected. Additional Intermediaries may receive payments in 2018 and in future years. Certain arrangements are still being negotiated, and there is a possibility that payments will be made retroactively to Intermediaries not listed below.

ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.

ADP LLC

ADP, Inc.

Allstate Life Insurance Company

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York

Amalga Trust Company

Amalgamated Bank of Chicago

American Enterprise Investment Services, Inc. (AEIS)

American National Trust and Investment Management Company dba Old National Trust Company (Oltrust & Co.)

American United Life Insurance Company

Ascensus, Inc.

Associated Investment Services, Inc.

Associated Trust Company, N.A.

 

B-125


AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

Banc of America Securities LLC

BancorpSouth

Bank of New York

Bankers Trust Company

BB&T Capital Markets

BMO Harris Bank N.A.

BMO Nesbitt Burns

BNP Paribas, Acting Through its NY Branch

BNY Mellon National Association

BOSC, Inc.

Branch Banking & Trust Company

Brighthouse Life Insurance Company

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

C.M. Life Insurance Company

Cetera Financial Group

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

Chicago Mercantile Exchange, Inc.

Citibank N.A.

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.

CME Shareholder Servicing LLC

Comerica Bank

Comerica Securities, Inc.

Commerce Bank

Commerce Bank N.A.

Commerce Trust Co.

Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company

Commonwealth Equity Services, Inc. dba Commonwealth Financial Network

Companion Life Insurance Company

Compass Bank

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Daily Access Corporation

Dain Rauscher Inc.

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

Dubuque Bank & Trust

EBS Global Facility Limited

Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P.

Farmers New World Life Insurance Company

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC

Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc.

Fifth Third Bank

Fifth Third Securities Inc.

First Hawaiian Bank

First National Bank of Omaha

FirstMerit Bank, NA

Forethought Life Insurance Company

Fulton Bank, N.A.

Fulton Financial Advisors, National Association

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

 

B-126


Great-West Financial Retirement Plan Services LLC

GWFS Equities, Inc.

Hartford Life Insurance Company

Hazeltree Fund Services, Inc.

Hewitt Associates LLC

Horace Mann Life Insurance Company

HSBC Bank U.S.A., N.A.

Hunt, Dupree & Rhine

ICMA RC-Services, LLC

Institutional Cash Distributors (division of Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.)

Invesmart, Inc.

J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Jefferies LLC

Jefferson National Life Insurance Company

Jefferson National Life Insurance Company of New York

Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Company

John Hancock Trust Company

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

JPMorgan Securities, Inc. (JPMSI)

Key Bank N.A.

Lasalle Bank, N.A.

Law Debenture Trust Company of New York

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC

LPL Financial LLC

M&T Bank

M&T Securities, Inc.

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

MassMutual Retirement Services, LLC

McCready and Keene, Inc.

Members Life Insurance Company

Mercer HR Services, LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Midland National Life Insurance Company

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

MML Distributors, LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

MSCS Financial Services Division of Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC

National Financial Services LLC

National Security Life and Annuity Company

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.

Newport Group, Inc.

Newport Retirement Services, Inc.

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

Pershing LLC

PNC Bank, N.A.

PNC Capital Markets LLC

PNC Investments LLC

Principal Life Insurance Company

Protective Life Insurance Company

PruCo Life Insurance Company

PruCo Life Insurance Company of New Jersey

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

B-127


Raymond James Financial Services

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Regions Bank

Reliance Trust Company

RiverSource Life Insurance Co. of New York

RiverSource Life Insurance Company

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

Scott & Stringfellow

Security Benefit Life Insurance Company

Security Distributors, Inc.

Signature Bank

Silicon Valley Bank

State Street Bank and Trust Company

State Street Global Markets, LLC

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York

Suntrust Bank

SunGard Institutional Brokerage, Inc.

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

SVB Securities

Synovus Securities

T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.

TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc.

TD Bank National Association

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

The Glenmede Trust Company N.A.

The Guardian Insurance & Annuity Company, Inc.

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

The Ohio National Life Insurance Company

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

The Travelers Insurance Company

The Travelers Life and Annuity Company

The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York

The Vanguard Group, Inc.

The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company

Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

Transamerica Retirement Solutions Corporation

Treasury Curve, LLC

Trustmark National Bank

U.S. Bank National Association

U.S. Fiduciary Services, Inc.

UBS Financial Services Inc.

Union Bank, N.A.

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

US Bank, N.A.

VALIC Retirement Services Company

Voya Financial Partners, LLC

Voya Institutional Plan Services, LLC

Voya Retirement Advisors, LLC

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC.

Wells Fargo Securities LLC

Zions Bank

Zurich American Life Insurance Company

 

B-128


Your Authorized Dealer or other Intermediary may charge you additional fees or commissions other than those disclosed in the Prospectus. Shareholders should contact their Authorized Dealer or other Intermediary for more information about the Additional Payments or Additional Services they receive and any potential conflicts of interest, as well as for information regarding any fees and/or commissions it charges. For additional questions, please contact Goldman Sachs Funds at 1-800-621-2550.

Not included on the list above are other subsidiaries of Goldman Sachs who may receive revenue from the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates through intra-company compensation arrangements and for financial, distribution, administrative and operational services.

Furthermore, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of Portfolio shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions and reimburse investors for certain expenses incurred in connection with accessing the Funds through portal arrangements. The Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may also pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of Intermediaries and their salespersons and guests in connection with educational, sales and promotional programs subject to applicable FINRA regulations. Other compensation may also be offered from time to time to the extent not prohibited by applicable federal or state laws or FINRA regulations. This compensation is not included in, and is made in addition to, the Additional Payments described above.

OTHER INFORMATION

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Investment Adviser have adopted a policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio securities is in the best interest of Portfolio shareholders and to address the conflicts between the interests of Portfolio shareholders and its service providers. The policy provides that neither the Portfolios nor their Investment Adviser, Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Portfolio Representative”) will disclose a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means the Portfolio’s actual portfolio holdings, as well as nonpublic information about its trading strategies or pending transactions. Under the policy, neither the Portfolios nor any Portfolio Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. The Portfolio Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in a Portfolio’s public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Portfolio’s publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Portfolios’ website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Portfolios’ website.

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or posted on the publicly available website may be provided to third parties only if the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they receive. Disclosure to such third parties must be approved in advance by the Investment Adviser’s legal or compliance department. Disclosure to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other similar services for the Portfolios, as well as rating and ranking organizations, will generally be permitted; however, information may be disclosed to other third parties (including, without limitation, individuals, institutional investors, and intermediaries that sell shares of the Portfolios) only upon approval by the Portfolios’ Chief Compliance Officer, who must first determine that a Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality. In accordance with the policy, the identity of those recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis is as follows: the Investment Adviser, and its respective affiliates, the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Portfolios’ custodian and administrator, the Portfolios’ legal counsel—Dechert LLP and the Portfolios’ financial printer—Donnelley Financial Solutions Inc. Third party providers of custodial or accounting services to the Portfolios may release non-public portfolio holdings information of a Portfolio only with the permission of Portfolio Representatives. From time to time portfolio holdings information

 

B-129


may be provided to broker-dealers, prime brokers, FCMs or derivatives clearing merchants, in connection with the Portfolio’s portfolio trading activities. In providing this information reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information. All marketing materials prepared by the Trust’s principal underwriter are reviewed by Goldman Sachs’ Compliance department for consistency with the Trust’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy.

Each Portfolio will file its complete schedule of portfolio holdings with the SEC for the first and third quarters of each fiscal year on Form N-Q. Each Portfolio’s Form N-Q will be filed with the SEC within 60 days after the period to which it relates. Each Portfolio’s complete schedule of portfolio holdings for the second and fourth quarters of each fiscal year is included in its semi-annual and annual reports to shareholders, respectively, and is filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR. A semi-annual or annual report for each Portfolio will become available to investors within 60 days after the period to which it relates. Each Portfolio’s Form N-Q and Form N-CSR are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Portfolios intend to publish on the Trust’s website (http://www.gsamfunds.com) complete portfolio holdings for each Portfolio as of the end of each month subject to a ten day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The Portfolios may publish such information more frequently if they have a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

Under the policy, Portfolio Representatives will initially supply the Board of the Trustees with a list of third parties who receive portfolio holdings information pursuant to any ongoing arrangement. In addition, the Board is to receive information, on a quarterly basis, regarding any other disclosures of non-public portfolio holdings information that were permitted during the preceding quarter. In addition, the Board of Trustees is to approve at its meetings a list of Portfolio Representatives who are authorized to disclose portfolio holdings information under the policy. As of December 28, 2018, only certain officers of the Trust as well as certain senior members of the compliance and legal groups of the Investment Adviser have been approved by the Board of Trustees to authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

Disclosure of Current NAV Per Share

Each Portfolio’s current NAV per share is available through the Portfolios’ website at www.gsamfunds.com or by contacting the Portfolio at 1-800-621-2550.

Miscellaneous

The Portfolios reserve the right to pay redemptions by making in kind distributions of their investments (instead of cash). The securities distributed in kind would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value per share. See “NET ASSET VALUE.” If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

The right of a shareholder to redeem shares and the date of payment by a Portfolio may be suspended for more than seven days for any period during which the NYSE is closed, other than the customary weekends or holidays, or when trading on such Exchange is restricted as determined by the SEC; or during any emergency, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or for such other period as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of the Portfolio. (The Trust may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions.)

As stated in the Prospectus, the Trust may authorize Intermediaries and other institutions that provide recordkeeping, reporting and processing services to their customers to accept on the Trust’s behalf purchase, redemption and exchange orders placed by or on behalf of their customers and, if approved by the Trust, to designate other intermediaries to accept such orders. These institutions may receive payments from the Trust or Goldman Sachs for their services. Certain Intermediaries or other institutions may enter into sub-transfer agency agreements with the Trust or Goldman Sachs with respect to their services.

 

B-130


In the interest of economy and convenience, the Trust does not issue certificates representing a Portfolio’s shares. Instead, the Transfer Agent maintains a record of each shareholder’s ownership. Each shareholder receives confirmation of purchase and redemption orders from the Transfer Agent. Portfolio shares and any distributions paid by a Portfolio are reflected in account statements from the Transfer Agent.

The Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectus. Certain portions of the Registration Statement have been omitted from the Prospectus and this SAI pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement including the exhibits filed therewith may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

Statements contained in the Prospectus or in this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this SAI form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

Large Trade Notifications

The Transfer Agent may from time to time receive notice that an Intermediary has received a purchase, redemption or exchange order for a large trade in a Portfolio’s shares. A Portfolio may determine to enter into portfolio transactions in anticipation of that order, even though the order may not have been processed at the time the Portfolio entered into such portfolio transactions. This practice provides for a closer correlation between the time shareholders place large trade orders and the time a Portfolio enters into portfolio transactions based on those orders, and may permit the Portfolio to be more fully invested in investment securities, in the case of purchase orders, and to more orderly liquidate its investment positions, in the case of redemption orders. The Intermediary may not, however, ultimately process the order. In this case, (i) if a Portfolio enters into portfolio transactions in anticipation of an order for a large redemption of Portfolio shares; or (ii) if a Portfolio enters into portfolio transactions in anticipation of an order for a large purchase of Portfolio shares and such portfolio transactions occur on the date on which the Intermediary indicated that such order would occur, the Portfolio will bear any borrowing, trading overdraft or other transaction costs or investment losses resulting from such portfolio transactions. Conversely, a Portfolio would benefit from any earnings and investment gains resulting from such portfolio transactions.

Line of Credit Facility

As of August 31, 2018, the Portfolios participated in a $770,000,000 committed, unsecured revolving line of credit facility together with other funds of the Trust, Goldman Sachs Trust and registered investment companies having management agreements with GSAM or its affiliates. This facility is to be used for temporary emergency purposes or to allow for an orderly liquidation of securities to meet redemption requests. The interest rate on borrowings is based on the federal funds rate. The facility also requires a fee to be paid by the Portfolios based on the amount of the commitment that has not been utilized. [During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the Portfolios did not have any borrowings under the facility.]

Corporate Actions

From time to time, the issuer of a security held in a Portfolio’s portfolio may initiate a corporate action relating to that security. Corporate actions relating to equity securities may include, among others, an offer to purchase new shares, or to tender existing shares, of that security at a certain price. Corporate actions relating to debt securities may include, among others, an offer for early redemption of the debt security, or an offer to convert the debt security into stock. Certain corporate actions are voluntary, meaning that a Portfolio may only participate in the corporate action if it elects to do so in a timely fashion. Participation in certain corporate actions may enhance the value of the Portfolio’s investment portfolio.

In cases where a Portfolio or its Investment Adviser receives sufficient advance notice of a voluntary corporate action, the Investment Adviser will exercise its discretion, in good faith, to determine whether the Portfolio will participate in that corporate action. If a Portfolio or its Investment Adviser does not receive sufficient advance notice of a voluntary corporate action, a Portfolio may not be able to timely elect to participate in that corporate action. Participation or lack of participation in a voluntary corporate action may result in a negative impact on the value of a Portfolio’s investment portfolio.

 

B-131


DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS

(Class A Shares and Class R Shares Only)

Distribution and Service Plans . As described in the Prospectus, the Trust has adopted, on behalf of Class A and Class R Shares of the Portfolios, distribution and service plans (collectively, the “Plans” and each individually, a “Plan”). See “Shareholder Guide—Distribution and Service Fees” in the Prospectus. The distribution fees payable under the Plans are subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Act and finance distribution and other services that are provided to investors in the Portfolios and enable the Portfolios to offer investors the choice of investing in Class A or Class R Shares when investing in a Portfolio. In addition, the distribution fees payable under the Plans may be used to assist a Portfolio in reaching and maintaining asset levels that are efficient for the Portfolio’s operations and investments.

The Plans for each Portfolio’s Class A and Class R Shares were approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Plans on August 8, 2018 with respect to all Portfolios.

The compensation for distribution services payable under a Plan to Goldman Sachs may not exceed 0.25% and 0.50% per annum of a Portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A and Class R Shares, respectively, of the Portfolio.

With respect to Class A and Class R Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by FINRA.

Each Plan is a compensation plan which provides for the payment of a specified fee without regard to the expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. If such fee exceeds Goldman Sachs’ expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements. The distribution fees received by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and CDSCs (as applicable) on Class A and Class R Shares may be sold by Goldman Sachs as Distributor to entities which provide financing for payments to Intermediaries in respect of sales of Class A and Class R Shares. To the extent such fees are not paid to such dealers, Goldman Sachs may retain such fees as compensation for its services and expenses of distributing a Portfolio’s Class A and Class R Shares.

Under each Plan, Goldman Sachs, as Distributor of the Portfolios’ Class A and Class R Shares, will provide to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees of the Trust will review at least quarterly, a written report of the services provided and amounts expended by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and the purposes for which such services were performed and expenditures were made.

The Plans will remain in effect until August 31, 2019 with respect to all Portfolios, and from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is approved annually by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution compensation described therein without approval of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the affected share class but may be amended without shareholder approval to increase materially the amount of non-distribution compensation. All material amendments of a Plan must also be approved by the Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time as to a Portfolio without payment of any penalty by a vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the Class A or Class R Shares, respectively, of the Portfolio and affected share class. If a Plan was terminated by the Trustees of the Trust and no successor plan was adopted, the Portfolio would cease to make payments to Goldman Sachs under the Plan and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed expenditures. So long as a Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees of the Trust have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit each Portfolio and its Class A and Class R shareholders.

 

B-132


The following chart shows the distribution and service fees paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016 by each Portfolio pursuant to the Class A Plan:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ 27      $ 5  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          105        5  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          330        5  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          48        5  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          27        5  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          57        5  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          49        5  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          102        5  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

The following chart shows the distribution and service fees paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016 by each Portfolio pursuant to the Class R Plan:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ 42      $ 10  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          42        10  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          68        10  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          44        10  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          71        10  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          80        10  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          44        10  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          44        10  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          N/A        N/A  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-133


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class A Plan on behalf of each Portfolio:

 

Portfolio

   Compensation
to Dealers
    Compensation
and Expenses
of the
Distributor
and Its Sales
Personnel
    Allocable
Overhead,
Telephone
and
Travel
Expenses
    Printing and
Mailing of
Prospectuses
to Other
than
Current
Shareholders
    Preparation
and
Distribution
of Sales
Literature
and
Advertising
    Totals*  

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [    

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

 

*

Reflects rounding.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class R Plan on behalf of each Portfolio:

 

Portfolio

   Compensation
to Dealers
    Compensation
and Expenses
of the
Distributor

and Its Sales
Personnel
    Allocable
Overhead,
Telephone
and
Travel
Expenses
    Printing and
Mailing of
Prospectuses
to Other
than
Current
Shareholders
    Preparation
and
Distribution
of Sales
Literature
and
Advertising
    Totals*  

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [    

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [         [         [         [         [         [    
*

Reflects rounding.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

SERVICE PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN

(Service Shares Only)

The Trust, on behalf of all Portfolios, has adopted a service plan (the “Service Plan”) and a separate shareholder administration plan (the “Shareholder Administration Plan”) with respect to the Service Shares (collectively, the “Service Shares Plans”) which authorize the Portfolios to compensate Intermediaries for providing certain personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services to their customers who are or may become beneficial owners of such Shares. Pursuant to the Service Shares Plans, each Portfolio enters into agreements with Intermediaries which purchase Service Shares of the Portfolio on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements the Intermediaries may perform some or all of the following services:

 

B-134


(i) Personal and account maintenance services, including: (a) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Portfolio; (b) acting as liaison between the Intermediary’s customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (c) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (d) responding to investor requests for prospectuses; (e) displaying and making prospectuses available on the Intermediary’s premises; and (f) assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the Intermediary.

(ii) Shareholder administration services, including (a) acting or arranging for another party to act, as record holder and nominee of the Service Shares beneficially owned by the Intermediary’s customers; (b) establishing and maintaining or assisting in establishing and maintaining individual accounts and records with respect to the Service Shares owned by each customer; (c) processing or assisting in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares; (d) receiving and transmitting or assisting in receiving and transmitting funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such Service Shares; (e) facilitating the inclusion of Service Shares in accounts, products or services offered to the Intermediary’s customers by or through the Intermediary; (f) processing dividend payments on behalf of customers; and (g) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of FINRA’s Conduct Rules.

As compensation for such services, each Portfolio will pay each Intermediary a personal and account maintenance service fee and a shareholder administration service fee in an amount up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively (on an annualized basis), of the average daily net assets of the Service Shares of such Portfolio attributable to or held in the name of such Intermediary.

The following chart shows the service and shareholder administration fees paid by each Portfolio to Intermediaries pursuant to the Service Shares Plans for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the fiscal period November 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2016:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2018
     Fiscal Period
November 1, 2016
through August 31, 2017
     Fiscal Period Ended
October 31, 2016*
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [        $ 0      $ 0  

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          0        0  

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [          0        0  

 

*

The Portfolios (other than the Target Date 2060 Portfolio) commenced operations on August 22, 2016.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-135


The Portfolios have adopted the Service Plan but not the Shareholder Administration Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that service fees paid to the Intermediaries pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company or series thereof may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its shares. In particular, such an investment company or series thereof cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the Service Plan and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of Service Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the Service Plan. The Shareholder Administration Plan has not been adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act.

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to an Intermediary’s receipt of compensation paid by a Portfolio in connection with the investment of fiduciary assets in Service Shares of such Portfolio. Intermediaries, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or state securities commissions, are urged to consult their legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in Service Shares of the Portfolios. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing Service Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Service Shares Plans were most recently approved on August 8, 2018 on behalf of all Portfolios by a majority vote of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Service Shares Plans. The Service Shares Plans and related Service Agreements will remain in effect until August 31, 2019 with respect to all Portfolios and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above. The Service Plan may not be amended (but the Shareholder Administration Plan may be amended) to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the Shareholders of the affected Portfolio’s Service Class, and all material amendments of each Service Shares Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The Service Shares Plans may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the affected Portfolio’s outstanding Service Shares. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Portfolio on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Service Shares Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the Trust’s Governance and Nominating Committee, which consists of all of the non-interested members of the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees has determined that, in its judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Service Shares Plans will benefit the Portfolios and the holders of Service Shares of the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Service Plan on behalf of each Portfolio:

 

Portfolio

   Compensation
to Dealers
    Compensation
and Expenses
of the
Distributor
and Its

Sales
Personnel
    Allocable
Overhead,
Telephone
and
Travel
Expenses
    Printing and
Mailing of
Prospectuses
to Other
than
Current
Shareholders
    Preparation
and
Distribution
of Sales
Literature
and
Advertising
    Totals*  

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [       $ [    

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio**

     [         [         [         [         [         [    

 

*

Reflects rounding.

**

The Target Date 2060 Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2018.

 

B-136


OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES,

REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS

(Class A Shares and Class R Shares Only)

The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus under the captions “Shareholder Guide” and “Dividends.” Please see the Prospectus for more complete information.

Maximum Sales Charge

Class A Shares of the Portfolios are sold with a maximum sales charge of 5.50%. Using the initial NAV per share as of August 31, 2018, the maximum offering price of each Portfolio’s Class A Shares would be as follows:

 

Portfolio

   Net Asset
Value
     Maximum Sales
Charge
    Offering Price
to Public
 

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

   $ [          [     ]%    $ [    

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2045 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

Target Date 2060 Portfolio

     [          [         [    

The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor on the purchase of Class A Shares may differ slightly from the sales charge listed above or in the Prospectus due to rounding in the calculations. The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor will be rounded to two decimal places. As a result of such rounding in the calculations, the actual sales load paid by an investor may be somewhat greater ( e.g. , 5.53% for Class A Shares) or somewhat lesser ( e.g. , 5.48% for Class A Shares) than that listed above or in the Prospectus. Contact your financial adviser for further information.

Other Purchase Information/Sales Charge Waivers

The sales charge waivers on a Portfolio’s shares described in “Shareholder Guide-Common Questions Applicable To The Purchase Of Class A Shares” in the Prospectus are due to the nature of the investors involved and/or the reduced sales effort that is needed to obtain such investments.

If shares of a Portfolio are held in an account with an Intermediary, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Intermediary, and not by the Portfolio and its Transfer Agent. Since the Portfolio will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Intermediary to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in an account with one Intermediary to an account with another Intermediary or to an account directly with the Portfolio involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Intermediary.

 

B-137


Right of Accumulation (Class A)

A Class A shareholder qualifies for cumulative quantity discounts if the current purchase price of the new investment plus the shareholder’s current holdings of existing Class A (acquired by purchase or exchange) of the Portfolios and Class A and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund total the requisite amount for receiving a discount. For example, if a shareholder of a Portfolio owns shares with a current market value of $65,000 and purchases additional Class A Shares of any Goldman Sachs Fund with a purchase price of $45,000, the sales charge for the $45,000 purchase would be 3.75% (the rate applicable to purchases of $100,000 or more but less than $250,000 for the Portfolios). Class A Shares of the Portfolios and Class A and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased (i) by an individual, his spouse, his parents and his children, and (ii) by a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, will be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for such right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. For purposes of applying the right of accumulation, shares of a Portfolio and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by an existing client of Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management or GS Ayco Holding LLC will be combined with Class A and/or Class C Shares and other assets held by all other Goldman Sachs Private Wealth Management accounts or accounts of GS Ayco Holding LLC, respectively. In addition, Class A Shares of a Portfolio and Class A and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by partners, directors, officers or employees of the same business organization, groups of individuals represented by and investing on the recommendation of the same accounting firm, certain affinity groups or other similar organizations (collectively, “eligible persons”) may be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for the right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. This right of accumulation is subject to the following conditions: (i) the business organization’s, group’s or firm’s agreement to cooperate in the offering of the Portfolio’s shares to eligible persons; and (ii) notification to the Portfolio at the time of purchase that the investor is eligible for this right of accumulation. In addition, in connection with SIMPLE IRA accounts, cumulative quantity discounts are available on a per plan basis if (i) your employee has been assigned a cumulative discount number by Goldman Sachs; and (ii) your account, alone or in combination with the accounts of other plan participants also invested in Class A and/or Class C Shares of the Goldman Sachs Funds, totals the requisite aggregate amount as described in the Prospectus.

Statement of Intention (Class A)

If a shareholder anticipates purchasing at least $50,000, not counting reinvestments of distributions, of Class A Shares of the Portfolios alone or in combination with Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund within a 13-month period, the shareholder may purchase shares of a Portfolio at a reduced sales charge by submitting a Statement of Intention (the “Statement”). Shares purchased pursuant to a Statement will be eligible for the same sales charge discount that would have been available if all of the purchases had been made at the same time. The shareholder or his Intermediary must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement is in effect each time shares are purchased. There is no obligation to purchase the full amount of shares indicated in the Statement. A shareholder may include the value of all Class A Shares on which a sales charge has previously been paid as an “accumulation credit” toward the completion of the Statement, but a price readjustment will be made only on Class A Shares purchased within ninety (90) days before submitting the Statement. The Statement authorizes the Transfer Agent to hold in escrow a sufficient number of shares which can be redeemed to make up any difference in the sales charge on the amount actually invested. For purposes of satisfying the amount specified on the Statement, the gross amount of each investment, exclusive of any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will be taken into account.

The provisions applicable to the Statement, and the terms of the related escrow agreement, are set forth in Appendix B to this SAI.

Cross-Reinvestment of Distributions

Shareholders may receive distributions in additional shares of the same class of a Portfolio in which they have invested or they may elect to receive them in cash or shares of the same class of other Goldman Sachs Funds, or Service Shares of the Goldman Sachs Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund, if they hold Class A Shares of the Portfolio.

 

B-138


A Portfolio shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to the other Goldman Sachs Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees before electing cross-reinvestment into that fund. The election to cross-reinvest distributions will not affect the tax treatment of such distributions, which will be treated as received by the shareholder and then used to purchase shares of the acquired fund. Such reinvestment of distributions in shares of other Goldman Sachs Funds is available only in states where such reinvestment may legally be made.

Automatic Exchange Program

A Portfolio shareholder may elect to exchange automatically a specified dollar amount of shares of the Portfolio for shares of the same class or an equivalent class of another Goldman Sachs Fund provided the minimum initial investment requirement has been satisfied. A Portfolio shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to the other Goldman Sachs Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees and expenses before electing an automatic exchange into that Goldman Sachs Fund.

Exchanges from Collective Investment Trusts to Goldman Sachs Funds

The Investment Adviser manages a number of collective investment trusts that hold assets of 401(k) plans and other retirement plans (each, a “Collective Investment Trust”). An investor in a Collective Investment Trust (or an Intermediary acting on behalf of the investor) may elect to exchange some or all of the interests it holds in a Collective Investment Trust for shares of one or more of the Goldman Sachs Funds. Generally speaking, Rule 22c-1 under the Act requires a purchase order for shares of a Goldman Sachs Fund to be priced based on the current NAV of the Goldman Sachs Fund that is next calculated after receipt of the purchase order. A Goldman Sachs Fund will treat a purchase order component of an exchange from an investor in a Collective Investment Trust as being received in good order at the time it is communicated to an Intermediary or the Transfer Agent, if the amount of shares to be purchased is expressed as a percentage of the value of the investor’s interest in a designated Collective Investment Trust that it is contemporaneously redeeming ( e.g. , if the investor communicates a desire to exchange 100% of its interest in a Collective Investment Trust for shares of a Goldman Sachs Fund). The investor’s purchase price and the number of Goldman Sachs Fund shares it will acquire will therefore be calculated as of the pricing of the Collective Investment Trust on the day of the purchase order. Such an order will be deemed to be irrevocable as of the time the Goldman Sachs Fund’s NAV is next calculated after receipt of the purchase order. An investor should obtain and read the prospectus relating to any Goldman Sachs Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees and expenses before electing an exchange into that Goldman Sachs Fund. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange of interests in a Collective Investment Trust for shares of a Goldman Sachs Fund may be subject to tax, and you should consult your tax adviser concerning the tax consequences of an exchange.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

A systematic withdrawal plan (the “Systematic Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders of the Portfolios whose shares are worth at least $5,000. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan provides for monthly payments to the participating shareholder of any amount not less than $50.

Distributions on shares held under the Systematic Withdrawal Plan are reinvested in additional full and fractional shares of a Portfolio at NAV. The Transfer Agent acts as agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal payment. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon 30 days’ written notice to the shareholder. Withdrawal payments should not be considered to be dividends, yield or income. If periodic withdrawals continuously exceed new purchases and reinvested distributions, the shareholder’s original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted. The maintenance of a withdrawal plan concurrently with purchases of additional Class A Shares would be disadvantageous because of the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A Shares or the imposition of a CDSC on redemptions of Class A Shares. The CDSC applicable to Class A Shares redeemed under a systematic withdrawal plan may be waived. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectus. In addition, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be reported for federal and state income tax purposes. A shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. For further information or to request a Systematic Withdrawal Plan, please write or call the Transfer Agent.

 

B-139


CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of [December 1], 2018, the following shareholders were shown in the Trust’s records as owning 5% or more of any class of the Portfolios’ shares. Except as listed below, the Trust does not know of any other person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Portfolios’ shares:

Target Date 2020 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2025 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2030 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2035 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2040 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

 

B-140


Target Date 2045 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2050 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2055 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

Target Date 2060 Portfolio

 

     Name/Address      Percentage of Class  

Class A

     [          [     ]% 

Institutional

     [          [     ]% 

Service

     [          [     ]% 

Investor

     [          [     ]% 

Class R

     [          [     ]% 

Class R6

     [          [     ]% 

 

B-141


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation ratings are based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

1-A


The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

“NR” – This designation indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the associated issuer or issue.

“WD” – This designation indicates that the rating has been withdrawn and is no longer maintained by Fitch.

DBRS ® Ratings Limited (“DBRS”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The “R-1” and “R-2” rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

2-A


“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

“NR” – This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P Global Ratings does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

3-A


Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

 

4-A


“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “B” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” category or to categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Denotes that Fitch does not publicly rate the associated issue or issuer.

“WD” – Indicates that the rating has been withdrawn and is no longer maintained by Fitch.

The DBRS long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of the claims. All rating categories other than “AAA” and “D” also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative , non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

5-A


Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s uses the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels – “MIG-1” through “MIG-3”—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated “SG.” The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

 

6-A


About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

Credit ratings provided by DBRS are forward-looking opinions about credit risk which reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, and/or security. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. While historical statistics and performance can be important considerations, credit ratings are not based solely on such; they include subjective considerations and involve expectations for future performance that cannot be guaranteed. To the extent that future events and economic conditions do not match expectations, credit ratings assigned to issuers and/or securities can change. Credit ratings are also based on approved and applicable methodologies, models and criteria (“Methodologies”), which are periodically updated and when material changes are deemed necessary, this may also lead to rating changes.

Credit ratings typically provide an opinion on the risk that investors may not be repaid in accordance with the terms under which the obligation was issued. In some cases, credit ratings may also include consideration for the relative ranking of claims and recovery, should default occur. Credit ratings are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of any specific default probability, nor are they meant to predict such.

The data and information on which DBRS bases its opinions is not audited or verified by DBRS, although DBRS conducts a reasonableness review of information received and relied upon in accordance with its Methodologies and policies.

DBRS uses rating symbols as a concise method of expressing its opinion to the market but there are a limited number of rating categories for the possible slight risk differentials that exist across the rating spectrum and DBRS does not assert that credit ratings in the same category are of “exactly” the same quality.

 

7-A


APPENDIX B

STATEMENT OF INTENTION

(applicable only to Class A Shares)

If a shareholder anticipates purchasing within a 13-month period Class A Shares of a Portfolio alone or in combination with Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund in the amount of $50,000 or more, the shareholder may obtain shares of the Portfolio at the same reduced sales charge as though the total quantity were invested in one lump sum by checking and filing the Statement of Intention in the Account Application. Income dividends and capital gain distributions taken in additional shares, as well as any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will not apply toward the completion of the Statement of Intention.

To ensure that the reduced price will be received on future purchases, the investor must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement of Intention is in effect each time shares are purchased. Subject to the conditions mentioned below, each purchase will be made at the public offering price applicable to a single transaction of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application. The investor makes no commitment to purchase additional shares, but if the investor’s purchases within 13 months plus the value of shares credited toward completion do not total the sum specified, the investor will pay the increased amount of the sales charge prescribed in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agreement

Out of the initial purchase (or subsequent purchases if necessary), 5% of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application will be held in escrow by the Transfer Agent in the form of shares registered in the investor’s name. All income dividends and capital gains distributions on escrowed shares will be paid to the investor or to his or her order. When the minimum investment so specified is completed (either prior to or by the end of the 13th month), the investor will be notified and the escrowed shares will be released.

If the intended investment is not completed, the investor will be asked to remit to Goldman Sachs any difference between the sales charge on the amount specified and on the amount actually attained. If the investor does not within 20 days after written request by Goldman Sachs pay such difference in the sales charge, the Transfer Agent will redeem, pursuant to the authority given by the investor in the Account Application, an appropriate number of the escrowed shares in order to realize such difference. Shares remaining after any such redemption will be released by the Transfer Agent.

 

1-B


APPENDIX C

GSAM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

Effective February 2018

The following is a summary of the material GSAM Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which form the substantive basis of GSAM’s Policy and Procedures on Proxy Voting for Investment Advisory Clients (the “Policy”). As described in the main body of the Policy, one or more GSAM Portfolio Management Teams may diverge from the Guidelines and a related Recommendation on any particular proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision in accordance with the Policy.

A. US proxy items:

 

1.   Operational Items    page 2-C
2.   Board of Directors    page 2-C
3.   Executive Compensation    page 4-C
4.   Director Nominees and Proxy Access    page 6-C
5.   Shareholder Rights and Defenses    page 7-C
6.   Mergers and Corporate Restructurings    page 8-C
7.   State of Incorporation    page 8-C
8.   Capital Structure    page 8-C
9.   Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues    page 8-C

B. Non-U.S. proxy items:

 

1.   Operational Items    page 11-C
2.   Board of Directors    page 12-C
3.   Compensation    page 14-C
4.   Board Structure    page 14-C
5.   Capital Structure    page 14-C
6.   Mergers and Corporate Restructurings & Other    page 16-C
7.   Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues    page 16-C

 

1-C


A. U.S. Proxy Items

The following section is a summary of the Guidelines, which form the substantive basis of the Policy with respect to U.S. public equity investments.

 

1.

Operational Items

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply within the last year:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services are excessive (generally over 50% or more of the audit fees).

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services or asking for audit firm rotation.

 

2.

Board of Directors

The board of directors should promote the interests of shareholders by acting in an oversight and/or advisory role; the board should consist of a majority of independent directors and should be held accountable for actions and results related to their responsibilities.

When evaluating board composition, GSAM believes a diversity of ethnicity, gender and experience is an important consideration.

Classification of Directors

Where applicable, the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Listing Standards definition is to be used to classify directors as inside directors, affiliated outside directors, or independent outside directors.

Additionally, GSAM will consider compensation committee interlocking directors to be affiliated (defined as CEOs who sit on each other’s compensation committees).

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75% of the board and committee meetings without a disclosed valid excuse ;

 

   

Sit on more than five public operating and/or holding company boards;

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards.

Other items considered for an AGAINST vote include specific concerns about the individual or the company, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities, sanctions from government or authority, violations of laws and regulations, the presence of inappropriate related party transactions, or other issues related to improper business practices.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from inside directors and affiliated outside directors (per the Classification of Directors above) in the case of operating and/or holding companies when:

 

   

The inside director or affiliated outside director serves on the Audit, Compensation or Nominating Committees; and

 

2-C


   

The company lacks an Audit, Compensation or Nominating Committee so that the full board functions as such committees and inside directors or affiliated outside directors are participating in voting on matters that independent committees should be voting on.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the appropriate committee (or only the independent chairman or lead director as may be appropriate in situations such as where there is a classified board and members of the appropriate committee are not up for re-election or the appropriate committee is comprised of the entire board ) for the below reasons. Extreme cases may warrant a vote against the entire board.

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company;

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50% withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote (members of the Nominating or Governance Committees);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken); an adopted proposal that is substantially similar to the original shareholder proposal will be deemed sufficient; (vote against members of the committee of the board that is responsible for the issue under consideration). If GSAM did not support the shareholder proposal in both years, GSAM will still vote against the committee member(s).

 

   

The average board tenure exceeds 15 years, and there has not been a new nominee in the past 5 years.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (generally over 50% or more of the audit fees);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor and there is not clear evidence that the situation has been remedied;

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm; or

 

   

No members of the Audit Committee hold sufficient financial expertise.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of serious concern are identified, such as fraud, misapplication of GAAP and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.

Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether negative vote recommendations are warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire board.

See section 3 on executive and director compensation for reasons to withhold from members of the Compensation Committee.

In limited circumstances, GSAM may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors (except from new nominees who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and except as discussed below) if:

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature for two or more years. Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed; however, vote against the poison pill if there is one on the ballot with this feature rather than the director;

 

   

The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;

 

3-C


   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;

 

   

If in an extreme situation the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers.

Shareholder proposal regarding Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

GSAM will generally recommend a vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, if the company satisfies 3 of the 4 following criteria:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent “key” committees (audit, compensation and nominating committees); or

 

   

Established, disclosed governance guidelines.

Shareholder proposal regarding board declassification

GSAM will generally vote FOR proposals requesting that the board adopt a declassified structure in the case of operating and holding companies.

Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals

GSAM will vote FOR proposals requesting that the board adopt majority voting in the election of directors provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. GSAM also looks for companies to adopt a post-election policy outlining how the company will address the situation of a holdover director.

Cumulative Vote Shareholder Proposals

GSAM will generally support shareholder proposals to restore or provide cumulative voting in the case of operating and holding companies unless:

 

   

The company has adopted (i) majority vote standard with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats and (ii) a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

 

3.

Executive Compensation

Pay Practices

Good pay practices should align management’s interests with long-term shareholder value creation. Detailed disclosure of compensation criteria is preferred; proof that companies follow the criteria should be evident and retroactive performance target changes without proper disclosure is not viewed favorably. Compensation practices should allow a company to attract and retain proven talent. Some examples of poor pay practices include: abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure, egregious employment contracts, excessive severance and/or change in control provisions, repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval, and excessive perquisites. A company should also have an appropriate balance of short-term vs. long-term metrics and the metrics should be aligned with business goals and objectives.

If the company maintains problematic or poor pay practices, generally vote:

 

   

AGAINST Management Say on Pay (MSOP) Proposals; or

 

   

AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if excessive non-performance-based equity awards are the major contributor to a pay-for-performance misalignment.

 

   

If no MSOP or equity-based incentive plan proposal item is on the ballot, vote AGAINST/WITHHOLD from compensation committee members.

 

4-C


Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Evaluation takes into account potential plan cost, plan features and grant practices. While a negative combination of these factors could cause a vote AGAINST, other reasons to vote AGAINST the equity plan could include the following factors:

 

   

The plan permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval; or

 

   

There is more than one problematic material feature of the plan, which could include one of the following: unfavorable change-in-control features, presence of gross ups and options reload.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay, MSOP) Management Proposals

Vote FOR annual frequency and AGAINST all proposals asking for any frequency less than annual.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive compensation. For U.S. companies, consider the following factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices. In general more than one factor will need to be present in order to warrant a vote AGAINST.

Pay-for-Performance Disconnect:

 

   

GSAM will consider there to be a disconnect based on a quantitative assessment of the following: CEO pay vs. TSR (“Total Shareholder Return”) and peers, CEO pay as a percentage of the median peer group or CEO pay vs. shareholder return over time.

Additional Factors Considered Include:

 

   

Board’s responsiveness if company received 70% or less shareholder support in the previous year’s MSOP vote;

 

   

Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure;

 

   

Egregious employment contracts;

 

   

Excessive perquisites or excessive severance and/or change in control provisions;

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

Excessive pledging or hedging of stock by executives;

 

   

Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts;

 

   

Extraordinary relocation benefits;

 

   

Internal pay disparity;

 

   

Lack of transparent disclosure of compensation philosophy and goals and targets, including details on short-term and long-term performance incentives; and

 

   

Long-term equity-based compensation is 100% time-based.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Non-Qualified Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Broad-based participation;

 

   

Limits on employee contributions;

 

   

Company matching contributions; and

 

   

Presence of a discount on the stock price on the date of purchase.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing;

 

   

If it is a value-for-value exchange;

 

   

If surrendered stock options are added back to the plan reserve;

 

   

Option vesting;

 

5-C


   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Frequency on Pay)

Vote FOR annual frequency.

Stock retention holding period

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking for a policy requiring that senior executives retain a significant percentage of shares acquired through equity compensation programs if the policy requests retention for two years or less following the termination of their employment (through retirement or otherwise) and a holding threshold percentage of 50% or less.

Also consider:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place and the terms/provisions of awards already granted.

Elimination of accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking a policy eliminating the accelerated vesting of time-based equity awards in the event of a change-in-control.

Performance-based equity awards and pay-for-superior-performance proposals

Generally support unless there is sufficient evidence that the current compensation structure is already substantially performance-based. GSAM considers performance-based awards to include awards that are tied to shareholder return or other metrics that are relevant to the business.

Say on Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP)

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking for shareholder votes on SERP.

 

4.

Director Nominees and Proxy Access

Voting for Director Nominees (Management or Shareholder)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors of operating and holding companies in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background of the nomination, in cases where there is a shareholder nomination;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominee(s);

 

   

Strategic plan related to the nomination and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Number of boards on which the director nominee already serves; and

 

   

Likelihood that the board will be productive as a result.

Proxy Access

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder or management proposals asking for proxy access.

GSAM may support proxy access as an important right for shareholders of operating and holding companies and as an alternative to costly proxy contests and as a method for GSAM to vote for directors on an individual basis, as appropriate, rather than voting on one slate or the other. While this could be an important shareholder right, the following factors will be taken into account when evaluating the shareholder proposals:

 

   

The ownership thresholds, percentage and duration proposed (GSAM generally will not support if the ownership threshold is less than 3%);

 

6-C


   

The maximum proportion of directors that shareholders may nominate each year (GSAM generally will not support if the proportion of directors is greater than 25%); and

 

   

Other restricting factors that when taken in combination could serve to materially limit the proxy access provision.

GSAM will take the above factors into account when evaluating proposals proactively adopted by the company or in response to a shareholder proposal to adopt or amend the right. A vote against governance committee members could result if provisions exist that materially limit the right to proxy access.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

 

5.

Shareholders Rights and Defenses

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, unless:

 

   

The company already gives shareholders the right to call special meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower; and

 

   

The company has a history of strong governance practices.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR management proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings.

In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower if the company currently does not give shareholders the right to call special meetings. However, if a company already gives shareholders the right to call special meetings at a threshold of at least 25%, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to further reduce the threshold .

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

In the case of operating and holding companies, vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.

Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it, unless the company has:

 

   

a shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or

 

   

adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying certain shareholder friendly provisions.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

 

7-C


6.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following based on publicly available information:

 

   

Valuation;

 

   

Market reaction;

 

   

Strategic rationale;

 

   

Management’s track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;

 

   

Presence of conflicts of interest; and

 

   

Governance profile of the combined company.

 

7.

State of Incorporation

Reincorporation Proposals

GSAM may support management proposals to reincorporate as long as the reincorporation would not substantially diminish shareholder rights. GSAM may not support shareholder proposals for reincorporation unless the current state of incorporation is substantially less shareholder friendly than the proposed reincorporation, there is a strong economic case to reincorporate or the company has a history of making decisions that are not shareholder friendly.

Exclusive venue for shareholder lawsuits

Generally vote FOR on exclusive venue proposals, taking into account:

 

   

Whether the company has been materially harmed by shareholder litigation outside its jurisdiction of incorporation, based on disclosure in the company’s proxy statement;

 

   

Whether the company has the following good governance features:

 

   

Majority independent board;

 

   

Independent key committees;

 

   

An annually elected board;

 

   

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

   

The absence of a poison pill, unless the pill was approved by shareholders; and/or

 

   

Separate Chairman CEO role or, if combined, an independent chairman with clearly delineated duties.

 

8.

Capital Structure

Common and Preferred Stock Authorization

Generally vote FOR proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance.

Generally vote FOR proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock, as long as there is a commitment to not use the shares for anti-takeover purposes.

 

9.

Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues

Overall Approach

GSAM recognizes that Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors can affect investment performance, expose potential investment risks and provide an indication of management excellence and leadership. When evaluating ESG proxy issues, GSAM balances the purpose of a proposal with the overall benefit to shareholders.

Shareholder proposals considered under this category could include, among others, reports on:

 

1)

employee labor and safety policies;

 

2)

impact on the environment of the company’s production or manufacturing operations;

 

3)

societal impact of products manufactured;

 

4)

risks throughout the supply chain or operations including labor practices, animal treatment practices within food production and conflict minerals; and

 

5)

overall board structure, including diversity.

 

8-C


When evaluating environmental and social shareholder proposals, the following factors are generally considered:

 

   

The company’s current level of publicly available disclosure, including if the company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies;

 

   

If the company has implemented or formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard;

 

   

Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;

 

   

Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business;

 

   

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;

 

   

Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;

 

   

What other companies in the relevant industry have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;

 

   

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;

 

   

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;

 

   

Whether the company has material fines or violations in the area and if so, if appropriate actions have already been taken to remedy going forward;

 

   

Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Environmental Sustainability, climate change reporting

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives and oversight mechanisms related to environmental sustainability, or how the company may be impacted by climate change. The following factors will be considered:

 

   

The company’s current level of publicly available disclosure including if the company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies;

 

   

If the company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame;

 

   

If the company’s current level of disclosure is comparable to that of its industry peers; and

 

   

If there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Establishing goals or targets for emissions reduction

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

   

Overly prescriptive requests for the reduction in GHG emissions by specific amounts or within a specific time frame;

 

   

Whether the industry is a material contributor to global GHG emissions and company disclosure is lacking;

 

   

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

 

   

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions;

 

   

The feasibility of reduction of GHGs given the company’s product line and current technology; and

 

   

Whether the company already provides meaningful disclosure on GHG emissions from its products and operations.

Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending/Lobbying Expenditures and Initiatives

GSAM generally believes that it is the role of boards and management to determine the appropriate level of disclosure of all types of corporate political activity. When evaluating these proposals, GSAM considers the prescriptive nature of the proposal and the overall benefit to shareholders along with a company’s current disclosure of policies, practices and oversight.

 

9-C


Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

 

   

There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

   

The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.

Vote AGAINST proposals requesting increased disclosure of a company’s policies with respect to political contributions, lobbying and trade association spending as long as:

 

   

There is no significant potential threat or actual harm to shareholders’ interests;

 

   

There are no recent significant controversies or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and

 

   

There is publicly available information to assess the company’s oversight related to such expenditures of corporate assets.

GSAM generally will vote AGAINST proposals asking for detailed disclosure of political contributions or trade association or lobbying expenditures.

Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation

A company should have a clear, public Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) statement and/or diversity policy. Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to additionally prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity.

Labor and Human Rights Standards

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, or on the impact of its operations on society, unless such information is already publicly disclosed considering:

 

   

The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

 

   

Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

 

   

Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

 

   

Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

 

   

Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

 

   

Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

 

   

The scope of the request; and

 

   

Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

 

10-C


B. Non-U.S. Proxy Items

The following section is a broad summary of the Guidelines, which form the basis of the Policy with respect to non-U.S. public equity investments. Applying these guidelines is subject to certain regional and country-specific exceptions and modifications and is not inclusive of all considerations in each market.

 

1.

Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the re-election of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented, audit procedures used or audit opinion rendered;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Name of the proposed auditor has not been published;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation;

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are in excess of standard annual audit-related fees; or

 

   

The appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or re-election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently low without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its annual general meeting.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5% unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

 

11-C


Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

2.

Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees taking into consideration the following:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner; or

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements; or

 

   

There have been questionable transactions or conflicts of interest; or

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards; or

 

   

There are reservations about:

 

   

Director terms

 

   

Bundling of proposals to elect directors

 

   

Board independence

 

   

Disclosure of named nominees

 

   

Combined Chairman/CEO

 

   

Election of former CEO as Chairman of the board

 

   

Overboarded directors

 

   

Composition of committees

 

   

Director independence

 

   

Number of directors on the board

 

   

Specific concerns about the individual or company, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities; or

 

   

Repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed); or

 

   

Unless there are other considerations which may include sanctions from government or authority, violations of laws and regulations, or other issues related to improper business practice, failure to replace management, or egregious actions related to service on other boards.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors, e.g., the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

 

   

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

   

Independence of board candidates;

 

   

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

   

Governance profile of the company;

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

   

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

   

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed;

 

   

Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

 

12-C


Classification of directors

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative provides) professional services to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered; and

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g., civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

13-C


   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders may bring legal action against the company or its directors; or

 

   

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis where a vote against other agenda items are deemed inappropriate.

 

3.

Compensation

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

4.

Board Structure

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

Chairman CEO combined role (for applicable markets)

GSAM will generally recommend a vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, if the company satisfies 3 of the 4 following criteria:

 

   

Two-thirds independent board, or majority in countries where employee representation is common practice;

 

   

A designated, or a rotating, lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties;

 

   

Fully independent key committees; and/or

 

   

Established, publicly disclosed, governance guidelines and director biographies/profiles.

 

5.

Capital Structure

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100% over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20% of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

 

14-C


Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100% over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30% of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30% of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50% of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

GSAM will generally recommend FOR share repurchase programs taking into account whether:

 

   

The share repurchase program can be used as a takeover defense;

 

   

There is clear evidence of historical abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard in the share repurchase program against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards in the share repurchase program are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

 

15-C


Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

 

6.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings and Other

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following based on publicly available information:

 

   

Valuation;

 

   

Market reaction;

 

   

Strategic rationale;

 

   

Management’s track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;

 

   

Presence of conflicts of interest; and

 

   

Governance profile of the combined company.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

The parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

The views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

 

7.

Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues

Please refer to page 8-C for our current approach to these important topics.

 

16-C


PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits

 

(a)    (1)    Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (2)    Amended Schedule A dated February 7, 2018 to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 12, 2018)
(b)    Amended and Restated By-laws dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
(c)    Instruments defining the rights of holders of Registrant’s shares of beneficial interest: Article III, Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.6, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Section 7.7, Article VIII Sections 8.4 and 8.9 of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (a); and Article II of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) herein (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
(d)    (1)    Management Agreement dated April 16, 2013 between Registrant, on behalf of Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 30, 2013)
   (2)    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and the Sub-adviser (filed herewith)
   (3)    Amended Annex A dated February 7, 2018 to the Management Agreement dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2018)
(e)    (1)    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (2)    Amended Exhibit A dated February 7, 2018 to the Distribution Agreement dated April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2018)
(f)    Not applicable
(g)    (1)    Custodian Contract between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 29, 1995)


   (2)    Fee schedule dated January 6, 2000 relating to Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (High Yield Municipal Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 23, 2000)
   (3)    Fee schedule dated April 14, 2000 relating to Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Enhanced Income Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed May 3, 2000)
   (4)    Letter Agreement dated September 27, 1999 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company relating to Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 23, 2000)
   (5)    Amendment dated July 2, 2001 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 21, 2001)
   (6)    Amendment dated August 1, 2001 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 15, 2002)
   (7)    Letter Amendment dated August 26, 2003 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Debt Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)
   (8)    Letter Amendment dated October 28, 2003 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs U.S. Mortgages Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)
   (9)    Letter Amendment dated March 14, 2007 to Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Satellite Strategies Portfolio) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)
   (10)    Letter Amendment dated May 2, 2007 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Small Cap Growth Insights Fund and Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Insights Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Growth Fund and Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Value Fund, respectively)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)


   (11)    Letter Amendment dated August 10, 2007 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Inflation Protected Securities Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)
   (12)    Letter Amendment dated October 4, 2007 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Local Emerging Markets Debt Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 218 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 30, 2009)
   (13)    Letter Amendment dated November 19, 2009 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Blue Chip Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs U.S. Equity Fund)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 226 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed November 24, 2009)
   (14)    Letter Amendment dated August 11, 2009 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Technology Opportunities Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 229 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 24, 2009)
   (15)    Letter Amendment dated June 30, 2010 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Strategic Income Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed June 30, 2010)
   (16)    Letter Amendment dated February 14, 2011 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs High Yield Floating Rate Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 277 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed April 5, 2011)
   (17)    Letter Amendment dated January 9, 2012 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Focused Growth Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 304 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed January 25, 2012)
   (18)    Letter Amendment dated January 31, 2012 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Rising Dividend Growth Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 311 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 27, 2012)
   (19)    Letter Amendment dated February 2, 2012 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Short Duration Income Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 313 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 28, 2012)


   (20)    Letter Amendment dated March 6, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs MLP Energy Infrastructure Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 353 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed March 25, 2013)
   (21)    Letter Amendment dated April 16, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Goldman Sachs Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund) (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (22)    Letter Amendment dated May 6, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Total Emerging Markets Income Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Dynamic Emerging Markets Debt Fund)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 360 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed May 28, 2013)
   (23)    Letter Amendment dated October 1, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-189529, filed October 25, 2013)
   (24)    Letter Amendment dated December 11, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Small/Mid Cap Value Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 387 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed January 30, 2014)
   (25)    Letter Amendment dated December 5, 2013 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Short-Term Conservative Income Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Limited Maturity Obligations Fund)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 395 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 28, 2014)
   (26)    Letter Amendment dated January 8, 2014 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Long Short Credit Strategies Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 408 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed March 21, 2014)
   (27)    Letter Amendment dated June 16, 2014 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Tactical Tilt Overlay Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Tactical Tilt Implementation Fund)) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 424 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed July 24, 2014)


   (28)    Letter Amendment to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-197328, filed August 26, 2014)
   (29)    Letter Amendment dated December 17, 2014 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 13, 2015)
   (30)    Letter Amendment dated December 17, 2014 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Global Managed Beta Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 440 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed February 18, 2015)
   (31)    Letter Amendment dated August 13, 2015 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Absolute Return Multi-Asset Fund (formerly, Goldman Sachs Global Absolute Return Fund) and Goldman Sachs Focused Value Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 494 to Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed August 31, 2015)
   (32)    Letter Amendment dated June 10, 2015 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund, Multi-Manager International Equity Fund and Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (33)    Letter Amendment dated June 10, 2015 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMRA, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (34)    Letter Amendment dated September 8, 2015 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (35)    Letter Amendment dated June 17, 2014 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity- TTIF, Ltd.) (formerly, Goldman Sachs Cayman Commodity TTIF Fund Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 514 to the Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 23, 2015)


   (36)    Letter Amendment dated June 11, 2015 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-ARM, Ltd.) (formerly, Cayman Commodity-GARF, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 514 to the Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 23, 2015)
   (37)    Letter Amendment dated March 31, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMRA, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed March 31, 2016)
   (38)    Letter Amendment dated May 31, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 18, 2016)
   (39)    Letter Amendment dated May 31, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Strategic Factor Allocation Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 568 to the Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed June 27, 2016)
   (40)    Letter Amendment dated November 30, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs GQG Partners International Opportunities Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2017)
   (41)    Letter Amendment dated August 19, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 18, 2017)
   (42)    Letter Amendment dated June 27, 2016 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Global Infrastructure Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 638 to the Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 22, 2017)
   (43)    Letter Amendment dated September 20, 2017 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 638 to the Goldman Sachs Trust’s registration statement, SEC File No. 33-17619, filed December 22, 2017)
   (44)    Letter Amendment dated April 6, 2018 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio) (filed herewith)
(h)    (1)    Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 16, 2013 between Registrant and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)


   (2)    Amended and Restated Transfer Agency Agreement Fee Schedule dated March 20, 2018 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 16, 2013 between Registrant and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrants registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 16, 2018)
   (3)    Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (4)    Letter Amendment dated December 16, 2014 to the Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 13, 2015)
   (5)    Amendment dated January 21, 2015 to the Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 27, 2015)
   (6)    Letter Amendment dated June 18, 2015 to the Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund, Multi-Manager International Equity Fund, and Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (7)    Letter Amendment dated June 18, 2015 to the Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMRA, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (8)    Letter Amendment dated September 8, 2015 to the Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (9)    Fee Waiver Agreement dated September 2, 2015 between Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Registrant relating to the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (10)    Appointment of Agent for Service of Process relating to Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd. (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (11)    Fee Waiver Agreement dated October 29, 2015 between Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Registrant relating to the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)


   (12)    Appointment of Agent for Service of Process relating to the Cayman Commodity-MMRA, Ltd. (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (13)    Amendment dated May 31, 2016 to the Administration Agreement dated April 30, 2013 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd.) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 18, 2016)
   (14)    Appointment of Agent for Service of Process relating to the Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd. (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed June 23, 2016)
   (15)    Fee Waiver Agreement dated March 23, 2016 between Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Registrant relating to the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed June 23, 2016)
   (16)    Amendment dated November 30, 2016 to the Administration Agreement dated April 30, 2013 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs GQG Partners International Opportunities Fund) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2017)
   (17)    Amendment dated August 19, 2016 to the Administration Agreement dated April 30, 2013 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio) (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 18, 2017)
   (18)    Amendment dated April 6, 2018 to the Administration Agreement dated April 30, 2013 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio) (filed herewith)
(i)    Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP (to be filed)
(j)    Not applicable
(k)    Not applicable
(l)    Subscription Letter related to Initial Capital provided by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
(m)    (1)    Class A Shares Distribution and Service Plan dated as of April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)


   (2)    Class C Shares Distribution and Service Plan dated as of April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (3)    Class R Shares Distribution and Service Plan dated as of April 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (4)    Goldman Sachs Trust II Service Shares Service Plan and Shareholder Administration Plan dated as of May 5, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed June 23, 2016)
   (5)    Class T Shares Distribution and Service Plan dated as of February 2, 2017 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2017)
(n)    Plan in Accordance with Rule 18f-3, amended and restated as of November 15, 2017 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 18, 2017)
(p)    (1)    Code of Ethics — Goldman Sachs Trust II, dated December 11, 2017 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2018)
   (2)    Code of Ethics — Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International, dated February 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (3)    Code of Ethics of Ares Capital Management II LLC, dated July 2012 (incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 19, 2013)
   (4)    Code of Ethics of Brigade Capital Management, LP, effective March 2017 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2018)
   (5)    Code of Ethics of First Pacific Advisors, LLC, dated February 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (6)    Code of Ethics of Sirios Capital Management, L.P., dated June 2013 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 29, 2014)
   (7)    Code of Ethics of BlueBay Asset Management LLP, dated December 2017 (filed herewith)
   (8)    Code of Ethics of Symphony Asset Management LLC, dated July 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)


   (9)   

Code of Ethics of Causeway Capital Management LLC, dated June 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective

Amendment No. 48 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed September 23, 2016)

   (10)    Code of Ethics of Fisher Asset Management, LLC, dated August 2014 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (11)    Code of Ethics of GW&K Investment Management, LLC, dated May 2014 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (12)    Code of Ethics of Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc., dated February 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (13)    Code of Ethics of Russell Investments Implementation Services, LLC, dated January 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (14)    Code of Ethics of Vulcan Value Partners, LLC, dated January 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (15)    Code of Ethics of WCM Investment Management, dated January 2016 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (16)    Code of Ethics of PGIM Real Estate, dated October 2014 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed May 18, 2015)
   (17)    Code of Ethics of RREEF America L.L.C., effective May 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (18)    Code of Ethics of Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a/ MFS Investment Management, dated October 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2017)
   (19)    Code of Ethics of Smead Capital Management, Inc., dated May 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed June 15, 2015)
   (20)    Code of Ethics of RARE Infrastructure (North America) Pty Limited, dated April 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2017)


   (21)    Code of Ethics of Lazard Asset Management LLC, dated September 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (22)    Code of Ethics of Principal Global Investors, LLC, dated July 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 25, 2015)
   (23)    Code of Ethics of Brown Advisory LLC, effective February 2017 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed February 28, 2018)
   (24)    Code of Ethics of PNC Capital Advisors, LLC, dated January 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed March 31, 2016)
   (25)    Code of Ethics of QMS Capital Management LP, dated January 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed March 31, 2016)
   (26)    Code of Ethics of Acadian Asset Management LLC, dated January 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed March 31, 2016)
   (27)    Code of Ethics of Madison Asset Management, LLC, dated September 2015 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed June 23, 2016)
   (28)    Code of Ethics of Algert Global, LLC, effective September 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 18, 2016)
   (29)    Code of Ethics of One River Asset Management, LLC, dated September 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 18, 2016)
   (30)    Code of Ethics of GQG Partners LLC, effective May 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (31)    Code of Ethics of Presima Inc., dated August 2016 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed November 18, 2016)
   (32)    Code of Ethics of Wellington Management Company LLP, dated April 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (33)    Code of Ethics of Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc., dated August 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)


   (34)    Code of Ethics of Crabel Capital Management, LLC, dated April 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (35)    Code of Ethics of Emso Asset Management Limited, effective March 2017 (incorporated by reference from a Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed December 22, 2017)
   (36)    Code of Ethics of Halcyon Arbitrage IC Management LP, dated June 2018 (filed herewith)
   (37)    Code of Ethics of River Canyon Fund Management LLC, effective March 2018 (incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrants registration statement, SEC File No. 333-185659, filed April 16, 2018)
   (38)    Code of Ethics of TCW Investment Management Company LLC, dated December 19, 2017 (filed herewith)
   (39)    Code of Ethics of DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc., effective August 2018 (filed herewith)
   (40)    Code of Ethics of Quantitative Management Associates LLC, dated July 11, 2016 (filed herewith)
   (41)    Code of Ethics of Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P., dated February 28, 2018 (filed herewith)
(q)    (1)    Powers of Attorney for James A. McNamara, Joseph F. DiMaria, John F. Killian, Cheryl K. Beebe, Lawrence Hughes, Scott M. McHugh and Steven D. Krichmar, dated August 8, 2018 (filed herewith)

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMRA, Ltd. (the “MMRA Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMRA Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd. (the “MMA Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMA Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd. (the “MMA II Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMA II Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMA III, Ltd. (the “MMA III Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMA III Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.


Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMA IV, Ltd. (the “MMA IV Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMA IV Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund, a series of the Registrant, wholly owns and controls Cayman Commodity-MMA V, Ltd. (the “MMA V Subsidiary”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The MMA V Subsidiary’s financial statements will be included on a consolidated basis in the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

Item 30. Indemnification

Article VII, Section 7.5 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of the Registrant, a Delaware statutory trust, provides for indemnification of the Trustees, officers and employees of the Registrant by the Registrant, subject to certain limitations. The Declaration of Trust is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a).

Section 9 of the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC dated April 16, 2013, and Section 7 of the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC dated April 16, 2013, provide that the Registrant will indemnify Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC against certain liabilities, subject to certain conditions. Copies of the Distribution Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement are incorporated by reference as Exhibits (e)(1) and (h)(1), respectively, to the Registrant’s Registration Statement.

Mutual fund and trustees and officers liability policies purchased by the Registrant insure such persons and their respective trustees, partners, officers and employees, subject to the policies’ coverage limits and exclusions and varying deductibles, against loss resulting from claims by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and serves as investment adviser to the Registrant. GSAM is engaged in the investment advisory business. GSAM is part of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., a public company that is a bank holding company, financial holding company and a world-wide, full-service financial services organization. GSAM Holdings LLC is the general partner and principal owner of GSAM. Information about the officers and partners of GSAM is included in their Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-37591) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Acadian Asset Management LLC (“Acadian”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. Acadian is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and managers of Acadian is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-28078) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Algert Global, LLC (“Algert”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. Algert is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and managers of Algert is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-61878) and is incorporated herein by reference.


Ares Capital Management II LLC (“Ares”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund and Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund. Ares is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Ares is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-72399) and is incorporated herein by reference.

BlueBay Asset Management LLP (“BlueBay”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund. BlueBay is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of BlueBay is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-61494) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund and Multi-Manager U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund. Boston Partners is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and director of Boston Partners is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-61786) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Brigade Capital Management, LP (“Brigade”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund and Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund. Brigade is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of Brigade is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-69965) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Brown Advisory LLC (“Brown”) serves as sub-adviser to Multi-Manager U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund. Brown is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Brown is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-38826) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Causeway Capital Management LLC (“Causeway”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund and Multi-Manager International Equity Fund. Causeway is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Causeway is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-60343) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Crabel Capital Management, LLC (“Crabel”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. Crabel is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Crabel is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-110141) and is incorporated herein by reference.

DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (“DIMA”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. DIMA is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of DIMA is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-252) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Emso Asset Management Limited (“Emso”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. Emso is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Emso is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-66016) and is incorporated herein by reference.

First Pacific Advisors, LLC (“FPA”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. FPA is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of FPA is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-67160) and is incorporated herein by reference.


Fisher Asset Management, LLC (“Fisher”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. Fisher is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Fisher is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-29362) and is incorporated herein by reference.

GW&K Investment Management, LLC (“GW&K”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. GW&K is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and manager of GW&K is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-61559) and is incorporated herein by reference.

GQG Partners LLC (“GQG”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs GQG Partners International Opportunities Fund and Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. GQG is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and manager of GQG is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-107734) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Halcyon Arbitrage IC Management LP (“Halcyon”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. Halcyon is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Halcyon is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-78899) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund and Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund. Lazard is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and parent company of Lazard is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-61701) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (“LGIMA”) as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. LGIMA is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and manager of LGIMA is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-69862) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Madison Asset Management, LLC (“Madison”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio, Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio and Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio. Madison is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and parent company of Madison is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-62992) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company doing business as MFS Investment Management (“MFS”) serves as sub-adviser to Multi-Manager International Equity Fund. MFS is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of MFS is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-17352) and is incorporated herein by reference.

One River Asset Management, LLC (“One River”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. One River is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of One River is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-78232) and is incorporated herein by reference

PGIM Real Estate (“PRE”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund. PRE is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of PRE is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-22808) and is incorporated herein by reference.


PNC Capital Advisors, LLC (“PNC”) serves as sub-adviser to Multi-Manager U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund. PNC is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of PNC is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-70684) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Presima Inc. (“Presima”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund. Presima is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of Presima is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-66599) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Principal Global Investors, LLC (“Principal”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. Principal is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Principal is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-55959) and is incorporated herein by reference.

QMS Capital Management LP (“QMS”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. QMS is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of QMS is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-79593) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Quantitative Management Associates LLC (“QMA”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. QMA is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of QMA is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-62692) and is incorporated herein by reference.

RARE Infrastructure (North America) Pty Limited (“RARE”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund. RARE is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of RARE is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-70506) and is incorporated herein by reference.

River Canyon Fund Management LLC (“River Canyon”) serves as sub-adviser to the Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. River Canyon is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of River Canyon is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-78722) and is incorporated herein by reference.

RREEF America L.L.C. (“RREEF”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund. RREEF is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers of RREEF is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-55209) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Russell Investments Commodity Advisor, LLC (“RICA”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund. RICA is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of RICA is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-112132) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Russell Investments Implementation Services, LLC (“RIIS”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. RIIS is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and directors of RIIS is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-60335) and is incorporated herein by reference.


Sirios Capital Management, L.P. (“Sirios”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund and Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund. Sirios is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of Sirios is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-73570) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Smead Capital Management, Inc. (“Smead”) serves as sub-adviser to Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund. Smead is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and shareholders of Smead is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-67839) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Symphony Asset Management LLC (“Symphony”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund. Symphony is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Symphony is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-52638) and is incorporated herein by reference.

TCW Investment Management Company LLC (“TCW”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund. TCW is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of TCW is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-29075) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P. (“Vaughan Nelson”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund and Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund. Vaughan Nelson is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and partners of Vaughan Nelson is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-51795) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Vulcan Value Partners, LLC (“Vulcan”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. Vulcan is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and principals of Vulcan is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-70739) and is incorporated herein by reference.

WCM Investment Management (“WCM”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund and Multi-Manager International Equity Fund. WCM is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers of WCM is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (registration number 801-11916) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington”) serves as sub-adviser to Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund and Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund. Wellington is primarily engaged in the investment management business. Information about the officers and members of Wellington is included in its Form ADV field with the Commission (registration number 801-15908) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

 

  (a)

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC or an affiliate or a division thereof currently serves as distributor for shares of the Registrant, Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC or a division thereof currently serves as administrator and distributor of the units or shares of The Commerce Funds.

 

  (b)

Set forth below is certain information pertaining to the Managing Directors of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, the Registrant’s principal underwriter, who are members of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.’s Management Committee. None of the members of the management committee holds a position or office with the Registrant.


GOLDMAN SACHS MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

 

Name and Principal

Business Address

  

Position with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

David M. Solomon (1)    Chief Executive Officer
John E. Waldron (1)    President and Chief Operating Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Richard A. Friedman (1)    Head of Merchant Banking Division
Richard J. Gnodde (2)    Vice Chairman of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Chief Executive Officer of Goldman Sachs International
Gwen R. Libstag (1)    Head of the Conflicts Resolution Group
Masanori Mochida (4)    President and Representative Director of Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd.
Timothy J. O’Neill (1)    Vice Chairman of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc, Global Co-Head of Investment Management Division
Gregory K. Palm (1)    General Counsel, Co-Head of the Legal Department, Partner and Executive Vice President, Secretary of the Corporation
John F.W. Rogers (1)    Executive Vice President, Chief of Staff, Secretary to Board of Directors

Steven H. Strongin (1)

Paul M. Russo (1)

Alison J. Mass (1)

  

Head of Global Investment Research Division

Global Co-Chief Operating Officer of Equities Franchise

Global Head of the Financial and Strategic Investors Group in the Investment Banking Division

Eric S. Lane (1)    Global Co-Head of Investment Management Division
Stephen M. Scherr (1)    Chief Executive Officer of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Head of the Consumer & Commercial Banking Division
Ashok Varadhan (1)    Global Co-Head of Securities Division
R. Martin Chavez (1)    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Kenneth W. Hitchner (6)    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Goldman Sachs in Asia Pacific Ex-Japan
Michael D. Daffey (3)    Global Co-Chief Operating Officer of Equities Franchise
Sarah E. Smith (1)    Executive Vice President, Head of Global Compliance
Justin G. Gmelich (1)    Co-Chief Operating Officer of the FICC franchise
Gregg R. Lemkau (1)    Co-Head of Investment Banking Division
Marc Nachmann (2)    Co-Head of Investment Banking Division
James P. Esposito (3)    Global Co-Head of Securities Division
Sheila H. Patel (3)    Chief Executive Officer of International Goldman Sachs Asset Management, Global Co-Head of GSAM Client Business
Laurence Stein (1)    Chief Administrative Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Julian C. Salisbury (1)

   Head of the Global Special Situations Group

Russell W. Horwitz (1)

  

Secretary

Dan Dees (7)    Co-Head of the Investment Banking Division
Robin A. Vince (1)    Chief Risk Officer of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC


  

Dane E. Holmes (1)

  

Head of Human Capital Management and Head of Pine Street, the firm’s leadership development group for Partners and select Managing Directors

Dina H. Powell (1)    Partner in Investment Banking Division
Karen P. Seymour (1)    General Counsel, Co-Head of the Legal Department, Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary of the Corporation
Stephanie E. Cohen (1)    Chief Strategy Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

 

(1)

200 West Street, New York, NY 10282

(2)

Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2BB, England

(3)

River Court, 120 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2QQ, England

(4)

10-1, Roppongi 6-chome, Minato-Ku, Tokyo 106-6147, Japan

(5)

7 Finance Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100033

(6)

Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queens Road Central, Hong Kong, China

 

(7)

555 California Street, 45 th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94104

 

  (c)

Not Applicable.

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-laws and minute books of the Registrant and certain investment adviser records are in the physical possession of Goldman Sachs Asset Management LP, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. All other accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained under Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated thereunder are in the physical possession of State Street Bank and Trust Company, State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, except for certain transfer agency records which are maintained by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 71 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 35. Undertakings

Not applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City and State of New York on the 24 th day of October, 2018.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II
(A Delaware statutory trust)
By:  

/s/ Caroline L. Kraus

  Caroline L. Kraus,
  Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Date

1 James A. McNamara

   President (Chief Executive Officer) and Trustee    October 24, 2018
James A. McNamara      

1 Scott M. McHugh

     
Scott M. McHugh    Treasurer, Senior Vice President and Principal Financial Officer    October 24, 2018

1 Joseph F. DiMaria

     
Joseph F. DiMaria    Principal Accounting Officer    October 24, 2018

1 Cheryl K. Beebe

     
Cheryl K. Beebe    Chair and Trustee    October 24, 2018

1 Lawrence Hughes

     
Lawrence Hughes    Trustee    October 24, 2018

1 John F. Killian

   Trustee    October 24, 2018
John F. Killian      

1 Steven D. Krichmar

   Trustee    October 24, 2018
Steven D. Krichmar      

 

By:  

/s/ Caroline L. Kraus

  Caroline L. Kraus,
  Attorney-In-Fact

 

1  

Pursuant to powers of attorney filed herewith.


CERTIFICATE

The undersigned Secretary for Goldman Sachs Trust II (the “Trust”) hereby certifies that the Board of Trustees of the Trust duly adopted the following resolution at a meeting of the Board held on August 8, 2018.

RESOLVED , that the Trustees and Officers of the Trust who may be required to execute any amendments to the Trust’s Registration Statement be, and each hereby is, authorized to execute a power of attorney appointing James A. McNamara, Caroline L. Kraus, Robert Griffith, and Lindsey Edwards, jointly and severally, their attorneys-in-fact, each with power of substitution, for said Trustees and Officers in any and all capacities to sign the Registration Statement under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act of the Trust and any and all amendments to such Registration Statement, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, the Trustees and Officers hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or may have caused to be done by virtue hereof.

Dated: October 24, 2018

 

/s/ Caroline L. Kraus

Caroline L. Kraus,
Secretary


EXHIBIT LIST

 

(d)(2)   Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and the Sub-adviser
(g)(44)   Letter Amendment dated April 6, 2018 to the Custodian Contract dated July 15, 1991 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio)
(h)(18)   Amendment dated April 6, 2018 to the Administration Agreement dated April 30, 2013 between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio)
(p)(7)   Code of Ethics of BlueBay Asset Management LLP, dated December 2017
(p)(36)   Code of Ethics of Halcyon Arbitrage IC Management LP, dated June 2018
(p)(38)   Code of Ethics of TCW Investment Management Company LLC, dated December 19, 2017
(p)(39)   Code of Ethics of DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc., effective August 2018
(p)(40)   Code of Ethics of Quantitative Management Associates LLC, dated July 11, 2016
(p)(41)   Code of Ethics of Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P., dated February 28, 2018
(q)(1)   Powers of Attorney for James A. McNamara, Joseph F. DiMaria, John F. Killian, Cheryl K. Beebe, Lawrence Hughes, Scott M. McHugh and Steven D. Krichmar, dated August 8, 2018

EX-99.(d)(2)

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.

and

[SUB-ADVISER]

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II

THIS SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [                    ] (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P. (“ Investment Manager ”) and [SUB-ADVISER] (“ Sub-Adviser ”).

WHEREAS, Goldman Sachs Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“ Trust ”), is registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“ 1940 Act ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Management Agreement (“ Management Agreement ”) by and between the Trust and the Investment Manager, a copy of which has been provided to the Sub-Adviser, the Trust has appointed the Investment Manager to furnish investment advisory and other services to the Trust on behalf of the series of the Trust; and

WHEREAS, the Management Agreement authorizes the Investment Manager to provide, either directly or through third parties, investment advisory services with respect to each series of the Trust; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Investment Manager desires to retain the Sub-Adviser to furnish sub-investment advisory services on behalf of the series of the Trust listed on Annex A, as such Annex A may be amended from time to time (such series being collectively referred to herein as the “Fund,” with any reference herein to the Fund pertaining to such series of the Trust as the context requires);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Engagement of the Sub-Adviser . (a) The Investment Manager hereby engages the services of the Sub-Adviser in furtherance of the Management Agreement with the Trust on behalf of the Fund. The Investment Manager may, in its sole discretion, allocate all, only a portion or none of the Fund’s assets to the Sub-Adviser for management. The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for the investment of only the assets which the Investment Manager allocates to the Sub-Adviser for management under this Agreement, plus all investments, reinvestments and proceeds of the sale thereof, including, without limitation, all interest, dividends and appreciation on investments, less depreciation thereof and withdrawals by the Investment Manager therefrom (the “ Allocated Assets ”), there being no minimum or maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets to be allocated to the Sub-Adviser from time to time hereunder. The Sub-Adviser accepts its engagement under this Section 1.

(b) Pursuant to this Agreement and subject to the supervision and oversight of the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser shall, with respect to the Allocated Assets, provide the Fund with investment research, advice and supervision and furnish a continuous investment program for and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Allocated Assets. In this regard, the Sub-Adviser shall, with respect to


the Allocated Assets, determine in its discretion the securities, cash and other financial instruments to be purchased, retained or sold for the Fund within the parameters of the investment approach, policies, restrictions and guidelines applicable to the Allocated Assets as provided by the Investment Manager to the Sub-Adviser, as amended in writing from time to time by the Investment Manager (the “ Investment Guidelines ”), the provisions of this Agreement, all applicable laws, rules and regulations and the Fund’s registration statement on Form N-1A under the 1940 Act as amended from time to time, or any successor form thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”). The Sub-Adviser shall not invest any of the Allocated Assets in any investment that the Sub-Adviser knows or reasonably should know based on the terms of the constituent documents of the investment, or language in the offering memorandum, prospectus or other offering material, may not be purchased or held by open-end management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act or regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, unless such investment may be made after meeting applicable conditions (such as obtaining a waiver) and the Sub-Adviser has first notified the Investment Manager to discuss an appropriate course of action.

(c) The Sub-Adviser’s authority hereunder shall include the power to buy, sell, and hold such securities and other instruments, to open accounts and execute trading agreements and any other reasonable and customary documents and representation letters on behalf of the Allocated Assets as the Sub-Adviser deems appropriate within the parameters of Section 1(b) and the conditions of this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser agrees that, prior to (i) opening (or amending) any accounts, including prime brokerage and futures accounts with brokerage firms or other financial institutions and (ii) entering into (or amending) any ISDA master agreement, master repurchase agreement, or any other master swap or over-the-counter trading documentation, including any schedule or credit support annex thereto (such agreements collectively, “OTC Agreements”), or any related clearing agreements or control agreements on behalf of the Fund, the Fund shall have an opportunity to review and consent to the terms of, and the use of, any such account opening documents, prime brokerage, futures and other related agreements, OTC Agreements, and related clearing agreements or control agreements. The exercise or the performance of any consent right by the Fund (as described above) shall not relieve the Sub-Adviser of its liability, if any, or responsibilities hereunder. The Sub-Adviser agrees to comply with “Counterparty Terms” as provided by the Investment Manager to the Sub-Adviser in writing from time to time with respect to each applicable Counterparty (as defined below) and each applicable transaction with a Counterparty and to provide Counterparty reports of the type described in Section 6(c). For purposes of this section, the term “Counterparty” includes a clearing broker, prime broker, dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant, bank, or any counterparty to an OTC Agreement.

(d) The Sub-Adviser is hereby appointed the Fund’s agent and attorney-in-fact to exercise in its discretion all rights and perform all duties which may be exercisable in relation to any Allocated Assets, including without limitation the right to vote (or in its discretion, refrain from voting), tender, exchange, endorse, transfer, or deliver any securities on behalf of the Fund, to participate in or consent to any class action, distribution, plan of reorganization, creditors committee, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation, underwriting, or similar plan with reference to such securities; and to execute and bind the Fund in waivers, consents and covenants related thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the Sub-Adviser has sole and full discretion to vote (or not to vote) any securities in the Allocated Assets and neither the Fund nor the Investment Manager will, directly or indirectly, attempt to influence the Sub-Adviser’s voting decisions. Further, to the extent the Investment Manager is affiliated with a bank holding company, the Investment Manager will not provide instruction to the Sub-Adviser on how to vote securities of any U.S. bank holding company (as that term is defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended). The Sub-Adviser represents and covenants that it has adopted written proxy voting policies and procedures as required under Rule 206(4)-6 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“ Advisers Act ”), a copy of which has been provided to the Fund and the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”), and that it will promptly provide (i) any updates of such policies and procedures to the Fund

 

2


and the Board, (ii) its voting records with respect to the Allocated Assets to the Fund’s proxy voting service, identifying such voting records as the voting records of the Fund, to enable the Fund to meet its annual disclosure requirement pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, and (iii) reports to the Investment Manager and/or the Board, as the Fund may direct, in instances where the Sub-Adviser votes counter to its proxy voting policies.

(e) The Sub-Adviser shall discharge its responsibilities hereunder subject to the supervision of the Investment Manager, the Board and the officers of the Trust and in compliance with (i) the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and the rules and regulations adopted under each from time to time; (ii) the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Internal Revenue Code ”) applicable to regulated investment companies (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code); (iii) the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“ CEA ”), and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder from time to time; (iv) all other applicable federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including without limitation, the rules of any self-regulatory organization; (v) the Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, as each may be amended from time to time; (vi) the objectives, policies and limitations for the Fund set forth in the Registration Statement; and (vii) the Investment Guidelines and such other guidelines, policies and procedures adopted by the Board or implemented by the Investment Manager, including the 1940 Act Fund Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Funds On-boarding Package (as amended from time to time, the “ On-boarding Package ”), with respect to the Fund or to the Sub-Adviser’s activities under this Agreement and provided to the Sub-Adviser in writing from time to time (“ Board/Investment Manager Procedures ”). The Sub-Adviser shall maintain compliance procedures and operational processes for the Fund to ensure the Fund’s compliance with the foregoing and that the Sub-Adviser reasonably believes are adequate to ensure its compliance with applicable law. No supervisory activity undertaken by the Investment Manager shall limit the Sub-Adviser’s full responsibility for any of the foregoing.

(f) The Sub-Adviser shall not consult with any other sub-investment adviser for the Fund or the Trust or any other fund under common control with the Trust, concerning transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets, except that such consultations are permitted between the current and successor sub-investment advisers of the Fund in order to effect an orderly transition of sub-advisory duties so long as such consultations are not concerning transactions prohibited by Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act.

(g) In providing investment advisory and other services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not provide any such services from any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any other jurisdiction that the Investment Manager may permit in writing (each of the foregoing, an “ Authorized Jurisdiction ”). In the event that the Investment Manager notifies the Sub-Adviser in writing that it is no longer permitted to provide services to the Fund from an Authorized Jurisdiction, such jurisdiction shall cease to be an Authorized Jurisdiction and the Sub-Adviser shall promptly cease providing services to the Fund from such jurisdiction. With respect to any services provided by the Sub-Adviser from an Authorized Jurisdiction, the Sub-Adviser shall ensure that none of its portfolio managers, traders or other employees, agents or representatives conduct their activities on behalf of the Fund in a manner that would create in such jurisdiction a permanent establishment or other taxable presence for the Fund or its investors.

2. Fund Transactions . (a) In connection with purchases and sales of portfolio securities and other instruments for the account of the Fund, neither the Sub-Adviser nor its affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) or any of their respective partners, officers or employees shall act as principal, except as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Investment Manager or any of its affiliated persons, except in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, and the rules under each, and all other federal, state and foreign laws or regulations applicable to the Fund. Unless specifically permitted by the 1940 Act (and the rules thereunder) or

 

3


Board/Investment Manager Procedures, the Sub-Adviser agrees that it will not execute any portfolio transactions for the Allocated Assets with a broker or dealer which is (i) an affiliated person of the Fund, including the Investment Manager; or (ii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person. The Sub-Adviser or its agents shall arrange for the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other instruments for the Fund’s account either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or other party selected by the Sub-Adviser (each of the foregoing, a “ Transaction Party ”), provided that the Sub-Adviser complies with the Counterparty Terms described in Section 1(c) with respect to each such Transaction Party.

(b) In the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders the Sub-Adviser is directed at all times to seek for the Fund the most favorable execution possible, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the brokerage firm and the brokerage firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. It is also understood that it may be desirable for the Fund that the Sub-Adviser have access to supplemental investment and market research and security and economic analyses that are consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), and are provided by brokers who may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on the basis of seeking the most favorable price and efficient execution. Therefore, subject to compliance with the safe harbor provided by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act and such other conditions and limitations as may be established by the Investment Manager from time to time, if any, the Sub-Adviser is authorized to consider such services provided to the Fund and other accounts over which the Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates exercises investment discretion and to place orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Fund with such brokers, if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the amount of commissions for executing such portfolio transactions is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such brokers, subject to review by the Investment Manager and the Board from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is understood that the services provided by such brokers may be useful to the Sub-Adviser in connection with its services to other clients. The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as its other clients, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, shall be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its obligations to the Fund and to such other clients. The Board may from time to time adopt policies and procedures that modify and/or restrict the Sub-Adviser’s authority regarding the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions provided herein.

(c) The Sub-Adviser shall not acquire on behalf of the Fund any equity securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act with the purpose or effect, at the time of such acquisition, of changing or influencing control of the issuer of the securities or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to Rule 13d-3(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act. The Sub-Adviser further agrees that it will prepare and cause to be filed in a timely manner (i) if required, quarterly information on Form 13F, which shall include all applicable securities within the Allocated Assets (it being understood that the Sub-Adviser shall consider such securities as being subject to its investment discretion for purposes of Section 13(f) of the 1934 Act), and (ii) if required, periodic information on Schedule 13D or 13G, as applicable, reporting such securities as being beneficially owned by the Sub-Adviser for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act. If any investments made by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are required to be disclosed in such reports or in any other reports to be filed by the Sub-Adviser with any governmental or self-regulatory agency or organization or exchange in a manner that identifies such investments as being held by or for the benefit of the Fund, the Sub-Adviser shall provide the Investment Manager with prompt written notice thereof, setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of the report and the investments of the Fund to be reported.

 

4


(d) The Sub-Adviser hereby agrees to use its best efforts to cause the Fund not to engage in any “U.S. Equity Derivative Transaction” (as defined below) where the Fund is the short party to the transaction, unless, at all relevant times, the long party is either (i) a U.S. broker or dealer or (ii) a non-U.S. broker or dealer that is a qualified derivatives dealer. For purposes of this section, a “U.S. Equity Derivative Transaction” is any securities lending or sale-repurchase transaction, notional principal contract or equity-linked instrument that is described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.871-15(a)(12), IRS Notice 2016-76 or any amended or successor guidance.

3. Compensation of the Sub-Adviser . (a) For all services to be rendered and payments made as provided in this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall pay the Sub-Adviser, in arrears, each calendar quarter a fee at an annual rate equal to the percentage of the average daily net Allocated Assets, set forth with respect to the Fund on Annex A. The “average daily net Allocated Assets” shall be determined on the basis set forth in the Fund’s prospectus(es) or otherwise consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(b) The fee for any calendar quarter during which this Agreement is in effect for less than the entire quarter shall be pro-rated based on the number of calendar days during such quarter that the Agreement was in effect.

(c) If, at any time, (i) the Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliated persons provides to any other investment company registered under the 1940 Act investment advisory services using investment strategies comparable to those provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the value of the assets under management with respect to which the Sub-Adviser provides such services to such other investment company is comparable to or less than the value of the Allocated Assets, and (iii) the Sub-Adviser is compensated for providing such services at a rate less than the rate set forth on Annex A, then the Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Investment Manager of the foregoing in reasonable detail and, as of the date of such notice, the rate set forth on Annex A shall immediately and without requirement of further action be deemed amended to reflect a rate equal to the lower rate at which the Sub-Adviser is compensated by such other investment company.

4. Expenses . The Sub-Adviser agrees, at its own expense, to render the services set forth herein and to provide the office space, furnishings, equipment and personnel required by it to perform such services on the terms and for the compensation provided in this Agreement. The Fund shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions, transfer fees, registration costs, transaction-related taxes and other similar costs and transaction-related expenses and fees arising out of transactions effected on behalf of the Fund, which shall be deducted from the Allocated Assets. Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement, including without limitation, all costs associated with attending or otherwise participating in regular or special meetings of the Board or shareholders, or with the Investment Manager, as requested, and additions or modifications to the Sub-Adviser’s operations necessary to perform its services hereunder in compliance with this Agreement, the Investment Guidelines, any other Board/Investment Manager Procedures and applicable law. The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for all costs associated with any information statements and/or other disclosure materials that are for the primary benefit of, or otherwise occur as a result of any event occurring with respect to, the Sub-Adviser (including, but not limited to, the legal fees associated with preparation, printing, filing and mailing thereof, as well as any shareholder meeting and/or solicitation costs, if applicable). The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for any and all expenses incurred by any of the Investment Manager Indemnitees (as defined below) in connection with any Investment Manager Indemnitee’s response to any subpoena or other court order arising out of litigation involving the Sub-Adviser to which no Investment Manager Indemnitee is a party.

 

5


5.  Delivery of Information, Reports and Certain Notifications . (a) The Investment Manager shall cause the Sub-Adviser to be kept informed with regard to the funds available, or to become available, for investment. The Investment Manager agrees to furnish to the Sub-Adviser current prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, financial statements, Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and such other information with regard to the affairs of the Fund as the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request.

(b) The Sub-Adviser shall report regularly on a timely basis to the Investment Manager and to the Board and shall make appropriate persons, including portfolio managers, available for the purpose of reviewing with representatives of the Investment Manager and the Board on a regular basis at reasonable times the management of the Allocated Assets, the performance of the Allocated Assets in relation to standard industry indices and the Fund’s own performance benchmark, and general conditions affecting the marketplace. The Sub-Adviser agrees to render to the Investment Manager and the Board on a timely basis such other periodic and special reports regarding its activities under this Agreement as the Investment Manager or the Board may reasonably request.

(c) The Sub-Adviser shall provide the Investment Manager, the Fund or the Board with such information and assurances (including certifications and sub-certifications) and with such assistance as the Investment Manager, the Fund or the Board may reasonably request from time to time in order to assist it in complying with applicable laws, rules, regulations and exemptive orders, including requirements in connection with the Investment Manager’s, the Sub-Adviser’s or the Board’s fulfillment of its responsibilities under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act and the preparation and/or filing of periodic and other reports and filings required to maintain the registration and qualification of the Fund, or to meet other regulatory or tax requirements applicable to the Fund, under federal and state, and foreign securities, commodities and tax laws and other applicable laws. The Sub-Adviser shall review draft reports to shareholders, registration statements or amendments thereto or portions thereof that relate to the Fund or the Sub-Adviser and other documents provided to the Sub-Adviser, provide comments on such drafts on a timely basis, and provide certifications or sub-certifications on a timely basis as to the accuracy of the information provided by the Sub-Adviser and/or contained in such reports or other documents.

(d) The Sub-Adviser agrees to provide and update no less frequently than quarterly a list of all the affiliated persons of the Sub-Adviser.

(e) If required by the CEA or the rules and regulations thereunder promulgated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”), the Sub-Adviser will provide the Fund with a copy of its most recent CFTC disclosure document or a written explanation of the reason why it is not required to deliver such a disclosure document.

6.  Cooperation with the Fund, the Investment Manager and Other Service Providers . (a) The Sub-Adviser agrees to cooperate with and provide reasonable assistance to the Investment Manager, the Fund, the Fund’s custodian, accounting agent, administrator, pricing agents, independent auditors and all other agents, representatives and service providers of the Fund and the Investment Manager, and to provide the foregoing persons such information with respect to the Allocated Assets as they may reasonably request from time to time in the performance of their obligations; provide prompt responses to reasonable requests made by such persons; and establish and maintain appropriate operational programs, procedures and interfaces with such persons so as to promote the efficient exchange of information and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, and the guidelines, policies and procedures adopted or implemented with respect to the Fund and/or the Sub-Adviser.

 

6


(b) The Fund’s assets (including the Allocated Assets) shall be held by a custodian appointed by the Fund pursuant to a separate custody agreement; the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates shall at no time have custody or physical control of any assets or cash of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser shall advise the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent on a prompt basis of each purchase and sale of a portfolio security or other financial instrument specifying the name of the issuer or Counterparty, the description, terms and amount of shares or principal amount of the security or other financial instrument purchased or sold, the market price, commission and gross or net price, trade date, settlement date and identity of the effecting broker or dealer and such other information as may reasonably be required. The Sub-Adviser shall arrange for the transmission to the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent on a daily basis such confirmation, trade tickets, and other documents and information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the custodian and accounting agent to perform their administrative, recordkeeping and other responsibilities with respect to the Fund.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, the Sub-Adviser shall report to the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent all trades and positions among the Allocated Assets daily (in such form and at such times as specified by the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent and/or the Investment Manager in the On-boarding Package), including any trade it has entered into for which it has not received confirmation, and shall also request each executing broker and Counterparty to deliver its own such transaction and position reporting, and any information related to any corporate action relevant to the investments of the Allocated Assets (in such form and at such times as specified by the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent). Unless otherwise specified by the Investment Manager, all trades shall be communicated by the Sub-Adviser to the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent by 11 a.m. Eastern Time on the business day following the trade date. The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent immediately upon becoming aware of any trades not included in any previously transmitted trade communication.

(d) The Sub-Adviser shall reconcile all trades and positions with each executing broker and Counterparty daily to ensure accurate trade settlement and verify open positions (including cash). The Sub-Adviser shall also reconcile daily all trades and positions (including cash) to the Fund’s official books and records, including without limitation, daily reconciliation of all open Custody positions (as defined below) (including cash) to the custodian, and a daily reconciliation of all open Counterparty-Traded Positions (as defined below) to the accounting agent. The Fund’s accounting agent shall also conduct a reconciliation of Counterparty-Traded Positions (as defined below) as reported from executing brokers and Counterparties and the Sub-Adviser shall cooperate with the Fund’s accounting agent in order to effect such reconciliation, including without limitation by arranging for access by the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent to such files and websites of the executing brokers and Counterparties as the Fund’s accounting agent may reasonably request. The Sub-Adviser shall work with the Fund’s custodian and accounting agent and/or the Investment Manager, as appropriate, to resolve all open reconciliation items on the same day that they are identified, including trade and position discrepancies, identified in such reconciliations. The Sub-Adviser shall also provide to the Investment Manager and its custodian and accounting agent a monthly (or such other frequency as may be requested by the Investment Manager) report detailing all the reconciliation activities outlined in this section, including details about each discrepancy and the plan for resolution. These reports shall be sent to the email addresses as detailed in the On-boarding Package or to such other email addresses as the Investment Manager may subsequently provide. If a reconciliation does not identify any discrepancies, an email is still required providing evidence of reconciliation. For purposes of this Section 6(d), the term “Custody Positions” refers to all assets of the Fund, including cash, for which custody is maintained directly by the Fund’s custodian and the term “Counterparty-Traded Positions” refers to all other assets of the Fund, including instruments traded via a Counterparty as defined in Section 1(c).

 

7


(e) The Sub-Adviser shall provide assistance to the Board, the Investment Manager, the custodian or administrator for the Fund in determining or confirming, consistent with the Board/Investment Manager Procedures and the Registration Statement, the value of any portfolio securities or other assets or liabilities of the Allocated Assets for which the Investment Manager, custodian or administrator seeks assistance from the Sub-Adviser or identifies for review by the Sub-Adviser. This assistance includes (but is not limited to): (i) designating and providing access to one or more employees of the Sub-Adviser who are knowledgeable about the security or other asset or liability, its issuer or counterparty (as applicable), its financial condition, trading and/or other relevant factors for valuation, which employees shall be available for consultation when the Board or a designated committee thereof convenes; (ii) assisting the Board, Investment Manager, the custodian or the administrator in obtaining bids and offers or quotes from broker-dealers or market-makers with respect to investments held in the Allocated Assets, upon the reasonable request of the Investment Manager, custodian or administrator; (iii) upon the request of the Board, Investment Manager, the custodian or the administrator, providing recommendations for pricing and fair valuations (including the methodology and rationale used in making such recommendation and such other relevant information as may be requested); and (iv) maintaining adequate records and written backup information with respect to the investments valuation assistance provided hereunder, and providing such information to the Board, Investment Manager or the Fund upon request, with such records being deemed Fund records. The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Investment Manager if, for any reason, the Sub-Adviser believes that the price of any security or other investment among the Allocated Assets may not accurately reflect the value thereof. Additionally, the Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for obtaining valuations for derivative instruments from Counterparties and for providing that information (and any valuation determinations made by the Sub-Adviser) to the Fund’s accounting agent and the Investment Manager for their consideration as specified in the On-boarding Package or as the Investment Manager may subsequently specify.

(f) From time to time as the Board or the Investment Manager may reasonably request, the Sub-Adviser shall furnish to the Investment Manager, the Board and the officers of the Trust reports on portfolio transactions and reports on issuers of securities and other financial instruments, Counterparties and underlying reference terms of OTC Agreements and any other relevant information regarding any positions held in the portfolio, all in such detail as the Trust or the Investment Manager may reasonably request, including but not limited to, quarterly reports documenting the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Sections 10(f), 17(a) and 17(e) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, in its management of Fund assets, quarterly compliance checklists developed for the Fund by the Investment Manager, quarterly certifications under Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act and under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act, annual reports under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act and an annual due diligence questionnaire and, to the extent available, any external third party audit reports, including pursuant to Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16. Without limiting the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser agrees that it shall certify to the Fund on a timely basis after the end of each calendar quarter that it has complied with all of the Investment Guidelines, all applicable laws and regulations and other conditions and agreements contained herein during the prior calendar quarter.

(g) In addition, the Sub-Adviser shall assist the Fund and the Investment Manager in complying with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall provide certifications in the form reasonably requested by the Fund relating to the Sub-Adviser’s services under this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide necessary support to the Fund and the Investment Manager in preparing and presenting the Fund’s financial statements, and in doing so shall be responsible for applying appropriate accounting and financial reporting principles and maintaining policies and internal controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, designed to assure compliance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and applicable laws and regulations.

 

8


(h) The Sub-Adviser shall further notify the Investment Manager promptly upon detection of any error in connection with its management of the Allocated Assets, including but not limited to any trade errors. In the event of an error, the Sub-Adviser shall also provide a memorandum to the Investment Manager that sufficiently describes any such error and the action to be taken to prevent future occurrences of such error or, alternatively, a statement that the Sub-Adviser has reviewed the relevant controls, and has determined those controls are reasonably designed to prevent additional errors in the future (and, to the extent relevant, that such controls are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws), and as such no further action is required. Further, the Sub-Adviser shall provide access to the Investment Manager and the Fund, or their agents, to all documents and information related to any error, its analysis and correction, and the correction of all errors impacting the Fund must be corrected to the satisfaction of the Investment Manager and the Fund. Notwithstanding Section 14, the Sub-Adviser will reimburse the Fund for costs, losses or damages incurred arising out of or resulting from the error, if any.

7.  Compliance . (a) The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Investment Manager promptly (and, in any event, within 24 hours) upon detection of any breach of any of the Investment Guidelines, Board/Investment Manager Procedures and of any violation of any applicable law or regulation, including the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to the Allocated Assets. The Sub-Adviser shall also notify the Investment Manager promptly upon detection of any violations of the Sub-Adviser’s own compliance policies and procedures that relate to (i) its management of the Allocated Assets, or (ii) its activities as investment adviser generally to the extent such violation could be considered material to the Sub-Adviser’s advisory clients. In addition, the Sub-Adviser shall promptly provide the Investment Manager a memorandum of the type described in Section 6(h).

(b) The Sub-Adviser shall provide its compliance policies and procedures pertaining to the Sub-Adviser’s services provided to the Fund under this Agreement and to the Sub-Adviser’s operations to the extent relevant to its provision of such services to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer to permit the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer to conduct review and oversight of such policies and procedures in accordance with Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act and shall promptly notify the Investment Manager of: (i) any material changes to its compliance policies and procedures; (ii) any new policies and procedures that the Sub-Adviser adopts pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act or otherwise as they pertain to activities performed for or on behalf of the Fund; (iii) the retirement of any policies and procedures previously adopted by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act or otherwise as they pertained to activities performed for or on behalf of the Fund; and (iv) any breach of its policies and procedures (A) as they pertain to activities performed for or on behalf of the Fund, or (B) are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to continue to perform its obligations hereunder. The Sub-Adviser shall also prepare and provide to the Investment Manager and the Board summaries of its compliance policies and procedures that reflect the objective and key controls of each corresponding policy. The Fund, the Investment Manager, or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer may make any reasonable request for the provision of information or for other cooperation from the Sub-Adviser with respect to the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser shall use its best efforts to promptly comply with such request, including without limitation furnishing the Fund, the Investment Manager, or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer with such documents, reports, data and other information as the Fund may reasonably request regarding transactions on behalf of the Fund, the Sub-Adviser’s performance hereunder or compliance with the terms hereof, and participating in such meetings (and on-site visits among representatives of the Fund and the Sub-Adviser) as the Fund may reasonably request. Further, the Sub-Adviser shall provide the Fund’s custodian with such documents, reports, data and other information as the Fund may reasonably request.

 

9


(c) The Sub-Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Section 204A of the Advisers Act and has provided the Fund with a copy of the code of ethics and evidence of its adoption, and will notify the Fund, the Investment Manager or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer of any material changes to (including policies added to or deleted from) its code of ethics within 30 days of the change. Within forty-five (45) days of the end of the last calendar quarter of each year while this Agreement is in effect or upon the written request of the Fund, the Investment Manager, or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, the president or a vice president or general partner or managing member or the equivalent of the Sub-Adviser shall certify to the Fund that the Sub-Adviser has complied with the requirement of Rule 17j-1 and Section 204A during the previous year and that there have been no issues arising under its code of ethics or procedures including, but not limited to, material violations of its code or procedures, or, if such an issue has arisen, that appropriate action was taken in response to such issue. Upon the written request of the Fund, the Investment Manager, or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Sub-Adviser shall permit the Fund, the Investment Manager, and their employees or agents to examine the reports required to be made to the Sub-Adviser by Rule 17j-1(d)(1).

(d) The Sub-Adviser has established and will keep in effect a “disaster recovery” preparedness plan that sets forth procedures for recovery of critical business functions at minimum operating levels and can be implemented within a 24 hour time period. The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Investment Manager, as soon as practicable by telephone, electronic mail or such other method of prompt communication as may be available under the circumstances, of the occurrence of any event requiring the Sub-Adviser to implement any procedures under such plan.

8.  Insurance . The Sub-Adviser shall maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage and fidelity insurance coverage, each in such amounts as agreed upon from time to time by the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, and from insurance providers that are in the business of regularly providing insurance coverage to investment advisers. In no event shall the Sub-Adviser’s errors and omissions insurance coverage be less than $1 million or the Sub-Adviser’s fidelity insurance coverage be less than $1 million. The Sub-Adviser shall provide prior written notice to the Investment Manager (a) of any material changes in its insurance policies or insurance coverage; or (b) if any material claims will be made on its insurance policies. Furthermore, it shall upon request provide to the Investment Manager any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.

9.  Status of the Sub-Adviser . (a) The Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Investment Manager or the Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Investment Manager or the Fund.

(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in the immediately following paragraph of this Section 9, the Investment Manager represents that it and the Trust understand that the Sub-Adviser now acts, shall continue to act, or may act in the future as investment adviser or investment Sub-Adviser to fiduciary and other managed accounts, and that the Investment Manager and the Trust have no objection to the Sub-Adviser so acting, provided that such other relationships do not adversely impact the performance of the obligations of the Sub-Adviser hereunder and the Sub-Adviser duly performs all obligations under this Agreement.

(c) The Investment Manager and the Trust understand that the Sub-Adviser may give advice and take action with respect to any of its other clients or for its own account which may differ from the timing or nature of action taken by the Sub-Adviser with respect to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement imposes upon the Sub-Adviser any obligation to purchase or sell or to recommend for purchase or sale, with respect to the Fund, any security or other instrument which the Sub-Adviser or its partners, officers, employees or affiliates may purchase or sell for its or their own account(s) or for the account of any other client.

 

10


10.  Representations and Warranties . (a) The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Investment Manager that: (i) it is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is registered or licensed as an investment adviser under the laws of all jurisdictions in which its activities require it to be so registered or licensed; (ii) the Sub-Adviser is not an “affiliated person,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act, of the Trust, the Fund or the Investment Manager other than by reason of serving as Sub-Adviser to the Fund; (iii) it has reviewed the registration requirements of the CEA and the National Futures Association (“ NFA ”) relating to commodity trading advisors and is either appropriately registered with the CFTC and a member of the NFA or exempt or excluded from CFTC registration requirements; (iv) it will maintain each such registration, license or membership in effect at all times during the term of this Agreement and will obtain and maintain such additional governmental, self-regulatory, exchange or other licenses, approvals and/or memberships and file and maintain effective such other registrations as may be required to enable the Sub-Adviser to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (v) it is duly organized and validly existing, and is authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (vi) it has policies and procedures to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including without limitation, economic sanctions programs (“ Sanctions ”), such as those administered or promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the European Union, and the United Nations Security Council; (vii) neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement by the Sub-Adviser nor any action taken in its performance of its obligations hereunder shall cause the Trust or the Investment Manager to be in violation of Sanctions; (viii) neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement by the Sub-Adviser nor its performance of its obligations hereunder shall conflict with, violate, breach or constitute a default under any term or provision of its constituent or governing documents or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, instrument, agreement or other document to which the Sub-Adviser is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject or any applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, order or other legal requirement applicable to the Sub-Adviser or any of its assets; and (ix) the Sub-Adviser has administrative, technical and physical safeguards in place that comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Sub-Adviser and meet or exceed the information security standards and practices that are commonly utilized by similarly sized managers in the asset management industry and, in the event of the Sub-Adviser becomes aware of any actual or suspected network, system and/or data breach with respect to its infrastructure (including, but not limited to, a system intrusion, virus or malicious code attack, loss of data, data theft, unauthorized access to confidential information and/or nonpublic personal information, hacking incident or any acts of data ransom) that results in unauthorized access to and/or use by third parties of the confidential information of the Fund or the Investment Manager (each, a “ Cybersecurity Breach ”), to immediately take appropriate steps to contain or mitigate the Cybersecurity Breach.

(b) The Sub-Adviser shall promptly (or, in the case of the event specified in clause (ix) below, immediately) notify the Investment Manager and the Trust in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any breach of this Agreement; (ii) any of the representations and warranties of the Sub-Adviser contained herein becomes untrue after the execution of this Agreement; (iii) the Sub-Adviser becomes aware that it is or likely may become subject to any statutory disqualification pursuant to Section 9(b)of the 1940 Act or otherwise that prevents the Sub-Adviser from serving as an investment adviser or performing its duties pursuant to this Agreement; (iv) the Sub-Adviser shall have been served or otherwise becomes aware of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation applicable to it, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, or regulator (A) involving or in any way relevant to the affairs of the Fund, (B) impacting the Sub-Adviser’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder, or (C) that is material to the Sub-Adviser’s business; (v) any of [ names of Key Persons to be inserted ] (together with such other persons as the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser may agree in writing from time to time, the “ Key Personnel ”) are no longer active, or are proposed to no longer be active, in the day-to-day management of and/or trading decisions for the Fund ( i.e. , the Allocated Assets); (vi) any change in any of the Key Personnel and/or any change concerning any of the Key Personnel

 

11


(including, without limitation, any change in the location of any such person or any adverse change in the position, function, regulatory or licensing status or other circumstances of any such person) which may adversely affect the Fund ( i.e. , the Allocated Assets); (vii) any proposed change in control of the Sub-Adviser; (viii) any proposed assignment of this Agreement; and (ix) the Sub-Adviser becomes aware of any actual or suspected Cybersecurity Breach. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to notify the Investment Manager and the Trust promptly if any statement regarding the Sub-Adviser contained in the Trust’s Registration Statement with respect to the Fund, or any amendment or supplement thereto, becomes untrue or incomplete in any material respect.

(c) The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants that it has delivered to the Fund at least 48 hours prior to the execution of this Agreement a copy of the Sub-Adviser’s current Form ADV (Parts 1 and 2) and all information in such document is complete and accurate in all material respects as of the date hereof and is in conformity in all material respects with applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. The Sub-Adviser hereby covenants and agrees promptly to deliver to the Fund all amendments to its Form ADV.

(d) The Sub-Adviser acknowledges and agrees that it has not received legal or regulatory advice from the Fund, the Investment Manager or any of their respective employees or representatives, and is not entitled to rely on any statements or omissions by such employees or representatives regarding applicable law or regulation in satisfying its obligations hereunder, including its obligation to comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

(e) The Investment Manager represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser that: (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement (including the power and authority to appoint the Sub-Adviser hereunder) and to carry out its terms; and (ii) it has received a copy of the Sub-Adviser’s Form ADV (Parts 1 and 2).

(f) The Investment Manager represents and warrants that the Fund is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A(a)(iv) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

11. Directions to the Sub-Adviser . All directions by or on behalf of the Fund or the Investment Manager to the Sub-Adviser shall be in writing signed by an authorized agent of the Fund or the Investment Manager or, if by telephone, confirmed in writing. For this purpose, the term in writing, shall include directions given by facsimile or electronic mail. The Fund and/or the Investment Manager will provide to the Sub-Adviser a list of persons authorized to give instructions under this Agreement along with their respective specimen signatures. The Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, may revise the list of authorized persons from time to time by sending the Sub-Adviser a revised list which has been certified by a duly authorized agent of the Fund or the Investment Manager, as applicable. Directions given by the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, to the Sub-Adviser hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the Sub-Adviser and shall be acknowledged by the Sub-Adviser orally, and confirmed in writing.

12.  Certain Records . (a) The Sub-Adviser agrees to maintain, in the form and for the period required by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act or such longer period as the Investment Manager or Fund may direct, all records relating to the Sub-Adviser’s services under this Agreement and the Fund’s investments made by the Sub-Adviser as are required by Section 31 under the 1940 Act, and rules and regulations thereunder, and by other applicable legal provisions, including the Advisers Act, the 1934 Act, the CEA, and rules and regulations thereunder, and the Fund’s compliance policies and procedures, and to preserve such records for the periods and in the manner required by that Section, and those rules, regulations, legal provisions and compliance policies and procedures. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and shall be surrendered promptly to the Fund or the Investment Manager on request.

 

12


(b) The Sub-Adviser agrees that all accounts, books and other records maintained and preserved by it as required hereby shall be subject at any time, and from time to time, to such periodic, special and other examinations by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Fund’s auditors, the Fund or any representative of the Fund (including, without limitation, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer), the Investment Manager, or any governmental agency or other instrumentality having regulatory authority over the Investment Manager or the Fund.

13.  Reference to the Sub-Adviser . The Investment Manager and the Trust are authorized to publish and distribute any information, including but not limited to registration statements, advertising or promotional material, regarding the provision of sub-investment advisory services by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement and to use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of the Sub-Adviser, or any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or logo of the Sub-Adviser, without the prior written consent of the Sub-Adviser. In addition, the Investment Manager may distribute information regarding the provision of sub-investment advisory services by the Sub-Adviser to the Board without the prior written consent of the Sub-Adviser. The Investment Manager shall provide copies of such items to the Sub-Adviser upon request within a reasonable time following such use, publication or distribution.

14.  Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification . (a) The Sub-Adviser shall fully and faithfully discharge all its obligations, duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, (i) solely in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, (ii) in good faith and with the due care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent, professional fiduciary investment adviser acting in a like capacity, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, and (iii) otherwise in accordance with documents and instruments governing the Fund. For the avoidance of doubt, the Sub-Adviser shall not deliberately use any procedure in discharging its obligations hereunder that it believes is inferior to the procedures employed by it for any other account for which the Sub-Adviser or any of its advisory affiliates discharge obligations (either alone or in conjunction with others) similar to those undertaken by the Sub-Adviser hereunder.

(b) The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) incurred or suffered by the Investment Manager or the Trust as a result of any error of judgment by the Sub-Adviser with respect to the Fund, except as may otherwise be provided by the 1940 Act or any other federal securities or commodities law and except as provided below. Nothing in this Agreement shall operate or purport to operate in any way to exculpate, waive or limit the liability of the Sub-Adviser for, and the Sub-Adviser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Investment Manager, all affiliated persons thereof within the meaning of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act (for purposes of this Section 14, “ affiliated person ”) and all persons, if any who, within the meaning of the 1933 Act, control (“ controlling person ”) the Trust or the Investment Manager (collectively, “ Investment Manager Indemnitees ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which any of the Investment Manager Indemnitees may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the Internal Revenue Code, the CEA, under any other statute, law, rule or regulation, at common law or otherwise, arising out of the Sub-Adviser’s responsibilities hereunder (i) to the extent of and as a result of the willful misconduct, bad faith, fraud, negligence or breach of fiduciary duty by the Sub-Adviser, any of the Sub-Adviser’s employees or representatives or any affiliate of or any person acting on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, or (ii) as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, proxy materials, reports, advertisements, sales literature or other materials pertaining to the Fund, including any amendment thereof or any supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to

 

13


make the statement therein not misleading, if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Sub-Adviser to the Investment Manager, the Trust or any affiliated person of the Investment Manager or the Trust or upon verbal information confirmed by the Sub-Adviser in writing, or (iii) to the extent of, and as a result of, the failure of the Sub-Adviser to execute, or cause to be executed, portfolio investment transactions according to the requirements of applicable law, including the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code, the CEA, the Registration Statement and the Board/Investment Manager Procedures, or (iv) as a result of any failure by the Sub-Adviser to exercise the standard of care set forth in Section 14(a) of this Agreement, or (v) any breach of this Agreement including without limitation the Investment Guidelines, the Board/Investment Manager Procedures or any representation or warranty contained herein; provided, however, that in no case is the Sub-Adviser’s indemnity in favor of any Investment Manager Indemnitee deemed to protect such person against any liability to which any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such person’s duties or by reason of such person’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

(c) The Investment Manager shall not be liable for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) incurred or suffered by the Sub-Adviser as a result of any error of judgment or mistake of law by the Investment Manager with respect to the Fund, except as may otherwise be provided by the 1940 Act or any other federal securities or commodities law and except as provided below. Nothing in this Agreement shall operate or purport to operate in any way to exculpate, waive or limit the liability of the Investment Manager for, and the Investment Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Adviser, any affiliated person of the Sub-Adviser and each controlling person of the Sub-Adviser, if any, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses), to which the Sub-Adviser or such affiliated person or controlling person of the Sub-Adviser may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the Internal Revenue Code, the CEA, under any other statute, law, rule or regulation, at common law or otherwise, arising out of the Investment Manager’s responsibilities as investment manager of the Fund (i) to the extent of and as a result of the willful misconduct, bad faith, fraud or negligence by the Investment Manager, any of the Investment Manager’s employees or representatives or any affiliate of or any person acting on behalf of the Investment Manager, or (ii) as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, proxy materials, reports, advertisements, sales literature or other materials pertaining to the Fund, including any amendment thereof or any supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if such a statement or omission was made other than in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Sub-Adviser, or any affiliated person of the Sub-Adviser or other than upon verbal information confirmed by the Sub-Adviser in writing; provided, however, that in no case is the Investment Manager’s indemnity in favor of the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person or controlling person of the Sub-Adviser deemed to protect such person against any liability to which any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such person’s duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of such person’s obligations and duties under this Agreement.

(d) The Sub-Adviser agrees that for any claim by it against the Fund in connection with this Agreement or the services rendered under this Agreement, it shall look only to assets of the Fund for satisfaction and that it shall have no claim against the Trust’s Trustees or the assets of any other portfolios of the Trust.

 

14


15.  Duration and Termination . (a) This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date, and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the Fund until 2 years from the Effective Date; provided that this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the Fund from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by either the vote of (A) the Board or (B) a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (within the meaning of the 1940 Act); provided further, that if the shareholders fail to approve the Agreement as provided herein, the Sub-Adviser may continue to serve hereunder in the manner and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The foregoing requirement that continuance of this Agreement be “specifically approved at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by vote of a majority of the Board or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund; (ii) by the Investment Manager on 60 days written notice to the Sub-Adviser (or immediately in the event of a material breach by the Sub-Adviser), or (iii) by the Sub-Adviser on not less than 90 days written notice to the Investment Manager and the Trust. Notwithstanding the above, the Sub-Adviser may not terminate the Agreement during the 24-month period immediately following the Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or change of control of the Sub-Adviser or the assignment of the Management Agreement. This Agreement shall also terminate in the event that the Management Agreement by and between the Trust on behalf of the Fund and the Investment Manager referred to in Section 1 is terminated. In the event of termination for any reason, all records of the Fund that are maintained by the Sub-Adviser in accordance with the 1940 Act and Section 12 of this Agreement shall promptly be returned to the Investment Manager or the Trust, free from any claim or retention of rights in such records by the Sub-Adviser, although the Sub-Adviser may, at its expense, make and retain a copy of such records. This Agreement may be terminated with respect to one or more series of the Trust listed on Annex A without affecting the continuity, validity or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to any other series of the Trust listed on Annex A. Promptly following the termination of this Agreement with respect to any series of the Trust listed on Annex A, Annex A shall be amended to remove references to such series of the Trust.

(c) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or otherwise agreed by the Investment Manager in writing, all notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to the Investment Manager and the Trust at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Caroline Kraus, Esq., or to the Sub-Adviser at [insert address and contact person(s)], or to such other address as the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser may hereafter specify by written notice to the most recent address specified by the other party, shall be deemed to have been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressee.

(d) As used in this Section 15, the terms “assignment,” “interested persons” and a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” shall have the respective meanings set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under that Act.

16.  Confidentiality . (a) The Sub-Adviser shall treat all records and other information relative to the Trust, the Fund and the Investment Manager and their prior, present or potential shareholders and clients, including the list of portfolio securities, instruments and assets and liabilities of the Fund, which it shall receive or have access to in the performance of its duties confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust and the Investment Manager. The Sub-Adviser shall not disclose such records or information to any third party or use such records or information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder (except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust and the Investment Manager). The Sub-Adviser shall not use its knowledge of non-public information regarding the Fund’s portfolio as a basis to place or recommend any securities or other transactions for its own benefit or the benefit of others or to the detriment of the Fund.

 

15


(b) The Sub-Adviser hereby authorizes the Fund and the Investment Manager to use all related evaluation material, analyses and information regarding the Sub-Adviser and the investment program of the Fund, including information about performance, portfolio holdings and positions, in connection with (i) marketing the Fund and the Investment Manager’s services to the Trust, (ii) providing ongoing information to existing shareholders and (iii) providing any required regulatory disclosures.

(c) The confidentiality provisions of this Section 16 will not apply to any information that either party hereto can show: (i) is or subsequently becomes publicly available without breach of any obligation owed to the other party; (ii) became known to either party from a source other than the other party, and without breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to the other party; (iii) is independently developed by either party without reference to the information required by this Agreement to be treated confidentially; or (iv) is used by either party in order to enforce any of its rights, claims or defenses under, or as otherwise contemplated in, this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 16 will be deemed to prevent a party from disclosing any information received hereunder pursuant to any applicable law or in response to a request from a duly constituted regulatory or judicial authority.

17. Cooperation . Each party to this Agreement agrees to cooperate with each other party and with all appropriate governmental authorities having the requisite jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, CFTC and state regulators) in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the Fund.

18.  Use of Goldman Sachs Names . The Sub-Adviser shall not, without prior written consent of the Investment Manager, in each instance, (a) use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of “Goldman, Sachs & Co.” or “Goldman Sachs,” including the name of any affiliate, partner or employee of Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its affiliates, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol, logo or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its affiliates; or (b) represent, directly or indirectly, that any product or any service provided by the Sub-Adviser has been approved or endorsed by Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its affiliates.

19.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

20.  Amendments . This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the 1940 Act, provided that any amendment, alteration, waiver or modification shall be in writing duly executed by the proper officials of the parties hereto, and no amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party.

21.  Third-Party Beneficiary . The Fund is an intended third-party beneficiary under this Agreement and is entitled to enforce this Agreement as if it were a party hereto.

22.  Survival . Sections 4, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 25 and 26 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

23. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

16


24. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.     

25.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York or any provisions herein conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

26. Series of Goldman Sachs Trust II . The Fund is a series of the Trust, and the parties hereto acknowledge that each series established under the Trust has the power and authority under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and the Declaration of Trust of the Trust to enter into contractual arrangements solely in the name of such series and undertake obligations or liabilities separate and apart from the obligations or liabilities of any other series of the Trust or the Trust generally. Accordingly, the parties agree that this Agreement is entered into by, and shall constitute a separate agreement of, each series of the Trust listed on Appendix A, severally and not jointly, and shall not be binding on, or create any obligation or liability whatsoever in respect of, any other series of the Trust or the Trust generally.

 

17


PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their respective duly authorized signatories to execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
By:  

     

Name:   [    ]
Title:   [    ]
[Sub-Adviser]
By:  

     

Name   [    ]
Title:   [    ]

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

 

The undersigned officer of the Trust hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Trust as of the date first written above. The Trust does not hereby undertake, on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, any obligation to the Sub-Adviser.

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II,

on behalf of the series of the Trust

listed on Annex A

By:  

     

Name:   [    ]
Title:   [    ]

 

18


Annex A

to

Sub-Advisory Agreement between

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and

[Sub-Adviser]

 

Fund

  

Fee (Annual Rate)

  

Effective Dat e

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager [XX] Fund    [    ]% on first $[ million]
[    ]% over $[ million] up to $[ million]
[    ]% over $[ million] up to $[ million]
[    ]% over $[ million]
   [                , 20xx]

 

19

EX-99.(g)(44)

 

 

200 West Street | New York, NY 10282-2198

Tel: 212-902-1000

 

LOGO

 

 

 

               April 6 , 2018                    

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Attn: Nancy Stokes

Channel Center

One Iron St

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re:

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio: Additional Fund to Custodian Contract

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Custodian Contract dated as of July 15, 1991 by and among Goldman Sachs Trust, Goldman Sachs Trust II, Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund, Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund, Cayman Commodity-TTIF, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-ARM, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA III, Ltd., and Cayman Commodity-TEX, Ltd. (collectively, the “GS Parties”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time (the “Custodian Contract”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Custodian Contract.

This is to advise you that Goldman Sachs Trust II has established one new series to be known as Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio (the “Fund”). The GS Parties hereby request that the Fund be added to the Custodian Contract and that, accordingly, you act as Custodian of the Fund under the terms thereof.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this letter, returning one and retaining one copy for your records.

 

Sincerely,
GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST
By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer


GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II
By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

GOLDMAN SACHS MLP INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

GOLDMAN SACHS MLP AND ENERGY RENAISSANCE FUND

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-TTIF, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-ARM, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer


CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA II, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA III, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-TEX, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA IV, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA V, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Erickson

Name:   Andrew Erickson
Title:   Executive Vice President

EX-99.(h)(18)

AMENDMENT TO ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to the Administration Agreement is dated as of April 6, 2018 and effective as of April  6, 2018, by and between Goldman Sachs Trust II (the “Trust”), Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA III, Ltd., Cayman Commodity-MMA IV, Ltd. and Cayman Commodity-MMA V, Ltd. (collectively, the “GS Parties”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “Bank”).

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Bank are parties to an Administration Agreement dated and effective as of April 30, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank and the GS Parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Amendment .

 

    

Additional Portfolio

We hereby advise you that GST II has established one new series of shares to be known as Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio (the “Portfolio”). In accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Trusts hereby request that the Portfolio be added to the Agreement as a new “Portfolio.” In connection with such request, the Trusts hereby confirms to the Bank, as of the date hereof, their representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement as amended by the Amendment. Schedule A to the Agreement shall be revised and replaced in its entirety with Schedule A attached hereto.

 

2.

Miscellaneous .

 

  (a)

Terms used herein and not hereby defined shall have the meaning attributed to them in the Agreement.

 

  (b)

Except as expressly amended hereby, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  (c)

The GS Parties hereby confirm that the Schedule A to the Agreement is true, correct and complete in all respects as of the date hereof.

 

  (d)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received via electronically transmitted form.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first written above.

 

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Andrew Erickson

Name:   Andrew Erickson
Title:   Executive Vice President

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA II, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA III, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA IV, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

2


CAYMAN COMMODITY-MMA V, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

Name:   Scott M. McHugh
Title:   Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

3


SCHEDULE A

Goldman Sachs Trust II

Goldman Sachs GQG Partners International Opportunities Fund

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Alternatives Fund

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Global Equity Fund

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Non-Core Fixed Income Fund

Goldman Sachs Multi-Manager Real Assets Strategy Fund

Multi-Manager International Equity Fund

Multi-Manager U.S. Dynamic Equity Fund

Multi-Manager U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2020 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2025 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2030 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2035 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2040 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2045 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2050 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2055 Portfolio

Goldman Sachs Target Date 2060 Portfolio

Cayman Commodity-MMA, Ltd.

Cayman Commodity-MMA II, Ltd.

Cayman Commodity-MMA III, Ltd

Cayman Commodity-MMA IV, Ltd.

Cayman Commodity-MMA V, Ltd.

 

4

EX-99.(p)(7)

 

LOGO

BlueBay Code of Ethics and RBC Code of Conduct

 

Relevant Rules:    Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Adviser Act (the “Code of Ethics Rule”)
Rules Summary:    Registered Investment Advisers are required to adopt a code of ethics. The code of ethics must set forth standards of conduct expected of advisory personnel and address conflicts that arise from personal trading by advisory personnel.

 

Policy Owner

  

Version #

  

Date of Last Review

  

Date of Next Review

Compliance Team    1    December 2017    December 2018

The BlueBay Code of Ethics

The BlueBay Code of Ethics requires Covered Persons to:

 

   

Act with integrity, competence, diligence, respect and in an ethical manner with clients/investors, prospective clients/investors, and all other persons with whom you deal in the course of your business activities;

 

   

Place the interests of clients/investors above your own personal interests;

 

   

Use reasonable care and exercise independent and objective professional judgement when carrying out your duties for clients/investors, and prospective clients/investors, and with persons with whom you interact in the course of carrying out your duties;

 

   

Promote the integrity of and uphold the laws and rules governing capital markets and the investment management profession;

 

   

Maintain and improve your professional competence and strive to maintain and improve the competence of other investment professionals with whom you interact; and

 

   

Ensure that all verbal and written communication, including Bloomberg messages, Bloomberg instant messages, and email messages, are professional and do not include any material that could be regarded as inappropriate or offensive.

Covered Persons are reminded that all Bloomberg messages, Bloomberg instant messages, and email messages received and sent, including those deleted, are stored in accordance with BlueBay’s record keeping policies, in archive systems that can be accessed at the request of a regulator.

 

1


LOGO

The RBC Code of Conduct

The RBC Code of Conduct is based on eight key principles which are as follows:

Principle 1: Upholding the Law

Every RBC company, Partner and employee will, at all times, abide by the law and respect its intent in the best interests of our clients, Partners, employees and shareholders.

Principle 2: Confidentiality

Clients, Partners and employees have a right to privacy and to the security of their personal information. RBC companies, Partners and employees will respect and preserve this right.

Principle 3: Fairness

In all our dealings, we strive to treat people fairly, carefully weighing our responsibilities to all stakeholders. Business relationships — whether cooperative or competitive — will be pursued freely, fairly and openly.

Principle 4: Corporate Responsibility

It is our duty as a corporate citizen to add value to society while earning a profit for our shareholders. RBC companies take responsibility for the effects of their actions, both social and economic.

Principle 5: Honouring Our Trust In You

The funds, property, information and services entrusted to our care belong to RBC companies and their clients alone. Using these assets carelessly, inappropriately, or for personal gain is a violation of this trust.

Principle 6: Objectivity

The judgments we make as employees will be independent of personal interests arising from other business dealings or obligations created by social relationships or personal favours.

Principle 7: Integrity

Our word is our bond. As representatives of RBC companies, we tell the truth in all our communications and do not mislead by commission or omission.

Principle 8: Individual Responsibility

As responsible women and men, we treat each other with respect. Our working relationships are based on candor, openness and our commitment to empower others rather than to exploit them. The full RBC Code of Conduct is available on the BlueBay intranet via the HR site here.

 

2

EX-99.(p)(36)

 

LOGO

PART I: CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

Halcyon Capital Management LP

And Affiliated Managers


June 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                   Page  

I.

 

Statement of Ethics

     1  
  A.    Principles of Ethical Behavior      1  
  B.    The Fiduciary Duty      2  
  C.    Other Duties      3  
     1.    Confidentiality      3  
     2.    Policy on Use of Social Networking Media and Other Interactive Services      4  
     3.    Reporting Possible Violations of the Code of Ethics      4  
     4.    Reporting and Organizational Structure      5  
     5.    Compliance Program      5  
     6.    Certifications      6  
     7.    Annual Review      6  
     8.    Compliance Responsibilities: Related Individuals      6  
     9.    Regulatory and Other Legal Inquiries      6  
     10.    Reporting and Non-Retaliation Policy      7  

II.

 

Protection of Material Nonpublic Information

     7  
  A.    Introduction      7  
  B.    Scope of Policy      8  
  C.    Insider Trading Ban      8  
     1.    Legal Considerations Related to Material Nonpublic Information      8  
     2.    Prohibition      9  
     3.    Application of Prohibition      9  
     4.    Information Presumed to Be “Material”      9  
     5.    Information Presumed to Be “Nonpublic”      10  
     6.    Merger Situations      10  
     7.    Foreign Jurisdictions      10  
  D.    Preserving Proprietary and Material Nonpublic Information      11  
     1.    Restrictions on Disclosures      11  
     2.    Unauthorized Disclosure of Nonpublic Information      11  
  E.    Fraud and Market Manipulation      11  
  F.    Reporting Requirement – Restricted List      11  
     1.    Obtaining Approval for Receiving Nonpublic Information      11  
     2.    Process for Placing Issuers on our Public Restricted List or our Private Issuer Database 12

 

     3.    Application of the Restricted List      14  
     4.    Additional Restrictions: the Watch List      15  

 

i


III.

 

Personal Trading/Employee Investments

     15  
  A.    Transactions and Securities Covered      15  
  B.    Disclosure of Personal Accounts      17  
  C.    Confirmations and Periodic Account Statements      18  
  D.    Approval Requirement      19  
  E.    Duplication of Client Transactions      19  
  F.    Violations      20  

IV.

 

Record Retention Policy

     20  

 

Exhibit A – Initial Certification of Compliance*

     A-1  

Exhibit B – Annual Certification of Compliance*

     B-1  

Exhibit C – Personal Account Listing Questionnaire*

     C-1  

Exhibit D – Approved Personal Trading Broker Accounts List

     D-1  

Exhibit E – Management Companies List

     E-1  

Exhibit F – Required Books and Records

     F-1  

Exhibit G – Private Information Disclosure

     G-1  

Exhibit H – Personal Trading Accounts and Holdings Certification*

     H-1  

Exhibit I – Broker Notification Letter

     I-1  

Exhibit J – Quarterly Non-Discretionary Accounts Certification

     J-1  

 

ii


I. Statement of Ethics

A. Principles of Ethical Behavior

Our reputation in the investment community with our clients and with those individuals and organizations with whom we have contact depends upon the trust and professionalism with which we conduct the affairs of Halcyon Capital Management LP (“HCM”) which, together with its affiliated management entities listed on Exhibit E (each, a “Management Company”), is referred to as “Halcyon.” Halcyon’s advisory clients are collectively referred to as the “Advisory Clients.” The Advisory Clients of Halcyon generally consist of (i) collective and single investor funds sponsored by Halcyon (“Halcyon Funds”), (ii) managed accounts and collective or single investor vehicles sponsored by third parties for which Halcyon acts as investment advisor (“Managed Accounts”), and (iii) collateralized loan or debt obligation vehicles (“CLOs”), in each instance including registered investment companies.

HCM is a Registered Investment Adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Certain of HCM’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, including, without limitation, Halcyon Event-Driven Management LP, Halcyon Loan Management LLC, Halcyon Loan Investment Management LLC (“HLIM”), Halcyon Loan Investors LP, Halcyon Loan Advisors LP (“HLA”) including its subsidiary CLO collateral managers, Halcyon Loan Advisors A LLC, Halcyon Neptuno II Management LLC, Halcyon Arbitrage Management LP (“HARB”), Halcyon Special Situations Management LP, Halcyon Credit Management LP, Halcyon Arbitrage UCITS Management LP, Halcyon Long Duration Recoveries Management LP, and Halcyon Loan Advisors (UK) LLP (“HLAUK”) are relying advisors under HCM’s SEC registration. Halcyon Arbitrage IC Management LP, a subsidiary of HARB, is also a Registered Investment Adviser with the SEC. HLAUK is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”).

The SEC, pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)1 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), requires all investment advisers registered with the SEC to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws, and to review those policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. These rules are designed to protect investors by ensuring that advisers have internal programs designed to enhance compliance with the federal securities laws.

Any actions that would serve to erode feelings of trust and confidence are detrimental both to our reputation and to our ability to conduct our business in an orderly and profitable manner. The Code of Ethics applies to every Halcyon partner, member, employee and full-time consultant (collectively, “Employees”). You should note, moreover, that to the extent the provisions of this Code of Ethics are more restrictive than other policies, this Code of Ethics applies. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Code of Ethics, on the one hand, and the terms of any written employment agreement or operating agreement entered into by and between the Employee and any Management Company, on the other hand, the terms of such employment agreement or operating agreement will control. Notwithstanding any such differences however, in all instances Employees must comply with relevant law.

 

 

1  

One or more of the Management Companies may serve as investment adviser or sub-adviser to an investment company registered under the 1940 Act. In that event, any such Management Company would be subject to the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 thereunder, with respect to such Registered Investment Company.


Employees who allow their actions to be guided by a narrow interpretation of the law, rather than by the law, the spirit of the law and sensitivity to best business and personal practices, run the risk of harming themselves as well as Halcyon. In an effort to guide you in your actions, Halcyon has adopted the Code of Ethics and Compliance Policies and Procedures that address many of the conflicts of interest that may arise in our business (collectively with the Employee Handbooks, the “Compliance Manual”). The Compliance Manual will be updated and amended as necessary by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, and material edits will be approved by the HCM Executive Committee.

The legal and compliance personnel of Halcyon (collectively, the “Legal and Compliance Department”) test and monitor Employees’ adherence to these policies on a regular basis, as appropriate in light of relevant facts and circumstances. However, no one set of policies and procedures will ever completely address every potential situation that may arise; accordingly, each Employee must apply high personal standards of integrity to all actions relevant to our business. Failure to apply such standards and to exercise good judgment, as well as other actions that constitute violations of the Code of Ethics, may result in the imposition of sanctions, including suspension or dismissal.

B. The Fiduciary Duty

This Code of Ethics is based on the principle that you, as an Employee of Halcyon, owe a fiduciary duty to Halcyon and its Advisory Clients. This Code of Ethics applies to all “Access Persons.” 2 Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests, and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients, whose interests always are considered first and Halcyon’s, second.

At all times, you must abide by the following Rules of Conduct, any breach of which will be deemed to be material:

1. Place the interests of the Advisory Clients and their investors above your own personal interests . In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients.

2. Refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of your position . The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, excessive gifts, or entertainment from persons seeking business with Halcyon or the Advisory Clients could call into question the exercise of your independent judgment. You may not use the knowledge of Advisory Clients’ portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of those transactions.

 

 

2  

“Access Persons” means Employees, as well as any other persons so designated by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, who (i) have access to nonpublic information regarding Advisory Clients’ purchases or sales of securities, (ii) are involved in making securities recommendations to Advisory Clients, or (iii) have access to nonpublic recommendations or portfolio holdings.

 

2


3. Conduct all personal account transactions in full compliance with this Code of Ethics , including all preauthorization and reporting requirements.

4. Comply with all relevant U.S. federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations , including, among others, the Advisers Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 1940 Act and the Financial Services Act 2012 (UK), as applicable.

5. Comply with any reasonable good faith request or instruction of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer concerning the furtherance of Halcyon’s enforcement of the Compliance Manual, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. This includes the provision of all information and assistance requested of you by Halcyon in such regard.

6. Immediately report any breaches or potential breaches of the Compliance Manual to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and do not engage in any conduct to cover up or impede any investigation that may occur.

While Halcyon has not prohibited you and your families from developing personal investment programs, you must not take any action that could cause even the appearance that an unfair or improper action has been taken. Accordingly, you must follow the policies set forth in Section III “Personal Trading/Employee Investments” with respect to trading in any Employee or other account covered by these policies. Questionable situations will be resolved in favor of our Advisory Clients. Any questions concerning this Code of Ethics should be addressed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. Technical compliance with the Code of Ethics’ procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any actions that indicate an abuse or lapse of your fiduciary duties.

C. Other Duties

1. Confidentiality

All information relating to actual or potential investment intentions, activities, purchases/sales or portfolio composition of Halcyon or Advisory Clients is to be held in the strictest confidence. This confidentiality standard includes, in part, the strategic plans of Halcyon and any other nonpublic information the dissemination of which could prove detrimental to Halcyon. Additionally, Halcyon is committed to protecting the privacy and interests of limited partners, clients and investors pursuant to its obligations under the SEC’s Regulation S-P. Your obligation to hold confidential information, including information pertaining to Halcyon’s limited partners, clients and investors, in confidence and to refrain from disparaging Halcyon and the Advisory Clients will survive beyond your employment with Halcyon. 3

 

 

3  

Employees should be mindful of the fact that this confidentiality obligation extends not only to oral communications but also to written communications in any format, including, without limitation, communications via email, instant messages, sms text, phone calls, faxes, as well as communications submitted, sent, posted or otherwise shared through social and professional media sites ( i.e. , chat rooms, online seminars, blogs, video sites, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram and scores of others).

 

3


It may be desirable to disclose confidential information such as the size of equity or debt positions to proxy solicitors, the issuing company, other investors, or investment bankers or other professionals involved in a transaction or other relevant persons or entities. Information on positions may not be provided to such entities without the approval of a Managing Principal 4 or the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. Disclosure of any other confidential information will require the approval of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Director of Investor Relations. In addition, disclosure of information related to Advisory Clients that are registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act (each a “Registered Investment Company”) is subject to applicable Registered Investment Company policies, including without limitation, any Registered Investment Company Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer approval or other requirements related to selective disclosure of portfolio information.

2. Policy on Use of Social Networking Media and Other Interactive Services

In connection with investment-related activity, Employees may not post information or communicate substantively using social networking media and other types of interactive electronic, digital or online services (including, but not limited to, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Yahoo Message Boards and similar services - referred to herein as “Interactive Services”). This prohibition covers investment-related activity performed for Halcyon and its clients as well as any other investment-related activity ( e.g. personal trading). Employees may retrieve information from Interactive Services, but may not use Interactive Services to communicate in connection with investment-related activities. Conduct prohibited under this policy includes, but is not limited to, sending, posting or otherwise communicating with other individuals, groups or the public in connection with investment-related activity.

3. Reporting Possible Violations of the Code of Ethics

Any Employee who has any concern or complaint regarding any compliance matter, possible or actual breach of the Compliance Manual, accounting or auditing matter, recording of information, record retention, conflict of interest, business ethics or any other matter concerning the honesty and integrity of Halcyon’s operations or policies, must report the matter to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer as soon as possible. Submission of such information may be made in person, in writing, by phone, or reported via an ethics hotline (the “Ethics Hotline”), a specially designated telephone number that has been established for these reporting purposes. 5 The concern or complaint may be made anonymously, and all reasonable efforts will be made to keep the information confidential.

All concerns and complaints will be addressed and investigated. Halcyon may take appropriate actions, including disciplinary action, including, where appropriate, dismissal. Any participant who intentionally misdirects, or otherwise improperly interferes with any such internal investigation, whether by providing false or misleading information or omitting facts, will also be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge from employment.

 

 

4  

Managing Principals are those designated as such pursuant to their Employment Agreements or otherwise by the Operating Committee.

5  

The Ethics Hotline number is (212) 796-3109.

 

4


Retaliation against any individual as a result of bringing forward such questions, concerns or complaints is strictly prohibited. Similarly, retaliation is prohibited against any individual who provides accurate information to any law enforcement or regulatory agency about the possible commission of any federal offense. Anyone who feels that he or she has been retaliated against or threatened with retaliation for these reasons should report the matter immediately to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, the Deputy General Counsel or the Director of Compliance.

It is important to note that Halcyon holds and retains attorney-client privilege with respect to all compliance concerns and legal matters concerning Halcyon and Advisory Clients. Accordingly, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel and Director of Compliance and any outside counsel represent Halcyon and/or Advisory Clients and not any Employee; for individual advice, an Employee should consult his or her own attorney at his or her own expense. Communications between an Employee and any attorney for Halcyon or Advisory Clients, including the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel, Director of Compliance or outside counsel, might not be kept confidential and may be reported to, among others, the relevant regulatory or law enforcement authorities.

4. Reporting and Organizational Structure

The Chief Financial Officer exercises authority and responsibility for financial reporting, as well as margin and related matters for Halcyon. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for legal and compliance matters relating to Halcyon. For purposes of compliance, including the enforcement of this Code of Ethics and the Compliance Policies and Procedures, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer reports directly to the HCM Executive Committee. Any action to be taken pursuant to the Compliance Manual by the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and selected committees may be delegated by such officer or committee to one or more designees. A schedule of such designees is maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

5. Compliance Program

After the start date of a new Employee, a compliance meeting will be held to reinforce his or her understanding of the Compliance Manual. Attendance is mandatory for any new Employee and optional for incumbent Employees, except as provided below. Employees are encouraged to raise compliance concerns or questions about specific policies or procedures. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer will be responsible for organizing such meetings and conducting compliance training. A record of such training will be retained by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

All Employees must attend a mandatory annual compliance meeting, the purpose of which is to (i) communicate and reinforce legal and regulatory developments related to Halcyon’s activities, (ii) emphasize related compliance and enforcement procedures, and (iii) provide a forum for such Employees to ask questions and to receive authoritative guidance.

 

5


Although the compliance meeting is held annually, additional training sessions are scheduled as warranted by emerging regulatory and compliance issues, or as needed to consider other relevant issues. Compliance meetings may occur in conjunction with the discussion of other matters; attendance for Employees will be mandatory or encouraged as issues dictate.

6. Certifications

At the time an Employee becomes affiliated with Halcyon, he or she is required to execute an Initial Certification of Compliance confirming having received and read the Compliance Manual and agreeing to abide fully by the policies and procedures prescribed therein. See Exhibit A, Initial Certification of Compliance.

All Employees are required to execute an Annual Certification of Compliance as evidence of their continued obligations under the Compliance Manual. See Exhibit B, Annual Certification of Compliance.

7. Annual Review

SEC Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act requires registered advisers to review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the written policies and procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation. The SEC has stated that advisers, in designing policies and procedures, should identify conflicts and other compliance factors creating risk exposure in light of their particular operations and design policies and procedures addressing those risks. In examining Halcyon’s policies, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer will take such relevant factors into account and will prepare a written report detailing the findings (the “Annual Review”). The Annual Review will be presented annually to the HCM Executive Committee and the independent directors of the offshore Halcyon Funds sponsored by Halcyon.

Any Management Company that serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser to a Registered Investment Company is subject to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which requires that no less frequently than annually, such Management Company will provide to the board of directors of such Registered Investment Company a written report that: (i) describes any issues arising under the Code of Ethics since the last report to the board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code of Ethics and any sanctions imposed in response to the material violation; and (ii) certifies that the Management Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code of Ethics. As applicable, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer will work with a Registered Investment Company to provide this written report as necessary.

8. Compliance Responsibilities: Related Individuals

Employees are personally responsible for ensuring that they, the members of their immediate families and those who reside in their personal households (See “Related Persons” in Section III: “Personal Trading/Employee Investments”) comply with the provisions and intent of this Code of Ethics.

 

6


9. Regulatory and Other Legal Inquiries

Because Halcyon operates in a highly regulated industry, we may receive inquiries from a variety of federal agencies such as the SEC, the U.S. Department of Treasury, the U.S. Department of Labor, and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), as well as from state agencies, including state securities bureaus and other local authorities.    

If you are contacted by a government official or other industry regulator (such as a representative from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)), whether by telephone, letter or office visit, you may not engage in discussions with the contacting party, or take any other action in response to such contact, other than (i) advising the contacting party that all Employees are under instructions to refer all such inquiries to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and (ii) promptly notifying the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. (This does not apply to lawful communications, other than on behalf of Halcyon, with any governmental or regulatory body or official regarding a possible violation of any U.S. fair employment practices law). Similarly, you are required to promptly bring personal bankruptcies involving yourself or any potential litigation involving Halcyon to the attention of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

Halcyon expects and requires all Employees to fulfill their personal obligations to governmental and regulatory bodies. Such obligations include the filing of appropriate federal, state and local tax returns, as well as the filing of any applicable forms or reports required by governmental bodies.

10. Reporting and Non-Retaliation Policy

Nothing in this Compliance Manual or in any other Halcyon document prohibits an Employee from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to a governmental agency or entity or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Employees are encourage to inform the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer of any such conduct first unless legally prohibited.

Halcyon will not retaliate against an Employee who reports a violation of any of the policies or requirements in this Compliance Manual, including the Code of Ethics, and any retaliation constitutes a further violation of our policies. In addition, Halcyon will not retaliate against any Employee who reports possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity or who makes other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Any Employee who retaliates against another Employee for reporting legitimate concerns or participating in an investigation under this policy will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.

II. Protection of Material Nonpublic Information

A. Introduction

Halcyon seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in us by our Advisory Clients represent something we value and that we will endeavor to pursue, protect and maintain. To further that mission, this policy sets forth procedures developed to prevent the misuse of material nonpublic information (“MNPI”) and other fraudulent or manipulative conduct in connection with

 

7


transactions in securities. These procedures are designed to avoid a conflict of interest with our Advisory Clients and to facilitate compliance with other laws and regulations to which Halcyon is subject. By adopting this policy, Halcyon seeks to comply with the stringent requirements of relevant securities laws. The policy statement reinforces Halcyon’s commitment to avoiding even the appearance of impropriety in connection with transactions on behalf of Advisory Client accounts.

B. Scope of Policy

No set of procedures is able to anticipate and address every situation that might give rise to a conflict of interest or constitute fraud. Therefore, this policy statement is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. Technical compliance with the procedures set forth in this policy statement is not sufficient. You also must comply with the spirit of the policy statement or face disciplinary actions, including possible dismissal. The policy applies to all Employees of Halcyon, and when determined by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, to certain Access Persons. The terms of the policy, as they relate to insider trading, also apply to the immediate families and those who reside in the personal households of such Employees (See Section III: “Personal Trading/Employee Investments” for a list of accounts construed as “Personal Accounts”).

The laws of insider trading, conflict of interests and fraud are unsettled; an individual may be legitimately uncertain about the application of these procedures. Often, a simple question may forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems. Any questions must be directed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel or Director of Compliance. Violations of this policy will be viewed severely and may provide grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal for cause.

C. Insider Trading Ban

1. Legal Considerations Related to Material Nonpublic Information

Insider trading is a serious concern for Halcyon. The trading of securities of companies while in possession of MNPI relating to those companies may subject Halcyon and their Employees to severe penalties under relevant law. Liability can also extend to an individual who “tips” another person about such information when that person, in turn, conducts securities transactions or tips another.

There are many potential sanctions for a person convicted of insider trading. In addition to requiring disgorgement of profits gained or losses avoided, the government typically seeks the imposition of a penalty. Additionally, the government also typically seeks a criminal fine, the payment of restitution and /or imprisonment.

Relevant securities laws also create a strong incentive for Halcyon to deter insider trading by Employees. Employers and all other “controlling persons,” 6 may be held liable if they know of or recklessly disregard conduct by a controlled person leading to an insider trading violation. Such employers may face treble damages and criminal fines; employers may also be liable to private plaintiffs who possess enhanced civil remedies.

 

 

6  

While the SEC does not define “controlling person” explicitly, it defines “control” as the power to direct the management and policies of a company.

 

8


Personnel who trade in violation of the Code of Ethics should not expect Halcyon to protect their interests.

2. Prohibition

Halcyon prohibits Employees from trading securities and other financial instruments while in possession of relevant MNPI in violation of applicable law. This section outlines the standards by which information will be assessed in implementing the policy.

3. Application of Prohibition

In general, the prohibition applies to trading securities or other financial instruments, including swaps, while in possession of MNPI or the solicitation or dissemination thereof. Insider information may be received as a result of a breach from a corporate insider or agent thereof, through misappropriation of information or through fraud. Further insider information may be received through a tip from one who has obtained the information through any of these means. A tip may be transferred from person to person to person and so on, and trading upon that information may still be forbidden regardless of how long the chain becomes. Accordingly, this policy applies equally with respect to all MNPI whether obtained from corporate insiders ( i.e. , chief financial officers or investor relations personnel), corporate agents ( i.e. , investment bankers or attorneys), financial services professionals ( i.e. , investment analysts or brokers), experts ( i.e. , consultants or lawyers), professional acquaintances ( i.e. , hedge fund analysts or private equity sponsors), personal acquaintances ( i.e. , family and friends) or any other source ( i.e., third parties connected to litigation finance investments).

The prohibition may, in certain instances, not apply to transactions involving financial instruments other than securities ( i.e. , certain contractual claims and other instruments as set forth below in Section II.F: “Reporting Requirement – Restricted List”), though the determination as to whether such an exception may apply is complex. The prohibition may further not apply to MNPI that is lawfully obtained ( i.e. , through independent or lawful research) and where transacting on the basis thereof is otherwise lawful. Contemplated transactions pursuant to any such exceptions to the general rule must be considered by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, the Deputy General Counsel, or Director of Compliance on a case-by-case basis prior to effecting the transaction.

4. Information Presumed to Be “Material”

In general, information will be considered material if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to purchase, sell or hold the securities of the company in question. Stated another way, information is considered material if it would alter the “total mix” of information available to the public. The materiality of information is a mixed question of law and fact. A major factor in determining whether information is material is the importance attached to it by those who know about it. Examples of material information may include projections, dividend information, earnings results, a significant merger or acquisition proposal, new product development and information related to a company’s position regarding its competitors.

 

9


5. Information Presumed to Be “Nonpublic”

Nonpublic information refers to facts that are not generally available to investors in the marketplace. Nonpublic information may become public when disclosed to achieve a broad dissemination to the investing public generally and without favoring any special person or group, or when, although known only by a few persons, their trading on it has caused the information to be fully reflected into the price of the particular stock. In general, unless properly filed with the applicable regulatory authority, such as via S-1, 8K, etc. or disseminated broadly or widely known (in which case Halcyon would have access to such information in the ordinary course of business through existing channels), public information does not include:

 

   

Information received upon explicit condition of confidentiality;

 

   

Projected business plans or budgets;

 

   

Officer’s compliance certificate verifying financial covenant calculations;

 

   

Borrower no-default certificate;

 

   

Agent’s determination of borrowing base;

 

   

Auditor’s, consultant’s or adviser’s letters, or analysis or reports prepared for the lenders, the company’s board or its management; or

 

   

Information obtained as part of a lending syndicate or by virtue of a position on a creditor’s committee.

However, the analysis of whether information is nonpublic is a fact-specific inquiry in each instance. Inquiries concerning the public or nonpublic nature of any information should be directed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to effectuating the transaction.

6. Merger Situations

Situations involving public mergers, tender offers or activist situations often involve enhanced scrutiny by regulatory authorities. First, in the context of a merger, where information can be speculative and tenuous, the materiality standard may be difficult to apply and depends upon a balancing of both the indicated probability that the event will occur and the anticipated importance of the event in light of the totality of the company activity. Second, information may be nonpublic even though it does not reveal all the details of a potential deal – a corporate insider’s confirmation of information on which the financial press had speculated can satisfy the nonpublic requirement. Moreover, the “duty” prong of insider trading is not required for liability in certain of such situations. As a result, particular care should be taken where such a situation may exist. Inquiries concerning trading in merger situations should be directed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to effecting the transaction.

7. Foreign Jurisdictions

The laws and regulatory scheme in foreign jurisdictions may be less or more restrictive than in the U.S. Accordingly, particular care is required in connection with the use of information obtained as part of trades to be effected in foreign jurisdictions. Inquiries concerning applicable trading restrictions in foreign jurisdictions should be directed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to effectuating the transaction.

 

10


D. Preserving Proprietary and Material Nonpublic Information

1. Restrictions on Disclosures

Employees are not permitted to disclose any nonpublic information relating to Halcyon or Advisory Clients, their investing activities or any public company, if that information was learned in the course of association with Halcyon or Advisory Clients (except as required or appropriately approved for a legitimate business purpose).

2. Unauthorized Disclosure of Nonpublic Information

Employees who become aware of a leak—deliberate or otherwise—of nonpublic information relating to Halcyon or Advisory Clients or any company about which Halcyon or its Employees have acquired such nonpublic information must report the leak immediately to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. For purposes of this section, a “leak” will be defined to include any unauthorized disclosure to any person or entity outside Halcyon of nonpublic information about Halcyon, Advisory Clients or any company about which Halcyon or their Employees have acquired information.

E. Fraud and Market Manipulation

Federal securities laws expressly prohibit engaging in fraudulent trading schemes designed to manipulate the price or trading activity of a particular security by, for example, creating a false or misleading appearance of active trading in a security, or for the purpose of artificially raising or lowering the price of a security, or knowingly passing on false information. These laws also cover the use of swaps, derivatives and other similar instruments for an improper purpose. All Employees are prohibited from engaging in any trading activities that could be viewed as fraudulent or manipulative.

F. Reporting Requirement – Restricted List

1. Obtaining Approval for Receiving Nonpublic Information

All Halcyon investment professionals are “public” employees or traders (each, a “Trader”) under Halcyon’s nonpublic information policy. Such employees, including our Traders and analysts from all of our strategies, are, unless designated by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, completely integrated and operate on the same side of the “Chinese Wall” under unified restricted lists, with no restrictions on communication between any of these individuals. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may, on a limited basis, designate individuals including those in the Legal and Compliance Department to at times operate on another side of a Chinese Wall. However, subject to the following procedures, Halcyon reserves the right to receive nonpublic information.

We make a careful, thoughtful, integrated decision initially about whether to receive nonpublic information concerning any particular security or bank loan or in connection with any other instance. Prior to receiving or otherwise obtaining or accessing any nonpublic information concerning any traded instrument (regardless of the source of the information), approval must be obtained from (i) either the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General

 

11


Counsel, or Director of Compliance and (ii) one of the Chief Investment Officer of HCM or the Chief Risk Officer of HCM. 7 No Employee may obtain MNPI concerning any traded instrument without such approval. Any questions as to whether nonpublic information is material or concerns any traded instrument should be directed to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel, or Director of Compliance. Additionally, all new Employees are required to disclose to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer all information regarding any company or other entity about which the new employee believes he or she has nonpublic information. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel or Director of Compliance will conduct a review of the nonpublic information and make appropriate determinations about inclusion of such information within Halcyon’s Public Restricted List (the “Restricted List”), or its Private Issuer Database (the “Private Issuer Database”). For Private Information Disclosure, see Exhibit G hereto.

2. Process for Placing Issuers on our Public Restricted List or our Private Issuer Database

Prior to receiving nonpublic information, including when requesting approval of a confidentiality agreement, Employees must send an email to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer at “Compliance Group” (compliance@halcyonllc.com) providing answers to the following questions:

1. Do you have any reasonable, good faith basis to believe that the information you are receiving is material to any company or other entity with traded securities (including private placement securities) in any jurisdiction (each, an “Issuer”)? Please respond to this Question 1 and the following Questions 1(a) through 1(d).

a. Does the company or other entity to which the information relates have any traded securities?

b. If you answered “No” to Question 1(a), does the company or related entity have any debt instruments (including bank debt and loans) that are structured as bonds or other securities? For example, consider when responding whether any such debt instruments (which may be treated by the general marketplace as “bank debt” or “loans”) are structured as bonds.

c. Is such company or related entity affiliated with a different Issuer? For example, does it have a parent or subsidiary that is an Issuer, or is it a joint venture partner of an Issuer?

d. Is the information material to any other Issuers, including those not affiliated with the source of the information? For example, are you receiving information from an Issuer (or a non-Issuer entity) that would be material to any of its competitors or any of its acquisition targets?

 

 

7  

Further clarification of access to such information is contained in the Bank Loan Amendment Process section of the Compliance Policies and Procedures, regarding certain individuals’ access to private information for the purpose of voting on Bank Loan Amendments.

 

12


2a. If you answered “Yes” to Question 1 or any subpart thereof have you obtained approval to receive the information in question from (i) either the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, the Deputy General Counsel or the Director of Compliance and (ii) one of the Chief Investment Officer of HCM or the Chief Risk Officer of HCM?

2b. If you answered “No” to Question 1 and all subparts thereof, do you have any reasonable, good faith basis to believe that within the next 12 months the company or other entity is a candidate for going public, issuing any traded securities (including high-yield debt), or being acquired by a public company or in a SPAC acquisition?

3a. Please provide all relevant complete legal names (and, for public companies, tickers) for all companies, whether public or private, to which the information is material, so we may track for internal record-keeping (and if necessary, for the Restricted List).

3b. Do any Halcyon funds or managed accounts currently hold positions in instruments of the Issuer(s) described in 3a or any of their affiliates?

4. Are we required to execute a confidentiality agreement in order to review the information? If so, please (i) provide the draft confidentiality agreement for review and filing and (ii) confirm that we will not stay on the “public side” of any data site (or other similar method of, or vehicle for, disclosing confidential information) related to such executed confidentiality agreement.

5. Confirm that, if the answers to any of these questions change at any point in the future, or, developments arise indicating that such answers may change arise (for example, if the company issues (or announces the issuance of) any securities, or engages (or announces its plans to engage) in any merger or acquisition discussions with a public Issuer, etc.), you will immediately notify the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel, or Director of Compliance of any such changes.

6. Does the information you are receiving relate to claims into a bankrupt, insolvent or liquidating entity?

a. If YES to Question 6, is the information limited to the specific claim only?

 

13


b. If NO to Question 6(a), do you have any reasonable, good faith basis to believe that the information you are receiving is material to any other affiliate of the bankrupt, insolvent or liquidating entity?

In any event, upon receiving any nonpublic information concerning any trading instrument that has not already been approved pursuant to the policies and procedures outlined in this Code of Ethics, in any instance, particularly in the bank loan context, the Employee must notify the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer that nonpublic information has been received, whether the information concerns any publicly traded security, and the names of all companies (public or private) or other entities that the information concerns. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer will then determine which companies or other entities are to be placed on, or updated in, the Restricted List, and which are to be placed on, or updated in, the Private Issuer Database.

Both of these lists are to be maintained by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. If the Employee has notified the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer pursuant to the above procedures of an ongoing relationship whereby the Employee will receive nonpublic information, and all relevant companies have been placed and remain on all relevant restricted lists, the Employee need not inform the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer of each instance (whether by using third party provider approved by Halcyon, i.e. , Intralinks, or otherwise) when the Employee receives nonpublic information.

In the event that any Employee receives or otherwise obtains any nonpublic information other than in accordance with the procedures detailed herein, the Employee must immediately notify the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, who will conduct a fact-specific analysis and determine what, if any, action will be taken.

The fact that any company is included on the Restricted List or the Private Issuer Database is confidential and should not be disclosed to anyone outside Halcyon.

Halcyon may trade in bank loan products with possession of nonpublic information with the approval of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and consistent with their policies and procedures.

3. Application of the Restricted List

The following procedures apply with respect to the Restricted List:

 

  a)

The Restricted List is maintained in Halcyon’s proprietary software system (the “Trading Platform”). When a new issuer or other entity is added to, or a current issuer or other entity is removed from, the Restricted List, the Legal and Compliance Department will send to all relevant Employees an email containing the change as well as the updated Restricted List. In addition, a nightly automated email alert will be generated to all relevant Employees.

 

14


  b)

All Traders must review the Restricted List, which is issued electronically daily to all relevant Employees, and no Trader may process or otherwise engage in a transaction involving an instrument on the Restricted List. The Trading Platform will generate an alert to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer if a trade is entered into the system involving a security on the Restricted List. In addition, as part of the process of monitoring and approving Personal Accounts (as defined in Halcyon’s personal trading policy below), the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer will deny approval of any personal trade involving the securities of companies on the Restricted List. Each personal trade proposal is reviewed against the Restricted List pre-trade by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to approval.    

4. Additional Restrictions: the Watch List

In addition to the Restricted List and Private Issuer Database, which are designed to safeguard against potential improprieties as they relate to inappropriate dissemination or other misuse of MNPI, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, Deputy General Counsel, or Director of Compliance occasionally make determinations to restrict trading in certain instruments of an issuer or other entity without restricting trading in other instruments of the same issuer or other entity. In such instances, the relevant issuer or other entity is not included on the Restricted List but rather, the trading restrictions and compliance issues concerning the relevant issuer are monitored by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and included in the Legal and Compliance Department records relating to the restrictions. A list of all such relevant issuers (the “Watch List”) is maintained by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

III. Personal Trading/Employee Investments

The policies and procedures of Halcyon regarding personal trading by Employees are intended to reduce the risk of unlawful trading or potential distraction and to align incentives properly.

A. Transactions and Securities Covered

Pursuant to this policy, Employees and their (i) spouses or registered domestic partners (excluding a spouse with a valid separation agreement or divorce decree or an unmarried cohabitant), (ii) children under the age of 21 who live with the Employee, (iii) children under the age of 18 who do not live with the Employee and/or (iv) relatives or other individuals living with the Employee or for whose support the Employee is materially responsible, including college graduates receiving material support from an Employee parent or guardian, but excluding, in all cases, college students who do not live primarily with the Employee, ((i)-(iv), collectively, “Related Persons”) are prohibited from transacting in or directing transactions (whether buying or selling or holding on a long- or short-term basis) in Covered Securities (as defined below) (such transacting or directing, “Discretionary Personal Trading”), as of the effective date of this policy (“Policy Effective Date”)8, except to the extent described herein or otherwise authorized in writing by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. For the avoidance of doubt, Discretionary Personal Trading does not include transactions in accounts over which Employees or Related Persons do not have management authority (e.g., that are managed by a trustee or third-party discretionary manager); provided, however, that Employees or Related Persons may not (a) direct

 

 

8  

The Policy Effective Date was November 1, 2014.

 

15


such trustees or third-party discretionary managers to make any particular purchases or sales of securities, (b) suggest that such trustees or third-party discretionary managers make any particular purchase or sales of securities, or (c) consult with such trustees or third-party discretionary managers as to the particular allocation of investments to be made.

Employees and Related Persons may maintain accounts holding Covered Securities acquired prior to the relevant Employee’s employment by the relevant Management Company or prior to the Policy Effective Date. Employees and Related Persons may sell out of positions in such accounts holding Covered Securities only by submitting a Personal Transaction Approval Request, in accordance with Sections C and D below, to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer, who must first approve the proposed transaction. No liability will accrue to Halcyon as a result of any losses that may be incurred by such exit or liquidation.

The term “Covered Securities” refers to:

 

  1.

debt and equity securities (including securities offered in initial public offerings and private placements, as well as real estate investment trusts (REITs));

 

  2.

options, warrants, swaps or other derivative products; fixed-income, commodities, indices or currencies;

 

  3.

futures and forward contracts;

 

  4.

personal investments in a non-Halcyon private partnership or other private entity that employs an investment strategy or style substantially similar to that of an Advisory Client; and

 

  5.

all securities defined as such under the Advisers Act.

Employees and Related Persons who, in certain limited instances, obtain pre-approval of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer to purchase a Covered Security must hold any such Covered Security for at least 30 consecutive calendar days from the date of such purchase.

The term “Covered Security” does not include the following, which are referred to as “Exempt Transactions”:

 

  1.

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high-quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements (where the term “high-quality short-term debt obligation” means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the highest two rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or that is unrated but is of comparable quality);

 

  2.

direct obligations of the U.S. government ( e.g. treasury securities);

 

  3.

shares issued by money market funds;

 

16


  4.

shares of registered open-end U.S. mutual funds and registered unit investment trusts; and

 

  5.

direct investments in physical real estate.

For the avoidance of doubt, Employees and Related Persons may engage in Discretionary Personal Trading in Exempt Transactions.

In addition, Employees and Related Persons may engage in Discretionary Personal Trading in “Reportable Securities” (as defined below). “Reportable Securities” include:

 

  1.

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs);

 

  2.

municipal bonds;

 

  3.

shares of closed-end funds (including closed-end mutual funds);

 

  4.

dividend reinvestment plans (DRIPs) in investments made prior to employment with Halcyon or prior to this Personal Trading Policy being enacted;

 

  5.

investments in Halcyon vehicles (including any Registered Investment Company for which Halcyon acts as investment adviser);

 

  6.

foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds not traded on a U.S. exchange; and

 

  7.

investments in: (i) private partnerships or other private entities which are completely under the management of third-party investment advisers (including, without limitation, funds allocated by Halcyon to outside investment advisers without retaining any investment discretion) and which do not employ an investment strategy or style similar to that of an Advisory Client, or (ii) all forms of limited partnership and limited liability company interests, including interests in private investment funds, and shares of privately-held companies that are not engaged in money management, in each case that are not covered by the definition of Exempt Transactions.

Reports and information regarding any Personal Accounts (as defined below) for which an Employee or Related Person transacts in Reportable Securities must be provided as described in Section B below. Employees or Related Persons may only engage in Discretionary Personal Trading with respect to Items 3 (solely with respect to private placements) 5 and 7 above upon pre-approval from the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer after submitting a Personal Transaction Approval Request related to such investments. Any exception to these personal trading policies and procedures must be approved by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. To the extent that this policy may pose an undue burden on a Related Person ( e.g. , a spouse is employed in the investment management industry), the Employee should discuss the issue with the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

 

17


B. Disclosure of Personal Accounts

All Employees are required to notify the relevant Management Companies of all of the following types of brokerage or similar accounts (each a “Personal Account”).

 

  1.

Accounts in an Employee’s name;

 

  2.

Accounts in the name of any Related Person;

 

  3.

Accounts in which an Employee or any Related Person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest, unless such accounts are managed by a third party and Employee has certified to; and

 

  4.

Accounts, to an Employee’s knowledge, (i) which an Employee or any Related Person directly or indirectly controls, or (ii) in which an Employee or Related Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership (whether or not such Employee or Related Person exercises management authority over such Personal Account).

A person is deemed to have beneficial ownership of a Personal Account if he or she, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from such account.

All new Employees must obtain copies of the most recent account statements for each of their Personal Accounts and complete a “Personal Account Listing Questionnaire,” see Exhibit C hereto, within the first ten days of employment and provide them to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. All Employees must complete a “Personal Accounts and Holdings Certification,” attached as Exhibit H hereto, on an annual basis. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer must be notified of any opening or closing of a Personal Accounts during employment tenure at Halcyon. Employees must obtain approval from the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to the opening of a new Personal Account and request from the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer a letter to the broker requesting duplicate copies of all new account documentation. Employees may only open new accounts with brokers who are willing to provide such duplicates in electronic (as opposed to hardcopy) format. For the Approved Personal Trading Broker Accounts List, see Exhibit D hereto. Halcyon’s authorization for the opening of any new Personal Account will take into consideration this factor. We have prepared a “Broker Notification Letter,” also known as a “407 letter,” attached as Exhibit I hereto, to facilitate this notice requirement.

C. Confirmations and Periodic Account Statements

Copies of confirmations of all personal transactions and any other information reflecting account or transactional account activity (including periodic account statements) involving Personal Accounts must be provided electronically to the vendor specified in Exhibit I (the “Vendor”), and such copies will be reviewed by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

 

18


Please notify (and where applicable, arrange to have your Related Persons notify) the broker(s) or person(s) handling your Personal Account(s) to add the Vendor 9 to the confirmation and account statements. This requirement applies to all Personal Accounts, including accounts with respect to which investment discretion has been granted to a third party broker or investment adviser. In addition, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may request duplicate confirmations and statements from the broker via a 407 letter.

Please note that all confirmations and other information relating to personal transactions will be treated as highly confidential and will be accessible only by the Vendor, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer and other authorized personnel having a valid regulatory compliance purpose in obtaining such information.

D. Approval Requirement

All proposed personal transactions involving Personal Accounts (other than Exempt Transactions and certain Reportable Securities that do not require pre-approval by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer) and all proposed personal transactions involving initial public offerings or private placements of securities must be approved electronically via the Vendor by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to execution (“Personal Transaction Approval Requests”). These Personal Transaction Approval Requests will be reviewed as promptly as practicable, and a record of each Personal Transaction Approval Request and response will be maintained by the Vendor. You must obtain approval for every securities transaction in a Personal Account (other than Exempt Transactions and certain Reportable Securities that do not require preapproval by the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer), even if you received approval for the original purchase or sale of the same security or had purchased or sold the securities prior to joining Halcyon.

Approved transactions must be submitted for execution promptly. Approval is valid only for the specific transaction described in the Personal Transaction Approval Request and for which approval is granted. If for any reason the transaction for which approval is obtained is not executed on the day approval was granted, personnel must again seek approval for the transaction prior to execution on another day with the exception of private placements.

Halcyon has the right to deny or withdraw approval for a personal transaction at any time. The fact that approval for a personal transaction is granted or denied is highly confidential and should not be disclosed by Employees to anyone inside or outside Halcyon. Employees should not engage in discussions as to the reasons for the grant or denial of approval.

E. Duplication of Client Transactions

No Employee will effect a transaction in a Personal Account (other than a transaction in an account over which neither you nor any Related Person has any control or discretion (a “Non-Discretionary Account”)) on the day before, the same day or the day after a day (the “Three Day Rule”) when Halcyon is purchasing and/or selling that same security on behalf of an Advisory Client; provided, however, that (i) immediately following the liquidation of a position by Halcyon,

 

 

9  

Compliance Science, Attn: Halcyon Account Manager, PO Box 1572, New York, NY 10010.

 

19


Employees are permitted to transact in such security without the Three Day Rule restriction, and (ii) on a case by case basis, the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may consider and, if appropriate, authorize a trade request in which an Employee wishes to transact within the Three Day Rule in a security of an issuer which has also been the subject of a transaction by Halcyon where it is determined that conflicts are not inherent ( e.g. , where Halcyon becomes a stockholder in a company and an Employee seeks to become a bondholder in the company, or vice versa). Any such Personal Account transactions occurring during this three-day blackout period that have not been so excepted will be unwound. If an Advisory Client has a pending buy or sell order in a security, any trade in the same security for a Personal Account must not be effected until all pending client orders have been fully executed or withdrawn.

F. Violations

If Halcyon learns that an Employee has an undisclosed personal account for him/herself or a Related Person which he or she is obligated to report, or that, after the Policy Effective Date, an Employee has transacted, transacts, or caused transaction(s) in Covered Securities in violation of these policies and procedures, such Employee may be forced to exit or liquidate any related position, or cause such position to be exited or liquidated, immediately upon the instruction of the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer.

The foregoing violations and/or any other violations of this policy are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal for cause.

IV. Record Retention Policy

Section 204 of the Advisers Act requires investment advisers to keep certain “true, accurate and current” records and make available and disseminate certain reports that the SEC deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. Rule 204-2, as amended (“Rule 204-2”), adopted under Section 204 has the underlying purpose of protecting the investing public.

In accordance with Rule 204-2 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (for which compliance with Rule 17j-1 is required solely with respect to accounts that are Registered Investment Companies), Halcyon will retain copies or records, as appropriate, of:

 

  1.

The Code of Ethics;

 

  2.

Any violations of the Code of Ethics and actions taken as a result of any such violations;

 

  3.

Employee’s written acknowledgment of receipt of the Code of Ethics;

 

  4.

For personal accounts:

 

  a)

Names of Employees,

 

  b)

Holding and transaction reports of Employees, and

 

  c)

Records of decisions approving employee acquisition of securities in private placements; and

 

  5.

Other books and records. For a comprehensive list of Required Books and Records, see Exhibit F.

 

20


The standard retention period required for books and records under Rule 204-2 is not less than five years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on a record is made. For the first two years, records must be kept at the offices of Halcyon. Additionally, in accordance with the requirements of Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, a Registered Investment Company is required to preserve for six years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on a record is made (the first two years in an easily accessible place) all records described in Rule 31a-1(b)(1)-(4) under the 1940 Act. Because of these conflicting retention requirements, Halcyon will preserve all relevant records for a period of six years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on a record is made (the “Record Retention Period”). All records that are maintained electronically must be kept in a manner that allows the records to be arranged and indexed. See Exhibit F, Required Books and Records.

It is unlawful for any documents, emails, electronic documents, voicemail messages, text messages, relevant social media postings or other documents or other relevant information to any pending or potential litigation to be destroyed in anticipation, or in the midst of any federal, state, or local governmental investigation or proceeding.

 

21


Exhibits

A. Initial Certification of Compliance

B. Annual Certification of Compliance

C. Personal Account Listing Questionnaire

D. Approved Personal Trading Broker Accounts List

E. Management Companies List

F. Required Books and Records

G. Private Information Disclosure

H. Personal Accounts and Holdings Certification

I. Broker Notification Letter

J. Quarterly Non-Discretionary Accounts Certification


Exhibit A – Initial Certification of Compliance*

 

*

Sample Certification from Compliance Science

 

A-1


Employee Name:                     Account, Test

Certification / Form Name: Initial Certification of Compliance

Note:                                              This Certification / Form text was updated on Thursday, January  21, 2016.

By clicking submit, I hereby acknowledge that I have received and read the Compliance Manual, which includes the Code of Ethics, Compliance Policies and Procedures and Employee Handbook (and where relevant, the UK Employee Handbook) of Halcyon. I also acknowledge that I understand the policies and procedures set forth in the Compliance Manual, including, but not limited to, policies regarding the Statement of Ethics, procedures for reporting violations of the Compliance Manual, confidentiality, protection of material nonpublic information, personal trading, and document retention, and I agree to abide fully by them, as well as any additional policies and procedures that may be adopted in the future by Halcyon.

Halcyon expects all Employees to guard confidential information acquired during their association with Halcyon. As part of that responsibility, Halcyon prohibits Employees from trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information relating to the issuer of those securities. These restrictions are outlined in Section II: “Protection of Material Nonpublic Information” of the Code of Ethics.

There are significant individual and employer penalties associated with insider trading. Apart from disgorgement of profits gained or losses avoided, an individual convicted of insider trading or related charges may face a civil penalty. Additionally, individual criminal penalties may include a fine, order of restitution, and/or a jail term. Similarly, employers face stringent penalties if they knowingly or recklessly disregard Employee conduct constituting insider trading.

The Code of Ethics establishes a framework for Employees’ securities trading that limits the risk of such penalties. Employees are subject to the following obligations, among others:

1) A requirement to report immediately to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer the receipt of material nonpublic information about a publicly traded company.

2) A pre-trade approval requirement for all covered personal and Related Person (as defined in Section III.A of the Code of Ethics) transactions.

By clicking submit, I acknowledge that I have reviewed the Information Protection and Privacy Policies of Halcyon and understand these policies and agree to be bound by them.

By clicking submit, I understand that any violation of the policies and procedures contained in the Compliance Manual may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal for cause, as well as civil and criminal liability, and that Halcyon may initiate or cooperate in proceedings resulting in such penalties.

 

A-2


By clicking submit, I understand that the policies and procedures in the Compliance Manual may be added to, deleted or changed by Halcyon at any time. I hereby further acknowledge that I will attend the mandatory Annual Compliance Training and that I have attended the New Hire Compliance Training.

CERTIFICATION / FORM NOT

COMPLETED

 

A-3


Exhibit B – Annual Certification of Compliance*

 

*

Sample Certification from Compliance Science

 

B-1


Employee Name:                 Account, Test

Certification / Form Name: Annual Certification of Compliance

Note:                                              This Certification / Form text was updated on Thursday, February  11, 2016

By clicking submit, I hereby acknowledge that I have received and read the Compliance Manual, which includes the Code of Ethics, Compliance Policies and Procedures and Employee Handbook (and where relevant, the UK Employee Handbook) of Halcyon. I also acknowledge that I understand the policies and procedures set forth in the Compliance Manual, including the Code of Ethics, Compliance Policies and Procedures and Employee Handbook (and where relevant, the UK Employee Handbook), including, but not limited to, policies regarding the Statement of Ethics, procedures for reporting violations of the Code of Ethics, confidentiality, protection of material nonpublic information, personal trading, and document retention, and I agree to abide by them fully, as well as any additional policies and procedures that may be adopted in the future by Halcyon and/or the relevant Management Companies. I certify that I have followed these policies and procedures in the past and will continue to do so in the future.

Halcyon expects all Employees to guard confidential information acquired during their association with Halcyon. As part of that responsibility, Halcyon prohibits Employees from trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information relating to the issuer of those securities. These restrictions are outlined in Section II: “Protection of Material Nonpublic Information” of the Code of Ethics.

There are significant individual and employer penalties associated with insider trading. Besides disgorgement of profits gained or losses avoided, a convicted insider trader may face a civil penalty. Individual criminal penalties may include a fine and/or a jail term. Similarly, employers face stringent penalties if they knowingly or recklessly disregard Employee conduct which constitutes insider trading.

The Code of Ethics establishes a framework for Employees’ securities trading that limits the risk of such penalties. Employees are subject to the following obligations, among others:

1) A requirement to report immediately to the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer the receipt of material nonpublic information about a publicly traded company.

2) A pre-trade approval requirement for all covered personal and Related Person (as defined in Section III.A of the Code of Ethics) transactions.

By clicking submit, I acknowledge that I have reviewed the Information Protection and Privacy Policies of Halcyon, understand these policies, and have and will continue abided by them.

By clicking submit, I understand that any violation of the policies and procedures contained in the Compliance Manual may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal for cause, as well as civil and criminal liability and that Halcyon may initiate or cooperate in proceedings resulting in such penalties.

 

B-2


By clicking submit, I understand that the policies and procedures in the Compliance Manual may be added to, deleted or changed by Halcyon at any time. I hereby further acknowledge that I have attended the mandatory Annual Compliance Training.

CERTIFICATION / FORM NOT COMPLETED

 

B-3


Exhibit C – Personal Account Listing Questionnaire*

 

*

Sample Certification from Compliance Science

 

C-1


Employee Name:                  Account, Test

Certification / Form Name: Personal Account Listing Questionnaire

This Certification / Form text was updated on Thursday, February 11, 2016

As directed below, provide the information requested for every brokerage or similar account (each, a “Personal Account”) over which you (or the person(s) referred to in clauses (ii) through (v) below) (a) have direct or indirect influence or control (each, a “Discretionary Personal Account”) or (b) have no management authority but in which you or the person(s) referred to in clauses (ii) through (v) below have a beneficial interest (each, a Non-Discretionary Personal Account”), and, in each case, in which transactions in securities or other investments may be effected by or on behalf of:

(i) you,

(ii) your spouse or registered domestic partner (excluding those with a valid separation agreement or divorce decree or an unmarried cohabitant),

(iii) children under the age of 21 who live with you,

(iv) children under the age of 18 who do not live with you, and/or,

(v) relatives or other individuals living with you or for whose support you are materially responsible, including college graduates receiving material support from you as a parent or guardian but excluding, in all cases, college students who do not live primarily with the Employee.

If you have no Personal Accounts, please indicate “no” in the appropriate places on the form provided below.

For each Discretionary Personal Account, please provide the Compliance Group with a copy of the most recent account statement to facilitate communication with the broker maintaining the account. Your form will not be processed unless account statements are provided.

By clicking submit, I hereby certify that the information below is a complete and accurate listing of all my Personal Accounts. I understand that I must promptly inform Halcyon of any change in this information. I have undertaken to ensure that duplicate copies of all periodic account statements, transaction confirmations and other information reflecting account or transactional activity involving Personal Accounts maintained outside Halcyon are sent directly to Compliance Science, PO Box 1572, New York NY 10010. For additional information, please see the Personal Trading Policy, attached.

CERTIFICATION / FORM NOT COMPLETED

Personal Account Listing Questionnaire Questions

Question 1: Do you have any Discretionary Personal Accounts to disclose?

 

C-2


If yes, please disclose the following information for each

account:

 

  A)

Account Holder Name

 

  B)

Name of Broker

 

  C)

Account Number

 

  D)

Date Account was Opened

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 2: Do you have any Non-Discretionary Personal Accounts to disclose?

If yes, please provide:

 

  A)

Name of Broker(s)

 

  B)

Account Number(s)

 

  C)

Name of Account(s)

 

  D)

Relationship(s) to trustee or third-party discretionary manager (e.g. third-party manager is an independent professional or a friend/relative) of the Personal Account

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 3: If you answered “Yes” to Question #2 above:

 

  A)

Did you suggest that the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period of January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  B)

Did you direct the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) to make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  C)

Did you consult with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) as to the particular allocation of investments to be made during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

If yes to A, B, or C, please explain.

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 4: Do you have any investments held outside of a brokerage account to disclose (e.g. private placements)?

If yes, please disclose the following information:

 

  A)

Name of Partnership or Entity

 

  B)

Sponsor Company

 

  C)

Date of Investment

 

  D)

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

  E)

Amount

 

C-3


  F)

Describe the business to be conducted by the organization and if the organization is a fund, describe the investment objectives of the fund (e.g. value, growth)

(No response provided)

If you have any Discretionary Accounts that you have disclosed in Question #1, please notify the Compliance Group, who will determine if an electronic authorization form is required. Additionally, please provide the Compliance Group with a copy of the most recent statement for all Discretionary Personal Accounts.

 

C-4


Exhibit D – Approved Personal Trading Broker Accounts List

 

D-1


Employees must obtain approval from the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer prior to the opening of a new Personal Trading Account. Generally, employees may only open new accounts with brokers who are willing to provide duplicate statements in electronic (as opposed to hardcopy) format. The listing below includes brokers with whom Halcyon, through its vendor, Compliance Science, has established electronic data feeds. The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may approve the opening of a new Personal Trading Account with other brokers; the listing below is meant for reference purposes only and may not be exhaustive.

Charles Schwab

Chase Investment Services Corp.

Citigroup

E*Trade

Fidelity

Goldman Sachs (PWM)

Interactive Brokers

JP Morgan Private Bank

Merrill Lynch

Morgan Stanley (Retail)

Oppenheimer and Company

Raymond James

ScotTrade

Stifel Financial

TDAmeritrade UBS

Vanguard

Wells Fargo

 

D-2


Exhibit E – Management Companies List

Halcyon Capital Management LP

Halcyon Credit Management LP

Halcyon Event-Driven Management LP

Halcyon Special Situations Management LP

Halcyon Long Duration Recoveries Management LP

Halcyon Loan Management LLC

Halcyon Loan Investment Management LLC

Halcyon Loan Investors LP

Halcyon Management Acquisition Company LLC

Halcyon Bacchus Management LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors LP

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2012-1 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2012-2 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2013-1 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2013-2 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2014-1 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2014-2 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2014-3 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2015-1 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2015-2 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2015-3 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2018-1 LLC

Halcyon Loan Advisors 2018-2 LLC

 

E-1


Halcyon Loan Advisors A LLC

Halcyon Neptuno II Management LLC

Halcyon Arbitrage Management LP

Halcyon Arbitrage IC Management LP

Halcyon Arbitrage UCITS Management LP

Halcyon Asset-Backed Advisors LP

Halcyon European Asset Management LLP

Halcyon Loan Advisors (UK) LLP

 

E-2


Exhibit F – Required Books and Records

 

F-1


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period 10

1    A journal or journals, including cash receipts and disbursements, records, and any other records of original entry forming the basis of entries in any ledger.    Six Years
2    General and auxiliary ledgers or other comparable records reflecting asset, liability, reserve, capital, income, and expense accounts.    Six Years
3    A memorandum of each order given by each Management Company for the purchase or sale of any security or other instrument, of any instruction received from an Advisory Client concerning the purchase, sale, receipt or delivery of a particular security or instrument, and of any modification or cancellation of any such order or instruction. Such memoranda should identify:    Six Years
  

•  the terms and conditions of the order (buy or sell);

  
  

•  any instruction, modification or cancellation;

  
  

•  the person connected with the investment adviser who recommended the transaction to the Advisory Client;

  
  

•  the person who placed the order;

  
  

•  the account for which the transaction was entered;

  
  

•  the date of entry;

  
  

•  the bank, broker or dealer by or through which or whom executed; and

  
  

•  orders entered into pursuant to the exercise of the investment adviser’s discretionary authority.

  
4    All check books, bank statements, cancelled checks and cash reconciliations of each Management Company.    Six Years
5    All bills or statements (or copies), paid or unpaid, relating to each Management Company’s business, including copies of Advisory Client checks or similar evidence of payment of invoices.    Six Years

 

 

1 0  

The standard record retention period required for books and records under Rule 204-2 is not less than five years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on the record is made. Additionally, in accordance with the requirements of Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, a Registered Investment Company is required to preserve for six years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on a record is made (the first two years in an easily accessible place), all records described in Rule 31a-1(b)(1)-(4) under the 1940 Act. Because of these conflicting retention requirements, Halcyon Group will preserve all relevant records for a period of six years from the end of the last fiscal year in which an entry on a record is made.

 

F-2


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

6    All trial balances, financial statements, and internal audit working papers relating to each Management Company’s business.    Six Years
7    Originals of all written communications received and copies of all written communications sent by each Management Company relating to (i) any recommendation made or proposed to be made and any advice given or proposed to be given, including research reports if used in any investment decision-making process, (ii) any receipt, disbursement or delivery of funds, securities or other instruments, or (iii) the placing or execution of any order to purchase or sell any security or other instrument; provided, however, (a) that Halcyon will not be required to keep any unsolicited market letters and other similar communications of general public distribution not prepared by or for any Management Company, and (b) that if a Management Company sends any notice, circular or other advertisement offering any report, analysis, publication or other investment advisory service to more than ten (10) persons, Halcyon will not be required to keep a record of the names and addresses of the persons to whom it was sent; except that if such notice, circular or advertisement is distributed to persons named on any list, the relevant Management Company will retain with the copy of such notice, circular or advertisement a memorandum describing the list and the source thereof. The term “communications” includes hard copy communications and electronic communications (including email).    Six Years
8    A list or other record of all accounts in which the Management Company is vested with any discretionary power with respect to the funds, securities or other instruments, or transactions of any Advisory Client.    Six Years
9    All powers of attorney and other evidences, or copies thereof, of the granting of any discretionary authority by any Advisory Client to each Management Company.    Six Years
10    All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by each Management Company with any Advisory Client or otherwise relating to the business of such Management Company as an investment adviser, including but not limited to offering memoranda, side letters, and fund subscriptions.    Six Years

 

F-3


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

11    A copy of each notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin or other communication that each Management Company circulates or distributes, directly or indirectly, to ten (10) or more persons, (other than persons connected with each Management Company). If such notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin or other communication recommends the purchase or sale of a specific security or other instrument and does not state the reasons for such recommendation, a memorandum of each Management Company indicating the reasons for such recommendation must be retained.    Six Years
12    (i) A copy of Halcyon’ Code of Ethics adopted and implemented that is in effect, or at any time within the past six years was in effect; (ii) a record of any violation of the Code of Ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; and (iii) a record of all written acknowledgments for each person who is currently, or within the past six years was, a supervised person of Halcyon.    Six Years
13    (i) A record of each report made by an Access Person; (ii) a record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past six years were, Access Persons of a Management Company; and (iii) a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities or other instruments by any Access Persons for at least six years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.    Six Years

 

F-4


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

14   

(i) A copy of each brochure and brochure supplement, and each amendment or revision to the brochure and brochure supplement, that satisfies the requirements of Part 2 of Form ADV; any summary of material changes that satisfies the requirements of Part 2 of Form ADV but is not contained in the brochure; and a record of the dates that each brochure and brochure supplement, each amendment or revision thereto, and each summary of material changes not contained in a brochure that was given to any Advisory Client or to any prospective Advisory Client who subsequently becomes an Advisory Client.

 

(ii) Documentation describing the method used to compute managed assets for purposes of Item 4.E of Part 2A of Form ADV, if the method differs from the method used to compute regulatory assets under management in Item 5.F of Part 1A of Form ADV.

 

(iii) A memorandum describing any legal or disciplinary event listed in Item 9 of Part 2A or Item 3 of Part 2B (Disciplinary Information) and presumed to be material, if the event involved the Management Company or any of its supervised persons is not disclosed in the brochure or brochure supplement described in paragraph (a)(14)(i) of this section. The memorandum must explain the Management Company’s determination that the presumption of materiality is overcome, and must discuss the factors described in Item 9 of Part 2A of Form ADV or Item 3 of Part 2B of Form ADV.

   Six Years
15    All written acknowledgements of receipt obtained from Advisory Clients, and copies of the disclosure documents delivered to Advisory Clients by solicitors in connection with any fee referral arrangement.    Six Years
16    All accounts, books, internal working papers, and any other records or documents that are necessary to form the basis for or demonstrate the calculation of the performance or rate of return of any or all Advisory Client accounts or recommendations regarding securities or other instruments in any notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin or other communication that any Management Company circulates or distributes, directly or indirectly, to ten (10) or more persons (other than persons connected with Halcyon). For managed accounts, this requirement is satisfied by retaining all of such accounts’ statements and all worksheets necessary to demonstrate the calculation of the performance or rate of return.    Six Years

 

F-5


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

17    (i) A copy of Halcyon’ policies and procedures that are in effect, or at any time within the past six years were in effect; (ii) any records documenting Halcyon’s annual review of those policies and procedures conducted; (iii) a copy of any related internal control report obtained or received.    Six Years
18    Articles of incorporation, charters, minute books, stock certificate books, and any amendments thereto, of the Management Companies and of any predecessor.    Until at least three years after termination of the enterprise
19    With respect to portfolios supervised or managed for Advisory Clients:    Six Years
  

•  records showing separately for each such Advisory Client the securities or other instruments purchases and sold, and the date, amount and price of each such purchase and sale; and

  
  

•  information for each security or other instrument in which any such Advisory Client has a current position, information from which the investment adviser can promptly furnish the name of each such Advisory Client, and the current amount or interest of such Advisory Client.

  
21   

Halcyon’s Proxy/Consent Policy as it may be amended from time to time; proxy or information statements (or any comparable document) received regarding Advisory Client securities or other instruments; record of votes or consents by Halcyon on behalf of their Advisory Clients; record of Advisory Client requests for voting information; all written correspondence from Halcyon to Advisory Clients in response to Advisory Client requests for voting information; any documents prepared by Halcyon that were material to making a decision about how to vote a proxy or consent, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.

 

The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may rely upon the SEC’s EDGAR system in lieu of hard copies of the proxy or information statements (or any comparable document).

 

The Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer may rely upon copies of proxy or information statements (or any comparable document) and records of proxy votes or consents that are maintained by a third party, provided that Halcyon have obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents upon request.

   Six Years

 

F-6


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

22    In connection with political contributions governed by Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act (“Rule 206(4)-5”), a list or other records of:    Six Years
  

(i) the names, titles and business and residence addresses of all covered associates of any Management Company that provides investment advisory services to a government entity, or in connection with which a government entity is an investor in any covered investment pool to which the Management Company provides investment advisory services;

  
  

(ii)  all government entities to which the Management Companies provide or have provided investment advisory services, or which are or were investors in any covered investment pool to which any Management Company provides or has provided investment advisory services, as applicable, in the past six years (but not prior to September 13, 2010);

  
  

(iii)  for any Management Company that (a) provides investment advisory services to a government entity or (b) in connection with which a government entity is an investor in any covered investment pool to which the Management Company provides investment advisory services, all direct or indirect contributions made by each such Management Company or any of its covered associates to an official of a government entity, or direct or indirect payments to a political party of a state or political subdivision thereof, or to a political action committee; provided that each record relating to such contributions and payments must be listed in chronological order and indicate (w) the name and title of each contributor, (x) the name and title (including any city/county/state or other political subdivision) of each recipient of a contribution or payment, (y) the amount and date of each contribution or payment, and (z) whether any such contribution was the subject of an exception for certain returned contributions under the applicable exemption for certain new covered associates; and

  
  

(iv) the name and business address of each regulated person to whom the Management Companies provide or agree to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services on its behalf in accordance with Rule 206(4)-5(b)(2).

  
   For purposes of this Section 22, the terms “contribution,” “covered associate,” “covered investment pool,” “government entity,” “official,” “payment,” “regulated person,” and “solicit” have the same meanings as set forth in Rule 206(4)-5.   

 

F-7


Number

  

Required Record

  

Record

Retention

Period

23    Records of quarterly reviews of personal accounts records.    Six Years
24    Statements, including foreign currency statements, received from broker-dealers or other counterparties.    Six Years
25    Disclosure reports filed in connection with Sections 13F, 13G, or other regulatory filings with the SEC or foreign jurisdictions.    Six Years
26    Records of the quarterly meetings of the Broker Review Committee, including any materials distributed at meetings and the Best Execution Worksheets considered during the meeting.    Six Years
27    Records of the meetings of the Pricing Review Committee.    Six Years
28    Attendance records and copies of any material distributed at the Risk Management Committee meetings.    Six Years
29    Client Complaints and responses thereto.    Six Years
30    New Employee, Annual Employee Compliance or other Certifications required by the Compliance Group.    Six Years
31    Other books or records required to be maintained in compliance with applicable laws.    Applicable period under relevant law

 

F-8


Exhibit G - Private Information Disclosure

 

G-1


Provide information below regarding any company about which you believe you may have nonpublic information (add additional pages as needed). For guidance regarding whether information is nonpublic, please see Section II.C.5 of the Code of Ethics: “Protection of Material Nonpublic Information: Information Presumed to be “Nonpublic,” or consult with the Chief Legal Officer / Chief Compliance Officer. 11

 

Name:   

 

Description of Information Received:   

 

 

Last Date Information Accessed:   

 

Name:   

 

Description of Information Received:   

 

 

Last Date Information Accessed:   

 

Name:   

 

Description of Information Received:   

 

 

Last Date Information Accessed:   

 

 

 

11  

Add additional pages if necessary.

 

G-2


Name:   

 

Description of Information Received:   

 

 

Last Date Information Accessed:   

 

 

Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

G-3


Exhibit H – Personal Trading Accounts and Holdings Certification*

 

H-1


Employee Name:                   Account, Test

Certification / Form Name: Personal Trading Accounts and Holdings Certification

As of Date:                             2/11/2016 12:00:00 AM

The information below contains every brokerage or similar account (each, a “Personal Account”) and the holdings therein which you (or the person(s) referred to in clauses (ii) through (v)) (a) have direct or indirect influence or control (each, a “Discretionary Personal Account”) or (b) have no management authority but in which you or the person(s) referred to in clauses (ii) through (v) below have a beneficial interest (each, a “Non-Discretionary Personal Account”), and, in each case, in which transactions in securities or other investments may be effected by or on behalf of:

(i) you,

(ii) your spouse or registered domestic partner (excluding those with a valid separation agreement or divorce decree or an unmarried cohabitant),

(iii) children under the age of 21 who live with you,

(iv) children under the age of 18 who do not live with you, and/or,

(v) relatives or other individuals living with you or for whose support you are materially responsible, including college graduates receiving material support from you as a parent or guardian but excluding, in all cases, college students who do not live primarily with you.

By clicking submit, I hereby certify that as of today’s date, the information below is an accurate and complete report of the Personal Accounts and the holdings therein that I am obligated to report pursuant to the section “Personal Trading/Employee Investments” of the Code of Ethics (attached). To the extent that any of my Personal Accounts do not show any holdings but there are holdings within such Personal Account, I certify that I do not hold discretionary authority over such Personal Accounts.

CERTIFICATION / FORM

NOT COMPLETED

Accounts, Holdings to be Certified

Investments Held Outside of a Brokerage Account - Account #TESTACCOUNT1

( Account Holder: Test Account )

 

Holding

   Type      Quantity      Price      Value  

SAMPLE - Sample Investment Held Outside a Brokerage Account

     Other        1,000.00      $ 1.00 USD      $ 1,000.00 USD  

 

H-2


Sample Broker - Account #TESTACCOUNT1

( Account Holder: Test Account )

 

Holding

   Type      Quantity      Price      Value  

SAMPLE - Sample Security

     Other        1,000.00      $ 1.00 USD      $ 1,000.00 USD  

Personal Trading Accounts and Holdings Certification Questions

Question 1: Do you have any additional Discretionary Personal Accounts or Non-Discretionary Personal Accounts to disclose?

If yes, please disclose the following information:

 

  A)

Account Holder Name

 

  B)

Name of Broker

 

  C)

Account Number

 

  D)

Date Account was Opened

 

  E)

For Non-Discretionary Accounts, relationship(s) to trustee or third-party discretionary manager (e.g. third-party discretionary manager is an independent professional or a friend/relative)

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 2: Of the list of your Personal Accounts above, if any are Non-Discretionary Personal Accounts, please state the relationship with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager (e.g. is the third-party discretionary manager an independent professional or a friend/relative).

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 3: For all Personal Accounts that you answered “Yes” to in Question 2 above:

 

  A)

Did you suggest that the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  B)

Did you direct the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) to make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  C)

Did you consult with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) as to particular allocation of investments to be made during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

H-3


If yes to A, B, or C, please explain.

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 4: For the Discretionary Personal Accounts listed above, do you have any additional holdings to disclose?

If yes, please disclose the following information and provide broker statements:

 

  A)

Name of Security

 

  B)

Security Type

 

  C)

Quantity

 

  D)

Price

 

  E)

Name of Broker

 

  F)

Account Number

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 5: Have any of your Personal Accounts listed above closed, that are not marked as such?

If yes, please disclose the following information:

 

  1)

Name of Broker

 

  2)

Account Number

 

  3)

Date Account Closed

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 6: Do you have any additional investments held outside of a brokerage account to disclose (e.g. private placements)?

If yes, please disclose the following information:

 

  A)

Name of Partnership or Entity

 

  B)

Sponsor Company

 

  C)

Date of Investment

 

  D)

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

  E)

Amount

 

  F)

Describe the business to be conducted by the organization and if the organization is a fund, describe the investment objectives of the fund (e.g. value, growth)

 

H-4


(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

Question 7: Have any of your investments held outside of a brokerage account, listed above, been liquidated?

 

  If

yes, please disclose the following information:

 

  1)

Name of Private Investment

 

  2)

Date of Liquidation

(No response provided - A response is required for this question)

 

H-5


Exhibit I– Broker Notification Letter

 

I-1


      [Date]

[Broker name]

[Broker address]

To Whom It May Concern:

I am write regarding                                      ’s account with your firm. Partners and employees of Halcyon Capital Management LP and its affiliated management companies (together, “Halcyon”), are required, pursuant to Halcyon’s Code of Ethics, to provide Halcyon with information related to certain securities trading accounts. Specifically, all Halcyon partners and employees are responsible for ensuring that all of their personal trading records and those of the members of their immediate families and personal households and other related persons are provided to Halcyon.

Accordingly, we request that you provide to Halcyon’s vendor Compliance Science, 1 electronic data feeds of any and all periodic account statements, transaction confirmations, and any other information or documents reflecting account or transactional activity, in the following account:

Account Number: ______________________

i/n/o: ______________________

For any accounts opened by                                                   or his/her Related Persons (as identified in Halcyon’s Code of Ethics) in the future, we also request that your firm provides Compliance Science with duplicate copies of the opening account documentation as well as the relevant records, as set forth above.

Finally, we request that you send the requested documentation directly to:

Jon Donaldson; (212)327-1533 ext. 121

JDonaldson@compliancescience.com

Attn: Compliance Science, PO Box 1572, New York, NY 10010

 

 

1  

Compliance Science is an independent portfolio compliance monitoring service.

 

I-2


Please do not hesitate to contact me if you have any questions.

 

Truly yours,

 

Suzanne McDermott
Chief Legal Officer, Chief Compliance Officer,
Managing Principal
(212) 303-9498; smcdermott@halcyonllc.com

By signing below, I authorize the release of the information request above.

 

 

[Name of Employee]

 

Signature

 

I-3


Exhibit J – Quarterly Non-Discretionary Accounts Certification

 

J-1


Employee Name:                     Account, Test

Certification / Form Name: Quarterly Non-Discretionary Accounts Certification

As of Date:                              1/21/2016

Note:

The SEC’s Division of Investment Management issued a Guidance Update on June 26, 2015, expressing its views on the applicability of Rule 204A-1 (the Code of Ethics Rule) to certain employee securities accounts. Among other things, Rule 204A-1 mandates that Registered Investment Advisers establish a written Code of Ethics that requires certain employees to report their personal securities holdings and transactions in any brokerage or similar account (each, “Personal Account”) over which they have direct or indirect influence or control. The Guidance Update specifically addresses how the Rule applies in the context of employees’ trusts and third-party discretionary accounts.

The SEC stated that the provision of management authority over an employee’s trust or account to a third party is not enough to establish that the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the account, which could exempt the trust or account from the reporting provisions of Rule 204A-1. This is because such an arrangement would not prevent the employee from directing the purchase or sale of investments or suggesting trades to the trustee or third-party manager. The SEC also stated that merely having conversations with the trustee or money manager could, in certain circumstances, constitute an employee exercising influence or control over the Personal Account.

Please complete the questions below regarding your Personal Accounts. By clicking submit, you certify and acknowledge that the information in this form is true and correct to the best of your knowledge and agree to promptly notify Compliance if such information becomes inaccurate in any way. If you have any questions, please contact the Legal and Compliance Department.    

Question 1: Of the list of your Personal Accounts above, are there any accounts over which you do not have any management acitivty?

If yes, please indicate such accounts. Additionally, please state the relationship with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager (e.g. is the third-party discretionary manager an independent professional or a friend/relative)

(No response provided - A response is required for this question

Question 2: Do you have any additional Personal Accounts over which you do not have any management authority?

 

J-2


If yes, please provide:

 

  A)

Name of Broker(s)

 

  B)

Account Number(s)

 

  C)

Name on Account(s)

 

  D)

Relationship(s) to trustee or third-party discretionary manager (e.g. third-party discretionary manager is an independent professional or a friend/relative)

(No response provided - A response is required for this question

Question 3: For all Personal Accounts that you answered “Yes” to in Question 1 and 2 above:

 

  A)

Did you suggest that the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  B)

Did you direct the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) to make any particular purchase or sales of securities during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

 

  C)

Did you consult with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager(s) as to the particular allocation of investments to be made during the time period January 1, 2015 through today?

If yes to A, B, or C, please explain

For any Personal Accounts that you answered “Yes’ to in Question #1 or #2 above, please provide a copy of the most recent quarterly statement for all of these accounts.

Additionally, please provide the broker(s) with the attached certification template to be completed for all of these Personal Accounts. Once the letter is completed and signed, please return to Compliance.

 

J-3

EX-99.(p)(38)

 

LOGO

 

For Internal Use Only

    

December 19, 2017


Table of Contents

  

General Principles

     1  

Personal Investment Transactions

     2  

Overview

     2  

Covered Transactions/Covered Accounts

     2  

Pre-clearance of Covered Transactions

     3  

Pre-clearance Process

     3  

Prohibited Transactions

     3  

Exempt Securities

     6  

Exemptive Relief

     10  

Reporting

     11  

Personal Investment Reporting

     11  

Reporting on Opening, Changing or Closing a Covered Account

     11  

Required Certifications

     12  

Policy Statement on Insider Trading

     13  

What You Should Do If You Have Questions About Inside Information?

     13  

TCW Policy on Insider Trading

     14  

Trading Prohibition

     14  

Communication Prohibition

     15  

What is Material Information?

     15  

What is Non-Public Information?

     15  

Examples of How TCW Personnel Could Obtain Inside Information and What You

Should Do In These Cases

     16  

Board of Directors Seats or Observation Rights

     16  

Deal-Specific Information

     16  

Participation in Rapid Fire Capital Infusions

     17  

Overview

     17  

What Should You Do?

     18  

What Are The Ramifications For Participating In A Rapid Fire Capital Infusion?

     18  

Creditors’ Committees

     18  

Information about TCW Products

     19  

Contacts with Public Companies

     19  

Expert Networks

     20  

 

LOGO       i


What Is The Effect Of Receiving Inside Information?

     20  

Does TCW Monitor Trading Activities?

     21  

Penalties and Enforcement by SEC and Private Litigants

     21  

Ethical Wall Procedures

     21  

Identification of the Walled-In Individual or Group

     21  

Isolation of Information

     22  

Restrictions on Communications

     22  

Restrictions on Access to Information

     22  

Trading Activities by Persons within the Wall

     22  

Termination of Ethical Wall Procedures

     23  

Maintenance of Restricted List

     23  

Exemptions

     24  

Gifts & Entertainment: Anti-Corruption Policy

     25  

Gifts

     25  

Entertainment or Similar Expenditures

     26  

Gifts, Entertainment, Payments & Preferential Treatment

     26  

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA)

     31  

Statement of Purpose

     31  

Scope

     32  

Prohibited Conduct

     32  

Health or Safety Exception

     33  

Third Party Representatives

     33  

Red Flag Reporting

     34  

Mandatory Reporting

     35  

Books and Records

     35  

Outside Business Activities

     36  

General

     36  

Obtaining Approval/Reporting

     36  

Political Activities & Contributions

     37  

Introduction

     37  

General Rules

     37  

Fundraising and Soliciting Political Contributions

     37  

Rules Governing Firm Contributions and Activities

     38  

Federal Elections

     38  

 

LOGO       ii


Contributions to State and Local Candidates and Committees

     38  

Political Activities on Firm Premises and Using Firm Resources

     38  

Federal, State, and Local Elections

     38  

Rules for Individuals

     39  

Responsibility for Personal Contribution Limits

     39  

Pre-Approval of all Political Contributions and Volunteer Activity

     39  

New Hires

     40  

Participation in Public Affairs

     40  

Other Employee Conduct

     41  

Personal Loans

     41  

Taking Advantage of a Business Opportunity That Rightfully Belongs To the Firm

     41  

Disclosure of a Direct or Indirect Interest in a Transaction

     41  

Corporate Property or Services

     42  

Use of TCW Stationery

     42  

Giving Advice to Clients

     42  

Confidentiality

     43  

Sanctions

     44  

Reporting Illegal or Suspicious Activity - “Whistleblower Policy”

     45  

Policy

     45  

Procedure

     45  

Glossary

     47  

 

LOGO       iii


General Principles

The TCW Group, Inc. is the parent of several companies that provide investment advisory services. As used in this Code of Ethics or Code , the “ Firm ” or “ TCW ” refers to The TCW Group, Inc., TCW Advisors , and controlled affiliates.

This Code is based on the principle that the officers, directors and employees of the Firm owe a fiduciary duty to the Firm’s clients. In consideration of this you must:

 

   

Protect the interests of the Firm’s clients before looking after your own.

 

   

If you know that an investment team is considering a transaction in a security, don’t trade that security.

 

   

Never use opportunities provided for the Firm’s clients by brokers or others for your personal benefit.

 

   

Avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest in conducting your personal investing.

 

   

Never trade on the basis of client information, or otherwise use client information for personal benefit.

 

   

Maintain the confidentiality of all client financial and other confidential information. Loose lips sink ships.

 

   

Comply with all applicable securities laws and Firm policies, including this Code .

 

   

Communicate with clients or prospective clients candidly.

 

   

Exercise independent judgment when making investment decisions.

 

   

Treat all clients fairly.

When in doubt, call the General Counsel , the Chief Compliance Officer , or any member of the Compliance or Legal Department before taking action. We are here to help. The reputation that TCW has built through decades of hard work can be destroyed by a single action. As an Access Person, you are responsible for safeguarding the reputation of TCW.

Violations of this Code constitute grounds for disciplinary actions, including immediate dismissal.

 

LOGO       1


Personal Investment Transactions

Overview

The first part of this policy restricts your personal investment activities to avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest with investment activities on behalf of clients of the Firm . The second part addresses reporting requirements for personal investing. You must conduct your personal investment activities in compliance with these rules.

Any questions about this policy should be addressed to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics at extension 0467 or ace@tcw.com .

All Securities trading by Access Persons and Covered Persons is monitored and reviewed. If patterns arise or it is determined that trading during the course of normal operations is of such a level as to interfere with the Person’s work performance or responsibilities, create any actual or apparent conflict of interest, negatively impact the operations of TCW or violate any Firm policy, limits may be imposed. The Person may be notified by his/her supervisor, or such other appropriate officer(s) that there is a trading issues, and that trading restrictions and/or other disciplinary action, as appropriate, may be implemented.

Every Covered Person should be familiar with the requirements of this policy. Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics to send each Covered Person a copy of this policy.

Covered Transactions/Covered Accounts

This policy covers investment activities (“ Covered Transactions ”) (i) by any Access Person or Covered Person , and (ii) in any account in which any Access Person has a “ beneficial interest ”. Any account through which a Covered Transaction is made is a “ Covered Account .”

An Access Person has a “ beneficial interest ” in an account if that Access Person :

 

   

has benefits substantially equivalent to owning the Securities or the account,

 

   

can obtain ownership of the Securities in the account within 60 days, or

 

   

can vote or dispose of the Securities in the account.

Examples include a relative’s brokerage account for which the Access Person can effect trades, or an estate for which the Access Person makes investment decisions as executor.

Violations of this policy by a Covered Person will be treated as violations by you.

 

LOGO       2


Pre-clearance of Covered Transactions

Generally, all trading by Covered Persons requires pre-clearance. Exempt securities are listed in this Code of Ethics .

Pre-clearance Process

Outside Fiduciary Accounts require special procedures. Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics .

For marketable securities and Private Placement pre-clearance, log on to StarCompliance and file the required form at http://tcw.starcompliance.com.

Pre-clearance expires at 1:00 p.m. Los Angeles time (4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next business day after approval has been received. If your order has not been executed by the next business day after approval, it should be canceled and a new pre-clearance obtained.

Prohibited Transactions

The following activities are prohibited and pre-clearance will generally not be available.

 

Prohibited Transaction

  

Exceptions/Limitations

  

Consequences/Comments

Transacting in a Security that the Firm is trading for its clients    Exception: Permitted once the Firm’s trading is completed or cancelled    Portfolio managers may accumulate a position in a particular security over a period of time. During such accumulation period, permission to trade in such a security will generally not be granted.
Transacting in a security that the Access Person knows is under consideration for trading by the Firm for its clients      
Acquiring any Security in an IPO    Exception: Permitted if the Security is an Exempt Security . See chart below.   

 

LOGO       3


Acquiring an interest in a 3 rd party registered investment company advised or sub- advised by the Firm    Exception: TCW sub- advised ETFs are permitted, but, as with all ETFs , must still be pre- cleared and reported as stated below.    See Prohibited Third-Party Mutual Fund List under Forms on myTCW.

Additional Restrictions for Certain Investment Personnel

In addition to the foregoing prohibited transactions, the following are prohibited for the Investment Personnel indicated below.

 

Prohibited Transaction

  

Applies to

  

Consequences/Comments

Profiting from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) Securities within 60 calendar days by any of the following Access Persons described under “Applies to” who provide services for registered investment companies   

•  Portfolio Managers

 

•  Securities Analysts and Researchers

 

•  Securities Traders who provide information or advice to a portfolio manager

 

•  Members of Investment Compliance

 

•  Members of Investment Operations

  

Transactions will be matched using a LIFO system.

 

All profits of prohibited trades are subject to disgorgement

 

Exceptions:

 

•   Exempt Securities

 

•   ETFs

 

Note however, that Exempt Securities and ETFs must still be submitted through StarCompliance for pre- approval.

 

LOGO       4


Purchasing or selling a Security in the 5 business days BEFORE that Security is bought or sold on behalf of a Firm client (except for account rebalancings to maintain proportions after cash receipts, redemptions, or the like, that do not involve any investment decision) , in any

 

•   Covered Account , or

 

•   Outside Fiduciary Account

 

  

•  Prohibited for portfolio managers and any other investment professional in their product group, including traders, Researchers or Analysts, for the client account in which the Security is transacted.

 

•  Members of Investment Compliance

 

•  Members of Investment Operations

  

•  All prohibited transactions will generally be reversed; and

 

•  all profits are subject to disgorgement.

Purchasing a Security in the 5 business days after that Security is sold on behalf of a Firm client, or selling a Security in the 5 business days AFTER that Security is purchased on behalf of a Firm client (except for account rebalancings to maintain proportions after cash receipts, redemptions, or the like, that do not involve any investment decision), in any

 

•   Covered Account , or

 

•   Outside Fiduciary Account

  

•  Prohibited for portfolio managers and any other investment professional in their product group, including traders, Researchers or Analysts, for the client account in which the security is transacted.

 

•  Members of Investment Compliance

 

•  Members of Investment Operations

  

•  All prohibited transactions will generally be reversed; and

 

•  all profits are subject to disgorgement.

 

LOGO       5


Purchasing or selling any Security in the 5 business days AFTER a TCW -advised or sub- advised registered investment company buys or sells the Security (except for account rebalancings to maintain proportions after cash receipts, redemptions, or the like, that do not involve any investment decision), in any

 

•   Covered Account , or

 

•   Outside Fiduciary Account

 

  

•  Prohibited for a portfolio manager and any other investment professional in their product group, including traders, Researchers or Analysts, managing funds for the registered investment company

 

•  Members of Investment Compliance

 

•  Members of Investment Operations

  

•  All prohibited transactions will generally be reversed; and

 

•  all profits are subject to disgorgement.

Purchasing or selling any Security in a manner inconsistent with any recommendation made by that research analyst less than 30 days prior to the proposed purchase or sale

 

  

•  Prohibited for any Analyst or Researcher

  

•  All prohibited transactions must be reversed; and

 

•  all profits are subject to disgorgement.

 

Recommending any Security for purchase by the Firm , including writing a research report advocating for the purchase of a Security , where such individual also holds such Security in a Covered Account .   

•  Prohibited for any portfolio manager, Researcher or Analyst, unless they have held such Security for at least three months prior to the recommendation or drafting of the research report.

  

•  All prohibited transactions must be reversed; and

 

•  all profits are subject to disgorgement.

Exempt Securities

Pre-clearance is generally not required for Exempt Securities . The following table identifies Exempt Securities and summarizes any pre-clearance and reporting requirements that apply.

 

LOGO       6


Types of Exempt Securities

  

Pre-clearance Required?

  

Reporting Required?

  

Limitations/Comments

U.S. Government Securities (including agency obligations)

 

   No    No   

Investment-grade rated Securities issued by any State, Commonwealth or territory of the United States, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof

 

   No    Yes   

Bank certificates of deposit or time deposits

 

   No    No   

Bankers’ Acceptances

 

   No    No   

Investment grade debt instruments with a term of 13 months or less, including commercial paper, fixed-rate notes and repurchase agreements

 

   No    Yes    Ask the Legal Department for clarification if any questions.

Shares in money market mutual funds or a fund that appears on the exempt list.

 

   No    No   

Shares in open-end investment companies not advised or sub- advised by the Firm .

 

   No    No    See Prohibited Third- Party Mutual Fund List under Forms on myTCW.

Shares of unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in mutual funds not advised by the Firm .

 

   No    No   
Stock index futures, futures on U.S. Government Securities , Eurodollar futures contracts, and non-financial commodities    No    Yes   

 

LOGO       7


Municipal bonds traded in the    No    Yes    No

market

 

        
Trades in Non-Discretionary Accounts which you, your spouse, your domestic partner, or your significant other established.    The Account must first be certified as Non- Discretionary by Compliance – Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . If designated as Non- Discretionary, no pre- clearance of trades required.   

The Account must first be certified as Non- Discretionary by Compliance – Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . If designated as Non- Discretionary, no pre-clearance of trades required.

 

  

Dividends reinvested through a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP)

[Note: Securities purchased or sold in a DRIP still needs pre-clearance]

 

   No    Yes   
Securities purchased pursuant to certain Robo Advisory Programs    The Program must first be evaluated by Compliance - Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . If designated as Non- Discretionary, no pre- clearance of trades required.    The Program must first be evaluated by Compliance - Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . If designated as Non- Discretionary, no pre-clearance of trades required.   

 

LOGO       8


Security purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent that such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights were so acquired.

 

   No    Yes   
Interests in Firm -sponsored limited partnerships or other Firm -sponsored private placements .    No    Yes   

Firm already must approve in order to invest, which serves as pre-clearance.

 

Securities acquired in connection with the exercise of an option.   

No, unless cash is received in connection with exercise of the option

 

   Yes, securities received must be reported.   

Ownership Interests in Clipper Holding, LP

 

   No    No   
Rule 10b5-1 Plans   

Prior approval required to enter plan. Transactions pursuant to an approved plan will not require pre-clearance.

 

   Yes   
Direct Purchase Plans    Prior approval required to enter plan. Transactions pursuant to an approved plan will not require pre-clearance.    Yes   

 

LOGO       9


Interests in Firm - sponsored Private Placements that are

 

•  Estate planning transfers

 

•  Court-ordered transfers

 

   No    No   

MetWest or TCW Fund in a Firm or Non- Firm Account

 

   No    No    Compliance with frequent trading rules required.

Securities where the Firm acts as an adviser or distributor for the investment, offered in:

 

•  A hedge fund;

 

•   Private Placement ; or

 

•  Other Limited Offerings

 

   No    Yes   
Cryptocurrencies or Digital Currencies    No    No   

Exemptive Relief

To seek approval for a Code of Ethics exemption, contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . The Administrator of the Code of Ethics will require a written statement indicating the basis for the requested approval, and coordinate obtaining the approval of the Approving Officers . The Approving Officers have no obligation to grant any requested approval or exemption.

The Approving Officers also may, under appropriate circumstances, grant exemption from Access Person status to any person.

 

LOGO       10


Reporting

Personal Investment Reporting

TCW receives automated feeds from many major brokers (“ Linked Brokers ”). If your broker is not a Linked Broker , you must ensure that TCW receives duplicate broker statements. The Administrator of the Code of Ethics can inform you if your broker is a Linked Broker , and set up your account for automated feed. If your broker is not a Linked Broker , the Administrator of the Code of Ethics can assist you with a release letter (“407 letter”) to allow TCW to receive duplicate statements. Corporate actions such as mergers, purchases and sales, spin-offs, stock splits, stock-on-stock dividends and like activities must also be reported unless made through an account with a Linked Broker . In addition, Access Persons must timely file all reports for all transactions as provided in the tables below. Transactions that must be reported include opening, closing or changing Covered Accounts .

Reporting on Opening, Changing or Closing a Covered Account

Brokerage Accounts : You must use the StarCompliance, http://tcw.starcompliance.com, system to enter information about each Covered Account :

 

Activity

  

Comments

  

Exceptions

•  Upon becoming an Access Person

 

•  Upon opening a new Covered Account while you are an Access Person

     

You are not required to report or enter information for:

 

•   Outside Fiduciary Accounts

 

•   Accounts that can only hold third party mutual funds

 

•  Upon closing, or making any change to a Covered Account while you are an Access Person

   Update StarCompliance    N/A

Separate Accounts : You must obtain pre-clearance from your group head and the Approving Officers to open a personal separately managed account at the Firm .

 

LOGO       11


Required Certifications

Reports are filed online at http://tcw.starcompliance.com .

If you will not be able to file a report on time, contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics prior to the filing due date.

 

Certification

  

When Due

  

Additional Requirements

Initial Holdings Report    Within 10 days after becoming an Access Person   

Include all securities except Exempt Securities

 

Include all Covered Accounts . Holdings must be current no earlier than 45 days before you became an Access Person

 

Quarterly Report of Personal Investment Transactions    By each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15   

Must be filed even if there were no transactions during the period.

 

Annual Holdings Report    By January 31 of each year   

Same as Initial report, except that holdings must be current as of December 31 of the prior year.

 

Annual Certificate of Compliance   

By January 31 of each year

 

  
Report on Outside Activities (Includes, among other activities, Directorships, Officerships, Creditor Committees, Board Observation Rights and Employment)    4 th quarter of each year   

 

LOGO       12


Policy Statement on Insider Trading

Members of the Firm occasionally come into possession of material, non-public information or “ inside information ”. Various laws, court decisions, and general ethical standards impose duties with respect to the use of this inside information .

The SEC rules provide that any purchase or sale of a security while “having awareness” of inside information is illegal regardless of whether the information was a motivating factor in making a trade.

Courts may attribute one employee’s knowledge of inside information to other employees that trade in the affected security, even if no actual communication of this knowledge occurred. Thus, by buying or selling a particular Security in the normal course of business, Firm personnel other than those with actual knowledge of inside information could inadvertently subject the Firm to liability.

The risks in this area can be significantly reduced through the use of a combination of trading restrictions and information barriers designed to confine material non-public information to a given individual, group or department (see defined term “ Ethical Walls ”).

See the Reference Table below if you have any questions on this Policy or who to consult in certain situations.

What You Should Do If You Have Questions About Inside Information?

 

Topic

  

You Should Contact:

If you have a question about:    The Legal Department

•  The Insider Trading Policy in general

  

•  Whether information is “material” or “non- public”

  

•  If you have a question about whether you have received inside information on a Firm commingled fund (e.g. partnerships, trusts, mutual funds)

  

•  Whether you have received material non-public information about a public company

  

•  Obtaining deal-specific information (pre- clearance is required)

  

•  Sitting on a Creditors’ Committee (preapproval is required)

  

 

LOGO       13


Topic

  

You Should Contact:

•  Need to have an Ethical Wall established

  

•  Terminating an Ethical Wall

  

•  Section 13/16 issues

  

•  Who is “within” or “outside” an Ethical Wall

  

•  If you wish to serve on a Board of Directors, serve as an alternate on a Board, serve as a Board Observer or sit on a Creditors Committee ( Pre-approval is required )

 

   Administrator of the Code of Ethics
In the event of inadvertent or non-intentional disclosure of material non-public information    The Legal Department

TCW Policy on Insider Trading

Trading Prohibition

 

   

No Access Person of the Firm , either for themselves or on behalf of clients or others, may buy or sell a security (i.e., stock, bonds, convertibles, options, warrants or derivatives tied to a company’s securities) while in possession of material, non-public information about the company (except as listed in Deal-Specific Information below).

 

   

This applies in the case of both publicly traded and private companies.

 

   

This means that you may not buy or sell such securities for yourself or anyone, including your spouse, domestic partner, relative, friend, or client and you may not recommend that anyone else buy or sell a security of a company on the basis of inside information regarding that company.

If you believe you have received oral or written material, non-public information, you should not discuss the information with anyone except the Legal Department. Do not discuss the information with your supervisor, department head or any other individual who is on your team.

 

LOGO       14


Communication Prohibition

No Access Person may communicate material, non-public information to others who have no official need to know. This is known as “tipping,” which also is a violation of the insider trading laws, even if you as the “tipper” did not personally benefit. Therefore, you should not discuss such information acquired on the job with your spouse, domestic partner or with friends, relatives, clients, or anyone else inside or outside of the Firm except on a need-to-know basis relative to your duties at the Firm .

Remember that TCW Mutual Funds are publicly traded entities and you may be privy to material non-public information regarding those entities. Communicating such information in violation of the Firm’s policies is illegal.

The prohibition on sharing material, non-public information extends to affiliates such as the Carlyle entities.

What is Material Information?

Information (whether positive or negative) is material:

 

   

When a reasonable investor would consider it important in making an investment decision or

 

   

When it could reasonably be expected to have an effect on the price of a company’s securities.

Some examples of Material Information are:

 

   

Earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, liquidity problems, dividend changes, defaults,

 

   

Projections, major capital investment plans,

 

   

Significant labor disputes,

 

   

Significant merger, tender offers, secondary offerings, rights offerings, spin-off, joint venture, stock buy backs, stock splits or acquisition proposals or agreements,

 

   

New product releases, price changes, schedule changes,

 

   

Significant accounting changes, credit rating changes, write-offs or charges,

 

   

Major technological discoveries, breakthroughs or failures,

 

   

Major contract awards or cancellations, significant regulatory developments (e.g. FDA approvals),

 

   

Governmental investigations, major litigation or disposition of litigation, or

 

   

Extraordinary management developments or changes.

Because no clear or “bright line” definition of what is material exists, assessments sometimes require a fact-specific inquiry. If you have questions about whether information is material, direct the questions to the Legal Department.

What is Non-Public Information?

Non-public information is information that:

 

LOGO       15


   

Has not been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace, such as a press release or publication in the Wall Street Journal or other generally circulated publication; or

 

   

Has not become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, Bloomberg, or release by Standard & Poor’s or Reuters.

Examples of How TCW Personnel Could Obtain Inside Information and What You Should Do In These Cases

Examples of how a person could come into possession of inside information include:

Board of Directors Seats or Observation Rights

 

   

Most public companies have restrictions on trading by Board members except during trading window periods.

 

   

Anyone who wishes to serve on a Board of Directors or as a Board Observer must seek pre-approval and complete the Outside Business Activity Form that is posted on myTCW and submit it to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics who will coordinate the approval process.

 

   

If approval is granted, the Administrator of the Code of Ethics will notify the Legal Department so that the appropriate Ethical Wall and/or restricted securities listing can be made.

Portfolio Managers:

 

   

Sitting on Boards of public companies in connection with an equity or fixed income position that they manage; or

 

   

Having the intent to control or work with others to attempt to influence or control a company.

 

   

Working with expert network consultants who were recent employees of a company involving a major transaction.

Should be mindful of:

 

   

SEC filing obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act

 

   

“Short swing profits” restrictions and penalties related to purchases and sales of shares held in client accounts within a 6-month period.

The Legal Department should be consulted in these situations.

Deal-Specific Information

Employees may receive inside information for legitimate purposes such as:

 

   

In the context of a direct investment, secondary transaction or participation in a transaction for a client account

 

LOGO       16


   

In the context of forming a confidential relationship

 

   

Receiving “private” information through on-line services such as Intralinks.

This “deal-specific information” may be used by the department to which it was given for the purpose for which it was given. This type of situation typically arises in:

 

   

mezzanine financings,

 

   

loan participations, bank debt financings,

 

   

venture capital financing,

 

   

purchases of distressed securities,

 

   

oil and gas investments, and

 

   

purchases of substantial blocks of stock from insiders.

It should be assumed that inside information is transmitted whenever:

 

   

A confidentiality agreement is entered into;

 

   

An oral agreement is made or an expectation exists that you will maintain the information as confidential; or

 

   

There is a pattern or practice of sharing confidences so that the recipient knows or reasonably should know that the provider expects the information to be kept confidential, such pattern or practice is sufficient to form a confidential relationship.

There is a presumed duty of trust and confidence when a person receives material non-public information from his or her spouse, parent, child, or sibling.

Remember that even if the transaction for which the deal-specific information is received involves securities that are not publicly traded, the issuer may have other classes of traded securities, and the receipt of inside information can affect the ability of other product groups at the Firm to trade in those securities.

If you are to receive any deal-specific information or material, non-public information on a company (whether domestic or foreign), contact the Legal Department, who then will implement the appropriate Ethical Wall and trading procedures.

Participation in Rapid Fire Capital Infusions

Overview

From time to time, public companies may seek rapid-fire capital infusions of capital from institutional investors. In the past, these have involved investment banks contacting potential investors, often over the weekends, on a pre-announcement basis.

 

LOGO       17


What Should You Do?

If you work with marketable security strategies and you receive a call to participate in an offering before it is publicly announced, please contact the Legal Department, General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer . Do not ask the name of the company that is the subject of the financing or agree to any confidentiality or standstill agreements. Otherwise, you may restrict trading in your and other portfolios and the Firm . Your email should include the contact information for the person who contacted you.

What Are The Ramifications For Participating In A Rapid Fire Capital Infusion?

Historically, the Firm’s marketable securities strategies have not received material non-public information and have relied solely on public information. Some of the ramifications of your participating in a rapid fire capital infusion are:

 

   

Your accounts will be restricted for the company in question as soon as you learn about the name of the company, even if you decide not to participate. There is no ability to preview the names because just knowing about the potential transaction is in itself material non-public information.

 

   

A restriction in a name could last for a period of time and that period cannot be predicted in advance. In many cases, it may be a fairly short period (a week or so).

 

   

You will need to be available or designate someone in your portfolio management group to be fully available at night and possibly over the weekend to consider the transaction(s).

If your group decides to participate in the offering, the Legal Department will work with your group to implement appropriate Ethical Wall procedures with the goal of ensuring that others at the Firm who do not have the information will not be frozen in their trading securities of the issuer. The shares of the company at issue will be restricted in accounts managed by your group and possibly others at the Firm until after the terms of the financing (or other material non-public information) are publicly announced.

Creditors’ Committees

Members of the Firm may be asked to participate on a Creditors’ Committee which is given access to inside information . Since this could affect the Firm’s ability to trade in securities in the company, before agreeing to sit on any Creditors’ Committee, contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics who will obtain any necessary approvals and notify the Legal Department so that the appropriate Ethical Wall can be established and/or restricted securities listings can be made.

 

LOGO       18


Information about TCW Products

Employees could come into possession of inside information about the Firm’s limited partnerships, trusts, and mutual funds that is not generally known to their investors or the public. The following could be considered inside information:

 

   

Plans with respect to dividends, closing down a fund or changes in portfolio management personnel

 

   

Buying or selling securities in a Firm product with knowledge of an imminent change in dividends or

 

   

A large-scale buying or selling program or a sudden shift in allocation that was not generally known

Disclosing holdings of the TCW Mutual Funds on a selective basis could also be viewed as an improper disclosure of non-public information and should not be done. The Firm currently discloses holdings of the TCW Mutual Funds to the general public and investors through tcw.com on a monthly basis. This disclosure may occur on or prior to the 15th calendar day following the end of that month (or, if the 15th calendar day is not a business day, the next business day thereafter). Disclosure of these funds’ holdings at other times, where a general disclosure has not yet been made through tcw.com, requires special confidentiality procedures and must be pre-cleared with the Legal Department (See the Marketing and Communications Policy for further information concerning portfolio holdings disclosure).

In the event of inadvertent or unintentional disclosure of material non-public information, the person making the disclosure should immediately contact the Legal Department or General Counsel . The Legal Department should notify the Administrator of the Code of Ethics of this type of inside information so that appropriate restrictions can be put in place.

Contacts with Public Companies

Contacts with public companies are an important part of the Firm’s research efforts coupled with publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise when an employee becomes aware of material, non-public information through a company contact. This could happen, for example, if a company’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results, or if an investor-relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. In such situations, the Firm must make a judgment regarding its further trading conduct.

If an issue arises in this area, a research analyst’s notes could become subject to scrutiny. Research analyst’s notes have become increasingly the target of plaintiffs’ attorneys in securities class actions.

The SEC has declared publicly that they will take strict action against what they see as “selective disclosures” by corporate insiders to securities analysts, even when the corporate insider was getting no personal benefit and was trying to correct market misinformation. Analysts and portfolio managers who have private discussions with management of a company should be clear about whether they desire to obtain inside information and become restricted or not receive such information.

 

LOGO       19


If an analyst or portfolio manager receives what he or she believes is inside information and if you feel you received it in violation of a corporate insider’s fiduciary duty or for his or her personal benefit, you should not trade and should discuss the situation with the Legal Department.

Expert Networks

The Firm may, from time to time, execute agreements with companies that provide access to a group of professionals, specialized information or research services (“Expert Networks”). In such circumstances, Expert Networks are engaged to provide authorized TCW employees with information that may be helpful in TCW understanding an industry, legislative initiatives, and many other important topical areas. However, TCW is mindful of the fact that Expert Networks present significant legal, compliance and regulatory risks concerning the receipt and transmission of materially non-public information. Given this inherent risk, TCW requires that the compliance policies of each Expert Network are reviewed and approved by our Compliance Department prior to entering into an agreement for services. Furthermore, the Firm requires that each employee who wishes to participate in an Expert Network read and confirm their understanding of the Firm Expert Network Guidelines, as well as complete an Insider Trading training module to ensure that they understand the Firm policies regarding material non-public information and insider trading.

What Is The Effect Of Receiving Inside Information?

Any person actually receiving inside information is subject to the trading and communication prohibitions discussed above. However, restrictions may extend to other persons and departments within the company. In the event of receipt of inside information by an employee, the Firm generally will:

Establish an Ethical Wall around the individual or a select group or department, and/or place a “firm wide restriction” on securities in the affected company that would bar any purchases or sales of the securities by any department or person within the Firm , whether for a client or personal account unless there is specific approval from the Compliance or Legal Departments.

In connection with the Ethical Wall protocol, those persons falling within the Ethical Wall would be subject to the trading prohibition and, except for need-to-know communications to others within the Ethical Wall , the communication prohibition discussed above. The breadth of the Ethical Wall and the persons included within it will be determined on a case-by-case basis. In these circumstances, the Ethical Wall procedures are designed to “isolate” the inside information and restrict access to it to an individual or select group to allow the remainder of the Firm not to be affected by it.

 

LOGO       20


In any case where an Ethical Wall is imposed, the Ethical Wall procedures discussed below must be strictly observed. Each Group Head is responsible for ensuring that members of his or her group abide by these Ethical Wall procedures in every instance.

Does TCW Monitor Trading Activities?

Yes, TCW monitors trading activities through one or more of the following:

 

   

Conducts reviews of trading in public securities listed on the Restricted Securities List .

 

   

Surveys client account transactions that may violate laws against insider trading and, when necessary, investigates such trades

 

   

Conducts monitoring of the Ethical Walls .

 

   

Reviews personal securities trading to identify insider trading, other violations of the law or violations of the Firm’s policies.

 

   

Obtains securities holding and transaction reports as required by SEC rules and regulations.

Penalties and Enforcement by SEC and Private Litigants

Insider trading violations subject both the Firm and the individuals involved to severe civil and criminal penalties and could result in damaging the reputation of the Firm . Violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal.

The SEC pursues all cases of insider trading regardless of size and parties involved. Penalties for violations are severe for both the individual and possibly his or her employer. The regulators, the market and the Firm view violations seriously and there can be significant fines, jail time and lawsuits.

Ethical Wall Procedures

The SEC has long recognized that procedures designed to isolate inside information to specific individuals or groups can be a legitimate means of curtailing attribution of knowledge of such inside information to an entire company. These types of procedures are known as Ethical Wall procedures. In those situations where the Firm believes inside information can be isolated, the following Ethical Wall procedures would apply. These Ethical Wall procedures are designed to “quarantine” or “isolate” the individuals or select group of persons with the inside information within the Ethical Wall .

Identification of the Walled-In Individual or Group

The persons subject to the Ethical Wall will be identified by name or group designation. If the Ethical Wall procedures are applicable simply because of someone serving on a Board of Directors of a public company in a personal capacity, the Ethical Wall likely will apply exclusively

 

LOGO       21


to that individual, although in certain circumstances expanding the wall may be appropriate. When the information is received as a result of being on a Creditors’ Committee, serving on a Board in a capacity related to the Firm’s investment activities, or receiving deal-specific information, the walled-in group generally will refer to the group associated with the deal and, in some cases, related groups or groups that are highly interactive with that group. Determination of the breadth of the Ethical Wall is fact-specific and must be made by the Legal Department, the General Counsel , or the Chief Compliance Officer . Therefore, as noted above, advising them if you come into possession of material, non-public information is important. If you are in a group where you expect to continuously receive material non-public information as part of its strategy, a global Ethical Wall may be required to be imposed on the department.

Isolation of Information

Fundamental to the concept of an Ethical Wall is that the inside information be effectively quarantined to the walled-in group. The two basic procedures that must be followed to accomplish this are as follows: restrictions on communications and restrictions on access to information.

Restrictions on Communications

Communications regarding the inside information of the subject company should only be held with persons within the walled-in group on a need-to-know basis or with the General Counsel , the Legal Department or Chief Compliance Officer . Communications should be discreet and should not be held in the halls, in the lunchroom or on cellular phones. In some cases using code names for the subject company as a precautionary measure may be appropriate.

If persons outside of the group are aware of your access to information and ask you about the target company, they should be told simply that you are not at liberty to discuss it. On occasion, discussing the matter with someone at the Firm outside of the group may be desirable. However, no such communications should be held without first receiving the prior clearance of the General Counsel , the Legal Department, or the Chief Compliance Officer . In such case, the person outside of the group and possibly his or her entire department, thereby will be designated as “inside the wall” and will be subject to all Ethical Wall restrictions in this policy.

Restrictions on Access to Information

The files, computer files and offices where confidential information is physically stored generally should be made inaccessible to persons not within the walled-in group.

Trading Activities by Persons within the Wall

Persons within the Ethical Wall are prohibited from buying or selling securities in the subject company, whether on behalf of the Firm or clients or in personal transactions except:

 

LOGO       22


   

Where the affected persons have received deal-specific information, the persons are permitted to use the information to consummate the deal for which deal-specific information was given ( Note that if the transaction is a secondary trade (vs. a direct company issuance), the Legal Department should be consulted to determine any disclosure obligations to the counterparty, and

 

   

In connection with a client directed liquidation of an account in full provided that no confidential information has been shared with the client. The liquidating portfolio manager should confirm to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics in connection with such liquidation that no confidential information was shared with the client.

Termination of Ethical Wall Procedures

When the information that is the subject of the Ethical Wall has been publicly disseminated, a confidentiality agreement expires and information is no longer being provided or if the information has become stale, the person who contacted the Legal or Compliance Department to have the Ethical Wall established must notify the Legal Department as to whether the Ethical Wall can be terminated. This is particularly true if the information was received in an isolated circumstance such as an inadvertent disclosure to an analyst or receipt of deal-specific information.

Persons who by reason of an ongoing relationship or position with the company are exposed more frequently to the receipt of such information (e.g., being a member of the Board of Directors or on a Creditors’ Committee) would be subject ordinarily to the Ethical Wall procedures on a continuing basis and may be permitted to trade only during certain “window periods” when the company permits such “access” persons to trade.

Certain Operational Procedures

The following are certain operational procedures that will be followed to ensure communication of insider trading policies to Firm employees and enforcement thereof by the Firm .

Maintenance of Restricted List

The Restricted Securities List is updated as needed by the Administrator of the Code of Ethics , who distributes it as necessary. The Administrator of the Code of Ethics also updates an annotated copy of the list and maintains the history of each item that has been deleted. This annotated Restricted Securities List is available to the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer , as well as any additional persons, which either of them may approve.

The Restricted Securities List restricts issuers (i.e., companies) and not just specific securities issued by the issuer. The list of ticker symbols on the Restricted Securities List should not be considered the complete list – the key is that you are restricted as to the company or a derivative that is tied to the company. This is of particular importance to the strategies which may invest in securities listed on foreign exchanges.

 

LOGO       23


The Restricted Securities List must be checked before each trade. If an order is not completed on one day, then the open order should be checked against the Restricted Securities List every day it is open beyond the approved period that was given (e.g., the waiver you received was for a specific period, such as one day).

Exemptions

Once an issuer is placed on the Restricted Securities List , any purchase or sale specified on the list (whether a personal trade or on behalf of a client account) must be cleared with the Administrator of the Code of Ethics .

 

LOGO       24


Gifts & Entertainment: Anti-Corruption Policy

Access Persons may provide reasonable Gifts and Entertainment for the bona fide purpose of promoting, demonstrating, or explaining Firm services, including fostering strong client relationships.

Where possible, or as required in this Policy, you should notify your department head before, or after, providing or accepting any Gifts or Entertainment , even if no other approval is required. As discussed below, Access Persons may also be required to obtain approval when giving or receiving certain Gifts and Entertainment . Unless otherwise specified below, if approvals are required, you must submit your request through StarCompliance for approval by the Administrator of the Code of Ethics. Access Persons must obtain prior written approval from the Administrator of the Code of Ethics where required. The Administrator of the Code of Ethics shall elevate the request in the event of high risk or higher value gifts, or as otherwise necessary or appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in light of the impromptu nature of some Entertainment , approval for Access Persons providing entertainment may on occasion be after the fact. After the fact approval shall not be deemed a violation of this Policy where (1) approval prior to such impromptu Entertainment was not feasible, and (2) the provision of such Entertainment or the value of such Entertainment does not violate applicable U.S. or local laws. However, to the extent feasible, any required approvals should be obtained before accepting or giving Gifts or Entertainment. It is the Access Person’s responsibility to seek prior approval from the Administrator of the Code of Ethics for Gifts and Entertainment which can be reasonably anticipated in advance of travel, events, meetings, conferences, or other similar circumstances where Gifts or Entertainment may be given or received. Repeated reliance on the impromptu nature of giving or receiving Gifts or Entertainment may be considered a violation of this Policy and may result in disciplinary action.

Gifts

A “ Gift ” is anything of value given or received without paying its reasonable fair value ( e.g. merchandise, cash, gift cards, favors, credit, special discounts on goods or services, free services, loans of goods or money, tickets to sports or entertainment events, trips and hotel expenses where Access Persons are not present as attendees). Entertainment (as defined below) is not a Gift .

 

   

A Gift must only be provided as a courtesy or token of regard or esteem (“ Token Gift ”).

 

   

Any Token Gifts should be appropriate under the circumstances, not be excessive in value (generally, not more than $100) and involve no element of concealment.

 

   

Gifts of cash or cash equivalents are prohibited.

You may not give or accept a Gift if you know, or have reason to know, that it is not permitted under the applicable laws.

 

LOGO       25


Entertainment or Similar Expenditures

“Entertainment” generally means the attendance by you and your hosts or guests at a meal, sporting event, theater production, or comparable event and also might include travel to, or accommodation expenses at, a conference or an out-of-town event.

 

   

Business Entertainment (including meals, sporting events, theater productions, or comparable events) may only be provided if (i) a legitimate business purpose exists for such entertainment and (ii) such entertainment is reasonable and not excessive ( e.g. , 3 days of golf for a 1-day seminar is excessive and not reasonable).

 

   

You may never pay or accept payment of Entertainment or similar expenditures if they are not commensurate with local custom or practice or if you know or have reason to know that they are not permitted under the applicable laws.

Access Persons are required to follow the approval process set forth below, and in this Policy, to obtain the requisite approvals, if any, before or after giving or receiving Gifts or Entertainment .

Gifts, Entertainment, Payments & Preferential Treatment

Gifts or Entertainment may create an actual or apparent conflict of interest, which could affect (or appear to affect) the recipients’ independent business judgment. Therefore, the Policy establishes reasonable limits and procedures relating to giving and receiving Gifts and Entertainment .

If approval is required, Access Persons should request approval through StarCompliance, and wait for a decision before taking any action. The Administrator of the Code of Ethics shall review the submission with your department head and the Approving Officers , as appropriate. Registered Persons are required to log gifts & entertainment given or received in StarCompliance. Refer to the table below which describes the Gifts  & Entertainment for which a log may be required. If you have any doubt about whether a Gift or Entertainment requires approval, you should err on the side of caution and seek approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in light of the impromptu nature of some Entertainment , approval for Access Persons providing entertainment may on occasion be after the fact. After the fact approval shall not be deemed a violation of this Policy where (1) approval prior to such impromptu Entertainment was not feasible, and (2) the provision of such Entertainment or the value of such Entertainment does not violate applicable U.S. or local laws. However, to the extent feasible, any required approvals should be obtained before accepting or giving Gifts or Entertainment . It is the Access Person’s responsibility to seek prior approval from the Administrator of the Code of Ethics for Gifts and Entertainment which can be reasonably anticipated in advance of travel, events, meetings, conferences, or other similar circumstances where Gifts or Entertainment may be given or received. Repeated reliance on the impromptu nature of giving or receiving Gifts or Entertainment may be considered a violation of this Policy and may result in disciplinary action.

 

LOGO       26


Gifts Provided By the Firm/ Access Persons

 

Type of Gift To Be Given

  

Approval Required

Cash Gifts (including gift cards)    Prohibited
Token Gifts ( e.g . bottles of wine, fruit baskets, books) under $100 (unless given to a Foreign Official or Domestic Official )    No Approval Required
Gifts in excess of $100 that seem appropriate under the circumstances    Pre-Approval Required
Personal Charitable Gifts given where the recipient has a known business relationship with or a connection to a client or potential client of the Firm    Pre-Approval Required
Gifts to Foreign Officials or Domestic Officials (regardless of value)    Pre-Approval Required
Charitable Gifts given on behalf of the Firm    Pre-Approval Required. The Charitable Contribution request form must be completed before making the Gift .

 

LOGO       27


Gifts by TCW Funds Distributors LLC (formerly, TCW Brokerage Services), a limited-purpose broker-dealer (“TFD”) Registered Persons aggregating less than $100 per year   

No Approval Required, But Each Individual Must Maintain Their Own Log On StarCompliance Showing:

 

Name of recipient(s)

 

Date of Gift (s)

 

Value of Gift (s)

 

A log is not required to record gifts of de minimis value (e.g. pens, notepads or modest desk ornaments) or promotional items of nominal value that display the firm’s logo (e.g. umbrellas, tote bags or shirts) that are substantially below the $100 limit. However, all other gifts MUST be logged. If you are in doubt if something meets the “de minimis” standard, then the gift should be logged.

Gifts by TFD Registered Persons aggregating more than $100 per year that do not relate to the business of the recipient’s employer. Examples of gifts not relating to the business of the recipient’s employer include personal gifts (not paid for by TCW ) where there is a pre-existing personal or family relationship between you and the recipient.   

Pre-Approval Required, And Must Maintain Log Showing:

 

Name of recipient(s)

 

Date of Gift (s)

 

Value of Gift (s)

Gifts by TFD Registered Persons aggregating more than $100 per year that do relate to the business of the recipient’s employer    Prohibited
Gifts to Unions or Union Officers    Pre-Approval Required. The Request Form for Approval for Gift/Entertainment must be completed before making the gift. In addition, an LM-I O Information Report is required to be completed, approved by an officer and submitted to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics and to the Legal Department for each occurrence.

 

LOGO       28


Entertainment and Hospitality Provided by the Firm/ Access Persons

 

Amount

  

Approval Required

$250 or less per person and $2,500 or less in aggregate per event    No Approval Required
Greater than $250 per person or $2,500 or more in aggregate per event    Pre-Approval Required
Attendance and participation at educational or industry sponsored events (for example, tickets for attendance or purchasing a table at an industry conference)    No Approval Required
If provided to a Foreign Official or Domestic Official (regardless of value)    Pre-Approval Required

Note that for public pension plans, and in some cases other clients, Gifts or Entertainment may have to be disclosed by the Firm in response to client questionnaires and may reflect unfavorably on the Firm in obtaining business. Receipt of Gifts may even lead to disqualification. Therefore, discretion and restraint is advised.

Gifts and Entertainment Received by Firm Personnel

You should not accept Gifts that are of excessive value (generally, $100 or more) or inappropriate under the circumstances. Access Persons are required to report any gift that they receive worth more than $100 to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics .

If a Gift has a value over $100 and is not approved as being otherwise appropriate, you should (i) reject the Gift , (ii) give the Gift to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics who will return it to the person giving the Gift (you may include a cover note), or (iii) if returning the Gift could affect friendly relations between a third party and the Firm , give it to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics , which will donate it to charity.

If the host of an event is personally present at the event, the event will be considered Entertainment ; otherwise, it will be considered a Gift . You should not accept any invitation for Entertainment that is excessive or inappropriate under the circumstances. There may be some circumstances where it is difficult to reject an invitation or provision of hospitality or Entertainment . Where rejecting such an invitation or provision of hospitality could affect friendly relations between a third party and the Firm , use your best judgment and promptly report the entertainment or hospitality to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics . The Administrator of the Code of Ethics shall review such situation with your department head and the Approving Officers , as appropriate. No absolute rules exist, so good judgment must be exercised, considering the context, circumstances, and frequency of the Entertainment or hospitality. For example, approval might be required for an out-of-town sporting event, but not for a business conference in the same venue.

 

LOGO       29


In light of the nature of Gift -giving and the impromptu nature of some Entertainment , approval for Access Persons accepting such items may often be after the fact. However, to the extent feasible, any required approvals should be obtained before accepting Gifts or Entertainment . Where prior approval is not possible with respect to impromptu Gifts or Entertainment , the Access Persons receiving such Gift or Entertainment must seek approval as soon as is reasonably practicable. If such Gift or Entertainment received is impermissible under U.S. or local laws, then the Administrator for the Code of Ethics may require the Access Persons to return the Gifts or reimburse such Entertainment received.

 

Type of Gift/Entertainment Received

  

Approval required

Cash Gifts (including gift cards)    Prohibited
Solicitation by Access Persons of Gifts from clients, suppliers, brokers, business partners, or potential business partners    Prohibited
Appropriate Gifts with value of $100 or less*    No Approval Required
Tickets(s) to attend an industry conference or seminar paid by a vendor or other third party (note that payment of airfare, accommodations, meals and other expenses paid by such vendor or third party would still require approval, unless exempted per the Speaker Exemption below)    No Approval Required
Gifts believed to have a value in excess of $100, that seem appropriate under the circumstances*    Approval Required
Gifts given to a wide group of recipients (e.g. closing dinner Gifts , holiday Gifts )*    No Approval Required
Gifts received from the same donor more than twice in a calendar year*    Approval Required
Entertainment on a personal basis, involving a small group of people, more than twice in one calendar year    Approval Required
Entertainment over $250 per event*    Approval Required

 

LOGO       30


Out-of-town accommodations and airfare for business conference or other industry event paid by sponsor as speaker expenses, or on the same basis as other attendees (the “ Speaker Exemption ”)    No Approval Required
Other out-of-town travel expenses, other than on a business trip or industry conference that is customary and usual for business purposes    Approval Required

*For Investment Personnel only:

 

   

All Gifts and Entertainment , of any value, received from broker/dealers must be reported in StarCompliance.

 

   

All Gifts received from broker/dealers with a value in excess of $100/person are prohibited and should be returned to the broker/dealer or turned over to Compliance for appropriate disposition.

 

   

If an Investment Personnel is granted approval to accept entertainment with a value in excess of $250 per event from a broker/dealer, that person must personally pay the amount in excess of $250 and must maintain records indicating such payment.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA)

The FCPA permits small payments to low-level Foreign Officials (typically in countries with pervasive corruption) to expedite or secure the performance of non-discretionary government action ( e.g. , processing governmental papers, providing police protection, and providing mail service) under limited circumstances (“ Facilitating Payments ”). Nevertheless, because such payments may be illegal under the local law of the foreign country involved and/or other applicable anti-corruption laws and rules, such as the Bribery Act, this Policy prohibits Firm Personnel from making such payments, regardless of whether such payments would be permissible under the FCPA.

Statement of Purpose

TCW (the “ Firm ”) is committed to complying with all applicable anti-corruption laws and rules, including, but not limited to, the U.S Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”), the U.S. Travel Act (the “Travel Act”), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 (the “Bribery Act”) and any laws enacted pursuant to the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions (the “OECD Convention”). The purpose of this Anti-Corruption Policy (the “ Policy ”) is to ensure compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws and rules.

Of course, no policy can anticipate every possible situation that might arise. As such, Firm Personnel (defined below) are encouraged to discuss any questions that they may have relating to the Policy with their supervisor, Firm contact or the Legal or Compliance Departments. When in doubt, Firm Personnel should seek guidance.

 

LOGO       31


Scope

This Policy is mandatory and applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Firm and any persons engaged to act on behalf of the Firm , including agents, representatives, temporary agency personnel, consultants, and contract-based personnel, wherever located (collectively referred to as “ Firm Personnel ”). Violations of this Policy may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment and referral to regulatory and criminal authorities.

Prohibited Conduct

Firm Personnel shall not, directly or indirectly, make, offer, or authorize any gift, payment or other inducement for the benefit of any person, including a Foreign Official or Domestic Official , with the intent that the recipient misuse his/her position to aid the Firm in obtaining, retaining, or directing business.

Foreign Official ” includes government officials, political party leaders, candidates for public office, employees of state-owned enterprises (such as state-owned banks or pension plans), employees of public international organizations (such as the World Bank or the International Monetary Fund), and close relatives or agents of any of the foregoing. Because U.S. regulators have a very broad view of what constitutes a “ Foreign Official ,” Firm Personnel should err on the side of caution by treating counter-parties as Foreign Officials when in doubt.

“Domestic Official” means any officer or employee of any government entity, department, agency, or instrumentality (federal, state, or local) in the U.S., candidates for public office, and close relatives or agents of any of the foregoing.

For purposes of this Policy, Foreign Official and Domestic Official also includes individuals who have actual influence in the award of business and any person or entity hired to review or accept bids for a government entity.

All payments, whether large or small, are prohibited if they are, in substance, bribes or kickbacks, including, cash payments, gifts, and the provision of hospitality and entertainment expenses. Personal funds (your own or a third party’s) must not be used to accomplish what is otherwise prohibited by this Policy .

Firm Personnel are also prohibited from requesting, agreeing to accept, or accepting Gifts from any third party in exchange for or as a reward for improper or unapproved performance of their job responsibilities.

 

LOGO       32


Health or Safety Exception

Facilitating Payments are permitted in rare circumstances when the health or safety of Firm Personnel (or anyone else) is at risk. If a payment is made pursuant to this limited exception, Firm Personnel must report the payment and circumstances to the Legal Department as soon as possible after the health or safety of the individual(s) is no longer at risk. The payment must also be accurately recorded in the Firm’s books and records.

Third Party Representatives

Under the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws, the Firm may be held responsible for the misconduct of its agents, representatives, business partners, consultants, contractors or any other third party engaged to act on the Firm’s behalf (collectively “ Third Party Representatives ”). As such, prior to entering into an agreement with any Third Party Representative regarding business outside the United States, the Firm shall perform anti-corruption related due diligence and obtain from the Third Party Representative appropriate assurances of compliance in accordance with this Policy . The Legal Department is required to approve all engagements with Third Party Representatives. Any anti-corruption compliance issue that comes to the attention of any Firm Personnel must be reported to the General Counsel and addressed before proceeding with the relevant transaction or doing business with or through a Third Party Representative .

Firm Personnel should be alert to the activities of any Third Party Representative with whom they interact and promptly report any suspicious activity to the Legal Department. Firm Personnel should be especially alert to Third Party Representatives who are located in or interact with individuals in countries with high levels of corruption (the United States Department of Justice and Transparency International maintain internet-accessible lists of countries where corruption is a concern). Firm Personnel must consult with the Legal Department whenever encountering a situation involving any anti-corruption issue, including a Red Flag , or any other similar situation.

It is important for Firm Personnel to identify and report anti-corruption compliance issues in the ordinary course of business. To this end, the following shall apply to all Firm Personnel :

 

  a.

Familiarize yourself with the examples of Red Flags listed in this Policy; Attend anti- corruption training as applicable so you can identify the types of situations that may raise Red Flags or other compliance concerns that are not enumerated in this Policy ;

 

  b.

Be vigilant in detecting Red Flags ; it is prohibited to “consciously avoid” or “close your eyes” to a violation or to a Red Flag ;

 

  c.

Look out for Red Flags both before and during a relationship with any transaction partner; and

 

  d.

If you have information concerning a potential Red Flag , contact the General Counsel immediately.

No Firm Personnel who in good faith provides information regarding a possible Red Flag will suffer any retaliation or adverse employment decision as a consequence of such report.

 

LOGO       33


The existence of a Red Flag does not necessarily mean that a violation has occurred or will occur. However, once a Red Flag arises, Firm Personnel must report the Red Flag to the Legal Department who will oversee a reasonable inquiry into the circumstances surrounding the Red Flag . Upon request, other Firm Personnel will cooperate with and assist in the review of the Red Flag . The extent of this inquiry will depend on the facts of the particular situation and the degree of risk involved.

Red Flag Reporting

Firm Personnel are required to promptly report to the General Counsel any situations that raise anti-corruption compliance Red Flags . All Firm Personnel are expected to be alert to any Red Flags or other situations that may indicate any compliance issues. The existence of a Red Flag requires additional diligence to address potential problems before a transaction may go forward. Red Flags include (but are not limited to):

 

   

A request for reimbursement of extraordinary, poorly documented, or last minute expenses;

 

   

A request for payment in cash, to a numbered account, or to an account in the name of someone other than the appropriate counterparty;

 

   

A request for payment in a country other than the one in which the transaction is taking place or counterparty is located, especially if it is a country with limited banking transparency;

 

   

An unreasonable request (taking into consideration the circumstances of the request, including the size of payment and the timing of the request) for payment in advance or prior to an award of a contract, license, concession, or other business;

 

   

A refusal by a party to certify that it will comply with the requirements and prohibitions of this Policy , applicable anti-corruption laws and rules;

 

   

A refusal, if asked, to disclose owners, partners, or principals;

 

   

Use of shell or holding companies that obscure an entity’s ownership without credible explanation;

 

   

As measured by local customs or standards, or under circumstances particular to the party’s environment, the party’s business seems understaffed, ill equipped, or inconveniently located to undertake its proposed relationship with the Firm;

 

   

The party, under the circumstances, appears to have insufficient know-how or experience to provide the services the Firm needs; and

 

   

In the case of engaging a Third Party Representative, the potential Third Party Representative:

 

   

has an employee or a family member of an employee in a government position, particularly if the family member is or could be in a position to direct business to the Firm ;

 

   

is insolvent or has significant financial difficulties that would reasonably be expected to impact its dealings with the Firm ;

 

LOGO       34


   

displays ignorance of or indifference to local laws and regulations;

 

   

is unable to provide appropriate business references;

 

   

lacks transparency in expenses and accounting records;

 

   

is the subject of credible rumors or media reports of inappropriate payments; or

 

   

requests payment that is disproportionate to the services provided.

Mandatory Reporting

Firm Personnel and Third Party Representatives are required to promptly report to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer any instance in which they believe that they, or any other Firm Personnel or Third Party Representative may have violated this Policy . All suspected violations of this Policy , including minor violations, should be reported. For example, a failure to obtain pre-approval before giving Gifts in excess of $100 should be reported. In addition, Firm Personnel and Third Party Representatives must alert the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer if anyone solicits improper Gifts , payments or other inducements from them, including any request made by a Foreign Official or Domestic Official for a payment that would be prohibited under this Policy or any other actions taken to induce such a payment.

Firm Personnel may also report suspected violations of this Policy as specified in the Firm’s Whistleblower Policy.

Books and Records

The Firm is required to maintain books and records that accurately reflect the Firm’s transactions, use of Firm assets, and other similar information. The Firm is also required to maintain the internal accounting controls necessary to maintain proper control over the Firm’s actions. The Firm should not create any undisclosed or unrecorded accounts for any purpose. False or artificial entries are not to be made in the books and records of the Firm for any reason.

 

LOGO       35


Outside Business Activities

General

The Firm discourages employees from holding outside employment, including consulting. In addition, an employee may not engage in outside employment that:

 

   

interferes, competes, or conflicts with the interests of the Firm or gives an appearance of a conflict of interest.

 

   

Employment in the securities brokerage industry is prohibited.

 

   

Employees must abstain from negotiating, approving, or voting on any transaction between the Firm and any outside organization with which they are affiliated, except in the ordinary course of providing services for the Firm and on a fully disclosed basis.

 

   

encroaches on normal working time or otherwise impairs performance,

 

   

implies Firm sponsorship or support of an outside organization, or

 

   

adversely reflects directly or indirectly on the Firm.

A conflict of interest may arise if an employee is engaged in an outside business activity (“ OBA ”) or receives any compensation for outside services that may be inconsistent with the Firm’s business interests. Examples of OBA s may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Outside employment

 

   

Serving in any capacity of any non-affiliated company or institution

 

   

Accepting appointment as a fiduciary, including executor, trustee, guardian, conservator or general partner

 

   

Honorariums, public speaking appearances or instruction courses at educational institutions

 

   

Serving in ongoing capacity in any non-investment related organizations that are exclusively charitable, fraternal, religious, civic and are recognized as tax exempt

Obtaining Approval/Reporting

All employees are required to obtain pre-approval before engaging in any OBA by submitting an Outside Business Activity request through StarCompliance. The Administrator of the Code of Ethics will then coordinate the approval and reporting process.

In addition, all employees are required to submit an initial Outside Business Activity request upon their hire through StarCompliance if they have any OBA . Each employee that has disclosed an OBA must submit an updated request upon material changes to the activity or role involved. All employees will also complete the Report on Outside Business Activity annually.

 

LOGO       36


Political Activities & Contributions

Introduction

In the U.S., both federal and state laws impose restrictions on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to U.S. citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both U.S. and foreign corporations and other institutions. Accordingly, the Firm has adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state, and local candidates, officials and political parties.

This policy applies to the Firm and all employees, and in some cases to affiliates, consultants, placement agents and solicitors working for the Firm . Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Firm and the individuals involved or loss of business for the Firm.

These policies are intended to comply with these laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended to otherwise interfere with an individual’s right to participate in the political process. If you have any questions about political contributions or activities, contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics .

General Rules

All persons are prohibited from making or soliciting political contributions where the purpose is to assist the Firm in obtaining or retaining business.

No employee shall apply pressure, direct or implied, on any other employee that infringes upon an individual’s right to decide whether, to whom, in what capacity, or in what amount or extent, to engage in political activities.

All persons are prohibited from doing indirectly or through another person anything prohibited by these policies and procedures or to avoid a required review for approval.

Fundraising and Soliciting Political Contributions

Firm officers, directors or other personnel may not make political solicitations under the auspices of the Firm , unless authorized in writing by the General Counsel who will maintain a copy. Use of Firm letterhead, email signature blocks, logos or other identifiers of TCW is prohibited.

Any solicitation or invitations to fundraisers by a Firm officer, director or other personnel on behalf of candidates, party committees or political committees must:

 

   

originate from the individual’s home address,

 

LOGO       37


   

make clear that the solicitation is not sponsored by the Firm , and

 

   

make clear that the contribution is voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.

Rules Governing Firm Contributions and Activities

Federal Elections

The Firm is prohibited from:

 

   

making or facilitating contributions to federal candidates from corporate treasury funds,

 

   

making or facilitating contributions or donations to federal political party committees and making donations to state and local political party committees if the committees use the funds for federal election activities,

 

   

using, or allowing the use of, corporate facilities, resources, or employees for federal political activities other than for making corporate communications to its officers, directors, stockholders, and their families, and

 

   

making partisan communications to its “rank and file” employees or to the public at large.

Contributions to State and Local Candidates and Committees

The limitations on corporate political contributions and activities vary significantly from state to state. All Firm employees must obtain pre-clearance from the General Counsel prior to:

 

   

using the Firm’s funds for any political contributions to state or local candidates, or

 

   

making any political contribution in the Firm’s name.

Political Activities on Firm Premises and Using Firm Resources

Federal, State, and Local Elections

All employees are prohibited from:

 

   

Using Firm resources for political activities, including the use of photocopier paper for political flyers, or Firm -provided refreshments at a political event, and

 

   

directing subordinates to participate in federal, state, and/or local fundraising or other political activities, except where those subordinates have voluntarily agreed to participate in such activities. Any employee considering the use of the services of a subordinate employee (whether or not in the same reporting line) for political activities must inform the subordinate that his or her participation is strictly voluntary and that he or she may decline to participate without the risk of retaliation or any adverse job action.

 

LOGO       38


Federal law and Firm policy allow an individual to engage in limited personal, volunteer political activities on company premises on behalf of a federal candidate if:

 

   

the individual obtains approval before the activities occur. Contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics to request approval.

 

   

the political activities are isolated and incidental (they may not exceed 1 hour per week or 4 hours per month),

 

   

the activities do not prevent the individual from completing normal work or interfere with the Firm’s normal activity,

 

   

the activities do not raise the overhead of the Firm (for example, result in phone charges, postage or delivery charges, use of Firm materials), and

 

   

the activities do not involve services performed by other employees (including secretaries, assistants, or other subordinates) unless the other employees voluntarily engage in the political activities.

TCW follows the above policy for activities related to state and local elections.

Rules for Individuals

Responsibility for Personal Contribution Limits

Federal law and the laws of many states and localities establish contribution limits for individuals. Each employee is responsible for knowing and remaining within those limits.

Pre-Approval of all Political Contributions and Volunteer Activity

Each TCW employee, and their spouse, domestic partner and relative or significant other sharing the same house, must submit a Political Contribution Request Form to the Administrator of the Code of Ethics and obtain pre-approval before :

 

   

making or soliciting any Contribution to a current holder or candidate for a state, local or federal elected office, or a campaign committee, political party committee, proposition, referendum, initiative, other political committee or organization (example: Republican, Democratic Governors Association or Super PAC) or inaugural committee. A Contribution includes anything of value given or paid to:

 

   

influence any election for federal, state or local office;

 

   

pay any debt incurred in connection with such election; or

 

   

pay any transition or inaugural expenses incurred by the successful candidate for state or local office.

 

LOGO       39


   

volunteering their services to a political campaign, political party committee, proposition, referendum, initiative, political action committee (“ PAC ”) or political organization.

Access Persons are required to affirm after the end of each calendar quarter that they have reported all political contributions and volunteer services they, and each of their spouse, domestic partner and relative or significant other sharing the same house, have provided during the quarter.

New Hires

TCW considers all employees to be Covered Associates. New hires may not be made without the prior review of their political contributions and activities by Compliance. Human Resources will gather information on any new hire and provide this to Compliance for review. This information shall include information about the political contributions or activities of the new hire or his/her spouses, domestic partners and relatives or significant others sharing the same house. Legal and Compliance can exempt individuals or categories of employees from this review.

Participation in Public Affairs

The Firm encourages its employees to be involved in public affairs and political processes. Normally, participation in public affairs takes place outside of regular business hours. If participation in public affairs requires corporate time, or you wish to accept an appointive office, or you want to run for elective office, contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics in order to request approval.

You must campaign on your own time. You may not use Firm property or services without proper reimbursement to the Firm .

Employees participating in political activities do so as individuals and not as representatives of the Firm . You may not:

 

   

use either the Firm’s name or its address in material you mail or fundraising, and

 

   

identify the Firm in any advertisements or literature, except as necessary biographical information.

 

LOGO       40


Other Employee Conduct

Personal Loans

You may not borrow from clients or from Firm vendors or service providers, except those who engage in lending in the usual course of their business and then only on terms offered to others in similar circumstances, without special treatment. This prohibition does not preclude borrowing from individuals related to you by blood or marriage.

Taking Advantage of a Business Opportunity That Rightfully Belongs To the Firm

Employees must not take for their own advantage a business opportunity that rightfully belongs to the Firm . Whenever the Firm has been actively soliciting a business opportunity, or the opportunity has been offered to it, or the Firm’s funds, facilities, or personnel have been used in pursuing the opportunity, that opportunity rightfully belongs to the Firm and not to employees who may be in a position to divert the opportunity for their own benefits.

Examples of improperly taking advantage of a corporate opportunity include:

 

   

selling information to which an employee has access because of his/her position,

 

   

acquiring any property interest or right when the Firm is known to be interested in the property in question,

 

   

receiving a commission or fee on a transaction that would otherwise accrue to the Firm , and

 

   

diverting business or personnel from the Firm .

Disclosure of a Direct or Indirect Interest in a Transaction

If you or any family member have any interest in a transaction (whether on behalf of a client or the Firm ), that interest must be disclosed, in writing, to the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer to allow assessment of potential conflicts of interest.

You do not need to report any interest that is otherwise reported in accordance with the Personal Investment Transactions Policy.

Example of an interest that should be disclosed: conducting TCW business with a vendor or service provider who is related to you or for which your parent, spouse, or child is an officer should be disclosed.

 

LOGO       41


Corporate Property or Services

You may not purchase or acquire corporate property or use of the services of other employees for personal purposes. For example, you may not use inside counsel for personal legal advice absent approval from the General Counsel or use of outside counsel for that advice at the Firm’s expense.

Use of TCW Stationery

You may not use corporate stationery for personal correspondence or other non-job-related purposes.

Giving Advice to Clients

The Firm cannot practice law or provide legal advice.

 

   

Avoid statements that might be interpreted as legal advice; and

 

   

Avoid giving clients advice on tax matters, the preparation of tax returns, or investment decisions, except as appropriate in the performance of a fiduciary or advisory responsibility, or as otherwise required in the ordinary course of your duties.

 

LOGO       42


Confidentiality

All information relating to past, current, and prospective clients is confidential and is not to be discussed with anyone outside the organization under any circumstance. All employees and on-site long term temporary employees and consultants will be required to sign and adhere to a Confidentiality Agreement. You should report violations of the Confidentiality Agreement to the Chief Compliance Officer .

 

LOGO       43


Sanctions

The Firm may impose such sanctions it deems appropriate upon discovering a violation of this Code , including, but not limited to, an oral or written reprimand, supplemental training, a reversal of a transaction and disgorgement of profits, demotion, and suspension or termination of employment.

 

LOGO       44


Reporting Illegal or Suspicious Activity - “Whistleblower Policy”

Policy

The Firm is committed to compliance with the law and its policies in all of its operations. The Firm’s employees can provide early identification of significant issues that arise with compliance with policies and the law. The Firm’s policy is to create an environment in which its employees can report these issues in good faith without fear of reprisal.

The Firm requires that all employees report activity that is illegal or does not comply with the Firm’s policies and procedures (“ Compliance Issues ”), including this Code . Reports about Compliance Issues will be held confidentially by the Firm except in limited circumstances. The Firm expects the exercise of the Whistleblower Policy to be used responsibly. If an employee believes that a policy is not being followed because it is being overlooked, one first step could be to bring the issue to the attention of the party charged with the operation of the policy. If, however, you believe that a policy is not being followed and feel uncomfortable bringing it to the attention of the person involved, you may follow the other procedures set forth in this policy.

Procedure

In some cases, an employee should be able to resolve issues or concerns with their manager or, if appropriate, other management senior to their manager. However, this may fail or the employee may have legitimate reasons to choose not to notify management. In such cases, the Firm has established a system for employees to report Compliance Issues .

An employee who has a good faith belief that a Compliance Issue may occur or is occurring is required to come forward and report under this policy. “Good faith” means that the employee believes that they are disclosing information that is truthful, but it does not require that a reported concern is correct.

The report should be made to the General Counsel and may be made in person, in writing (including email) or via the whistleblower line at (213) 244-0055. The whistleblower line is only directly accessible by the General Counsel . Reports may also be made anonymously via the whistleblower line or the whistleblower drop box located in the dining room on the 21st floor of the Los Angeles office and in the Town Hall pantry in the New York office; however, the Firm encourages employees to identify themselves when making a report to facilitate follow-up communication. When making a report, employees should state in as much detail as possible the facts that raised a concern.

The General Counsel will consult with others, who may include the Chief Compliance Officer and outside counsel, about the investigation as appropriate. Depending on the nature of the matters covered by the report, an investigation may be conducted by an officer or manager, the Chief Compliance Officer , the General Counsel or an external party.

 

LOGO       45


The Firm understands the importance of maintaining confidentiality of the reporting employee. The identity of the employee making the report will be kept confidential, except to the extent that disclosure may be required by law, a governmental agency, or self-regulatory organization, or as an essential part of completing the investigation. The employee making the report will be advised if confidentiality cannot be maintained. To the extent practicable, employees will be kept apprised of the Firm’s response to their reports.

The Chief Compliance Officer will follow up to assure that the investigation is completed, that any Compliance Issue is addressed, and that no acts of retribution or retaliation occur against the person reporting violations or cooperating in an investigation in good faith.

Each quarter (or more frequently as necessary), the General Counsel will provide TCW’s Board of Directors with an update regarding the status of each report received under this policy during the preceding quarter. Employees may also contact the California Office of the Attorney General’s whistleblower hotline at (800) 952-5225. The Attorney General refers calls received on its whistleblower hotline to an appropriate governmental authority for review and possible investigation

Submitting a report that is known to be false is a violation of this Reporting of Illegal or Suspicious Activity Policy.

 

LOGO       46


Glossary

A

Access Person(s) - Includes all of the Firm’s directors, officers, and employees, except those who (i) do not devote substantially all working time to the activities of the Firm , and (ii) do not have access to information about the day-to-day investment activities of the Firm . A consultant, temporary employee, or other person may be considered an Access Person depending on various factors, including length of service, nature of duties, and access to Firm information.

Account - A separate account and/or a commingled fund (e.g., limited partnership, trust, mutual fund, REIT , and CBO/CDO/CLO ).

Administrator of the Code of Ethics – Shall be a member of the Compliance Department, as designated by the Chief Compliance Officer .

Approving Officers - One of the Chief Operating Officer or the Head of Investment Operations Technology in addition to one of the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer .

B

Beneficial Interest – an interest of an Access Person in a security or account of another person under which they (i) can obtain benefits substantially equivalent to owning the security, (ii) can obtain ownership of the security immediately or within 60 days, or (iii) can vote or dispose of the security.

C

CBO - Collateralized bond obligation.

CDO - Collateralized debt obligation. A security backed by a pool of bonds, loans, and other assets.

Chief Compliance Officer - The Chief Compliance Officer of TCW . For purposes of this policy, the term Chief Compliance Officer shall include persons authorized by the Chief Compliance Officer to handle certain matters under this Code of Ethics policy.

CLO - Collateralized loan obligation.

Code of Ethics or Code - This Code of Ethics.

 

LOGO       47


Compliance Issue - activity that is illegal or does not comply with the Firm’s formal written policies and procedures

Contribution – includes anything of value given or paid to (i) influence any election for federal, state or local office, (ii) pay any debt incurred in connection with such election, or (iii) pay transition or inaugural expenses incurred by the successful candidate for state or local office.

Covered Account – Account of an Access Person or Covered Person .

Covered Person – Spouse, minor child, relative or significant other sharing a house with an Access Person , or any other person, when the Access Person has a “ beneficial interest ” in the person’s accounts or securities.

Covered Transaction – A transaction in a Covered Account .

D

Direct Purchase Plan - An investment service that allows individuals to purchase a security directly from a company or through a transfer agent. Not all companies offer Direct Purchase Plans and the plans often have restrictions on when an individual can purchase.

E

Entertainment - Generally means the attendance by you and your guests at a meal, sporting event, theater production, or comparable event where the expenses are paid by a business relation who invited you, and also might include payment of travel to, or accommodation expenses at, a conference or an out-of-town event.

ETF - Exchange Traded Fund. A fund that tracks an index but can be traded like a stock.

Ethical Walls or Informational Barriers - The conscientious use of a combination of trading restrictions and information barriers designed to confine material non-public information to a given individual, group, or department.

Exchange Act - Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exempt Securities - Those Securities described in the subsection Exempt Securities in the Personal Investment Transactions Policy.

F

Firm or TCW - The TCW Group of companies.

 

LOGO       48


Firm Personnel - All directors, officers and employees of the Firm and any persons engaged to act on behalf of the Firm, including agents, representatives, temporary agency personnel, consultants, and contract-based personnel, wherever located.    

Foreign Official - Includes (i) government officials, (ii) political party leaders, (iii) candidates for office, (iv) employees of state-owned enterprises (such as state-owned banks or pension plans), and (v) relatives or agents of a Foreign Official if a payment is made to such relative or agent of a Foreign Official with the knowledge or intent that it ultimately would benefit the Foreign Official .

G

General Counsel - The General Counsel of TCW . For purposes of this policy, the term General Counsel shall include persons authorized by the General Counsel to handle certain matters under this Code of Ethics policy.

Gift - Anything of value received without paying its reasonable fair value (e.g., favors, credit, special discounts on goods or services, free services, loans of goods or money, tickets to sports or entertainment events, trips and hotel expenses). If something falls within the definition of Entertainment , it does not fall within the category of Gifts .

I

IPO - Initial public offering. An offering of securities registered under the Securities Act , the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act .

Inside information - Material, non-public information.

Investment Compliance - The support group for certain trading areas that, among others, checks proposed trades and open trades against investment restrictions.

Investment Personnel - Includes (i) any portfolio manager or securities analyst or securities trader who provides information or advice to a portfolio manager or who helps execute a portfolio manager’s decision, and (ii) a member of the Investment Compliance Department.

L

Limited Offering - An offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6), or pursuant to Rules 504, 505, or 506 or under the

 

LOGO       49


Securities Act . Note that a CBO or CDO is considered a Limited Offering or Private Placement .

Linked Broker – A broker that provides account information by automatic feed to StarCompliance.

LM-I O Information Report - Report required for reporting gifts or entertainment to labor unions or union officials.

M

Material Information - Information that a reasonable investor would consider important in making an investment decision. Generally, this is information the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to have an effect on the price of a company’s securities.

MetWest - Metropolitan West Asset Management, LLC, a U.S.-registered investment advisor and direct subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc.

MetWest Mutual Funds - Metropolitan West Funds, each of its series, and any other proprietary, registered, open-end investment companies (mutual funds) advised by MetWest .

N

Non-Discretionary Accounts - Accounts for which the individual does not directly or indirectly make or influence the investment decisions.

O

Outside Fiduciary Accounts - Certain fiduciary accounts outside of the Firm for which an individual has received the Firm’s approval to act as fiduciary and that the Firm has determined qualify to be treated as Outside Fiduciary Accounts under this Code of Ethics .

P

Private Placements - An offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6), or pursuant to Rules 504, 505, or 506 or under the Securities Act . Note that a CBO or CDO is considered a Limited Offering or Private Placement .

 

LOGO       50


R

REIT - Real estate investment trust.

Registered Person(s) - Any person having a securities license (e.g., Series 6, 7, 24, etc.) with TFD .

Restricted Securities List - A list of the securities for which the Firm is generally limited firm-wide from engaging in transactions.

Rule 10b5-1 Plan - A rule established by the Securities Exchange Commission ( SEC ) that allows insiders of publicly traded corporations to set up a trading plan for selling stocks they own. Rule 10b5-1 allows major holders to sell a predetermined number of shares at a predetermined time.

S

SEC - Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities - Includes any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, including stocks, bonds, ETFs , shares of mutual funds, and other investment companies (including money market funds and their equivalents), options, warrants, financial commodities, a derivative linked to a specific security or other derivative products and interests in privately placed offerings and limited partnerships, including hedge funds. Does not include cryptocurrencies or digital currencies.

Securities Act - Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

T

TAMCO - TCW Asset Management Company LLC, a U.S.-registered investment advisor and direct subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc.

TCW or Firm - The TCW Group of companies.

TCW Advisor - Includes TAMCO , TIMCO , MetWest and any other U.S. federally registered advisors directly or indirectly controlled by The TCW Group, Inc.

TCW Alternative Funds or TAF – TCW Alternative Funds, including each of its series.

TCW Funds - TCW Funds, Inc., each of its series, and any other proprietary, registered, open-end investment companies (mutual funds) advised by TIMCO

 

LOGO       51


TCW Mutual Funds – Collectively, the TCW Funds , MetWest Mutual Funds , TCW Alternative Funds and TSI and any other registered investment company advised by TIMCO , MetWest or any other affiliate, unless otherwise indicated.

TFD or TCW Funds Distributors LLC – A limited-purpose broker-dealer (formerly, TCW Brokerage Services).

TIMCO - TCW Investment Management Company LLC, a U.S.-registered investment advisor and direct subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc.

TSI - TCW Strategic Income Fund, Inc., a registered, closed-end investment company advised by TIMCO .

 

LOGO       52

Deutsche Bank

Compliance

  

EX-99.(p)(39)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

Table of Contents

  

1. Overview

     4  

2. General Rule

     5  

3. Standards of Business Conduct

     6  

4. Definitions

     7  

5. Restrictions

     9  

A.

  General      9  

B.

  Specific Blackout Period Restrictions      10  

C.

  New Issues (“IPOs”)      11  

D.

  Short-Term Trading      11  

E.

  Holding Period Requirement      11  

F.

  Restricted Lists      12  

G.

  Private Placements, Private Investment Partnerships and Other Private Interests      12  

H.

  Other General Restrictions      13  

6. Compliance Procedures

     14  

A.

  Designated Brokerage Accounts      14  

B.

  Pre-Clearance      14  

C.

  Deutsche Mutual Fund Holdings      15  

D.

  Requirements Applicable to External, Temporary or Contract Employees      15  

E.

  Reporting Requirements      15  

F.

  Confirmation of Compliance with Policies      17  

7. Other Procedures/Restrictions

     17  

A.

  Service on Boards of Directors      17  

B.

  Outside Business Affiliations      18  

C.

  Executorships      18  

D.

  Trusteeships      18  

E.

  Custodianships and Powers of Attorney      18  

F.

  Gifts and Entertainment      18  

G.

  Rules for Dealing with Governmental Officials and Political Candidates      19  

H.

  Confidentiality      20  

I.

  Prohibition of Market Abuse under the European Market Abuse Regulation      20  

8. Supervision

     22  

9. Sanctions and Red Flags

     22  

10. Interpretations and Exceptions

     23  

11. Business-Line and Infrastructure Controls

     23  

12. Associated Policies

     23  

APPENDIX I

     23  

SCHEDULE A

     24  

For Internal Use Only

 

2


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

For Internal Use Only

 

3


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

1.

Overview

Deutsche Bank’s Values and Beliefs

Deutsche Bank (“DB”) has established a clear set of values and beliefs which lie at the core of what we do - Integrity, Sustainable Performance, Client Centricity, Innovation, Discipline and Partnership. These values guide our behavior with clients, with each other, with our shareholders and with the communities we serve. They define the type of institution Deutsche Bank aspires to be. Each of the values rests on a set of beliefs which set out how we seek to conduct ourselves as we live our values and reflects our own history, the interests of our stakeholders and the changing environment in which we operate.

Risk Culture

With these guiding values, Risk Management defined and embedded a set of risk culture behaviors that align with those values. These behaviors, listed below, operationalize DB’s values enhancing its corporate governance through a strong risk management culture and establishing DB’s expectations that all Employees take a holistic approach to managing risk and return and effectively managing DB’s risk, capital and reputation. These behaviors include:

 

   

Being fully responsible for managing and mitigating DB’s risks where possible.

 

   

Being rigorous, forward looking, and comprehensive in the assessment of risk.

 

   

Inviting colleagues to challenge behaviors inconsistent with our risk culture.

 

   

Being cautious of any conflicts of interests.

 

   

Troubleshooting collectively.

 

   

Placing DB’s reputation at the heart of all decisions.

Fiduciary Obligations

In conducting our activities within DB’s values and beliefs within the context of a strong risk management framework, Deutsche Asset Management (“AM US”) Employees must also be cognizant of our fiduciary obligations.    AM US Employees will, in varying degrees, participate in or be aware of fiduciary and investment services provided to investment advisory clients, pooled vehicles, institutional investment clients, employee benefit trusts and other types of investment advisory accounts. As a fiduciary, we have an obligation to act solely in the best interest of our clients. The fiduciary relationship mandates adherence to the highest standards of conduct and integrity. We will at all times conduct ourselves with integrity and distinction, putting the interests of our clients first and beyond all others.

The Code

The AM US Code of Ethics (the “Code”) sets forth the specialized rules for business conduct and guidelines for the personal investing and business activities generally required of employees within AM US. The provisions of the Code apply to all US AM employees. This includes the following:

 

   

All AM US employees in the US in the Active, Passive, Global Client Group (“GCG”), Alternatives;

 

   

All other employees involved in executing or supporting DB’s US Registered Investment Adviser (“RIA”) businesses, including those who are dual-hatted into a DB RIA; and

 

   

Any employees as the Compliance Department (“Compliance”) 1 may determine to be covered by this Code, from time to time.

 

1  

“Compliance” refers to the DB Americas Compliance Department (generally referred to herein as “Compliance” and/or its unit specifically designated to the AM US business units, “AM Compliance”).

For Internal Use Only

 

4


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

   LOGO

 

Alternatives employees are subject to additional personal trading restrictions which are described in their business specific procedures.

This Code applies in addition to the associated policies in Section 12.

For access to the policies and procedures, see the DB Policy Portal .

Together, this Code, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics – DB Group, Employee and Employee-Related Accounts Trading Policy & Procedures – APAC, Americas & EMEA (ex Germany) (“ETRA Policy”) and other associated policies in Section 12 underscore DB’s commitment that in all of our dealings, we will act with fairness, decency and integrity and adhere to the highest standards of ethics. The success of this commitment depends on the conduct of each DB employee.

Accordingly, each employee must have a reasonable knowledge of the policies that are applicable to them and their businesses. Supervisors are responsible for instituting reasonable measures pursuant to the CCF Risk Categories – Written Supervisory Procedures – Deutsche Asset Management (“WSP”) and each business lines Key Operating Procedures (“KOP”), as applicable to make sure that employees understand them, are kept up-to-date of any changes, and comply with them.

Any questions as to the interpretation of the Code should be referred to a Compliance Officer for further assistance.

 

2.

General Rule

This policy applies to all AM US Employees. External, Temporary and Contract Employees, depending on their period of service, may be subject to all or part of the Code. All Employees must be mindful of their fiduciary duties towards their clients within the framework of legal and regulatory requirements. Consistent with this standard, the interests of AM USclients take priority over the investment desires of AM USEmployees. All AM US Employees must conduct themselves in a manner consistent with the requirements and procedures set forth in the Code as follows:

 

   

All conflicts or appearance of conflicts must be identified, mitigated or managed, between the self-interest of any Employee and the responsibility of that Employee to DB, its shareholders or its clients. 2 AM USbusiness management maintains a register of actual and potential conflicts of interest identifying global applicability. Employees should familiarize themselves with the register. As per the WSP, Employees should notify Compliance promptly if a conflict has not been properly managed, mitigated and/or disclosed. The register can be accessed at:

https://mydb.intranet.db.com/docs/DOC-179696

 

   

Pursuant to the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy – DB Group , all Employees must never improperly use their position with DB for personal or private gain to themselves, their family or any other person.

Employees are required to comply with applicable US federal securities and/or banking laws and may also be required to comply with other policies imposing separate requirements. Specifically, they may be subject to laws or regulations that impose restrictions with respect to personal securities transactions, including, but not limited to, Section 17(j) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The purpose of this Code is to ensure that, in connection with his or her personal trading, no Employee shall conduct any of the following acts in connection with a client account:

 

2  

The rules herein cannot anticipate all situations which may involve a possible conflict of interest. If an Employee becomes aware of a personal interest that is, or might be, in conflict with the interest of a client, that person should disclose the potential conflict to AM Compliance or Legal prior to executing such transaction.

For Internal Use Only

 

5


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

   

Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;

 

   

Make any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement not misleading;

 

   

Engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit;

 

   

Engage in any manipulative practice; or

 

   

Spread any rumors or misinformation that is known to be false or misleading; this includes rumors that may reasonably be expected to affect market conditions. Discussion of unsubstantiated information published in a widely circulated public media is allowed so long as any unsubstantiated information is sourced to the news outlet and is made clear that the information is not based on fact.

Any Employee who discovers a violation of the Code is personally required to report the violation to Compliance, and if he or she does not do so, the Employee shall be deemed in violation of this Code, subject to the exception noted below, or elsewhere herein. The Chief Compliance Officer(s) (or designee) or Heads of Department / Function and Compliance senior management will receive periodic reports of all violations of the Code.

Any Employee who violates the Code may be subject to the issuance of a Red Flag resulting in disciplinary actions, including possible termination of employment and regulatory sanctions and fines. Please refer to Section 9 for additional information regarding Sanctions and Red Flags.

If it is not practicable to report the violation to the noted contacts above, Employees should refer to the Whistleblower Policy – Deutsche Bank Group . This policy sets forth the reporting requirements and procedures for any possible violations of the Code. It also refers to the DB Employee Hotlines which can be found at the following link:

https://mydb.intranet.db.com/docs/DOC-199157

The hotlines are toll-free numbers available 24 hours/7 days a week/365 days of the year and can be used to relay any issues or concerns about potentially unethical or inappropriate business practices on an anonymous basis.

 

3.

Standards of Business Conduct

DB has established minimum personal and professional conduct standards in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics – DB Group , Human Resources policies, and various Compliance policies to facilitate compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations when carrying out responsibilities on behalf of DB. DB will provide ongoing training and education on personal and professional conduct issues.

In sum, these standards require that all Employees:

 

   

Conduct all business done on behalf of DB in a professional, fair and legal manner.

 

   

Attend all applicable training and education programs.

 

   

Respond to external requests for information only following consultation with, and agreement of the appropriate DB department.

For Internal Use Only

 

6


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

   

Communicate on behalf of DB in a professional manner and ensure such communications are clear, fair, balanced and accurate to the best of their knowledge.

 

   

Do not engage in any internal or external business activities or dealings that could interfere with your employment with DB or may result in a conflict of interest or give the appearance of impropriety.

 

   

Record, maintain and report accurately all information you create or control.

 

   

Maintain the confidentiality of all information about DB, its customers and other companies that you create, control or have access to.

 

   

Use DB’s approved systems and facilities for business purposes.

 

   

Do not trade or recommend securities (or encourage others to do so) on the basis of “inside information”.

 

   

Know DB’s information barrier controls, in particular, where they and their business division sit with regard to these controls.

 

   

When dealing with customers, ensure that your conduct complies with appropriate rules and regulations including applicable stock exchange and self-regulatory organization rules (for example, NYSE, BATS and/or FINRA).

 

   

Know and follow DB’s Anti-Money Laundering Program, New Client Adoption requirements and embargoes.

 

   

Report promptly any suspected violation of DB policy or illegal conduct.

In particular, DB expects all employees to act with fairness, decency and integrity and adhere to the highest standards of ethics, avoiding any activity, interest or external association that could impair or give the appearance of impairing Employees’ abilities to perform their work objectively and effectively. If a conflict of interest arises, it must be managed promptly and appropriately, and with the interests of customers paramount to all others.

Employees will, in varying degrees, participate in or be aware of fiduciary and investment services provided to investment advisory clients, registered investment companies, institutional investment clients, employee benefit trusts and other types of investment advisory accounts. The fiduciary relationship mandates adherence to the highest standards of conduct and integrity. Employees will at all times conduct themselves with integrity and distinction, putting first the interests of clients.

 

4.

Definitions

 

  A.

Accounts/Trading Account ” shall mean any banking, investment or other account through which Employees can purchase, sell or hold securities products, excluding custodial accounts opened at a DB group company specifically and solely for the purpose of receiving DB stock.

 

  B.

Business Signatory Officer ” (“BSO”) is an Employee designated to approve personal transactions (for example, a supervisor or line manager).

 

  C.

Compliance ” shall mean the designated compliance officer contact assigned to support a specific business line.

For Internal Use Only

 

7


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

  D.

Discretionary Managed Account ” shall mean trading accounts that falls into one of two categories:

 

  (i)

Accounts where (A) the Employee or Family/Household Member has fully delegated the investment decision to a third-party by means of a written Discretionary Investment Management Agreement, and (B) the investment manager maintains full discretionary control over the Account and confirms that the Employee or Family/Household Member will not be permitted to direct or influence trading in the Account; or

 

  (ii)

Accounts where (A) the investment manager maintains full discretionary control over the Account, and (B) the Account is programmatically managed (i.e., all accounts in the programme are managed identically and the broker does not adjust the trading strategy to conform to any specific views or preferences).

 

  E.

Employee ” is a general term which shall include all Investment Personnel and Access Persons 3 .

 

  F.

Employee and Employee-Related Account ” shall mean trading accounts owned or controlled by Employees or Family/Household Members.

 

  G.

External, Temporary or Contract Employees ” shall mean individuals working at or for DB who are not directly employed by DB.

 

  H.

Investment Personnel ” shall mean and include:

 

  (i)

Portfolio Managers, portfolio consultants, traders, analysts (including other Employees who work directly with these individuals in an assistant capacity) and others as may be determined by AM Compliance. As those responsible for making investment decisions (or participating in such decisions) in client accounts or providing information or advice to Portfolio Managers or otherwise helping to execute or implement the Portfolio Managers’ recommendations, Investment Personnel occupy a comparatively sensitive position, and thus, additional rules outlined herein apply to such individuals.

 

  I.

Mutual Funds ” shall include all open end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, other than money market mutual funds unless otherwise directed by Compliance.

 

  J.

Securities ” shall include equity or debt securities, including closed-end investment companies, derivatives of securities (such as options, warrants, and ADRs), futures, swaps, commodities, securities indices, exchange-traded funds, government and municipal bonds and similar instruments, but do not include :

 

  (i)

Bankers’ acceptances;

 

  (ii)

Bank certificates of deposit;

 

  (iii)

Commercial paper;

 

  (iv)

High quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

  (v)

Mutual Funds, other than mutual funds required to be reported.

 

 

3  

All AM employees in the US are generally considered Access Persons for the purposes of this Code. An Access Person is a supervised person who has access to non-public information regarding clients’ purchase or sale of securities, is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public. A supervised person who has access to non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of affiliated mutual funds is also an Access Person.

For Internal Use Only

 

8


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

5.

Restrictions

For purposes of the Code, a prohibition or requirement applicable to any Employee applies also to transactions in certain Securities and Mutual Funds for the Employee’s Employee Related Account(s), including transactions executed by that Employee’s spouse or relatives living in the Employee’s household (see definition under 4.F. above).

Employees must ensure conflicts or appearance of conflicts are identified, mitigated or managed, between their duties and responsibilities and their personal investment activities. To avoid potential conflicts, absent specific written approval from their Managing Officer 4 and Compliance, Employees should not personally invest in Securities issued by companies with which they have significant dealings on behalf of AM, or in investment vehicles sponsored by such companies. Additional rules that apply to Securities transactions by Employees, including the requirement for Employees to pre-clear personal Securities transactions and rules regarding how Employee Related Accounts must be maintained are described in more detail later in this Code.

Note that violations of these Restrictions may result in an employee receiving a Red Flag. See Sanctions and Red Flags, Section 9 for further information.

 

  A.

General

 

  (i)

The Basic Policy: Employees have a personal obligation to conduct their investing activities and related Securities and Mutual Fund transactions lawfully and in a manner that avoids actual or potential conflicts between their own interests and the interests of AM and their clients. Employees must carefully consider the nature of their responsibilities – and the type of information that he or she might be deemed to possess in light of any particular Securities and Mutual Fund transaction – before engaging in that transaction.

 

  (ii)

Material Non-public Information: An employee who is in possession of or believes they are in possession of material non-public information about or affecting Securities or their issuer should promptly notify Compliance (and no one else, including AM personnel). Such Employees are prohibited from buying or selling such Securities or advising any other person to buy or sell such Securities.

See also the Information Security Principles – DB Group and the Handling Confidential and Non-Public, Price Sensitive Information and Chinese Walls Policy—DB Group .

 

  (iii)

Firm and Departmental Restricted Lists: Employees are not permitted to buy or sell any Securities that are included on the Compliance Restricted List (available at https://cresta.uk.intranet.db.com/cwa/rl/overview.jsp or can be accessed from the Compliance intranet home page) and/or other applicable restricted lists. See “Restricted Lists” below.

 

  (iv)

Front-Running: Employees are prohibited from buying or selling Securities, exchange traded closed-end funds, or other instruments in their Employee Related Accounts so as to benefit from the Employee’s knowledge of the Firm’s or a client’s trading positions, plans or strategies; or forthcoming research recommendations.

 

4  

For purposes of this policy, “ Managing Officer is defined as an officer of at least the Managing Director level to whom the Employee directly or indirectly reports, who is in charge of the Employee’s unit (e.g., a Department Head, Division Head, Function Head, Group Head, General Manager, etc.).

For Internal Use Only

 

9


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

  B.

Specific Blackout Period Restrictions

 

  (i)

SAME-DAY RULE:

 

  Employees shall not knowingly or otherwise effect the purchase or sale of a Security for an Employee Related Account on a day during which any AM client account has a “buy” or “sell” order for the same Security, until that order is executed or withdrawn.

 

  (ii)

5-DAY RULE:

 

  a)

Investment Personnel shall not purchase or sell a Security for an Employee Related Account within five calendar days before or five calendar days after the same Security is traded (or contemplated to be traded) for a client account with which the individual is associated.

 

  b)

Employees and other personnel of the Fixed Income portfolio management team or the Equity portfolio management team who have real time access to their respective team’s global research (or has access to both Fixed Income and Equity global research) , shall not purchase or sell a Security for an Employee Related Account within five calendar days before or five calendar days after the same Security: (a) has its internal rating upgraded or downgraded; or (b) has research coverage initiated.

 

  c)

Employees identified as having access to Fixed Income or Equity model portfolio changes shall not purchase or sell a Security for an Employee Related Account within five calendar days before or five calendar days after the same Security is added to/deleted from or has its weighting changed in the model portfolio.

 

  (iii)

DB Securities:

During certain times of the year, all DB employees are prohibited from conducting transactions in the equity and debt Securities of DB, which affect their beneficial interest in the Firm. Compliance generally imposes these “blackout” periods around the fiscal reporting of corporate earnings. Blackouts typically begin three days prior to the expected quarterly or annual earnings announcement and end after earnings are released publicly. Additional restricted periods may be required for certain individuals and events, and Compliance will announce when such additional restricted periods are in effect. Employees are prohibited from trading in options on DB securities.

The only permissible transactions in DB Securities (excluding DB Proprietary Products) are purchases and long sales of DB stock and debt. DB Proprietary Products include DB hedge funds, DB issued Exchange-Traded Funds, DB issued structured notes, DB issued private equity or real estate funds, DWS products etc. In general, the hypothecation of, hedging of long stock positions with stock options or other equity derivatives, and short selling of DB Securities, are prohibited. This prohibition includes the hedging of un-vested DB Securities granted to Employees.

 

  (iv)

Exceptions to Blackout Periods ( above items i and ii only ):

The following are exempt from the specified blackout periods:

 

   

The purchase or sale of 500 shares or less in companies comprising the S&P 500 Index;

 

   

ETFs (Exchange-Traded Funds – e.g., SPDRs or “Spiders” (S&P 500 Index), DIAs or “Diamonds” (Dow Jones Industrial Average), etc.) and similar securities;

For Internal Use Only

 

10


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

   

Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person, an investment company, or another US client.

 

   

Government and municipal bonds;

 

   

Currency and Interest Rate Futures;

 

   

Shares purchased under an issuer sponsored DRIPs, other than optional purchases;

 

   

To the extent acquired from the issuer, purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued pro rata to holders of a class of Securities; and

 

   

Securities purchased under an employer sponsored stock purchase plan or upon the exercise of employee stock options.

Note: Transactions in derivative instruments, including warrants, convertible Securities, futures, swaps and options, etc. shall be restricted in the same manner as the underlying Security.

 

  C.

New Issues (“IPOs”)

Employees are prohibited from purchasing or subscribing for Securities pursuant to an initial public offering. This prohibition applies even if DB (or any affiliate) has no underwriting role and/or is not involved with the distribution. However, approval may be granted by Compliance to participate in a particular IPO where DB does not act as an underwriter.

 

  D.

Short-Term Trading

Employees must always conduct their personal trading activities lawfully, properly and responsibly, and are encouraged to adopt long-term investment strategies that are consistent with their financial resources and objectives. DB generally discourages short-term trading strategies, and Employees are cautioned that such strategies may inherently carry a higher risk of regulatory and other scrutiny. In any event, excessive or inappropriate trading that interferes with job performance or compromises the duty that DB owes to its clients and shareholders will not be tolerated.

 

  E.

Holding Period Requirement

Positions in Securities and DB advised/issued Funds must be held for a minimum of 30 calendar days following the trade date. Requirements under the holding period may be waived in exceptional circumstances by Compliance.

Mutual Funds subject to periodic purchase plans including your Employee-sponsored benefit plans (e.g., DB 401(k) plan) are subject to short term trading limitations as per the Fund’s prospectus.

The following are exempted from this restriction:

 

   

Shares purchased under an issuer sponsored DRIPs, other than optional purchases;

 

   

To the extent acquired from the issuer, purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued pro rata to holders of a class of Securities;

 

   

Securities purchased under an employer sponsored stock purchase plan;

For Internal Use Only

 

11


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

   

Exchange-Traded Funds (Note: DB issued ETFs are subject to the 30 Day Rule);

 

   

Fixed Income Mutual Funds investing in government bonds with “short-term” in their name; and

 

   

Mutual Funds other than Deutsche Mutual Funds, for which AM does not serve as sub-advisor. (Note: Both Deutsche Mutual Funds and closed-end investment companies are subject to the 30-Day Rule.)

 

  F.

Restricted Lists

 

  (i)

DB Restricted List

The DB Restricted List is comprised of securities in which the normal trading or recommending activity of DB and its employees is prohibited or subject to specified restrictions. While the DB Restricted List is distributed extensively internally and posted on the intranet, its composition is generally considered sensitive and should not be shared outside of DB.

All employees are responsible for checking the Restricted List prior to entering into any transaction, soliciting customer orders or issuing research. Failure to observe the requirements of the Restricted List is considered a serious disciplinary matter and may result in sanctions, which could include dismissal.

The Restricted List can be found at https://cresta.uk.intranet.db.com/cwa/rl/overview.jsp or can be accessed from the DB Compliance intranet home page under Useful Links.

For additional information, please also see the Restricted List Policy – DB Group .

 

  (ii)

AM Restricted List

The AM Restricted List is comprised of securities for which Employees have reported material non-public information or for various other reasons which result in the need to restrict trading for certain Employees. The AM Restricted List is not published outside of Compliance. Personal trade requests for transactions in securities which are on the AM Restricted List will be automatically denied. During the time that a security is placed on the Restricted List, effecting any personal purchase or sale transactions involving that security for the period of time that it is on the Restricted List, is prohibited.

 

  G.

Private Placements, Private Investment Partnerships and Other Private Interests

Prior to effecting a transaction in private Securities (i.e., Securities not requiring registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission and sold directly to the investor), or purchasing or subscribing for interests of any kind in a privately held company, private investment partnership, or industrial/commercial property, all Employees must first, in accordance with DB policy, obtain the approval of his/her supervisor and then pre-clear the transaction with Compliance, including completing the questionnaire in the Employee Trade Request Application (“ ETRA ”) system. Any new Employee, who holds an interest in any of the above, must disclose such holdings to the Compliance Department within 10 days of employment.

 

  (i)

DB-Sponsored Private Placements, Private Investment Partnerships and Other Private Interests

For Internal Use Only

 

12


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

Employee investments or transactions (including liquidations) in DB’s Proprietary Products (for example, Global Equity Derivatives structured notes (equity-linked notes/mandatory convertible notes), DB-issued private equity or real estate funds, etc.) raises special concerns regarding the potential for conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts. In addition, pursuant to Volcker Rule, Employees may not invest in DB-sponsored private funds, which are exempt from registration under Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) (“Related Covered Funds”), except for any employee who is directly providing investment advisory or other services to the fund. Accordingly, transactions in such securities must be reported to and approved in advance by the employee’s supervisor and the Employee Trading Group, and Compliance is responsible for assessing employee requested trades in Related Covered Funds. Specific questions will be asked regarding Proprietary Products and specific restrictions will apply. Employees must complete the on-line Private Transactions Pre-Clearance Questionnaire (available on ETRA ) to obtain approval for such requests. Employees should not proceed with any such investments until they have obtained approval from the Employee Trading Group.

 

  H.

Other General Restrictions

Employees are also subject to the following general restrictions:

 

   

Employees are prohibited from sharing in the profits and losses of customer accounts (unless the customer is a family member of the employee, for example, joint accounts).

 

   

Taking unfair advantage of any customer, supplier, competitor or other firm information through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material fact or any other unfair dealing or practice.

 

   

Accepting personal fees, commissions, other compensation paid or expenses paid or reimbursed from others, not in the usual course of DB’s business, in connection with any business or transaction involving DB.

 

   

Using non-approved/sponsored DB systems (information technology and electronic communications system) to conduct DB business.

 

   

Permitting firm property (including data transmitted or stored electronically and computer resources) to be damaged, lost, misused, or intercepted in an unauthorized manner.

 

   

Borrowing or accepting money from customers or suppliers unless the customer or supplier is a financial institution that makes such loans in the ordinary course of its business.

 

   

Providing customers with legal, tax (except tax preparation), or accounting advice.

 

   

Doing any of the above actions indirectly through another person.

 

   

Entering into cross transactions between the employee’s accounts and any other account.

 

   

Contacting other broker-dealers to prearrange trades for their accounts.

 

   

Effecting transactions that might raise or give the appearance of a conflict with the employee’s duties or responsibilities with DB.

 

   

Timing transactions in Employee and Employee-Related or client accounts to take advantage of possible market action caused by transactions in other client accounts.

For Internal Use Only

 

13


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

6.

Compliance Procedures

 

  A.

Designated Brokerage Accounts

All Employees in the US must maintain their Employee and Employee-Related Accounts with a Designated Broker (provided below). Upon joining DB, new employees must make best efforts to complete the transfer of all Accounts to a Designated Broker within 60 days of the start of employment.

Exceptions to the Designated Broker Requirement will be given only where a Household/Family Member is employed by another financial institution with its own conflicting Designated Broker requirement (i.e., the “spousal exception”). All other requirements, including but not limited to the disclosure and pre-approval requirements, apply to Accounts granted a spousal exception.

See the link below for a list of Designated Brokers https://mydb.intranet.db.com/docs/DOC-347942 .

Under no circumstance is an Employee permitted to open or maintain any Employee Related Account that is undisclosed to Compliance. Also, the policies, procedures and rules described throughout this Code of Ethics apply to all Employee Related Accounts .

Accordingly, all Employees are required to open and maintain their Employee Related Accounts in accordance with the Employee Trading Policy – DB Group and the Employee and Employee-Related Accounts Trading Policy & Procedures – Americas, APAC, EMEA (ex-Germany).

 

  B.

Pre-Clearance

All Employee Trades must be pre-cleared by the: 1) employee’s supervisor (or designee); and 2) the Employee Trading Group. Execution of a trade may not take place until the trade has been pre-cleared by the supervisor (or designee) and the Employee Trading Group. Failure to complete the pre-clearance process may result in cancellation of the Employee Trade and disciplinary action, including termination. Employees are responsible for all consequences resulting from cancelled employee trades that were not processed in accordance with this Code or related DB policies and procedures.

Pre-clearance of employee trades must be processed via ETRA through Compliance Direct, which is available on the Employee Compliance Application Portal accessible on dbnetwork Americas. Approvals are valid only for the day granted. Good Till Cancelled (“GTC”) orders are NOT permitted in instruments for which pre-clearance is required. If the security or product is NOT subject to pre-clearance (e.g., ETFs (excluding DB issued ETFs which must be pre-cleared), currencies, treasuries, indexes, etc.), extended period limit orders may be entered.

Excluding DB Proprietary Products 5 , the following are exempted from the pre-clearance requirement:

 

   

Trading in Discretionary Managed Accounts (i.e., accounts where the Employee exercises no discretion in relation to the management of the account or selection of underlying investments);

 

   

Cash commodities where the Employee accepts physical delivery;

 

   

Transactions in college savings plans (e.g., US 529 Plans) ;

 

   

Transfers from one Account to another Account of the same Employee, provided that the second Account was disclosed in accordance with this Policy;

 

 

5  

DB Mutual Funds are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement.

For Internal Use Only

 

14


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

   

Receipt of securities under automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plans; however optional purchases in, and sales out of, a DRIP account do require pre-clearance

 

   

Mutual Funds (including Deutsche Mutual Funds);

 

   

Unit Trusts;

 

   

Index products where no single stock has a weighting of more than 20% (unless the Employee is an index trader, in which case pre-approval is required);

 

   

Venture capital trusts;

 

   

Exchange-Traded Funds (Note – a DB issued ETF is defined as a DB Proprietary Product and requires pre-clearance);

 

   

Collective Investment Schemes and Index Mutual Funds (e.g., non-sector specific indices such as CAC 40, S&P 500, DAX etc.); and

 

   

Cash management vehicles such as money market funds/liquid schemes

 

  C.

Deutsche Mutual Fund Holdings

All Employees are required to maintain their holdings of Deutsche Mutual Funds in the DB 401(k) Plan, in E*Trade, Charles Schwab, DB Alex.Brown, Charles Schwab, or Fidelity brokerage accounts, or directly with Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc. (“Deutsche AM Distributors”) .

 

  D.

Requirements Applicable to External, Temporary or Contract Employees

Subject to locally applicable employment law, External, Temporary and Contract Employees employed at or with the Bank for a period of 3 months or longer are subject to all requirements of this Policy.

External, Temporary and Contract Employees employed at or with the Bank for a period of less than three (3) months are subject to all Restrictions set forth in Section 5 of this Policy.

 

  E.

Reporting Requirements

 

  (i)

Disclosure of Employee Related Accounts/Provision of Statements

As stated in Section 6.A. Designated Brokerage Accounts above, upon joining DB, new Employees are required to disclose all of their Employee or Employee-Related Accounts to Compliance, and must carry out the instructions provided to conform such Accounts, if necessary, to DB policies.

Furthermore, note that while Designated Managed Account(s) are exempt from pre-clearance and trade reporting requirements, on a periodic basis, as determined by Compliance, all US employees and their discretionary third party manager(s), must certify that the Employee did not have influence or control over his/her Discretionary Managed Account(s). Compliance may request reports on holdings and/or transactions made in the Account(s) to identify transactions that would have been prohibited pursuant to the Code.

 

  (ii)

Initial Personal Securities Holdings Report ( IPSHR )

In addition, no later than ten (10) days after an individual becomes an Employee (i.e., joining/transferring into AM, etc.), he or she must also complete and return a “Personal Securities Holdings Report” (filed during the “new hire” Code of Ethics Annual Acknowledgement) for personal Securities holdings to AM Compliance (see iv. Annual

For Internal Use Only

 

15


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

Acknowledgement of Personal Securities Holdings below). The information must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the hire date.

 

(iii)

Quarterly Personal Securities Trading Reports ( PSTR )

Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter, all Employees must submit to AM Compliance a PSTR for Securities, unless exempted by a division-specific requirement, if any.

Personal transactions in Deutsche funds and funds distributed by Deutsche AM Distributors, as well as transactions in any off-shore funds must be included in this report.

Employees that do not have any reportable transactions in a particular quarter must indicate as such in the reporting system for the respective quarter.

The following types of transactions do not have to be reported :

 

   

Transactions effected in an account in which the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e. discretionary/managed accounts) do not have to be reported;

 

   

Transactions in Mutual Funds and closed end registered investment companies subject to periodic purchase plans are not required to be reported quarterly, but holdings may still require reporting annually (see iv. below);

 

   

Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan or as a result of a dividend reinvestment plan do not have to be reported but holdings will require reporting annually (see iv. below);

 

   

Bankers’ acceptances;

 

   

Bank Certificates of Deposits (“CDs”);

 

   

Commercial paper;

 

   

Money markets;

 

   

Direct obligations of the US Government;

 

   

High quality, short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements); and

 

   

US Mutual Funds (excluding Deutsche Mutual Funds).

 

(iv)

Annual Acknowledgement of Personal Securities Holdings

All Employees must submit to Compliance on an annual basis at a date specified by Compliance, a Personal Securities Holdings Report for all Securities and closed-end Mutual Fund holdings, unless exempted by a division-specific requirement, if any.

The information submitted must be current within forty-five (45) calendar days of the report date.

Personal holdings in Deutsche funds and funds distributed by Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc. as well as holdings in any off-shore funds must be included in this report.

Employees that do not have any reportable securities holdings must indicate as such in the reporting system.

For Internal Use Only

 

16


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

The following types of holdings do not have to be reported :

 

   

Securities held in accounts over which the employee had no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e. discretionary/managed accounts);

 

   

Bankers’ acceptances;

 

   

Bank CDs;

 

   

Commercial paper;

 

   

Money markets;

 

   

Direct obligations of the US Government;

 

   

High quality, short-term Debt Instruments (including repurchase agreements); and

 

   

Mutual Funds other than Deutsche Mutual Funds and other funds distributed by Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc.

 

  (v)

Annual Acknowledgement of Accounts

Once each year, at a date to be specified by Compliance, each Employee must acknowledge that they do or do not have brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts. Employees with brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts must acknowledge each Account.

 

  F.

Confirmation of Compliance with Policies

Annually, each Employee is required to acknowledge that he or she has received the Code, as amended or updated, and confirm his or her adherence to it. Understanding and complying with the Code and truthfully completing the Acknowledgment are the obligations of each Employee. Failure to perform this obligation may result in the issuance of a Red Flag, which may result in disciplinary actions, including dismissal.

 

7.

Other Procedures/Restrictions

 

  A.

Service on Boards of Directors

Service on Boards of publicly traded companies may be undertaken after approval from the appropriate Business Signatory Officer (“BSO”), Credit Risk Management (“CRM”) and Compliance, based upon a determination that these activities are consistent with the interests of DB and its clients. Employees serving as directors for publicly traded companies will not be permitted to participate in the process of making investment decisions on behalf of clients which involve the subject company.

For Internal Use Only

 

17


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

  B.

Outside Business Affiliations

Employees may not maintain outside business affiliations (e.g., officer, director, governor, trustee, part-time employment, etc.) without the prior written approval of the appropriate BSO, CRM (for Directorships and Partnerships) and Compliance. Employees may not engage in any activities on behalf of an approved outside business affiliation during company time or while using DB property (e.g., e-mail, internet) other than on a de minimis basis.

 

  C.

Executorships

As a general rule, AM discourages acceptance of executorships by members of the organization. However, family relationships may make it desirable to accept executorships under certain wills. In all cases (other than when acting as Executor for one’s own spouse, domestic partner, parent or spouse’s or domestic partner’s parent), it is necessary for the individual to have the written authorization of the appropriate BSO, CRM and Compliance.

Authorization to serve as an executor may be given in situations assuming that arrangements for the anticipated workload can be made without undue interference with the individual’s responsibilities to DB. For example, this may require the employment of an agent to handle the large amount of detail which is usually involved. In such a case, the firm would expect the individual to retain the commission. There may be other exceptions which will be determined based upon the facts of each case.

 

  D.

Trusteeships

All trusteeships must have BSO, CRM and Compliance approval. The firm will normally authorize Employees to act as trustees for trusts of their immediate family. Other non-client trusteeships can conflict with our clients’ interests so that acceptance of such trusteeships will be authorized only in unusual circumstances.

 

  E.

Custodianships and Powers of Attorney

It is expected that most custodianships will be for minors of an individual’s immediate family. These will be considered as automatically authorized and do not require written approval of the Firm. However, the written approval from Compliance is required for all other custodianships. All such existing or prospective relationships must be reported in writing to AM Compliance.

Entrustment with a Power of Attorney to execute Securities transactions on behalf of another requires written approval of Compliance. Authorization will only be granted if AM believes such a role will not be unduly time consuming or create conflicts of interest.

Please see the Outside Business Interests Policy – Deutsche Bank Group for additional information.

 

  F.

Gifts and Entertainment

Giving and receiving gifts and entertainment can create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest and may, in some instances, violate the law 6 . Employees may not accept or give gifts, entertainment, or other things of material value that would create the appearance that the gift or entertainment is intended to influence or reward the receipt of business, or otherwise affect an employee’s decision-making.

 

 

6  

Under the Bank Bribery Act and other applicable laws and regulations, severe penalties may be imposed on anyone who offers or accepts such improper payments or gifts. If you receive or are offered an improper payment or gift, or if you have any questions as to the application or interpretation of DB’s rules regarding the acceptance of gifts, you must bring the matter to the attention of the Compliance Department.

For Internal Use Only

 

 

 

18


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

Gifts offered or received which have no undue influence on providing financial services may be permitted in accordance with the Gifts, Entertainment and Business Events Policy – DB Group . In addition, special circumstances may apply to Employees acting in certain capacities within the organization 7 .

Gifts and Entertainment to Public/Government Officials, Taft Hartley Union Officials and ERISA Plans and their Fiduciaries

The Department of Labor and other governmental agencies, legislative bodies and jurisdictions may have rules and regulations regarding the receipt of gifts by their employees or officials. In many cases, the giving of gifts or entertainment to these entities or individuals will be prohibited. Please see the Gifts, Entertainment and Business Events Policy – DB Group for further details.

Non-Cash Compensation

Employees, Registered Representatives and Associated Persons of Deutsche Asset Management broker-dealer affiliates must also comply with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rules governing the payment of Non-Cash Compensation. Non-Cash Compensation encompasses any form of compensation received in connection with the sale and distribution of variable contracts and investment company securities that is not cash compensation, including, but not limited to, merchandise, gifts and prizes, travel expenses, meals and lodging.

For more information on the policy refer to the Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc. Written Supervisory Procedures Manual – AM US .

 

G.

Rules for Dealing with Governmental Officials and Political Candidates

 

  (i)

Corporate Payments or Political Contributions

No corporate or individual Employee payments or gifts of value may be made to any outside party, including any government official or political candidate or official, for the purpose of securing or retaining business for DB or influencing any decision on its behalf.

The Federal Election Campaign Act prohibits corporations and labor organizations from using their general treasury funds to make contributions or expenditures in connection with federal elections, and therefore DB departments may not make contributions to US Federal political parties or candidates . The Political Contributions into the US and US Lobbying Activities Policy does not permit corporate political contributions in federal, state or local elections. It also states that no employee may be compensated by the Firm for, or cause the Firm to reimburse, any Political Contributions.

Under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, Bank Bribery Law, Elections Law and other applicable regulations, severe penalties may be imposed on DB and on individuals who violate these laws and regulations. Similar laws and regulations may also apply in various countries and legal jurisdictions where DB does business. See the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy—DB Group .

 

7  

In accordance with regulations and practices in various jurisdictions, as well as the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and FINRA, certain Employees may be subject to more stringent gift-giving and receiving guidelines. In general, these rules apply to the receipt of gifts by and from “associated persons” or where such gratuity is in relation to the business of the employer. If you have any questions regarding your role relative to these rules contact Compliance.

For Internal Use Only

 

19


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

  (ii)

Personal Political Contributions

Employees must pre-clear ALL political contributions before making or soliciting such contributions using Political Contributions, Gifts and Entertainment Management System (“PGEMS”). This includes contributions that are paid from accounts held in the name of the employee and those jointly held with others regardless of who made the contribution. A political contribution made on behalf of an employee’s spouse, dependent children and/or unemancipated minors may all also need to be pre-cleared depending on state or municipal reporting requirements.

No personal payments or gifts of value may be made to any outside party, including any government official or political candidate or official, for the purpose of securing business for DB or influencing any decision on its behalf. Employees should always exercise care and good judgment to avoid making any political contribution that may give rise to a conflict of interest or the appearance of conflict. If an AM business unit engages in business with a particular governmental entity or official, Employees should avoid making personal political contributions to officials or candidates who may appear to be in a position to influence the award of business to DB. All political contributions should be made in accordance with AM policies and procedures.

For more information, please see the Political Contributions into the US and US Lobbying Activities Policy .

 

H.

Confidentiality

Employees must not divulge contemplated or completed Securities transactions or trading strategies of DB clients to any person, except as required by the performance of such person’s duties and only on a need-to-know basis. In addition, the standards contained in the Information Security Principles – DB Group , the Handling Confidential and Non-Public, Price Sensitive Information and Chinese Walls Policy—DB Group , as well as those within the Code of Professional Conduct – US must be observed.

 

I.

Prohibition of Market Abuse under the European Market Abuse Regulation

Market abuse is unlawful behavior in the financial markets and consists of insider dealing, unlawful disclosure of inside information and market manipulation. Such behavior prevents full and proper market transparency, which is a prerequisite for trading for all economic actors in integrated financial markets.

Under no circumstances shall portfolio management therefore attempt, initiate or participate in any activities that may be considered as a violation of the insider dealing or market manipulation regulations.

The responsibility to abide portfolio management activities within the ruling to avoid market abuse needs to be considered by each portfolio manager/supervisor. Business controls shall be implemented to avoid market abuse regulation.

Suspicious transactions/orders need to be reported to Compliance according to the local process and procedures.

(1) Market Manipulation

For Internal Use Only

 

20


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

While the definition of Market Manipulation varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, for the purpose of this policy, Market Manipulation is considered to be: (1) any transaction or order to trade a financial instrument that gives, or is likely to give, a false or misleading impression as to the supply of, demand for, or price of one or more financial instruments; (2) dissemination of information (by any means) that gives or is likely to give a false or misleading impression; (3) behavior that is likely to distort the market, and likely to be regarded as a failure to observe the standard of behavior expected of the person involved; or (4) any transaction or order that secures the price of one or more financial instruments at an abnormal or artificial level (collectively, “Market Manipulation”).

Orders should be considered to have a wide meaning and encompass all types or orders, modifications/updates and cancellation of orders irrespective whether or not they have been executed, irrespective of whether the order has been included in an order-book of the trading venue or the means used to access the trading venue (including direct market access or algorithmic trading).

The scope of market manipulation includes also OTC instruments whose price depends or has an effect on a financial instrument on or admitted to a trading venue, as where a financial instrument is used as a reference price, an OTC traded financial instrument can be used to benefit from manipulated prices or be used to manipulate the price of a financial instrument traded on a trading venue.

Attempted market manipulation is also prohibited.

For details please refer to the Market Conduct Policy – Deutsche Bank Group.

(2) Insider dealing

a) Scope

Insider dealing is the use of Inside information by

 

   

acquiring or disposing of financial instruments to which the information relates

 

   

cancelling or amending orders to trade where the orders were placed before the person possessed the inside information.

 

   

submitting, modifying or withdrawing a bid by a person for its own account of for the account of a third party in relation to auctions of emission allowances or other auctioned product.

Orders placed before a person possesses inside information generally is not deemed to be insider dealing. However, where a person comes into possession of inside information, there should be a presumption that any subsequent change including cancellation or amendment of an order, constitutes insider dealing. The same applies for an attempt to cancel/amend of an order when being in the possession of inside information. That presumption could, however, be rebutted if the person establishes that he/she did not use the insider information when carrying out the transaction.

Not only insider dealing by portfolio management personnel is prohibited, but also where portfolio management personnel recommend that another person engages in insider dealing, or inducing another person to engage in insider dealing.

For details please refer to the Market Conduct Policy—DB Group .

For Internal Use Only

 

21


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

8.

Supervision

Supervisors and other relevant managers are responsible for instituting reasonable measures designed to achieve compliance with this Code. Such measures include a prompt and thorough review of pre-clearance requests and rejection of inappropriate transactions. If an unusual activity has been identified, the Supervisor, in accordance to the WSP, should escalate the issue to his/her Supervisor or to Human Resources, Compliance, AML and/or Legal as appropriate. If misconduct has been identified, the Supervisor is responsible for taking any remedial and/or disciplinary action, as appropriate in accordance with DB policies and procedures.

Additionally, AM has implemented the Global Supervisory System (“GSS”) which captures the documentation requirements set forth in specific procedures. Supervisors must complete the appropriate GSS certification to facilitate the formal evidence that they performed their supervisory obligations, which includes the review of Code of Ethics.

When reviewing pre-clearance requests for Employee trades, supervisors (or designees) should focus attention on the following:

 

   

Transactions suggesting misuse of confidential, proprietary or material non-public (inside information, non-public, price-sensitive information (“non-public PSI”), or PSI);

 

   

Transactions that appear excessive in terms of known financial resources;

 

   

High risk or aggressive transactions or strategies that may be inconsistent with known financial resources or ordinary patterns of trading;

 

   

Transactions involving any of the prohibited activities listed in this Code;

 

   

Concentration in a specific security that could influence an Employee’s judgment or objectivity in recommending transactions in the same security;

 

   

Potential conflicts of interests;

 

   

Past, present or future transactions or business in which the Employee has or will be expected to undertake on behalf of DB or clients in connection with the security to be traded;

 

   

Frequency of trading, taking into account proportion to working hours; and

 

   

The nature of the transaction and relationship it may have to previous transactions.

For more information, please refer to the Employee and Employee-Related Accounts Trading Policy & Procedures – Americas, APAC, EMEA (ex-Germany) Policy .

 

9.

Sanctions and Red Flags

The Red Flags process is an integral part of the Bank’s global risk culture initiatives, aimed at embedding a strong risk culture across the Bank. This includes making sure the firm only rewards the right behaviors. Employee trading is one of the categories that will be measured for compliance. An Employee’s Red Flags data will therefore be considered as one of the criteria during performance management, compensation and promotion decisions. Any Employee who violates the Code may be subject to the issuance of a Red Flag resulting in disciplinary actions, including possible termination of employment. In addition, Securities transactions executed in violation of the Code, such as short-term trading or trading during blackout periods, may subject the Employee to unwinding the trade and/or disgorging of the profits or other financial penalties.

For Internal Use Only

 

22


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

Code of Ethics violations are reported to Business Management on a quarterly basis. Finally, violations and suspected violations of criminal laws will be reported to the appropriate authorities as required by applicable laws and regulations. Additional information regarding the Red Flags Program can be found at the following link:

http://risk.intranet.db.com/content/monitoring_28596.html .

 

10.

Interpretations and Exceptions

Compliance shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant an exception to certain of the above restrictions, as long as no abuse or potential abuse is involved. Each Employee must obtain approval from Compliance before taking action regarding such an exception. Any questions regarding the applicability, meaning or administration of the Code shall be referred in advance of any contemplated transaction to Compliance.

 

11.

Business-Line and Infrastructure Controls

In addition to the Supervisory responsibilities described above, all impacted business and infrastructure units are required to adopt, implement, and maintain procedures to ensure compliance with the Code. At a minimum, such procedures must: (i) assign roles and responsibilities for carrying out the procedures; (ii) identify clear escalation paths for identified breaches of the procedures; and (iii) for non-dedicated procedures (i.e., desk manuals), contain a legend or table mapping the procedures to this Policy (e.g., cross-referencing Section or page numbers).

 

12.

Associated Policies

 

   

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics – DB Group

 

   

CCF Risk Categories – Written Supervisory Procedures – Deutsche Asset Management

 

   

Gifts, Entertainment and Business Events Policy – DB Group

 

   

Handling Confidential and Non-Public, Price Sensitive Information and Chinese Walls Policy – DB Group

 

   

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy – DB Group

 

   

Employee Trading Policy – DB Group

 

   

Information Security Principles – DB Group

 

   

Restricted List Policy – DB Group

 

   

Code of Professional Conduct – US

 

   

Outside Business Interests Policy – Deutsche Bank Group

 

   

Employee and Employee-Related Accounts Trading Policy & Procedures – Americas, APAC, EMEA (ex-Germany)

 

   

Political Contributions to US Officials and US Lobbying Activities Policy

 

   

Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc. Written Supervisory Procedures Manual – AM US

 

   

Whistleblower Policy – Deutsche Bank Group

 

   

Market Conduct Policy—DB Group

 

12.

Authoritative Guidance

 

   

Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

 

   

Section 17(j) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940

 

   

European Market Abuse Regulation

For Internal Use Only

 

23


Deutsche Bank

Compliance

   LOGO

 

Code of Ethics – AM US

 

APPENDIX I

SCHEDULE A

The following entities 8 have adopted this Code of Ethics – AM US:

Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.

RREEF Americas LLC

DBX Advisors LLC

DBX Strategic Advisors LLC

Deutsche Bank Investment Managers

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8  

The references in the document to Employees include Employees of the entities that have adopted the Code of Ethics – AM US.

For Internal Use Only

 

24

EX-99.(p)(40)

II. Employee Conduct B. Investment Adviser Code of Ethics

Location: II. Employee Conduct

(from: Jul 11 2016)

Policy Statement:

All employees are expected to comply with the law and to meet high ethical standards when acting on behalf of QMA and in their personal conduct. The Code of Conduct prescribed for all employees is outlined in Prudential’s Ethics Policy, “Making the Right Choices.” In some instances, this policy may apply to the actions of household members. Failure to adhere to the standards of this policy, both in letter and spirit, may lead to serious disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

QMA, along with other Prudential investment advisers, adopted an Investment Adviser Code of Ethics in January, 2005, most recently amended January, 2009, which is applicable to all associates acting in an investment advisory capacity on behalf of any investment advisers within the enterprise. (See attached Code below)

Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act requires each federally registered investment adviser to adopt a written code of ethics designed to prevent fraud by reinforcing the principles that govern the conduct of investment advisory firms and their personnel. The Code of Conduct must also set forth specific requirements relating to personal securities trading activity including reporting transactions and holdings.

Responsibility:

All QMA associates are encouraged to read the Company’s Ethics Policy, “Making the Right Choices”

Associates must communicate all situations that compromise the ethical standards of the company as well as any concerns in ethical behavior to any one (or more) of the following for resolution:

 

1.

Management in your organization

 

2.

Human resources contact

 

3.

Compliance and/or legal contact

 

4.

Business ethics contact

 

5.

Global Business Ethics and Integrity hotline (800-752-7024)

 

03/05/18    For Internal Use Only    12


QMA Compliance Manual

 

LOGO

If you have knowledge of or concern about an ethical, legal, or regulatory violation, you can raise your concerns without fear. Prudential will not engage in, nor tolerate retaliatory, threatening or harassing acts against any associate for reporting suspected unethical or illegal behaviors or practices.

Monitoring:

Annual IA Questionnaire: To ensure compliance with the guidelines outlined in the company’s ethics statement, QMA Compliance and the Ethics Office administer an annual Investment Advisor/Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire. The first part of this questionnaire is geared at preparing the QMA businesses’ annual investment advisory registration (Form ADV) filings with the SEC. These filings require that certain questions be answered on behalf of each investment advisor entity, its officers and associated employees. The second part of this questionnaire includes questions aimed at understanding both actual and apparent conflicts of interest, and fulfills associates’ disclosure requirements as outlined in Prudential’s Code of Ethics, “Making the Right Choices”. All QMA employees are required to complete the Investment Advisor Questionnaire during the annual distribution; however associates have a responsibility to adhere to Prudential’s values and guidelines and disclose any potential conflicts as they arise.

Annual Certification: Annually, all associates receive an electronic request to assert to their understanding of the Investment Adviser Code of Ethics, among other policies. The Corporate Compliance unit coordinates the annual process and maintains the required records.

New Hire Investment Advisor Questionnaire: Based on the annual investment advisor questionnaire, this form intends to identify actual or potential conflicts between PGIM employees’ personal lives and their employment with PGIM or related area. Unlike the annual questionnaire, this version is administered as new hires and transfers into PGIM attend PGIM Compliance Orientation (New Hire training).

Training: This policy and its requirements are covered in New Hire compliance training (QMA Compliance Orientation). QMA Compliance maintains logs of all attendees of new hire and annual training. QMA Compliance will follow up with new hires to ensure the timely receipt (typically within 10 business days following the training session) of the new hire acknowledgement forms. Corporate Compliance maintains the new hire (hard copy) and annual (electronic) certifications signed by associates.

 

03/05/18    For Internal Use Only    13


QMA Compliance Manual

 

LOGO

Related Documents

Prudential’s Policies & Principles Manual

 

03/05/18    For Internal Use Only    14


IA Code of Ethics 1-11-16

Location: II. Employee Conduct >> II. Employee Conduct B. Investment Adviser Code of Ethics

(from: Jun 28 2017)

Quantitative Management Associates

INVESTMENT ADVISER CODE OF ETHICS

INTRODUCTION

Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act requires each federally registered investment adviser to adopt a written code of ethics (the “Code”) designed to prevent fraud by reinforcing the principles that govern the conduct of investment advisory firms and their personnel. In addition, the Code must set forth specific requirements relating to personal securities trading activity including reporting transactions and holdings.

Generally, the Code applies to directors, officers and employees acting in an investment advisory capacity who are known as Supervised Persons and, in some cases, also as Access Persons of the adviser. Supervised Persons covered by more than one code of ethics meeting the requirements of Rule 204A-1 will be subject to the code of the primary entity with which the Supervised Person is associated.

Employees identified as Supervised and Access Persons must comply with the Code. Compliance is responsible for notifying each individual who is subject to the Code. Supervised Persons must be provided and must acknowledge receipt of this Code and any amendments to the Code. They must also comply with the federal securities laws.

 

03/05/18    For Internal Use Only    15


GENERAL ETHICAL STANDARDS

Prudential holds its employees to the highest ethical standards. Maintaining high standards requires a total commitment to sound ethical principles and Prudential’s values. It also requires nurturing a business culture that supports decisions and actions based on what is right, not simply what is expedient.

It is the responsibility of management to make the Company’s ethical standards clear. At every level, employees must set the right example in their daily conduct. Prudential expects employees to be honest and forthright and to use good judgment. We expect them to deal fairly with customers, suppliers, competitors, and one another. We expect them to avoid taking unfair advantage of others through manipulation, concealment, abuse of confidential information or misrepresentation. Moreover, employees must understand the expectations of the Company and apply these guidelines to analogous situations or seek guidance if they have questions about conduct in given circumstances.

It is each employee’s responsibility to ensure that we:

 

 

Nurture a company culture that is highly moral and make decisions based on what is right.

 

 

Build lasting customer relationships by offering only those products and services that are appropriate to customers’ needs and provide fair value.

 

 

Maintain an environment where employees conduct themselves with courage, integrity, honesty and fair dealing at all times.

 

 

Ensure no individual’s personal success or business group’s bottom line is more important than preserving the name and goodwill of Prudential.

 

 

Regularly monitor and work to improve our ethical work environment.

Because Ethics is not a science, there may be gray areas. We encourage individuals to ask for help in making the right decisions. Business Management, Business Ethics Officers, and our Human Resources, Law and Compliance and Enterprise Ethics professionals are all available for guidance at any time.

 

03/05/18    For Internal Use Only    16

EX-99.(p)(41)

Exhibit C - VNIM Code of Ethics


Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P.

Code of Ethics

(Amended as of February 28, 2018)

This is the Code of Ethics of Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P. ( the “Firm”).

Things You Need to Know to Use This Code

1. Terms in boldface type have special meanings as used in this Code. To understand the Code, you need to read the definitions of these terms. The definitions are at the end of the Code.

2. The Firm considers all employees to be Access Persons under this Code.

There are Reporting Forms that Access Persons have to fill out under this Code. You can access the Reporting Forms by logging in to the Firm’s automated compliance solution.

Board members who are not employees of the Firm, do not have to comply with the trading restrictions and blackout provisions in Section B of part II.

Further, certain members of the Firm’s board may be classified as “ Non-Access Directors. ” See the “Definitions” section of this Code. Non- Access Directors are subject to Parts I.A. and I.B. of this Code, but not to Parts I.C., I.D. or Part II of the Code.


PART I—Applies to All Personnel

A. General Principles—These Apply to All Personnel (including All Board Members)

The Firm is a fiduciary for its investment advisory and sub-advisory clients. Fiduciaries owe their clients a duty of honesty, good faith and fair dealing. As a fiduciary, an adviser must act at all times in the client’s best interests and must avoid or disclose conflicts of interest. Because of this fiduciary relationship, it is generally improper for the Firm or its personnel to:

 

 

use for their own benefit (or the benefit of anyone other than the client) information about the Firm’s trading or recommendations for client accounts; or

 

 

take advantage of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available for the Firm’s clients.

As a matter of business policy, the Firm wants to avoid even the appearance that the Firm, its personnel or others receive any improper benefit from information about client trading or accounts, from our positions, or from relationships with our clients or with the brokerage community.

Privacy and Confidentiality

All personnel are required to keep any nonpublic information about clients (including former clients), the Firm or vendors in strict confidence. Employees should treat the following with confidentiality and discretion:

 

 

A client’s identity (unless the client consents), the client’s financial circumstances, the securities investments made by the Firm on behalf of a client, information about contemplated securities transactions, or information regarding the firm’s trading strategies (except as required to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of a client or for other legitimate business purposes).

 

 

Non-public information regarding the Firm including but not limited to trading intentions, business plans and strategies, technology, business processes, customer relationships, and financial results

Whenever dealing with confidential information personnel should:


 

Assume client or Firm information is confidential unless evidence exists to the contrary

 

 

Only use it for the purposes for which it was gathered

 

 

Not make disclosure to anyone outside of the Firm unless authorized to do so and only share information internally on a need-to-know basis

 

 

Not disclose information related to a former employer to anyone within the Firm

Nothing in this Policy prohibits you from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. You do not need the prior authorization of the Firm to make any such reports or disclosures and you are not required to notify the Firm that you have made such reports or disclosures.

Personnel should stay informed and comply with Firm policies dealing with data access, information security, encryption standards, and other initiatives designed to protect the integrity and confidentiality of information.

Please refer also to the Firm’s Privacy Policies under Regulation S-P and S-AM.

Books and Records

All personnel are required to keep accurate and truthful books and records which is critical for our business operations, compliance with legal requirements and the preparation of the Firm’s financial statements. In this pursuit, personnel should:

 

 

Recognize their role and personal responsibility for the integrity of records, reports and information that they prepare or control

 

 

Comply with internal accounting and recordkeeping policies. Falsification of any books, records or accounts is prohibited

 

 

Provide complete and accurate information in connection with any regulatory filings or inquiries

 

 

Follow all record retention and destruction policies of the Firm


Computers and Communications

All personnel are to use the Firm’s computer and communications systems (“Systems”) solely for business purposes. Unauthorized access to, use of, interception or distribution of the Firm’s Systems is prohibited. Such conduct may also be a violation of law.

However, the Firm realizes that some personal use of these Systems is inevitable. Any personal use should be kept to a minimum. Excessive or inappropriate use of such Systems for personal use (e.g. time spent or content) as determined by the Firm in its sole discretion may be grounds for sanctions or termination.

 

 

Any personal use must be lawful and not violate any Firm policy. As an example, an email communication or, accessing an internet site, with inappropriate content or material would violate Firm policy and is prohibited.

 

 

Personal use of the Firm’s Systems must not impose any incremental cost to the Firm, interfere with normal business operations, or otherwise adversely affect the interests of the Firm or an employee’s work.

 

 

Employee’s use of the Firm’s Systems, for either business or personal use, should have no expectation of privacy.

Insider Trading

All personnel are prohibited from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, while in possession of material, nonpublic information about issuers and are also prohibited from communicating material, nonpublic information about issuers to others (other than for legitimate legal or business purposes such as informing the Chief Compliance Officer that they, or the firm, is in possession of such information).

Please refer to the Firm’s Insider Trading Policy for more detail.

Political Contributions

All personnel are required to obtain preclearance approval for any direct or indirect political contributions or payments to an Official or Political Action Committee (PAC) in order to evaluate and monitor any potential or ongoing impact to the firm. Additional restrictions and prohibitions apply to employees identified as Covered Associates involving monetary limitations and the coordination / solicitation of other individuals to make political contributions.


Please refer to the Firm’s policy regarding Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers (Pay-to-Play) for more detail.

The Firm expects all personnel to comply with the spirit of the Code, as well as the applicable specific rules contained in the Code. You must promptly report any violations (not just of personal trading but of the overall requirements of this Code) to the Chief Compliance Officer.

The Firm treats violations of this Code (including violations of the spirit of the Code) very seriously. If you violate either the letter or the spirit of this Code, the Firm might impose penalties or fines, cut your compensation, demote you, require disgorgement of trading gains, suspend or terminate your employment, or any combination of the foregoing.

Improper trading activity can constitute a violation of this Code. But you can also violate this Code by failing to file required reports, or by making inaccurate or misleading reports or statements concerning trading activity or securities accounts. Your conduct can violate this Code, even if no clients are harmed by your conduct.

If you have any doubt or uncertainty about what this Code requires or permits, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer . Don’t just guess at the answer. Ignorance or lack of understanding is no excuse for a violation.

B. Compliance with the Federal Securities Laws

More generally, Firm personnel (including members of the Firm’s boards) are required to comply with applicable federal securities laws at all times. Examples of applicable federal securities laws include:

 

 

the Securities Act of 1933 , the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules thereunder;

 

 

the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the SEC rules thereunder;

 

 

the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the SEC rules thereunder;


 

title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (privacy and security of client non-public information); and

 

 

the Bank Secrecy Act, as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers, and the SEC and Department of the Treasury rules thereunder.

All firm personnel are reminded that under these laws, all oral and written statements, including those made to clients, prospective clients, or their representatives must be professional, accurate, balanced, and not misleading in any way.

C. Gifts to or from Brokers, Clients or Others—This Applies to All Access Persons

No personnel may accept or receive on their own behalf or on behalf of the Firm any gift or other accommodations from a vendor, broker, securities salesman, client or prospective client (a “business contact”) that might create a conflict of interest or interfere with the impartial discharge of such personnel’s responsibilities to the Firm or its clients or place the recipient or the Firm in a difficult or embarrassing position. This prohibition applies equally to gifts to members of the Family/Household of firm personnel.

No personnel may give on their own behalf or on behalf of the Firm any gift or other accommodation to a business contact that may be construed as an improper attempt to influence the recipient.

In no event should gifts to or from any one business contact have a value that exceeds the annual limitation on the dollar value of gifts (currently $200).

These policies are not intended to prohibit normal business entertainment (e.g. dinner, sporting event tickets, etc. all of a reasonable value). Any questions as to whether a particular gift or entertainment activity constitutes normal business entertainment should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer. Please refer to the Firm’s Gift & Entertainment policy for a more detailed discussion and quarterly reporting requirements.


D. Outside Business Activities for Another Organization / Company—This Applies to All Personnel, Except Members of the Firm’s Board Who Are Not Employees of the Firm

To avoid conflicts of interest, insider information and other compliance and business issues, the Firm requires all its employees who are involved with an Outside Organization / Company (e.g. employee, consultant, officer, member of the board, investment committee, etc.) of any for-profit, not-for-profit or other entity to disclose and obtain written approval of the Firm to do so. Approval must be obtained through the Chief Compliance Officer, and will ordinarily require consideration by the CEO or the board of the Firm. The Firm can deny approval for any reason. This prohibition does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any parent or subsidiary of the Firm, nor does it apply to members of the Firm’s board who are not employees of the Firm.

PART II—Applies to Access Person s

A. Reporting Requirements—These Apply to All Access Persons

NOTE: One of the most complicated parts of complying with this Code is understanding what holdings, transactions and accounts you must report and what accounts are subject to trading restrictions. For example, accounts of certain members of your family and household are covered, as are certain categories of trust accounts, certain investment pools in which you might participate, and certain accounts that others may be managing for you. To be sure you understand what holdings, transactions and accounts are covered, it is essential that you carefully review the definitions of Covered Security, Reportable Funds, Family/Household and Beneficial Ownership in the “Definitions” section at the end of this Code.


ALSO: You must file the reports described below, even if you have no holdings, transactions or accounts to list in the reports . Absent extenuating circumstances, only those involved with the internal review of personal transactions (i.e., the Chief Compliance Officer , those assisting the Chief Compliance Officer and the CEO) will have access to submitted reports. The reports are also required to be made available for certain other purposes, such as SEC inspections.

1. Initial Holdings Reports . No later than ten (10) days after you become an Access Person , you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer a Holdings Report within the Firm’s automated compliance system.

This report requires you to list all Covered Securities in which you (or members of your Family/Household ) have Beneficial Ownership . It also requires you to list all brokers, dealers and banks where you maintain an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities) are held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household on the date you became an Access Person . The information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date you became an Access Person .

You will also be required to confirm that you have read and understand this Code, that you understand that it applies to you and members of your Family/Household and that you understand that you are an Access Person under the Code.

2. Quarterly Transaction Reports . No later than thirty (30) days after the end of March, June, September and December each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer a Quarterly Transactions Report within the Firm’s automated compliance system.

This report requires you to list all transactions during the most recent calendar quarter in Covered Securities, in which transactions you (or a member of your Family/Household ) had Beneficial Ownership . It also requires you to list all brokers, dealers, investment managers and banks where you or a member of your Family/Household established, or closed an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household.

3. Annual Holdings Reports . By January 31st of each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report within the Firm’s automated compliance system.


This report requires you to list all Covered Securities in which you (or a member of your Family/Household ) had Beneficial Ownership as of December 31st of the prior year. It also requires you to list all brokers, dealers and banks where you or a member of your Family/Household maintained an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household on December 31 of the prior year.

You will be required to confirm that you have read and understand this Code, that you understand that it applies to you and members of your Family/Household and that you understand that you are an Access Person under the Code.

4. Duplicate Confirmations and Periodic Statements . If you or any member of your Family/Household has a securities account that holds or will hold Covered Securities with any broker, dealer, investment manager or bank, you or your Family/Household member will need to coordinate with the compliance department for the broker, dealer, investment manager or bank to provide a datafeed of the account and its activity into the Firm’s automated compliance system. Should an electronic feed not be available, you must direct that broker, dealer, investment manager or bank to send, directly to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer , contemporaneous duplicate copies of all transaction confirmation statements and all account statements relating to that account.

5. Outside Business Activities Pre-Approval and Annual Certification . By January 31 st of each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Outside Business Activity Annual Affirmation within the Firm’s automated compliance system.

The Affirmation requires that you list all entities (for-profit, not-for-profit or other) with which you are involved (e.g. employee, consultant, officer, member of board, investment committee, etc.) as of the previous year-end with an indication as to whether the entity is publicly traded or private and whether it maintains investments.

The Outside Business Activity electronic form is also to be used in requesting pre-approval to serve as an Officer or member of the Board of Directors for any entity prior to accepting such a position.


B. Transaction Restrictions—These Apply to All Access Persons.

1. Preclearance . You and members of your Family/Household are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Covered Security for any account in which you or a member of your Family/Household has any Beneficial Ownership , unless you obtain, in advance of the transaction, preclearance for that transaction through the automated compliance system .

Once obtained, preclearance is valid only for the day on which it is granted and the following one (1) business day. The Chief Compliance Officer may revoke a preclearance any time after it is granted and before you execute the transaction. The Chief Compliance Officer may deny or revoke preclearance for any reason. In no event will preclearance be granted for any Covered Security if, to the knowledge of the Chief Compliance Officer , the Firm has purchased or sold that same security or a closely related security that day OR the Firm has a buy or sell order pending for that same security or a closely related security (such as an option relating to that security, or a related convertible or exchangeable security).

a.) Limit Orders

Limit Orders will be granted pre-clearance authorization to be placed for a period of ten (10) business days as long as the security is NOT HELD within one of the firm’s strategies and will not potentially violate short-term trading restrictions.

 

Any change you wish to make to an approved limit order (e.g. limit price) will require a new pre-clearance authorization prior to execution. Unapproved changes to a limit order which are executed will be a violation of the Code and subject to fines and/or sanctions

 

Upon such time as the firm may begin to trade and hold a previously approved outstanding limit order security within one of the firm’s strategies you will be notified to cancel the limit order. Any desire to trade the security, after a notification to cancel a limit order is given to you, will require a new pre-clearance form and associated authorization. Execution of the original limit order for which notification to cancel has been given will be a violation of the Code and subject to fines and/or sanctions.


b.) Preclearance Exceptions

The preclearance requirements do not apply to the following categories of transactions:

i. Shares of registered open-end investment companies (including Reportable Funds ).

 

   

However, Reportable Funds are reportable under this code in connection with Initial, Quarterly and Annual disclosures.

ii. Transactions in securities of collective investment vehicles (other than a fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson ) for which the Firm serves as the investment adviser (for example, the purchase or redemption by you of an interest in a Firm-managed hedge fund would not be subject to pre-clearance).

iii. Transactions in Covered Securities by Firm-sponsored collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as investment adviser as to which you may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership (for example, the purchase or sale by a Firm-managed hedge fund of a Covered Security would not be subject to pre-clearance, even though the portfolio manager of the hedge fund could be deemed to have a Beneficial Ownership of such Covered Security ).

iv. Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs); other than those ETFs in which the firm trades. Please see “Appendix A” (attached) for a list of Exchange Traded Funds for which pre-clearance IS required.


v. Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither the Access Person nor any member of his or her Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.

vi. Transactions effected through an unaffiliated managed account are excluded only if the Access Person (or member of his or her Family/Household , as applicable) has not initiated the investment transaction, has not been consulted regarding any specific investment recommendations or decisions, and is not otherwise participating in the account’s investment process.

vii. Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

viii. Purchases pursuant to the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class of Covered Securities held by the Access Person (or Family/Household member) and received by the Access Person (or Family/Household member) from the issuer.

ix. Transactions in futures and options contracts on interest rate instruments or indexes, and options on such contracts.

 

  c.)

The following are NOT Covered Securities, and so are also not subject to the preclearance requirements:

 

   

direct obligations of the U.S. Government;

 

   

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit;

 

   

commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt obligations (including repurchase agreements);

 

   

shares issued by money market funds and shares of registered open-end investment companies that are not Reportable Funds .


2. Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements. Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may acquire any Beneficial Ownership in any Covered Security in an initial public offering. In addition, neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may acquire Beneficial Ownership in any Covered Security in a private placement, except with the specific, advance approval of the Chief Compliance Officer , which the Chief Compliance Officer may deny for any reason.

3. Prohibition on Short-Term Trading in Funds Sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares of any fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson within any period of thirty (30) calendar days for a profit . This prohibition applies to shares of funds advised / sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson held in retirement or 401(k) plan accounts, as well as in other accounts in which you or a member of your Family/Household has Beneficial Ownership . Note that an exchange of shares (i.e. into another retirement plan option) counts as a sale of shares for purposes of this prohibition.

 

  a.)

This prohibition does not apply to the following categories of transactions:

i. A fund sub-advised by an affiliate and on the Reportable Funds list.

ii. Transactions under automatic investment or withdrawal plans, including automatic 401(k) plan investments, and transactions under a “fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson’s” dividend reinvestment plan.

A.) For example, if you have established an automatic investment plan under which regular monthly investments are automatically made in a fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson, that investment will not be considered to begin or end a thirty (30) day holding period.


iii. Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither you nor any member of your Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.

 

  b.)

In applying the prohibition on short-term trading in funds sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson , the Firm may take account of all purchase and sale transactions in the Vaughan Nelson sub-advised fund, even if the transactions were made in different accounts. For example, a purchase of shares of a fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson in a brokerage account, followed within thirty (30) days by an exchange out of the same fund sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson in your 401(k) account, will be treated as a violation.

In applying the thirty (30) day holding period, the most recent purchase (or sale) will be measured against the sale (or purchase) in question. (That is, a last-in, first-out analysis will apply.) A violation will be deemed to have occurred even if the number of shares or the dollar value of the second trade was different from the number of shares or dollar value of the first trade.

4. Prohibition on Short-Term Trading of Covered Securities Other Than Funds Sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson. Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, a Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security) within any period of sixty (60) calendar days for a profit . If any such transactions occur, the Firm will require any profits from the transactions to be disgorged for donation by the Firm to charity.

 

  a.)

This prohibition on short-term trading does not apply to:

i. Transactions in securities of collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as an investment adviser, other than funds sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson . Note that Section 3 above contains separate prohibitions on short-term trading in funds sub-advised by Vaughan Nelson .


ii. Transactions in Covered Securities by Firm-sponsored collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as investment adviser as to which you may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership (for example, the purchase or sale by a Firm-managed hedge fund of a Covered Security would not be subject to this prohibition, even though the portfolio manager of the hedge fund could be deemed to have a Beneficial Ownership of such Covered Security ).

iii. Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither you nor any member of your Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.

iv. Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

v. Purchases pursuant to the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class of Covered Securities and received by you (or Family/Household member) from the issuer.

vi. Transactions in common or preferred stocks of a class that is publicly-traded, has an average daily trading volume greater than 1 million shares (as indicated by Reuters or an equivalent source) and is issued by a company with a stock market capitalization of at least 5 billion U.S. dollars (or the equivalent in foreign currency)

vii. Transactions in Exchange Traded Funds which are considered Covered Securities.

viii. Transactions effected through an unaffiliated managed account where the Access Person (or member of his or her Family/Household , as the case may be) has not initiated the investment transaction, has not been consulted regarding specific investment recommendations or decisions, and is not otherwise participating in the investment process.


ix. Transactions in municipal bonds, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities, and agency bonds (eg. Fannie Mae’s). (Reminder: Governments bonds are not considered Covered Securities ).

5. Seven (7) Day Blackout Period—This Applies to All Access Persons . No Access Person (including any member of the Family/Household of such Access Person ) may purchase or sell any Covered Security within the three (3) business days immediately before or after a business day on which any client account managed by the Firm purchases or sells that Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security), unless the Access Person had no actual knowledge that the Covered Security (or any closely related security) was being considered for purchase or sale for any client account. If any such transactions occur, the Firm will generally require any profits from the transactions to be disgorged for donation by the Firm to charity.

Note that the total blackout period is seven (7) business days (the day of the client trade, plus three (3) business days before and three (3) business days after).

a. ) Hardship Exception: to the extent an individual desires to purchase or sell a security currently owned by that individual and is only precluded from selling the security due to an ongoing blackout period, the individual may request a ‘hardship exception’ from the Chief Compliance Officer . Based upon all facts and circumstances surrounding the hardship, the Chief Compliance Officer may, in his/her sole discretion, formulate an objective plan to facilitate the individual’s transaction in a manner which will not benefit from or impact transactions undertaken on behalf of the firm’s clients.

b.) Backside Blackout Period: The Firm will review situations where a personal trade has been approved (including a review of the frontside blackout period) and transacted and then the same


Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security) subsequently transacted by the Firm for client accounts during the backside blackout period. To the extent the Firm’s transactions during the backside blackout period consisted of ‘re-balancing’ or ‘flow’ trades, no violation will have been deemed to occur.

c.) It sometimes happens that an Access Person who is responsible for making investment recommendations or decisions for client accounts (such as a portfolio manager or analyst) determines— within the three (3) business days after the day he or she (or a member of his or her Family/Household ) has purchased or sold for his or her own account a Covered Security that was not, to the Access Person ’s knowledge, then under consideration for purchase by any client account—that it would be desirable for client accounts as to which the Access Person is responsible for making investment recommendations or decisions to purchase or sell the same Covered Security (or a closely related security). In this situation, the Access Person MUST put the clients’ interests first, and promptly make the investment recommendation or decision in the clients’ interest, rather than delaying the recommendation or decision for clients until after the third day following the day of the transaction for the Access Person ’s (or Family/Household member’s) own account to avoid conflict with the blackout provisions of this Code. The Firm recognizes that this situation may occur in entire good faith, and will not require disgorgement of profits in such instances if it appears that the Access Person acted in good faith and in the best interests of the Firm’s clients.

d.) The blackout requirements do not apply to the following categories of transactions:

i. Transactions in futures and options contracts on interest rate instruments or indexes, and options on such contracts.

ii. Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither the Access Person nor any member of his or her Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.


iii. Transactions effected through an unaffiliated managed account are excluded only if the Access Person (or member of his or her Family/Household , as applicable) has not initiated the investment transaction, has not been consulted regarding any specific investment recommendations or decisions, and is not otherwise participating in the account’s investment process.

iv. Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

v. Purchases pursuant to the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class of Covered Securities held by the Access Person (or Family/Household member) and received by the Access Person (or Family/Household member) from the issuer.

vi. Transactions in securities of collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as the investment adviser.

vii. Transactions in Covered Securities by Firm-sponsored collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as investment adviser as to which the Investment Person may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership

viii. Transactions in common or preferred stocks of a class that is publicly-traded, has an average daily trading volume greater than 1 million shares (as indicated by Reuters or an equivalent source) AND is issued by a company with a stock market capitalization of at least 5 billion U.S. dollars (or the equivalent in foreign currency). Day of trade blackout is still applicable.


ix. Transactions in Exchange Traded Funds which are considered Covered Securities. Day of trade blackout is still applicable.

x. Reportable Funds .


Definitions

These terms have special meanings in this Code of Ethics:

Access Person

Beneficial Ownership

Chief Compliance Officer

Covered Security

Family/Household

Non-Access Director

Reportable Fund

The special meanings of these terms as used in this Code of Ethics are explained below. Some of these terms (such as “beneficial ownership”) are sometimes used in other contexts, not related to Codes of Ethics, where they have different meanings. For example, “beneficial ownership” has a different meaning in this Code of Ethics than it does in the SEC’s rules for proxy statement disclosure of corporate directors’ and officers’ stockholdings, or in determining whether an investor has to file 13D or 13G reports with the SEC.

IMPORTANT: If you have any doubt or question about whether an investment, account or person is covered by any of these definitions, ask the Chief Compliance Officer. Don’t just guess at the answer.

Access Person includes:

 

 

Every member of the board of the Firm or of the Firm’s general partner, Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, Inc., other than Non-Access Directors

 

 

Every employee of the Firm

 

 

Every employee of the Firm (or of any company that directly or indirectly has a 25% or greater interest in the Firm) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security for any client account, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases and sales.


Beneficial ownership means any opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit from any transaction in securities. It also includes transactions over which you exercise investment discretion (other than for a client of the Firm), even if you don’t share in the profits.

Beneficial Ownership is a very broad concept. Some examples of forms of Beneficial Ownership include:

 

 

Securities held in a person’s own name, or that are held for the person’s benefit in nominee, custodial or “street name” accounts.

 

 

Securities owned by or for a partnership in which the person is a general partner (whether the ownership is under the name of that partner, another partner or the partnership or through a nominee, custodial or “street name” account).

 

 

Securities that are being managed for a person’s benefit on a discretionary basis by an investment adviser, broker, bank, trust company or other manager, unless the securities are held in a “blind trust” or similar arrangement under which the person is prohibited by contract from communicating with the manager of the account and the manager is prohibited from disclosing to the person what investments are held in the account. (Just putting securities into a discretionary account is not enough to remove them from a person’s Beneficial Ownership . This is because, unless the arrangement is a “blind trust,” the owner of the account can still communicate with the manager about the account and potentially influence the manager’s investment decisions.)

 

 

Securities in a person’s individual retirement account.

 

 

Securities in a person’s account in a 401(k) or similar retirement plan, even if the person has chosen to give someone else investment discretion over the account.


 

Securities owned by a trust of which the person is either a trustee or a beneficiary .

 

 

Securities owned by a corporation, partnership or other entity that the person controls (whether the ownership is under the name of that person, under the name of the entity or through a nominee, custodial or “street name” account).

This is not a complete list of the forms of ownership that could constitute Beneficial Ownership for purposes of this Code. You should ask the Chief Compliance Officer if you have any questions or doubts at all about whether you or a member of your Family/Household would be considered to have Beneficial Ownership in any particular situation.

Chief Compliance Officer means Richard Faig, or another person that he or she designates to perform the functions of Chief Compliance Officer when he or she is not available. For purposes of reviewing the Chief Compliance Officer’s own transactions and reports under this Code, the functions of the Chief Compliance Officer are performed by the individual designated to perform such functions by the Chief Compliance Officer .

Covered Security means anything that is considered a “security” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, except :

 

 

Direct obligations of the U.S. Government. (Note: This includes only securities supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, such as U.S. Treasury bonds, and does not include securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies or government-sponsored enterprises that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. )

 

 

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements.

 

 

Shares of money market funds


 

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), (other than those ETFs in which the firm trades). Please see “Appendix A” (attached) for a list of Exchange Traded Funds which ARE considered Covered Securities.

 

 

Shares of open-end investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act (mutual funds) other than Reportable Funds . Please refer to the definition of and current listing of Reportable Funds.

This is a very broad definition of security. It includes most kinds of investment instruments, including things that you might not ordinarily think of as “securities,” such as:

 

 

options on securities, on indexes and on currencies.

 

 

investments in all kinds of limited partnerships.

 

 

investments in foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds.

 

 

investments in private investment funds, hedge funds (e.g., a fund managed by the Firm) and investment clubs.

If you have any question or doubt about whether an investment is considered a security or a Covered Security under this Code, ask the Chief Compliance Officer .

Members of your Family/Household include:

 

 

Your spouse or domestic partner (unless they do not live in the same household as you and you do not contribute in any way to their support).

 

 

Your children under the age of 18.

 

 

Your children who are 18 or older (unless they do not live in the same household as you and you do not meaningfully contribute in any way to their support).


 

Any of these people who live in your household: your stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, brothers, sisters, parents-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law and sisters-in-law, including adoptive relationships.

Comment—There are a number of reasons why this Code covers transactions in which members of your Family/Household have Beneficial Ownership . First, the SEC regards any benefit to a person that you help support financially as indirectly benefiting you, because it could reduce the amount that you might otherwise need to contribute to that person’s support. Second, members of your household could, in some circumstances, learn of information regarding the Firm’s trading or recommendations for client accounts, and must not be allowed to benefit from that information.

Non-Access Director means any person who is a director of Vaughan Nelson Trust Company or of the corporate general partner of Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P. but who is not an officer or employee of the Firm or of such corporate general partner and who meets all of the following conditions:

 

 

He or she, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a registered investment company, and whose functions do not relate to the making of recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

 

 

He or she does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any Firm clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund ; and

 

 

He or she is not involved in making securities recommendations to Firm clients, and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

Reportable Fund means any investment companies ( other than money market funds) that are registered under the Investment Company Act for which the Firm serves as an investment adviser or whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls the Firm, is controlled by the Firm, or is


under common control with the Firm. A Reportable Fund includes registered investment companies that are sub-advised by the Firm or any of the firm’s affiliates. See most current listing of Reportable Funds maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer.

Comment Regarding Reportable Funds

Reportable Funds are mutual funds for which the Firm or one of its affiliated companies serves as an investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter. Reportable Funds are included within the definition of Covered Securities. For a firm like ours that is part of a large organization where there are a number of firms under common control that advise, sub-advise or distribute mutual funds, the universe of Reportable Funds is large.


Personal Trading – Revised 12/31/2017

Appendix A – List of Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) in which

Vaughan Nelson Invests ( preclearance is required ):

IWN, I-Shares Russell 2000 Value

IWM, I-Shares Russell 2000 Index

IVV, I-Shares S&P 500 Index Fund

IWD, I-Shares Russell 1000 Value

IWV, I-Shares Russell 3000 Index

IWS, I-Shares Russell Midcap Value

IWW, I-Shares Russell 3000 Value

IWB, I-Shares Russell 1000

IWR, I-Shares Russell Midcap

IYH, I-Shares U.S. Healthcare

SUB, I-Shares Short-Term National AMT-Free Muni Bond

MUB, I-Shares S&P National AMT-Free Muni Bond

AAXJ, I-Shares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan

ILF, I-Shares S&P Latin America 40

AGG, I-Shares Core Total US Bond Market ETF

VYM, Vanguard High Dividend Yield ETF

MGC, Vanguard Mega Cap 300

VO, Vanguard Mid-Cap

VWO, Vanguard FTSE Emerging Market

BSV, Vanguard Short-Term Bond

VCSH, Vanguard Short-Term Corporate Bond

VGSH, Vanguard Short-Term Government Bond

BIV, Vanguard Intermediate-Term Bond

VCIT, Vanguard Intermediate-Term Corporate Bond

ISTB, I-Shares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF

SHM, SPDR Nuveen Capital Short Term Muni Bond

MUNI, PIMCO Intermediate Muni Bond Strategy

AMLP, Alerian MLP ETF

EX-99.(q)(1)

GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST II

Power of Attorney

Know All Persons By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints James A. McNamara, Caroline L. Kraus, Robert Griffith, and Lindsey Edwards, jointly and severally, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her in any and all capacities to sign the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of Goldman Sachs Trust II and any and all amendments to such Registration Statement, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other instruments or documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

WITNESS our hands on the date(s) set forth below.

 

Name         Title    Date

/s/ James A. McNamara

           President (Chief Executive Officer)    August 8, 2018
James A. McNamara       and Trustee   

/s/ Scott M. McHugh

      Treasurer, Senior Vice President and   
Scott M. McHugh       Principal Financial Officer    August 8, 2018

/s/ Joseph F. DiMaria

      Principal Accounting Officer   
Joseph F. DiMaria          August 8, 2018

/s/ Cheryl K. Beebe

      Chair and Trustee   
Cheryl K. Beebe          August 8, 2018

/s/ Lawrence Hughes

      Trustee   
Lawrence Hughes          August 8, 2018

/s/ John F. Killian

      Trustee   
John F. Killian          August 8, 2018

/s/ Steven D. Krichmar

      Trustee   
Steven D. Krichmar          August 8, 2018